r 


'0. 


-d 


IvIBRARY 

OF  THE 

University  of  California. 

GIF^T   OK 

Mrs.  SARAH  P.  WALSWORTH. 

Received  October,  1894. 
Accessions  No.S^JH/l^^.      Class  No.'^kP 


^ 


Digitized  by  tine  Internet  Archive 

in  2007  with  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


nnp;//www.archive.org/details/firstpartofjacobOObullrich 


THE  FIRST  PART 


OF 


JACOBS'  LAXm  READER. 


ADAPTED    TO 


BULLIONS^  LATIN  GEAMMAR : 

WITH     AN     INTRODUCTION,     ON     THE     foiOMS     OF     THE     LATIN 

language;  an  improved  vocabulary;  and  exer- 
cises  IN   LATIN   PROSE   COMPOSITION, 
ON   A   NEW   PLAN. 


By  Rev.  PETER  BULLIONS,  D.  D., 
/I 

PaOPESSOR  OP  LANGUAGES  IN  THE  ALBANY  ACADEMY  ;   AND  AUTHOR  OF  THE 

SERIES  OP  GRAMMARS,    GREEK,   LATIN  AND  ENGLISH,   ON 

THE  SAME  PLAN,  ETC.,   ETC. 


V^j 


NEW    YORK:      .^^^^*^ 
PRATT,    OAKLEY    &    COMPANY, 

21    MURRAY    STREET. 

1860. 


.nz«y- 


Entered    according  to   Act   of   Congress,   in  the   yeai-   1846,   by 

PETER  BULLIONS. 
IQ  the    Clerks   Office   of  the  Northern  District   of  New- York. 


PREFACE 


.lAfiAM 


This  work  has  been  prepared  at  the  request  of  many  teachers 
who  use  the  author's  Latin  Grammar,  and  is  intended  to  follow  it 
as  a  '^  First  Reading  Book."  The  body  of  the  work  consists  of  the 
first  part  of  Jacobs'  Latin  Reader;  a  work  already  well  known  in 
this  country,  and  which  appears  to  be  well  adapted  to  the  end  for 
which  it  was  intended.  The  introductory  exercises,  however,  are 
arranged  a  little  differently,  and  a  few  sentences  have  been  intro- 
duced from  other  sources,  for  the  purpose  of  illustrating  some  con- 
structions more  fully. 

The  object  of  such  a  work  as  this  is  to  furnish  to  the  beginner, 
who  IS  supposed  to  have  become  acquainted  with  the  leading  prin- 
ciples of  the  Grammar,  a  praxis  on  those  principles,  both  in  Ety- 
mology and  Syntax,  by  which  they  may  be  rendered  perfectly  famil- 
iar to  his  mind,  so  as  to  be  applied  with  more  success  and  ease, 
when  he  comes  to  read  and  analyze  the  writings  of  the  Roman  au- 
thors. It  is  in  fact  a  Supplement  to  the  Grammar,  and  the  founda- 
tion of  thorough  scholarship  must  be  laid  here. 

In  order  more  fully  to  meet  the  wants  of  the  beginner,  and  to 
render  the  study  of  the  Latin  language  more  pleasant  and  easy  to 
pupils  of  every  capacity,  an  Introduction  is  prefixed,  containing 
explanations  of  the  leading  idioms  of  the  language,  arranged  under 
proper  heads,  and  illustrated  by  numerous  examples,  all  of  which 
are  numbered,  so  as  to  be  easily  referred  to  for  the  purpose  of  illus- 
trating similar  modes  of  expression  which  occur  in  the  course  of 
reading,  as  is  more  fully  explained  p.  54.  Though  this  part  is  in- 
tended chiefly  for  reference,  much  advantage  will  be  derived  from 
studying  it  in  course  in  short  lessons,  simultaneously  with  lessons 
in  reading  and  parsing,  and  rendering  the  whole  familiar  by  frje- 
quent  reviews. 

The  Introductory  Exercises  consist  of  short  and  simple  sentences 
classed  in  such  a  way  as  to  illustrate  the  leading  grammatical  prin- 
ciples in  the  construction  of  sentences,  both  simple  and  compound, 
and  by  a  sufficient  number  of  examples  to  render  these  principles 
familiar  and  easy  of  application.     In  these,  as  well  as  throughout 


the  body  of  the  work,  constant  reference  is  made  to  the  Grammai 
tself,  as  well  as  to  the  preceding  Introduction,  to  illustrate  and  ex- 
plain the  principles  of  the  language  as  they  occur,  and  by  repeated 
refeience  to  render  them  familiar  to  the  pupil  and  impress  them  in- 
delibly on  his  mind.  These  references  are  more  numerous  at  first; 
but  when  any  construction  or  idiom  may  be  supposed  to  have  be- 
ome  familiar,  the  references  to  it  are  less  frequent,  and  the  pupil 
B  left  to  exercise  the  knowledge  acquired  in  applying  the  principles 
without  the  aid  of  references.  The  construction  and  use  of  the 
subjunctive  mood  being  one  of  the  greatest  difficulties  and  niceties 
of  the  language,  and  all  important  to  be  well  understood,  references 
for  explanation,  to  the  Grammar  and  Introduction,  are  more  nume- 
rous and  longer  continued  on  this  point  than  on  any  other. 

These  references  also  form  a  sort  of  indeXj  by  which  the  pupil 
may  be  able  to  find  at  once  other  constructions  of  a  similar  kind  in 
the  portion  of  the  work  previously  studied,  and  so  compare  the  one 
with  the  other.  For  example,  the  letter  *,  p.  103,  refers  to  the 
Grammar,  §  140,  5j  by  running  the  eye  back  along  the  references 
at  the  foot  of  the  pai^e,  the  same  construction  will  be  found  at  the 
letter  ',  p.  95;  at  %  p.  90  j  at  ^,  p.  89.  at  d,  p.  87,  &c.;  all  of  which 
may  thus  be  compared  with  great  facility. 

The  method  of  reference  and  explanation  here  adopted  entirely 
supersedes  the  use  of  notes,  by  rendering  them  unnecessary,  and  it 
is  believed  will  prove  vastly  more  profitable  to  the  student  than  any 
number  of  notes  could  be,  which  generally  do  nothing  more  than 
give  the  meaning  of  an  idiom  or  phrase  in  a  free  translation,  with- 
out any  explanation  of  its  construction.  Though  this  sort  of  aid 
enables  the  pupil  to  get  along  with  the  translation  of  a  sentence,  it 
leaves  him  as  much  in  the  dark  as  ever  respecting  its  construction. 
The  consequence  is,  that  when  he  meets  with  a  similar  construction 
again  in  different  words,  he  is  as  much  at  a  loss  as  ever,  and  finds 
his  progress  arrested  unless  he  is  again  lifted  over  blindfold  by  the 
aid  of  another  friendly  note.  It  is  obvious  that  persons,  in  this 
way,  may  go  over  much  surface;  and  if  they  have  a  memory  cai)a 
ble  of  bringing  to  their  aid  the  translation  in  the  note  when  it  is 
wanted,  they  may  be  able  to  give  a  good  translation  of  what  they 
nave  gone  over,  and  yet  know  nothing,  or  next  to  nothing,  of  the 
construction  of  what  they  have  read;  and  hence  it  happens  that 
knowing  but  little  of  principles,  or  of  the  method  of  analyzing  the 
idioms  and  more  diificult  constructions  of  the  language,  whenever 
they  come  to  an  author  or  passage  where  the  wonted  supply  of  notes 
is  wanting,  they  find  themselves  unable  to  proceed;  or  if  they  do. 


it  is  so  much  in  the  dark  that  it  is  with  them  a  mere  peradventurc 
whether  they  are  right  or  wrong.  It  is  therefore  not  without  rea- 
son that  many  of  our  best  teachers  think  that  such  notes,  like  trans- 
lations, do  more  evil  than  good.  This  evil,  it  is  hoped,  is  in  a  great 
measure  avoided  by  the  method  here  pursued;  for  while  all  needful 
assistance  is  furnished,  it  can  be  attained  only  by  referring  to  the 
grammatical  principle  which  contains  the  explanation  needed; 
and  which  soon  becomes  so  familiar,  that  it  can  be  readily  applied 
to  the  analyzing  of  every  sentence  in  which  it  is  involved. 

Besides  the  application  of  the  principles  of  Grammar  in  the  analy. 
BIS  of  sentences,  no  less  important  is  the  study  of  the  words  them- 
selves of  which  these  sentences  are  composed.  This  belongs  to  the 
department  of  Etymology,  and,  to  the  enquiring  and  philosophical 
mind, presents  a  most  interesting  and  pleasing  field  of  investigation. 
A  proper  selection  of  words  is  no  less  necessary  to  the  expression 
of  our  thoughts  than  their  proper  arrangement  in  sentences.  Much, 
accordingly,  of  the  interest  and  advantage  of  studying  the  models  of 
antiquity  lies  in  the  study  of  the  words  selected  by  these  writers 
for  conveying  their'%entiments  to  others.  The  derivation  and  com- 
position of  words,  and  the  variety  of  meanings  which  they  assume 
in  the  expression  of  thought,  should  therefore  form  an  important 
part  of  study  to  the  classical  student  from  the  very  beginning,  and 
if  properly  conducted  will  prove  as  pleasing  as  it  is  profitable.  It 
may  be  laid  down  as  a  principle  capable  of  abundant  illustration, 
that  every  word  has  one  primitive  and  radical  signification,  to 
which  all  its  other  significations  and  uses  are  related,  and  from 
which  they  are  drav/n.  This  may  be  regarded  as  its  strict  and 
proper  meaning,  and  should  constantly  be  associated  in  the  mind  of 
the  learner  with  the  word  itself.  Once  in  possession  of  this,  and 
accustomed  to  trace  the  varied  shades  of  meaning  which  the  words 
assume  as  they  diverge  from  their  radical  and  primary  signification, 
tie  will  feel  an  interest  and  see  a  beauty  in  the  study  of  language, 
which  he  would  otherwise  never  be  likely  to  attain. 

This  primary  meaning  o^  a  word  is  not  always  indeed  its  most 
common  meaning:  this  may  even  have  passed  into  disuse;  but  still 
It  is  necessary  to  be  known,  in  order  to  have  a  clue  to  its  various 
derived  significations,  both  in  its  simple  and  compound  forms.  If 
instead  of  the  primary,  a  secondary  and  distant  meaning,  though  a 
more  common  one,  should  be  associated  in  the  mind  with  the  word, 
it  will  be  found  impossible  in  many  instances  to  account  for,  or  tj 
perceive  any  sort  of  propriety  or  analogy  in  its  use  in  certain  cases. 
Take,  as  an  example,  the  verb  emo,  the  more  common  but  not  the 


Vi  PREFACE 

primary  meaning  of  which  is,  *'  to  buy-;"  and  it  will  be  impossible 
to  trace  any  sort  of  connection  between  such  a  meaning  and  that  of 
its  compounds,  adlmo^  eximo,  interimoj  perlmo,  dirimoy  and  the  like 
But  assisrn  to  emo  its  primary  meaning,  "  to  take,"  and  the  whole  is 
perceived  at  once  to  be  clear  and  consistent.  This  one  example  will 
show  how  important  it  is  that  not  only  the  derivation  and  composi- 
tion of  words  should  be  fully  exhibited  in  a  good  dictionary,  but 
also  the  radical  and  primary  signification  of  all  words,  wheie  that 
can  be  ascertained,  should  be  first  stated,  and  then  the  secondary 
and  more  distant  meanings  in  that  order  which  appears  the  most 
natural.  In  this  respect  our  school  dictionaries,  with  one  exception, 
(Leverett's  Latin  Lexicon,)  are  exceedingly  defective.  This  defect 
I  have  endeavored  to  supply  in  the  Vocabulary  appended  to  this 
work,  m  which  the  plan  just  stated  has  been  foUow^ed;  so  that  the 
pupil  is  here  furnished  with  the  means  of  tracing  every  derivative 
and  compound  word  to  its  source,  (if  that  is  in  the  Latin  language, 
derivations  from  the  Greek  not  being  given,)  and  of  ascertaining 
what  is  the  primary  signification  of  each  word,  from  the  best  au 
thorities  within  my  reach,  as  well  as  those  significations  which  are 
more  common,  or  which  belong  to  the  words  m  the  various  places 
where  they  occur  in  this  work.  Care  has  been  taken  in  connection 
with  this  also  to  distinguish  those  words  usually  considered  as  syn- 
onymes.  An  earlier  and  more  special  attention  to  this  part  of  study 
than  is  usual,  it  is  believed  would  amply  repay  the  labor  bestowed 
upon  it. 

A  few  Exercises  in  composition  are  appended,  drawn,  as  will  be 
perceived,  from  the  reading  lessons  indicated  both  by  the  number  of 
the  page  and  the  paragraph.  Lessons  in  composition,  of  the  sim- 
plest character  and  to  any  extent,  may  be  framed  in  the  same  way 
from  every  reading  lesson,  or  even  from  every  sentence,  and  ren- 
dered into  Latin,  either  orally  in  the  class,  or  as  an  exercise  in 
writing,  as  suggested  in  the  remarks  prefixed  to  the  Exercises 
themselves. 

A  few  suggestions  have  been  introduced  at  the  beginning  of  the 
work  respecting  what  is  supposed  to  be  the  best  method  of  using  it, 
especially  with  young  pupils.  These  I  am  well  aware  are  of  no 
importance  to  the  experienced  teacherj  nevertheless  they  may  be 
of  some  use  to  the  young  and  inexperienced,  and  especially  to  thosR 
who  pursue  the  study  of  the  Latin  without  the  aid  of  a  teacher. 


INTRODUCTION. 


SENTENCES. 

1.  A  sentence  is  such  an  assemblage  of  words  as  makes 
complete  sense ;  as,  Man  is  mortal, 

2.  Sentences  are  of  two  kinds,  simple  and  compound. 

3.  A  simple  sentence  contains  but  one  subject  and  one 
verb  ;  as,  Life  is  short.     Time  flies. 

4.  A  compound  sentence  contains  two  or  more  simple  sen- 
tences combined ;  as,  Life^  which  is  short,  should  he  well 
employed. 

5.  In  the  combining  of  words  to  form  a  sentence,  observe 
carefully  the  following 

General  Principles  of  Syntax, 

1.  In  every  sentence  there  must  be  a  verb  in  the  indica- 
tive, subjunctive,  imperative,  or  infinitive  mood,  and  a  sub- 
jecty  expressed  or  understood. 

2.  Every  adjective,  adjective  pronoun,  or  participle,  must 
have  a  substantive  expressed  or  understood  with  which  it 
agrees,  §  98  and  ^  146.* 

3.  Every  relative  must  have  an  antecedent  or  word  to 
which  it  refers,  and  with  which  it  agrees,  ^  99. 

4.  Every  nominative  has  its  own  verb  expressed  or  under- 
stood, of  which  it  is  the  subject,  ^^  100,  101,  102.  Or  is 
placed  after  the  substantive  verb  in  the  predicate,  ^  103. 

5.  Every  finite  verb ;  i.  e.,  every  verb  in  the  indicative, 
subjunctive  or  imperative  mood,  has  its  own  nominative, 
expressed  or  understood,  ^^  101,  102,  and  when  the  infini- 
tive has  a  subject  it  is  in  the  accusative,  ^  145.  The  infini- 
tive without  a  subject  does  not  form  a  sentence  or  proposi- 
tion, §  143. 

6.  Every  oblique  case  is  governed  by  some  word,  express- 
ed or  understood,  in  the  sentence  of  which  it  forms  a  part. 

*  The  references  are  to  the  sections  in  the  Latin  Grammar 


8  iNTRODtrCTION. 

Resolution  or  Analysis, 

Every  simple  sentence  consists  of  two  parts,  the  subject 
and  the  predicate,  §  94,  6.  7.  8.  In  analyzing  a  sentence, 
it  is  necessary  to  distinguish  between  the  Gr;:,mmatical  sub- 
ject and  predicate,  and  the  Xoo-ecaZ  subject  and  predicate. 

The  Grammatical  subject  is  the  name  or  thing  spoken  of, 
without,  or  separated  from,  all  modifying  words  or  clauses, 
and  which  stands  as  the  nominative  to  the  verb,  or  the  ac- 
cusative before  the  infinitive. 

The  Logical  subject  is  the  same  word  in  connection  with 
the  qualifying  or  restricting  expressions,  which  go  to  maiie 
up  the  full  and  precise  idea  of  the  thing  spoken  of. 

The  Grammatical  'predicate  is  the  wor4  or  words  contain- 
ing the  simple  affirmation  made  respecting  the  subject. 

The  Logical  predicate  is  the  grammatical  predicate  com- 
bined with  all  those  words  or  expressions  that  modify  or 
restrict  it  in  any  way ;  thus : 

In  the  sentence,  "  An  inordinate  desire  of  admiration 
often  produces  a  contemptible  levity  of  deportment ;  ^  the 
Grammatical  subject  is  "c^mrc;"  the  Logical  ''^  An  inordi- 
nate desire  of  admiration,''''  The  Grammatical  predicate  is 
^^  produces,''''  the  Logical,  ^^  produces  often  a  contemptible 
levity  of  deportment, ^^ 

In  Latin  and  English,  the  general  arrangement  of  a  sen- 
tence is  the  same,  i.  e.,  the  sentence  commonly  begins  with 
the  subject  and  ends  with  the  predicate.  But  the  order  of 
the  words  in  each  of  these  parts,  is  usually  so  different  in 
Latin,  from  what  it  is  in  English,  that  one  of  the  first  diffi- 
culties a  beginner  has  to  encounter  with  a  Latin  sentence 
is  to  know  how  "  to  take  it  in,"  or  to  arrange  it  in  the  proper 
order  of  the  English.  This  is  technically  called  constru' 
ing  or  giving  the  order.  To  assist  in  this,  some  advan- 
tage may  be  found  by  carefully  attending  to  the  following 

Direct  ions  for  Begiimers, 
Direct.  I.  As  all  the  other  parts  of  a  sentence  depend 
upon  the  two  leading  parts,  namely,  the  subject  or  NOMl- 
N'ATIVE  and  the  predicate  or  VERB;  the  first  thing  to  be 
done  with  every  .sentence,  is  to  find  out  these.  In  ordei  to 
this. 


INTRODUCTION.  9 

1.  Look  for  the  leading  verb,  which  is  always  m  the 
present,  imperfect,  perfect,  pluperfpct,  or  future  of  the  indic- 
ative, or  in  the  imperative  mood,*  and  usually  at  or  near 
the  end  of  the  sentence. 

2.  Having  found  the  verb,  observe  its  number  and  person, 
this  will  aid  in  finding  its  nominative,  which  is  a  noun  or 
pronoun  in  the  same  number  and  person  with  the  verb,  com- 
monly before  it,  and  near  the  beginning  of  the  sentence, 
though  not  always  so,  ^  151.  R.  I.  with  exceptions. 

Direct.  II.  Having  thus  found  the  nominative  and  verb, 
and  ascertained  their  meaning,  the  sentence  may  be  resolved 
from  the  Latin  into  the  English  order,  as  follows : 

1.  Take  the  Vocative,  Exciting,  Introductory,  or  connect' 
tng  words,  if  there  are  any. 

2.  The  NOMINATIVE. 

3.  Words  limiting  or  ex'plaining  it,  i.  e.,  words  agreeing 
with  it,  or  governed  by  it,  or  by  one  another,  where  they 
are  found,  till  you  come  to  the  verb. 

4.  The  VERB. 

5.  Words  limiting  or  explaining  it,  i.  e.,  words  whicii 
modify  it,  are  governed  by  it,  or  depend  upon  it. 

6.  Supply  everywhere  the  words  understood. 

7.  If  the  sentence  be  compound,  take  the  parts  of  it  seve- 
rally as  they  depend  one  upon  another,  proceeding  with  each 
of  them  as  above. 

Direct.  III.  In  arranging  the  words  for  translation,  in  the 
subordinate  parts  of  a  sentence,  observe  the  following 

Rules  for  construing, 

I.  An  oblique  case,  or  the  infinitive  mood,  is  put  after  the 
word  that  governs  it. 

Exc.  The  relative  and  interrogative  are  usually  put  before  the  gov 
erning  word,  unless  that  be  a  preposition;  if  it  is,  then  after  it. 

II.  An  adjective,  if  no  other  word  depend  upon  it  or  be 
coupled  with  it,  is  put  before  its  substantive ;  but  if  another 
word  depend  upon  it,  or  be  governed  by  it,  it  is  usually 
placed  after  it. 

*  All  the  other  parts  of  the  verb  are  generally  used  in  subordinate 
clauses.  So,  also,  is  the  pluperfect  indicative.  In  oblique  discourse, 
the  leading  verb  is  in  the  infinitive,  §  141.  Rule  VI. 


to  INTRODUCTION. 

III.  The  participle  is  usually  construed  after  its  substan- 
tive, or  the  word  with  which  it  agrees. 

IV.  The  relative  and  its  clause,  should,  if  possible,  come 
immediately  after  the  antecedent. 

V.  When  a  question  is  asked,  the  nominative  comes  after 
the  verb;  (in  English  between  the  auxiliary  and  the  verb.) 
Interrogative  words,  however,  such  as  quis,  quotus,  quantus, 
uter,  &;c.,  come  before  the  verb. 

VI.  After  a  transitive  active  verb,  look  for  an  accusative, 
and  after  a  preposition,  for  an  accusative  or  ablative,  and 
arrange  the  words  accordingly. 

VII.  Words  in  apposition  must  be  construed  as  near 
together  as  possible. 

VII r.  Adverbs,  adverbial  phrases,  prepositions  with  their 
cases,  circumstances  of  time,  place,  cause,  manner,  instru- 
ment, &c.,  should  be  placed,  in  general,  after  the  words 
which  they  modify.  The  case  absolute  commonly  before 
them,  and  often  first  in  the  sentence. 

IX.  The  words  of  different  clauses  must  not  be  mixed 
together,  but  each  clause  translated  by  itself,  in  its  order, 
according  to  its  connection  with,  or  dependence  upon,  those 
to  which  it  is  related. 

X.  Conjunctions  should  be  placed  before  the  last  of  two 
words,  or  sentences  connected. 


LATIN    IDIOMS.* 


PARTICULAR  DIRECTIONS  AND  MODELS  FOR  TRANS- 
LATION. 

Tlie  following  explanations  and  directions  are  intended  chieifly  for  reference.  But 
k  wilj  be  of  great  advantage  for  the  pupil  to  become  familiar  with  them  by  going  through 
them  two  or  three  times,  in  course,  simultaneously  with  his  reading  lessons. 

1.  Before  translating,  every  sentence  should  be  read 
over  till  it  can  be  read  correctly  and  with  ease,  paying  spe- 
cial attention  to  the  quantity  and  pronunciation.  The  words 
should  then  be  arranged  according  to  the  preceding  general 
directions,  and  translated  as  they  are  arranged,  separately 
or  in  clusters,  as  may  be  found  convenient ;  always  remem- 
bering to  place  adjectives  and  adjective  pronouns  with  their 
substantives  before  translating.  The  sense  and  grammati- 
cal construction  being  thus  ascertained,  the  translation  may 
then  be  read  over  without  the  Latin,  and  due  attention  paid 
to  the  English  idiom.  The  whole  sentence,  whether  simple 
or  compound,  may  then  be  analyzed  as  directed  ^  152,  and 
last  of  all,  every  word  parsed  separately  as  directed,  ^  153. 

2.  In  order  to  arrange  and  translate  with  ease,  it  is  neces- 
sary to  be  familiar  with,  and  readily  to  distinguish  the  dif- 
ferent cases,  genders,  and  numbers  of  nouns,  pronouns, 
adjectives,  and  participles,  and  to  translate  them  correctly 
and  promptly,  in  these  cases  and  numbers,  &c.;  and  also  to 
distinguish  and  correctly  translate  the  verb  in  its  various 
moods,  tenses,  numbers,  persons,  &;c.  This  can  be  acquired 
onl)^  by  continual  practice  and  drilling,  which  should  be  kept 
up  till  the  utmost  readiness  is  attained. 

3.  The  English  prepositions  used  in  translating  the  dif- 
ferent cases  in  Latin,  for  the  sake  of  convenience,  may  be 
called  SIGNS  of  those  cases ;  and  in  translating  these,  the 
English  definite  or  indefinite  article  is  to  be  used  as  the  sense 
requires.     The  signs  of  the  cases  are  as  follows: 

Norn.   (No  sign.)  Ace.    (No  sign.) 

Gen.    Of.  Voe.    O.  or  no  sign. 

Dat.     To  or  for.  Abl.    With,  from,  in,  by,  Sec. 

*  A  Latin  idiom,  strictly  speaking,  is  a  mode  of  speech  peculiar 
to  the  Latin  language.  It  is  here  used  in  a  more  extended  sense,  to 
denote  a  mode  of  speech  different  from  the  English,  or  which,  if  ren 
dered  word  for  word,  and  with  the  ordinary  signs  of  cases,  moods, 
tenses,  &,c.,  would  not  make  a  correct  English  sentence. 


12  INTRODUCTION. 

In  certain  constructions  the  idiom  of  the  English  language 
re(]uires  the  oblique  cases  in  Latin  to  be  translated  in  a  man- 
ner different  from  the  above.  The  chief  of  these  conslruc- 
lions  are  the  following: 

4.  The  Genitive. 

1.  The  genitive  denoting  the  place  where,  R.  XXXVL,  in 
translated  at;  as,  Romce,  **  At  Rome." 

2.  Denoting  price,  sometimes  for;  as,  Vendtdit  plur  is, 
"He  sold  it  for  niore;^^  or  without  a  sign;  as,  Const  it  it 
pluris,  "It  cost  more. 

5,  The  Dative. 

1.  After  a  verb  of  taking  away,  R.  XXIX. ;  the  dative  is 
translated /rom ;  as,  Eripuit  me  morti,  " He  rescued  me 
from  death '^^  Erip^tnr  morti,  "He  is  rescued  from 
death:'  R.  XXXII-III.  See  ^  123,  Exp. 

2.  Denoting  the  doer  after  a  passive  verb,  R.  XXXIII.,  it 
is  translated  by;  as,  Vix  audior  ulli ,  "I  am  scarcely  heard 
by  any  one^ 

3.  Denoting  the  possessor,  R.  XV.,  Obs.  1,  it  is  transla- 
ted as  the  genitive  ;  as,  E  i  in  mentem  venit,  "  It  came  into 
the  mind  to  Am,"  i.  e.,  of  him,  or  into  his  mind. 

4.  After  verbs  signifying  "  to  be  present,"  at;  as.  Ad- 
fuit  precibuSy  He  was  present  at  prayers.  ^  112,  R.  I. 

6.  The  Ablative. 

1.  The  ablative  denoting  a  property  or  quality  of  another 
substantive, R.  VII.,  is  translated  q/*;  as,  Vir  mird  mag- 
nitudtne,  "A  man  of  wonderful  size:"* 

2.  The  place  where,  R.  XXXVL  Exc,  commonly  at^ 
sometimes  in, 

3.  After  the  comparative  degree,  ^  120,  R.  XXIV.,  than, 
as,  Dulcior  melle,  "  Sweeter  than  honey.'*'' 

4.  Denoting  the  material  of  which  a  thing  is  made,  ^  128, 
Obs.  2,  of ;  as,  F actus  ebo  re,  " Made  of  ivory:' 

5.  After  dignus  and  words  denoting  origin ;  also  after 
opus  and  usus,  signifying  need,  of;  as,  Dignus  hondr 

"  Worthy  of  honor:' 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  13 

6.  Denoting  time  how  lon^,  sometimes  ew;  as,  TJno  die 
fecit y  "  He  did  it  in  one  day ;  "  sometimes  without  a  sign ; 
as,   Uno  die   ahfuit^  "He  was  absent  one  day^ 

7.  Time  when,  at^  on ;  as,  Solis  occd  su^  ^^  At  the  set' 
ting  of  the  sun ;  "  Idlhus  Apnlis,  "  On  the  ides  of  April/' 

8.  After  verbs  of  depriving,  §  125,  of;  as,  Eumveste 
spolidvit,  "He  stripped  him  of  his  garment. ^^ 

Cases  without  Signs, 

7.  When  the  genitive,  dative,  or  ablative,  is  governed  by 
an  intransitive  verb  which  is  translated  by  a  transitive  verb 
in  English,  (^  38,  Obs.  4.,)  or  by  an  adjective  denoting  like- 
ness, the  sign  of  the  case  is  omitted ;  as, 

1.  Gen.  Miserere  m.ei  J  Pity  ?ne. 

2.  Dat.  PrcBfuit  exer  citui  j     He  commanded  the  army 

3.  "      Placuit  r  eg  i  ,  It  pleased  the  king. 

4.  Abl.    Utitur  fr aude  ,  He  uses  deceit, 

5.  ''      Potitus  est  imp  erio  J     He  obtained  the  goverm/ien/. 

6.  Dat.  Similis  patri,  Like  his  father. 

Obs,  But  when  rendered  by  an  intransitive  verb  in  Eng 
lish,  the  sign  of  the  case  must  be  used ;  as, 

7.  Insidiantur  nobis  ,  They  lie  in  wait /or  us. 

8.  When  a  verb  governs  two  datives,  by  E.  XIX.,  the 
dative  of  the  end  or  design  is  sometimes  rendered  without 
the  sign;  as, 

1.  Est  mihi  voluptdti  j  It  is  to  me  [for]  a  pleasure ;  i.  e. 

It  is  [or  brings]  a  pleasure  to  me. 

9.  The  ablative  absolute,  R.  LX.,  (See  No.  109,)  and 
frequently  time  how  long,  R.  XL.,  are  without  the  sign;  as, 

1.  B  el  lofinito,  The  war  heing  ended. 

2.  Sex  mensi  bus  abfuit,  He  was  absent  six  months. 

10.  When  the  ablative  is  governed  by  a  preposition,  the 
English  of  that  preposition  takes  the  place  of  the  sign  of 
the  ablative,  and  no  other  will  be  used ;  thus, 

1.  JI  b  exercUu,  From  the  army.   4.  Cumdignitdte,  With  dignity. 

2.  E  X  urbe,       Out  of  the  city.   5.  P  r  o  castris,     Before  the  camp. 

3.  In  agroj       Jti  the  field.  6.  T  enus  pube,    C/p /o  the  middle. 

1 1.  In  order  to  specify  more  particularly,  the  English  idiom 
sometimes  requires  the  possessive  pronouns,  my,  thy,  his, 
her,  its,  our,  your  their,  (not  expressed  in  Latin  unless  cou- 
trasted  with  others,)  to  be  supplied  before  a  noun,  and  espe- 

9 


14  INTRODUCTION. 

cially  if  they  refer  to  the  suhject  of  the  sentence.     The 
sense  will  shew  when  this  is  to  be  done  and  what  pronoun 

15  to  be  used;  as, 

1.  Filius  similis  patrij  A  son  like  ^is  father. 

2.  Revcrere  parentesj  Reverence  your  parents. 

12.  Nouns  in  apposition,  [^  97,  R.  I.,)  must  be  brought 
as  near  together  as  possible,  and  the  sign  of  the  case,  when 
used,  prefixed  to  the  first  only ;  as, 

1.  Nom.  Cicero  Orator,  Cicero  the  orator. 

2.  Gen.    Ciceronis  oratoris,  Of  Cicero  the  orator. 

3.  Dat.     Ciceroni  oratori,  To  Cicero  the  orator, 

4.  Abl.    Cicerone  oratore.  With  Cicero  the  orator. 

13.  The  noun  in  apposition  is  sometimes  connected  with 
the  noun  before  it  by  the  words  as,  being,  &c. ;  as, 

1.  Misit  me  comit  em  ,        He  sent  me  as  a  companion. 

2.  Hie  puer  venit ,  He  came,  when  [or  being'^  a  hoy. 

Adjectives  and  Substantives, 

14.  In  translating  an  adjective  or  adjective  pronoun  and 
a  substantive  together,  the  adjective  is  commonly  placed 
first,  and  the  sign  of  the  case  is  prefixed  to  it,  and  not  to  the 
noun,  §  98,  R.  II. ;  as, 

1.  Nora.  Altus  monsj  A  high  mountain. 

2.  Gen.  ,dlti  montis,  Of  a  high  mountain. 

3.  Dat.  ,^lto  montij  To  [for]  a  high  mountain. 

4.  Abl.  jilto  monte,  With  a  high  mountain. 

15.  When  two  or  more  adjectives,  coupled  by  a  conjunc- 
tion belong  to  one  substantive,  they  may  be  placed  either 
before  or  after  it ;  as, 

1.  Jupiter  optlmus  et  maximui,  Jupiter  the  best  and  greatest;  or 
Optimus  et  maximus  Jupiter,  The  best  and  greatest  Jupiter. 

2.  Viri  sapientis  et  docti,  Of  a  man  wise  and  learned  j  or 
Sapientis  et  docti  viri,  Of  a  wise  and  learned  man. 

16.  The  adjective  must  be  placed  after  its  substantive 
when  the  former  has  a  negative  joined  with  it,  or  another 
word  in  the  sentence  governed  by  it,  or  dependent  upon  it 
So  also  solus;  as, 

1.  Dux  peritus  belli,  A  general  skilled  in  war.' 

2.  Filius  similis  patri,  A  son  like  his  father. 

3.  Poeta  dignus  honore,  A  poet  worthy  of  honor. 

4.  Homines  soli  sapiunt,  Men  alone  are  wise. 

5.  Avis  tarn parum  decora,  A  bird  so  little  beautiful 

6.  Littore  non  molli  neque  arenoso,  With  a  shore  not  soft  nor  sandy 


LATIN   IDIOMS.  15 

17.  The  adjectives  primus^  mediuSy  ulttmus^  extrhnus^ 
tnfhnus^  imus,  summus^  supreraus^  reltquuSy  ceter,  or  cete- 
rus,  and  some  others  describing  a  part  of  an  object,  are 
translated  as  substantives,  with  the  sign  of  the  case  prefixed, 
and  of  before  the  substantive  following,  ^  98,  Obs.  9 ;  as, 

1,  Media   nocte.  In  the  middle  of  the  night. 

2    »dd  sum  mum   montem^  To  the  top  of  the  mountain. 

18.  AVhen  these  adjectives  (No.  17,)  describe  the  whole 
and  not  a  part  only,  they  are  translated  as  No.  11. ;  as, 

Summum  honum^  The  chief  good^i^ 

Supremus  dies.  The  last  day. 

19.  An  adjective  without  a  substantive  usually  has  a  sub- 
stantive understood,  but  obvious  from  the  connexion,  ^  98, 
Obs.  5.  Masculine  adjectives,  (if  plural,)  commonly  agree 
with  homines^  or,  if  possessives,  with  amid,  cives,  or  milites, 
understood;  and  neuters,  with  factum^  negotiuin,  verhurriy 
tempus,  &c. ;  as, 

1  Boni  (homines)  sunt  rari,  Good  men  are  rare, 

2  CcBsar  misit  suos  {milites,)         Cajsar  sent  his  soldiers. 

3.  Codes    transndvit    ad    suos      Codes  swam  over  to  his  fellow 

(cives,)  citizens. 

4.  Labor  vincit  omnia  (negotia)     Labor  overcomes  all  things. 

6.  In  posterum  (tempus,)  In  time  to  come, — for  the  future, 

6.  In  eo  (loco)  ut,  In  such  a  situation  that. 

20.  Adjectives  commonly  used  without  a  substantive,  (but 
still  belonging  to  a  substantive  understood,)  may  be  regard- 
ed as  substantives.  They  are  such  as  mortdles,  boni,  wuli, 
superi,  inferi,  GrcBcus,  Romdnus,  &c.  (See  §  98,  Obs.  5,) ;  as, 

1.  Mali   oderunt   bonos  ,  The  wicked  hate  the  good. 

2.  G  rce  cos  Romdni  vicerunt,  The  Romans  conquered  the  Greeks, 

21.  Adjective  words  when  piartitives,  or  used  partitively, 
take  the  gender  of  the  noun  expressing  the  whole,  and 
govern  it  in  the  genitive  plural,  (if  a  collective  noun,  in  the 
genitive  singular,)  §  107,  Rule  X.  In  this  case  verbs  and 
adjectives  agree  with  the  partitive  as  if  it  were  a  noun;  as, 

1.  AlXquis  phil osophorumSome  one  of  the  philosophers  has 

dixit  ^  said. 

2    Una  musdrum  venietj  One  of  the  m^ises  will  come ^ 

3.  Multi  nobilium  juvenum,  Many  noble  young  men. 

22.  The  comparative  degree  not  followed  by  an  ablative, 
or  the  conjunction  quam,  (than)  is  usually  translated  by  the 
positive  with  ^oo  or  rajher  prefixed.  For  explanation  see 
«  120   Obs.  5.,  as. 


16  INTRODUCTION 

1.  Ira cundior  est ,  (scil.        Re  is  too  (or  rather)  passionate. 

(Bquo,) 

2.  Mgrius  ferebatj  He  took  it  rather  ill. 
'i,  jiltius  voldvitj                        He  flew  too  high. 

Obs.  In  a  comparison,  eo  or  ta7ito  with  a  comparative  in 
one  clause,  and  quo  or  quanta  in  the  other,  may  be  rendered 
"  the  ;"  (See  No.  44.  7.  8.)  as, 
4.   Q  w  0  plures,  e  h  feliciores^         The  more  the  happier. 

23.  The  superlative  decree  expressing  comparison,  is 
usually  preceded  by  the  article  the  in  English,  [^  25,)  as, 

1.  D  octisslmt^  Romanorumj  The  most  learned  of  the  Romans. 
2    F ortisslmus  miles  in  ex-     The  bravest  soldier  in  the  army. 
ercituy 

24.  When  the  superlative  does  not  express  comparison, 
but  only  eminence  or  distinction,  it  is  translated  with  the 
article  a  or  an  prefixed  in  the  singular,  and  without  an  arti- 
cle in  the  plural ;  or  by  the  positive,  with  veryy  eminently, 
&c.,  prefixed,  (^  25,) ;  as, 

1.  Homo  doctissimus,  .A  most  learned  (or  a  very  learned) 

man. 

2.  Homines  doctisstmi.  Most  learned    (or  very   learned) 

men. 

25.  Alius  repeated  with  a  different  word  in  the  same  clause, 
renders  that  clause  double,  and  requires  it  to  be  translated 
as  in  the  following  examples : 

1.  Alius  alia  vidj  One  by  one  way,  another  by  another. 

2.  jllitui  aliis  videtur.      One  thing  seems  good  to  some,  another  to 

others,  i.  e.  Some  think  one  thing, 
and  some  another.  (See  other  varie- 
ties. §  98. Obs.  11.) 

The  same  usage  occurs  with  words  derived  from  alius. 
See  Gr.  ^  98,  Obs.  12. 

26.  The  distributive  numeral  adjectives  are  usually  trans- 
lated by  the  cardinal  number  indicated,  with  "  each,"  or 
"  to  each,"  annexed  ;  sometimes  by  repeating  the  cardinal 
thus,  "one  bv  one;"  "two  by  two,"  &c.,  ^  24,  11;  as, 

1.  Consules  'Anas  naves  habe-      The  consuls  had  each  two  ships,  or, 

bav^ ,  had  two  ships  each. 

2.  Qua    mg^.ti  carri  duceren-    Where  wagons  could  be  led  one  by 

cur.  one. 

3.  Zign^.  binf  ,  Beams  two  by  two,  or  in  pairs. 

4.  S?  .tgul' s  singulas  par-    He  distributed  equal  parts,  one  to 

tes  ji,estribuit  ceqitdles  each. 

5.  Si'.gul*  ^  menslbus  hoc  fecit ,  This  he  did  every  (or  each)  month, 

6.  ^  Iwes^.  mg  uli  uxor  eshabent,T  hey  have  each  ma/i-y  wives 


N 

LATIN    IDIOMS.  17 

PrOTWUTlS, 

27.  1st.  The  adjective  pronoun,  hic^  hcBC,  hoc^  with  a  noun 
following,  is  used  as  an  adjective,  and  means,  in  the  singu- 
lar, "/ Aw," — in  the  plural,  "  ^Aei'e." — llle^  illa^  illud, —  2S, 
ea,  id, — iste,  ista,  istud,  with  a  noun,  in  the  singular,  mean 
"  that,'' — in  the  plural,  "  those.'' 

2d.  Without  a  noun  following  they  are  all  used  substan- 
tively, and  mean,  in  the  singular,  he,  she,  it ;  in  the  plural 
they;  thus, 

1.  Hicvirj  This  man.  4.  Hie  fecit,  JTe'did  it. 

2.  Illafemina,  That  woman.         5.  Ilia  venit,  She  came. 

3.  Eaurbs,  That  city.  6.  E  a  (Dido)  condldit  earn,  Sh^ 

built  it,  (Carthage.) 

Obs,  In  sentences  containing  an  enumeration  of  particu- 
lars, the    same    pronoun  is    sometimes    used  in  successive 
clauses,  but  they  require  to  be  translated  differently,  (^  98, 
Obs.  12,) ;  thus, 
7.  Hie,      \  hie,      ) 

^'  ^^'         (    "  one  "  ''  the  one  "  ^^'        >    ''  another,"  "  the 

9.  Ille,      {        ^^®>        ^^®  ^^®-     ille,     (  other." 

10.  Jlter,  )  alter,  / 

When  antithesis  or  contrast  is  stated,  hie  is  translated 
"this,"  and  refers  to  the  nearer  antecedent,  ille,  "that," 
and  refers  to  the  more  distant ;  as, 

11.  Hie  minor  natu  est,  ille  major.  This  is  the  younger,  that  the 

older. 

28.  Is,  ea,  id,  followed  by  ut,  or  the  relative,  qui,  qure, 
quod,  in  the  next  clause,  means  "  such,"  and  implies  com- 
parison. The  relative  after  it  may  be  translated,  that  I, 
that  thou,  that  he,  that  they,  &c.,  according  as  the  antece- 
dent requires,  or  it  may  be  translated  as,  and  its  verb  by  the 
infinitive  (^  31,  Obs.  2.);  thus, 

1.  7s  homo  erat  ut,  ^e..  He  was  such  a  man  that,  &c. 

2.  Neque  is  sum  qui  terrear,       I  am  not  such  that  I  may  be  fright- 

ened. Or  better  thus,  I  arn 
not  such  a  one  as  to  be  Iriglit 
ened. 

Obs.  The  adverb  eo  with  ut  following  it  means  "so  far," 
**  10  such  a  degree  "  "  to  such  a  point,"  "  in  such  a  state ;"  as, 

8.  E  0  pervi^nit  ut,  "  He  came  so  far.  (i.  e  made  such 

progress,)  ihut;" 


18  INTRODUCTION. 

Possessive  ProricuTis, 

29  The  possessive  pronoun  is  equivalent  in  meaning  to 
the  genitive  of  the  substantive  pronoun,  and  may  often  be 
so  tianslated;  as, 

1.  Beneficio  suo  populique  Ro-    By  the  kindness  of  himself  and  of 

7n(ini,  the  Roman  people. 

2.  Cuin  in  e  a  nemo  scripta  legat,  Since  no  one  reads  the  WTitings  of 

vulgo  recitdre  timentis,  me,  fearing  to  recite  them  pub. 

licly. 

30.  The  possessives,  suus,  sua,  suiim,  m  Latin,  agrees  in 
gender,  number,  and  case,  with  the  noun  denoting  the  object 
possessed,  but  in  English  must  be  translated  by  a  pronoun 
denoting  the  possessor ;  thus, 

1.  Pater  dillgit  suo  s  lihlros,  A  father  loves  his  children. 

2.  Parentes  aillgunt  suam  sobdlem,  Parents  love  their  ofl'spring. 

3.  Frater  dillgit  suam  sororem,  A  brother  loves  his  sister. 

4.  Soror  dillgit  suum  fratrem,  A  sister  loves  her  brother. 

Ohs,  In  the  first  sentence,  "  suos,^^  agrees  with  "  liberos,^^ 
but  must  be  translated  "  to,"  denoting  "  pater^'  the  pos- 
sessor. In  the  second,  suam,  though  singular,  to  agree  with 
soholem,  must  be  translated  "  their,''^  so  as  to  denote  the  pos- 
sessors, ''''parentes,''^  &c. 

Usage  of  Sui,  Suus, — Ille,  Iste,  Hie,  Is. 

31.  The  reflexive,  sui,  and  its  possessive,  suus,  generally 
refer  to  the  subject  of  the  .eading  verb*  in  the  sentence; 
ille,  iste,  hie,  is,  never  refer  to  that  subject,  but  to  some 
other  person  or  thing  spoken  of;  thus, 

1.  C  at  0  occidit  s  e,  Cato  killed  himself. 

2.  Pater  dillgit  suo  s  liberos,  A  father  loves  his  (own)  children. 

3.  P ar  entes  dillgunt  suam      Parents     love    their     (own)    off- 

sobolem,  spring. 

4.  Dicit  s  e  vaUre,  He  says  that  he  is  well. 

Obs.  In  the  second  and  third  sentence,  suos,  **his,"  and 
suam,  "their,"  referring  to  some  other  person  than  pater  or 
parentes,  would  be  made  by  the  genitive  of  ille,  iste,  hie,  is. 
In  the  first  and  fourth,  se  would  be  made  eii?n.  For  the  dif- 
ference between  these  words  usually  translated  "  he,"  see 
Ur.  ^  28,  Obs.  3. 

*  See  Gr.  §  28,  Obs.  3,  1st.,  with  note. 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  19 

Note.  If  a  second  subject  and  verb  be  introduced,  tne 
reflexive  governed  by  that  verb  will  belong  to  the  new  sub- 
ject, unless  the  whole  clause  refer  to  the  words,  wishes,  or 
actions,  of  the  first  subject;  as, 

5.  Scipio  civitatXbus  Italics  reddi-  Scipio  restored  to  the  States  of 
dit  omnia  quce  sua  recog-  Italy,  all  the  things  which  they 
noscebantj  recognised  as  their  own. 

Usage  of  Ipse. 

32.  Ipse  renders  the  word  with  which  it  is  joined  em- 
phatic, whether  expressed  or  understood,  and  is  equal  to  the 
English,  myself,  thyself  himself  themselves,  &:c.,  annexed 
to  it  ;  sometimes  to  the  word  very  prefixed.  With  rmmhers 
it  denotes  exactness,  and  sometimes  it  is  used  by  itself  as 
a  reflexive  instead  of  sui,  ^  28,  Obs.  3,  2d. ;  as, 

1.  Ipse  faciam^  (i.  e.  ego  ipse,)  I  will  do  it  myself. 

2.  Ip  s  e  frueris  otio,  (i.  e.  tuipse,)      Thou  thyself  enjoyest  ease. 

3.  Jaculo  cadit  ipse,  (i.  e.  ille  ipse,)  He  himself  falls  by  a  dart. 

4.  Ccesar  ipse  venit,  Caesar  himself  came. 

5.  Tempus  ip  sum  convenit,  The  very  time  was  agreed  on. 

6.  ^d  ip  s  as  portas,  To  the  very  gates. 

7.  Decern  ipsi  dies,  Ten  whole  days. 

8.  Precdtus  est  utipsum  liberdret,  He  begged  that  he  would  lib 

erate  him. 
9    Donum  ipsi  datum,  A  present  given  to  him. 

33.  When  joined  with  the  personal  pronouns,  used  in  a 
reflexive  sense,  and  in  an  oblique  case,  it  sometimes  agrees 
with  them  in  case,  but  more  commonly  with  the  subject  of 
the  verb  in  the  nominative  or  accusative.  It  is  always,  how- 
ever, to  be  translated  with  the  oblique  case,  to  which  it  adds 
the  force  of  the  word  self  or  simply  of  emphasis ;  thus, 

1.  Se  ipse  int erf ecit  (or  se  ipsum,)  He  slew  himself, 

1.  Noscete  ip  s e  (orte  ipsum,)  Know  thyself. 

2.  Mihi  ipse  (or  ip s i,)  faveo,     I  favor  myself. 

3  Agam  per  me  ip  s  e,  I  will  do  it  myself. 

4  Virtus  est  per  se  ip  salauda-     Virtue   is   to   be   praised  for  it- 

bllis,  self. 

.5.  Se  ipsos  omnes  naturd  dill-  All    men     naturally    love    them- 
gunt.  selves. 

RELATIVE  AND  ANTECEDENT. 

General  Principle, 

34  Every  sentence  containing  a  relative  and  its  aniece 
dent  ts  a  compound  sentence,  of  which  the  reljitive  with  its 


20  INTRODUCTION. 

clause  forms  one  of  the  parts,  and  is  used  further  to  descrihe 
orh'mit  its  antecedent  word  in  the  other  part.  That  word 
may  be  the  subject,  or  belong  to  the  predicate,  or  to  some 
circumstance  connected  with  either.  But  to  whichsoever 
of  these  it  belongs,  the  relative  and  its  clause  must  all  be 
translated  together,  and  in  immediate  connexion  with  its 
antecedent  word.     Hence  the  following 

General  Rule  of  Arrangement, 

35.  The  relative  with  its  clause  should  be  placed  imme- 
diately after,  or  as  near  as  possible  to  the  antecedent,  aitd, 
unless  unavoidable,  another  substantive  should  not  come 
between  therr.;  thus, 

Latin  Arrangement, 

1.  Urbi  imminet  raons,  qui  ad  Arcadiam  proairrit. 
Here  ''''qui''''  with  its  clause,  "a^  Arcadiam  proairrit ^''^ 
belongs  to,  and  further  describes  the  antecedent  subject, 
"mans.''''     As  then  the  subject  with  all  that  belongs  to  it 

must  be  taken  before  the  verb,  (Gr.  ^  152,  Direct.  2,  2d,  3d,) 
the  above  sentence  should  be  arranged  for  translation,  thus  : 
Mons  qiii  procurril  ad  Arcadiam,  immhiet  urhi,  A  rnxnin- 
tain,  which  extends  to  Arcadia,  hangs  over  the  city. 

Or,  the  English  order  may  be  inverted,  thus  .  XJrhi  immi- 
net mons,  qui  procurrit  ad  Arcadiam,  Over  the  city  hangs 
a  mountain,  which,  &c. 

But  not,  Mons  imminet  urbi,  qui,  &c.,  because  this  arrange- 
ment would  place  ^^urbi^^  between  the  antecedent,  "  7nom,^^ 
and  the  relative,  ^^qui,^^  and  so  lead  to  a  false  translation. 
Che  following  sentence  also  affords  an  example : 

2.  FroximeurbemEurOtas  Jluvius  delabitur,ad  cu- 
j  u  s  ripas  Spartdni  se  exercere  solebant.  Arrange,  Proxhne 
urbem  delabitur,  &c.,  Close  to  the  city  flows ;  or,  Eurdtas 
Jluvius,  ad  cujus  ripas,  &oc, 

36.  When  another  noun  necessarily  comes  between  th< 
relative  and  its  antecedent,  there  is  more  danger  of  ambi 
guity  in  English  than  in  Latin,  as  the  gender  and  number, 
of  the  Latin  relative  will  generally  direct  to  the  proper  an 
tecedent,  to  which  in  English  we  are  directed  chieily  by  thy 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  21 

sense.  The  following  sentence  affords  an  example  of  this 
kind:  Ad  Byzantium  fu git ^  oppidicm  naturd  munltum  et 
arte,   quod    copid  ahundat, 

37.  The  antecedent  in  Latin  is  often  understood  when 
the  English  idiom  requires  it  to  he  supplied.  It  is  gene- 
rally understood,  and  should  he  supplied  in  the  proper  case  : 

1st.  When  it  is  intentionally  left  indefinite,  or  is  ohvious 
from  the  gender  and  numher  of  the  relative,  and  the  con- 
nexion in  which  it  stands,  as  in  No.  19;  as, 

1.  Sunt  (homines)  quos  juvatj  There  are  men  whom  it  delights. 

2.  Hie  est  (id)   quodquceHmus,      That  which  we  seek  is  here. 

"   Hie  sunt  J  (ea)  quce  qucerimus,  Those  things  which  we  seek  are 

here. 

3.  (Is)  qui  cito  datj  bis  dat,  (He)    who   gives  promptly,  gives 

twice. 
Note.  In  the  preceding  sentences  the  antecedent  supplied  is  in 
parentheses. 

2d.  The  antecedent  is  usually  understood  hefore  the  rela- 
tive, when  it  is  expressed  after  it,  and  in  the  same  case, 
(^99,  Obs.  l,2d.);  as, 

4.  (Par  s)  qucB  pars  terrenafuit,  The  part  which  was  earthy. 

5.  (Locus)   in  quern  locum  venit,  The  place  into  which  he  came. 
*^  jlpud  Actium    (locum)  qui  lo-  At  Actium  a, place  which  is,  &c 

cus  est  J  6fc, 

Note.  1.  When  the  antecedent  word  is  expressed  in  the 
relative  clause,  as  in  the  examples  Nos.  4,  and  5,  or  is 
repeated,  as  in  the  following.  No.  6,  (^  99,  Obs.  1,  3d.,)  it 
is  omitted  in  translating;  as, 

6.  Erant  omnino  duo  itinera j  qui-  There  were   only  two  ways  by 

bus   itineribus  domo  ex-       which    they    could    go  from 
Ire  possentj  home . 

Note  2.  QuisquiSy  quidquid,  or  quicquid,  (and  also  quicun' 
que,  qucBcunque,  quodainque,)  "whoever,  whatever,"  used  as 
a  relative  without  an  antecedent,  includes  a  general  or  indefi- 
nite antecedent,  in  such  case  as  the  construction  requires, 
and  is  equivalent  to  omiiis,  or  quivis  qui, — ovine,  or  quidvis 
quod;  as, 

7.  Foriunam  qu<B  cun  que  (i.e.  They    would    hazard    whatever 

quamvis   fortunam  quee)        fortune     (i.    e.     any    fortune 
accidat  experiaritur,  which)  might  happen. 

8    Quid  quid    tetigprat  aurum  Whatever  (i.  e.  every  thing  which) 
Jiebat^  he  had  touched  became  gold 


22  INTRODUCTION 

Note  3.  When  the  antecedent  is  a  proposition,  or  clause 
of  a  sentence,  §  99,  Exp.,  the  relative  is  put  in  the  neuter 
gender,  and  sometimes  has  id  before  it  referring  to  the  same 
clause ;  as, 
9   Servi,  quod  (or  id  quod)  nun-    The  slaves,  which  never  had  been 

quam  ante  factum^   manu-        done  before,  were  set  free  and 

missi  et  milites  facti  sunt;        made  soldiers. 

38.  In  the  beginning  of  a  sentence,  a  relative,  v^ith  or 
without  quuTUy  or  other  conjunctive  term,  and  referring  to 
some  word,  clause,  or  circumstance,  in  a  preceding  sentence, 
usually  has  the  antecedent  word  repeated,  or,  if  evident, 
understood;  and  instead  of  who  or  which^  may  be  rendered 
this^  that^  these,  those,  or,  and  this,  and  that,  &c.,  according 
as  the  closeness  of  the  connexion  may  i:equire,  [^  99,  Obs. 
8,);  as, 

1.  Quce  urhs  quum  infestaretur ,  And  since  (or  because)  this  city 

was  infested. 
"  Q  tti  legdti  quum  missi  essent,  When  these  ambassadors  had  been 

sent. 

2.  QucB    contentio    cuncta  per-  This  contention  threw  all  things 

miscuit,  into  confusion. 

3.  Quib  us  nunciis  acceptis,  These  tidings  being  received. 

4.  Quod  quum  ille  cerneret,  And  when  he  saw  this. 

5.  Quo  facto,  T/iis  being  done  (or  accomplished) 

6.  Qu  ce  dum  omnia  contempla-  And  while  they  were  contemplat- 

bantur,  ing  all  these  things. 

7.  Quod  quum  impetrdsset,  And  when  he  had  obtained  this. 

8.  A  quo  consilio  quum  revoca-  When  he  recalled  him  from  thtt 

ret.  design. 

9.  Quo  ictu  ille  extinctus  est,      And  by  this  blow  he  was  killed. 

Note,  To  this  construction  belongs  quod,  (apparently  for 
propter  or  ad  quod,  ^  128,)  in  the  beginning  of  a  sentence, 
referring  to  something  previously  stated,  and  meaning,  "  on 
account  of,  with  respect  to,  or  as  to,  this  thing  f  "  as, 

10.  Quod  diis  gratias  habeo,        On  account  of  this,  (for  this  thing, 

wherefore,)  I  give  thanks  to  the 
gods. 

11.  Quod  dic^'^et  se  venturum,    As    to   what    (as    to    that    thins 

which)  he  said,  that  he  woulo 
come. 

39.  When  the  antecedent  word  is  not  repeated,  as  in  No. 
38,  the  relative,  with  or  without  quum,  or  other  conjunctive 
term,  may  be  rendered  he,  she,  it,  they,  or  and  he,  and  she, 
&c.,  according  as  the  antecedent  word  requires,  (§  99,  Obs. 
8,);  as, 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  2^3 

1.  Qui  quum^ admitterSretj  And  when  he  admitted 

2    Quce  quum  vidissetj  And  when  she  had  seen. 

Qu(B  quum  visa  esset,  When  she  had  been  (or  was)  seen, 

3.  Quam  quum  dare  nollet,  And  when  he  would  npt  give  it 

4.  Quibus  quum  occurrisset.  When  he  had  met  them. 

b.  Qui  (qucB;  pi.  qui,  quce,)  reS'  And  he,  {she,  they)  replied. 

pondit, 

6.  Qui    (or  quce)    quum  ades-  And  when  they  were  present. 

sent. 

7  Quern  Meledger  interfecit,  And  Meleager  slew  him. 

8  Quam  quum  duceret,  And  when  he  was  leading  her. 
9.  Ad  quern  quum  venissent,  And  when  they  had  come  to  him. 

10.  Quemut  vidit,  As  soon  as,  (or  when)  he  saw  him. 

40.  When  the  relative  in  any  case  is  followed  by  the 
subjunctive  mood,  and  the  two  clauses,  viz:  the  antecedent 
and  relative,  involve  a  comparison;  or  the  latter  expresses 
the  purpose,  object,  or  design,  of  something  expressed  by  the 
former,  the  relative  is  better  translated  by  the  conjunction 
that  and  the  personal  pronoun ;  thus,  that  I,  that  thou,  that 
he,  that  they,  &oc.,  as  the  antecedent  word  may  require,  (See 
Gr.  §  141,  R.  11.  and  Explanation,); 

1.  Missus  sum  qui  te  adducerem,  I    have   been  sent  that  I  might 

bring  you. 

2.  Neque  is  qu  i  facias  id.  You   are  not  such  a   person  that 

you  should  do  that. 

3.  Quis  est  tam  lynceus  qui,  8fC.    Who  is  so  sharp  sighted  that  he, 

4.  Misit   legdtos  qui   cognosce-     He    sent  ambassadors    that    they 

rent,  might  find  out. 

5.  Fruges  manddvit  quas  disse-    She  gave  him  fruits  that  he  might 

minaret,  scatter  them. 

41.  In  the  expressions,  quippe  qui,  ut  qui,  utpote  qui,  the 
relative  is  better  translated  by  the  personal  pronoun  which 
represents  the  antecedent,  (^  141,  Obs.  4,) ;  as, 

1.  Quippe  qui  nunquam  leg^rim,  For,    (or  because)  /have  never 

read  them. 

42.  After  digitus,  indignus,  idoneus,  and  the  like,  in  the 
predicate,  the  relative  and  subjunctive  mood  may  be  ren- 
dered by  the  infinitive,  (^  141,  Obs.  2.  1st.);  as, 

1.  Dignus  qui  ametur,  Worthy  to  be  loved. 

2.  Sidignum  qui  numeretur  If  you  shall  elect  a  person  worthy 

crearltis,  to  be  reckoned,  &c. 

43.  Sometimes  the  natural  order  of  the  sentence  is  in- 
verted, so  that  the  relative  clause  stands  first  and  the  ante- 
cedent follows  it.  In  translating,  the  antecedent  clause 
should  generally  be  placed  first ;  as, 


^  INTRODUCTION. 

1.  Q  u  i  bonis  non  recte  vtUur y  e  i  Good  things  become   evil  to  him 

bona  malajiuntj  who  does   not  use  good  things 

well. 

2.  Qui  cito  dat,  (is)  Hi  daty       He  gives  twice  who  gives  quickly 

Correlative  Adjectives. 

44.  The  demonstratives,  tot^  so  many,  and  totidem,  just 
so  many ;  tantus,  as  great,  so  great,  as  much,  so  much ; 
talis,  such ;  are  followed  by  their  relatives,  quot,  quantus, 
qualisy  signifying  as,  to  denote  comparison ;  as, 

1.  Tot  homines  quot.  As  many  men  as. 

2.  T otidem naves  quot  y  Just  so  many  shi^s  as 

3.  Tantus  exercltus  quantusy  As  great  (or  so  great)  an  army  a«, 

4.  Talis  homo  qua  I  is,  Such  a  man  as. 

So  also  the  correlative  adverbs. 


5. 

Toties 

quotiesy 

As  often 

6. 
7. 

8. 

Tarn 

Eo 

Tanto 

quo 

So 

By  so  much 
By  so  much 
In  proportion 

as. 

as;  or 

45.  Instead  of  the  relative  in  such  sentences,  the  conj  unc- 
tions ac,  atque,  (§  149,  Obs.  6,)  ut,  and  the  relative  qui^ 
quce,  quod,  are  sometimes  used  and  may  generally  be  trans- 
lated, "  as,"  or  "  that." 

1.  Honos  talis  paucis  est  deldtus    Such   honor    has  been   bestowed 

a  c  7nihi,  upon  few  persons,  as  upon  me. 

2.  Cumtotldem  navlbus  atque    He  returned    with  just   as  many 

profectus  erat,  rediit,  ships  as  he  had   departed  with. 

3.  Nulla  est  tanta  vis  qua  non    No  power  is  so  great  as  (or,  that 

frangipossity  it)  cannot  be  broken. 

46.  When  the  relative  only  is  expressed  in  sentences  im- 
plying comparison,  the  demonstrative  (No.  44,)  must  be  sup- 
plied and  the  sentence  translated  as  above ;   as, 

1.  Crocodllus  parit  (tant  a)  ova  The  crocodile  lays  (as  large) eggs 

quanta  anseresy  as  geese  lay. 

2.  (Tot)    millia   quot    unquam  As  many  thousands  as  ever  came 

venere  Mycenisy  from  Mycenae. 

47.  Sometimes,  as  in  No.  43,  the  natural  order  of  the 
sentence  is  inverted,  so  that  the  relative  clause  stands  first 
and  the  antecedent  follows  it.  In  translating,  the  antece- 
dent clause  should  be  placed  first ;  as, 

1.  Quot  homines  1 0 1  causcE y       ^ 

arrange  >  As  many  causes  as  there  are  men 

Tot  causce  qv^ot  homines,  ) 


LA.TIN    IDIOMS.  25 

48.  The  relatives,  quot,  quoties,  quantus,  qualis^  used  in- 
terrogatively, or  in  an  exclamation,  or  indefinitely,  in  the 
indirect  interrogation,  and  without  implying  comparison, 
have  no  reference  to  an  antecedent  term  either  expressed 
or  understood,  and  are  translated  respectively,  "how  many," 
*•  how  often,"  "how  great,"  or  "how  much,"  "what,"  or 
"of  what  kind;"  as, 

1  Inter,  Quoi  annos  habetf        How  many   years   has  he?  i.   e. 

how  old  is  he  ? 

2  Indef.  Nescio  quot ,  I  know  not  how  many. 

3  ExcL  Cum    quanta    grai;i-  With /ioif?  ttiwc/i  gravity. 

tate ! 

4.  Indef.  Doce  quales  sint,         Tell  us  of  what  kind  they  are. 

^  THE  VERB  AND  ITS  SUBJECT. 

General  Principle. 

49.  Every  finite  verb  (^  95,  5,)  has  its  own  subject,  ex- 
pressed or  understood,  in  the  nominative  case. 

Obs.  The  subject  of  the  verb  is  the  person  or  thing  spoken 
of,  and  may  be  a  noun,  a  pronoun,  a  ve?'b  in  the  iiifinitive 
mood,  a  clause  of  a  sentence,  or  any  thing  which,  however 
expressed,  is  the  subject  of  thought  or  speech.  (^  101, 
Exp.) 

General  Rule  of  Arrangement. 

60.  The  subject  and  all  the  words  agreeing  with  it,  gov- 
erned by  it,  connected  with  it,  or  dependent  upon  it,  must 
be  arranged  in  the  order  of  their  connection  and  dependence, 
and  translated  before  the  verb. 
1.  Can  is  latrat,  The  dog  harks. 

2    E  go  Scribo,  /write. 

?    Lude  r  e  est  jucundum,  To  play  is  pleasant. 

4  Dulce  est  pr  0  p  atria  mori,  To  die  for  one^s  country  is  sweet. 

5.  T  otu  s  Gr  ce  c  drum  ex  er  -  The  whole  army  of  the  Greeks  had 

cltus  Aulide  convenerat,  assembled  at  Aulis. 

b.  Vir  sapit   qui  p  auc  a    to-  The  man  who  speaks  little  is  wise. 
qultur, 

51.  When  the  subject  of  a  verb  is  the  infinitive,  either 
ttlone  or  with  its  subject;  or  a  clause  of  a  sentence,  con- 
nected by  ut,  quod,  or  other  conjunctive  term,  the  English 
pronoun,  it,  is  put  with  the  verb  referring  to  that  infi- 
nitive or  clause  following  it,  and  which  is  its  proper  sub- 
ject; as, 

3 


26  INTRODUCTION. 

I.  Facile  est  juUre J  // is  easy  to  command. 

2    Mmtidtum  est  classem  devinci,  It   was   announced  that  the  fleet 

was  conquered. 

3.  Semper  accidit  ut  absis,  It   always  happens  that   you  are 

absent. 

4.  Qui  fit  ut  metuas.  How  happens  it  that  you  fear. 

5.  Nunquam     Romdnis  placuisse  That  it  never  had  pleased  the  Ro- 

impei  atorem    a    suis      mans,  that  a  commander  should 
militlbus  inte rfi  c i.        be  killed  by  his  own  soldiers. 

52.  The  verb  must  always  be  translated  in  its  proper 
tense,  and  in  the  same  person  and  number  with  its  nomina- 
tive. (See  paradigms  of  the  verb,  ^^  54-70.)  But  when  it 
has  two  or  more  nouns  or  pronouns  in  the  singular,  taken 
together,  or  a  collective  noun  expressing  many  as  individu- 
als, as  its  subject,  the  verb  must  be  translated  in  the  plural; 
as, 

1,  Et  pater  et  mater  v  enerunt ,  Both  his  father  and  mother  have 

come. 

2.  Turba  quoquoversum   ruunty    The  crowd  rush  in  every  direc- 

tion. 

53.  The  nominative  to  a  verb  in  the  first  or  second  per- 
son, being  evident  from  the  termination,  is  seldom  express- 
ed in  Latin;  but  must  be  supplied  in  translating;  as, 

1.  Scriboj  I  write.  3.  Scribimus,     We  write 

2.  Legisj     Thou  readest.  4.  LegUis,         You  read. 

54.  When  the  verb  in  the  third  person  has  no  nominative 
expressed,  it  refers  to  some  noun  or  pronoun  evident  from 
the  connection ;  and,  both  in  translating  and  parsing,  the 
pronoun  ille^  or  is,  in  the  7W7ninative  case,  and  in  the  gender 
and  number  of  the  noun  or  pronoun  referred  to,  must  be 
supplied;  as, 

1.  {Ille)  scribitj       (He)  writes.  2.    (Illi)  scribunt,    (They)  write. 

55.  When  the  same  word  is  the  subject  of  several  verbs 
closely  connected  in  the  same  construction,  it  is  expressed 
with  the  first  and  understood  to  the  rest,  both  in  Latin  and 
English ;  thus, 

1.  C (B  s  ar  venit,  vidit,  et  vicit,     Ccesar  came,  saw,  and  conquered 

2.  Dicitur    C  ce  sdrem    venisse,  It  is  said  that  Ccesar  came,  saw 

vidisse,  et  vicisse,  and  conquered. 

\ 

Interrogative  Sentences. 

66.  A  question  is  made  in  Latin  in  four  different  ways, 
2«s  follows : 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  27 

1st.  By  an  interrogative  pronoun;  as,  Quis  veniti 
"  Who  comes?"  Quem.  misitl  "  Whom  did  he  send?*' 
CuJ2is  pecus  hoc?  "  TF/io^e  flock  is  this ? "  &c. 

2d.  By  an  interrogative  adverb;  as,  TJnde  venii? 
•*  Whe7ice  came  he  ?  "    Cur  venit  ?    "  Why  did  he  come  ? " 

3d.  By  the  interrogative  particles,  7ium,  an,  and  the  en- 
clitic, 7ie.  Thus  used  these  particles  have  no  corresponding 
English  word  in  the  translation ;  they  merely  indicate  a 
question;  as,  Nu7n  venit,  or  an  venit,  or  venitne?  "Has  he 
come?  "  Num  videtur?  "Does  it  seem?  " 

4th.  By  simply  placing  an  interrogation  mark  at  the  end 
of  the  question;  as,  Vis  me  hocfacere'i  "  Do  you  wish  me 
to  do  this?" 

57.  The  interrogative  pronoun  or  adverb,  in  all  cases,  fs 
translated  hefore  the.  verb ;  as, 

1.  Quis  fecit  ?  Who  did  it  ?  or  who  has  done  it  I 

2.  Quem   misit  ?  Whom  did  he  send  ? 

3.  Quant  0  constitit .?  How  much  did  it  cost  ? 

4.  Qua  lis  fuit  ?  What  sort  of  a  man  was  he  ? 

This  is  true  also  of  the  indirect  question,  i.  e.,  when  the 
substance  of  a  question  is  stated  but  not  in  the  interroga- 
tive form;  as, 

5.  Nescio  quant  o  constiteritj       I  know  not  hov)  much  it  cost. 
<5.  Docuit  quam  firma  res  esset  He  shewed  them  how  firm  a  thing 
Concordia,  agreement  was. 

Note,  When  the  verb  in  the  direct  or  indirect  question 
comes  under  <5>  103,  R.  V.,  the  predicate,  or  nominative  after 
the  verb,  is  translated  first,  and  the  subject  or  nominative, 
in  the  direct  question  after  the  verb,  as  in  Ex.  4 ;  but  in  the 
indirect,  before  it,  as  in  Ex.  6.  Thus,  in  Ex.  4,  qtialis  is 
the  predicate,  and  ille  understood,  the  subject;  in  Ex.  6, 
res  is  the  predicate,  and  concordia  the  subject. 

58.  In  all  forms  of  interrogation  not  made  by  an  inter- 
logative  pronoun,  as  in  No.  57,  the  nominative  or  subject  is 
translated  after  the  verb  in  English,  in  the  simple  forms, 
and  after  the  first  auxiliary  in  the  compound  forms ;  as, 

1.  Videsne  ?  Seest  thou  ?  or  dost  thou  see  ? 

2.  Jin  venisti  1  Hast  thou  come  ?  or  have  you  come* 

3.  Scribetne  ?  Will  he  write  ? 

4.  Num  ibimus  ?  Shall  we  go  ? 

5.  Nonne fecit  ?  Has  he  not  done  (it?) 


28  IINITRODUCTION. 

6  An  egisset  melius  ?  Would  he  have  done  better  ? 

7  Nonne  aUmus  ?  Shall  i/^e  support? 

8.  iSiotaie  Dei  est?  Does  it  not  belong  to  God? 

9.  Iste  est /rater  ?  Is  that  your  brother? 

59.  When  a  sentence  not  interrogative  is  introduced  by  wee 
or  neque^  not  followed  b}^  a  corresponding  conjunction,  (See 
No.  124,)  in  a  connected  clause,  the  verb  will  be  translated 
by  an  auxiliary,  and  the  English  nominative  will  stand  aftei 
(he  first  auxiliary ;  as, 

1.  Neque  hoc  intelligOf  Neither  do  I  understand  this. 

2.  Nee  venissetj  Neither  would  he  have  come. 

3.  Nee  adepttts  sum,  Nor  have  /attained. 

The  object  of  the  verb, 

60.  In  translating,  the  object  of  a  transitive  verb  in  the 
accusative  is  arranged  after  the  verb,  and  as  near  to  it  as 
possible.  That  object  may  be  a  7unm,  a  pronoicn,  an  iiTfini' 
tive  mood,  or  a  clause  of  a  sentence,  (^  116,  Exp.);  as, 

1 .  Romulus  condidit  urb  em  ,       Romulus  built  a  city 

2.  Vocdvit  earn  Romam,  He  called  it  Rome. 

3.  Disce  die  ere    vera,  hearn  to  speak  the  truth. 

4.  Obtulit    ut    c  apt  ivos    re-  He  offered  that  they  should  redeem 

dimerent ,  the  captives. 

61.  The  interrogative  or  relative  pronoun  is  always  trans- 
lated before  the  verb  that  governs  it ;  as, 

1.  Quern  mittemus  1  Whom  shall  we  send  ? 

2.  Cui  dcdisti  ?  To  who7)i  did  ye  give  it  ? 

3.  Dens  quern  colimus,  God  whom  we  worship. 

4.  C ui  omnia  debemus.  To  whom  we  owe  all  things. 

62.  When  a  transitive  verb  governs  two  cases,  the  imme- 
diate object  in  the  accusative,  according  to  the  natural  order, 
IS  usually  translated  first,  and  after  that  the  remote  object 
in  the  genitive,  ^  122 ;  dative,  ^  123  ;  accusative,  ^  124 ;  or 
ablative,  §  125;  as, 

1 .  Arguit  m  e  furtx,  He  accuses  me  of  theft. 

2.  Comparo  Vir g  ilium Homero,  I  compare  Virgil  to  Homer. 

3.  Poscimus  te  p  a  c  em  ,  We  beg  peace  of  *thee. 

4.  Onerat  naves  auro,  He  loads  the  ships  with  gold. 

Note.  The  accusative  of  the  person  after  verbs  of  asking, 
is  translated  by  of,  ox  from',  as, 

5    Pyrrhum  auxilium  poposc€ru7it i  They  demanded  aid  o/  (or  from) 

Pyrrhus. 


LATIN    IDIOBIS.  29 

63.  But  when  the  remote  object  is  a  relative^  or  when  th** 
immediate  object  is  an  infinitive^  or  a  clause  of  a  sentence, 
or  a  noun  further  described  by  other  words,  the  remote  object 
must  be  translated  first ;  as 

1.  Cui  librum  dedimusj  To  whom  we  gave  the  book. 

2.  Da  mihi  fallere,  Give  jne to  deceive. 

"   Dixit  e  i  conjiteor  meum   pec-  He  said  to  him,  I  confess  my  fault. 
cdtum, 

3.  Eum  rogaverunt,  ut  ipsos  defen-  They  entreated  him,  that  he  would 

deret,  defend  them. 

4.  Docuit  ill  OS  quamfirma  efset,  He  shewed  them  how  firm  it  was. 

5.  Civitdtem,    antea  solicitdtam,  He  supplies   with   arms,    the  city 

armis  ornat,  already  excited. 

64.  When  a  verb,  which  in  the  active  voice  governs  two 
cases,  is  used  in  the  passive  form,  that  which  was  the  im 
mediate  object  in  the  accusative,  becomes  the  subject  in  the 
nominative,  and  the  remote  object  in  its  own  case  immedi- 
ately follows  the  verb.  Thus,  the  examples  No.  62,  mav 
be  arranged  and  translated  as  follows,  ^  126. 

1.  jirguor  furti,  Jam  accused  of  theflt. 

2.  Vir  gilius  compardtur  Ho-  Virgil  is  compared  to  Homer. 

mero, 

3.  P  ax  poscitur  te,  Peace  is  begged  of  thee. 

4.  Naves  onerantur  aura,  The  ships  are  loading  with  gold. 

So  also  the  participles 

5.  Accusdtus  furti  ,  Accused  of  theft. 

6.  Compardtus  Homer  o  ,  Compared  to  Homer , 

7.  Onerdta  aur  o  j  Loaded  with  gold, 

8.  Nvddta  ho7ninibus.  Stripped  of  men. 
9    Ereptus  mor  ti,  Ssived  from  death. 

Impersonal    Verbs, 

65.  The  impersonal  verb  has  no  nominative  before  it  m 
Latin.  It  is  translated  by  placing  the  pronoun  it  before  it 
in  English ;  as,  (§  85,  2.) 

1.  Decet,        It  becomes.  4.  Pugndtur,    It  is  fought. 

2.  Constat,    It  is  evident.  5.  Itur,  It  is  gone. 

3.  Tonat,       It  thunders.  6.  Curritur,      It  is  run. 

66.  Impersonal  verbs  governing  the  dative  or  accusative 
in  Latin,  may  be  translated  in  a  personal  form  by  making 
the  word  in  the  dative  or  accusative  the  nominative  to  the 
Engflish  verb,  taking  care  always  to  express  the  same  idea 
(§  85,  6,  and  ^  113);  thus 


30 


IfTTRODUCTION. 


1.  Placet  mihi  J 

2.  Licet  t  ibi  , 

3.  Decet  eum , 

4.  Pudet  n  0  s  , 

5.  Tcedet  v  o  s  , 

6.  Favetur,  il  lis  f 

7.  Nocetur  ho  sti  ^ 

8.  Mislret  me  tuiy 

9.  Pcenltet  eo  s  y 

(0    Pcznitet    me   pec- 
cdsse. 


Impersonally.  Personally, 

It  pleases  me  ;  I  am  pleased. 

It  is  permitted  to  you;  You  are  permitted. 
It  becomes  him  ;  He  ought. 

It  shames  us  ;  We  are  ashamed. 

It  wearies  you  ;  You  are  wearied. 

Favor  is  done  to  ^Aem;  They  are  favored. 
Hurt  is   done   to  the  The  enemy  is  hurt 

enemy; 


It  moves  me  to  pity 

of  you  ; 
It  repents  them. ; 
It  repents  me^  i.  e.^ 


I  pity  you. 

They  repent. 
I   repent    of 
sinned. 


having 


Personally, 
I  fight. 

Thou  runnest. 
We  favor. 

We     favor     you;     OTy 
you  are  favored  by  us. 


67.  When  the  doer  of  an  action  denoted  by  an  imper- 
eonal  verb,  or  by  a  passive  verb  used  impersonally,  is  ex- 
pressed by  the  ablative  with  a^  (^  85,  6,)  the  verb  may  be 
translated  personally  in  the  active  voice,  and  the  doer,  in  the 
ablative,  be  made  its  English  subject  or  nominative ;   as, 

Impersonally, 

1.  Pugndtur  a  me  ,      It  is  fought  by  me ; 

2.  Curritur  ate,         It  is  run  by  thee  ; 

3.  Favetur  a  nobis  It  is  favored  by  us ; 

4.  Favetur  tibi a  no-  It  is  favored  to  you 

bis ,  by  tts  ; 

Note,  The  doer  in  the  ablative  with  a,  is  frequently  un- 
derstood, (especially  when  no  definite  person  or  thing  is  in- 
tended,) and  must  be  supplied  as  the  context  requires;  as, 

5.  Ubi  perventum  est  (ab  Ulisy)      When  it  was  come  by  them,  i.  e. 

when  they  came. 

6.  Descendttur  (ab  hominlbus,)      Men  (or  people,)  go  down 

7.  Conveniebdtur(abhominibusj)     People  assembled. 

68.  Some  verbs,  not  impersonal,  are  used  impersonally, 
when  used  before  the  infinitive  of  impersonal  verbs,  (^  113, 
Obs.  1,) ;  as. 

Impersonally, 

1.  Potest      credi   It  can  be  trusted  to  you  ; 

tibi, 

2.  Non  potest  no-  It  cannot  be  hurt  to  the 

ceri  hostij  enemy  ; 

3.  Ut  fieri  solet,      As  it  is  wont  to  be  done  j 

or,  As  is  usual. 

69.  Verbs  usually  impersonal  are  sometimes  used  person 
ally,  and  nave  their  subject  in  the  nominative,  {^  113,  Obs 
\);  as. 


Personally. 

You  can  be  trusted  : 

66.  2. 
The   enemy  canjioi 
be  hurt ;  66.  7. 


LATIN    IDIOMS. 


31 


1.  Doleo,  I  grieve,  (Impersonally  Bolet  mihi,)  It  grieves  me, 
2    Candida  pax  homines  decet,     Candid  peace  becomes  men. 
3.  Jsta  g  e s  t  a  mi  n  a  nostras  hU'  These    arms    become    my    shoal- 
meros   de  c  entj  ders. 


Usage  of  Videor,  "  I  seem.^' 

70.  Videor,  "I  seem,"  though  never  impersonal  in  Latin, 
is  often  rendered  impersonally  in  English ;  and  the  dative 
following  it,  seems  properly  to  come  under  Rule  XXXIIl, 
t  126,  to  denote  the  person  to  whom  any  thing  seems  or 
appears,  i.  e.,  by  whom  it  is  seen;  thus,  Videor  tili  esse 
pauper  I  seem  to  you,  (i.  e.,  I  am  seen  by  you,)  to  be  poor. 
Video?  riihi  esse  pauper,  I  seem  to  myself,  (i.  e.,  I  am  seen 
by  myself,)  to  be  poor;  or,  I  think  that  I  am  poor.  So  the 
following : 

I  seem  to  be  free ;  or,  It  seems  that 

I  am  free. 
I  seem  to  myself  to  be  free  ;  or, 

It  seejns  to  me,  (or,  I  think)  that 

I  am  free. 
You  seem  to  be;  or,  It  seems  that 

you  are. 
You  seem  to  yourself  to  be;  or,  It 

seems  to  you,  (i.  e.,  you  think) 

that  you  are. 
You  seem  to  me  to  be;  or,  It  seems 

to  me,  (i.  e..  I  think)  that  you 

are. 
You,  as  you  seem,  (or,  as  it  seems) 

do  not  write. 


1.  Videor  esse  liber, 

2.  Videor  mihi  esse  liber, 

3.  Videris  esse, 

4.  Videris  tibi  esse, 

5.  Videris  mihi  esse, 

b  Tw,  ut  videris,  non  scribis, 


Obs,  The  third  person  singular  of  videor  followed  by  an 
infinitive,  with  its  subject  in  the  accusative,  or  by  a  depend- 
ent clause  after  ut,  or  quod,  may  be  said  to  be  used  imper- 
sonally; though  strictly  speaking,  that  infinitive  with  its 
accusative,  or  that  clause,  is  the  subject,  (See  No.  51,);  as, 

7.  Videtur  mihi  te  valere,  It  appears  to  me  that  you  are  well; 

strictly  rendered,  That  you  are 
well  appears  to  (or,  is  seen  by) 
me. 

It  appears  to  him,  (or,  he  thinks) 
that  he,  (another person)  is  well. 

It  appears  to  him,  (or,  he  thinks) 
that  he,  (himself)  is  well  He 
seems  to  himself  to  be  well 


?.  Illi  videtur  ut  valeat, 
9    Videtur  sibi  valere, 


32  INTRODUCTION. 


Verbs. — IndicaHve  Mood, 

71.  Verbs  in  the  indicative  mood  are  translated  as  in  the 
pa)adigm  in  the  Grammar.  Care  must  be  taken,  however, 
to  notice  when  the  sense  requires  the  siviple^  or  emphatic^ 
or  progi'essive  form. 

72.  When  the  perfect  tense  expresses  a  past  action  or 
event  extending  to,  or  connected  with  the  present,  in  itself 
or  in  its  consequences,  it  is  used  definitely,  and  must  be 
rendered  by  the  auxiliaries,  have,  hast,  has,  or  hath  ;  as, 

1.  Kegem  vidi  hodie,  I  have  seen  the  king  to  day. 

73.  When  the  perfect  tense  expresses  a  past  action  or 
event,  without  reference  to  the  present,  it  is  used  indefi- 
nitfjy,  (Gr.  §  44,  III.)  and  cannot  be  rendered  by  have,  hast, 
has,  or  hath',  as, 

1.  Megem  vidi  nuper,  I  saw  the  king  lately. 

Subjunctive  Mood, 

The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  twq  different  ways,  viz : 
subjunctively  and  poteMially,  (Gr.  §  42,  II.  and  §§  139-141.) 

Subjunctive  used  subjunctively, 

74.  This  mood  is  used  subjunctively,  but  for  the  most 
part  translated  as  the  indicative,  w^hen  it  expresses  what  is 
actual  and  certain  though  not  directly  asserted  as  such. 
This  it  does, 

1st.  When  it  is  subjoined  to  some  adverb,  conjunction, 
or  indefinite  term  in  a  dependent  clause,  for  the  purpose  of 
stating  the  existence  of  a  thing,  (without  directly  asserting 
it )  as  something  supposed,  taken  for  granted,  or  connected 
with  the  direct  assertion,  as  a  cause,  condition,  or  modifying 
circumstance,  {^  140,  Obs.  4,) ;  as, 

1.  Eacumita  sint  discedam,      Since  these  things  are  so,  I  will 

depart. 

2.  Si  mad  eat,  If  it  is  U'e/. 

3.  Quum  CcBsar  redlret,  When    Caesar   returned — was  re- 

turning. 

4.  Ita  perterrUus  est  ut  mori-  He  was  so  frightened  that  he  died, 

retur, 

5.  Gratulor  tibi  quod  redi^ris,  I  am  glad  that  you  have  returned 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  33 

6.  Siimperitaverint,        If  they  have  commanded 

7.  Si   religutssemj  iniqui   If  I  had  left  him,  &c. 

dicer  ent, 

8.  Quum    CcBsar  profectus  When  Caesar  had  departed, 

e  s  s  et, 

Ohs.  In  the  first  of  the  above  examples  the  direct  asser- 
tion, is  discedam,  "  I  will  depart."  The  dependent  clause, 
ea  cum  ita  si?it,  "since  these  things  are  so,"  expresses  the 
existence  of  certain  things  referred  to  without .  directly  as- 
serting it,  but  taking  it  for  granted  as  a  thing  admitted  or 
supposed,  but  still  affecting  in  some  way  the  event  directly 
asserted.     This  holds  good  of  all  the  other  examples  above. 

The  dependent  clause  connected  by  ut,  or  ubi,  "when  ; " 
dum,  "  whilst ;  "  priusqicam^  "  before ; "  postquam,  "  after ;  " 
and  other  conjunctions,  (§  140,  Obs.  2  and  3,);  and  also  by 
quum  or  cum,  "when, "  (Obs.  4,)  sometimes  take  the  indica- 
tive mood. 

2d.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  subjunctively,  as  above, 
after  an  interrogative  word  used  indefinitely,  in  a  depend- 
ent clause,  or  in  what  is  called  the  indirect  question,  i.  e., 
an  expression  containing  the  substance  of  a  question  with- 
out the  form.  All  interrogative  words  may  be  used  in  this 
way,  (See  §  140,5,);  thus, 

9.  Nescio    quis   sit  — 'quid    I  know  not  who  he  is — what  u  do- 
fiat  ,  ing, 

10.  Doce  me  ubi  sint  dii.  Tell  me  where  the  gods  are. 

11.  Nescio  ut  er    s  c  rib  e  r  et,     I  know  not  which  of  the  two  wrote, 

12.  Nescio     quid    s  c  rip  turn  I  know  not  what  was  written, 

e  s  s  et, 
13    Scio  cuij  (a  quo)  scrip-  I  know  to  whom  (by  whom)  it  was 
tum    e  s  s  et,  written. 

14.  An  scis  quis  hoc  fe  cerit^  Do  you  know  who  has  done  this  ? 

15.  An  scis   a   quo    hoc  /a  c-  Do  you   know  by  whom  this  has 

tum  fu  e  r  it  ?  been  done  ? 

16.  Nemo  sciebat  quis  hcec  fe-  None   knew  who  had  done  these 

c  i  s  s  et  ,  things. 

17.  Percunctatus  quid  vellet ,  Having  enquired  what  he  wished 

Note,  The  direct  question  requires  the  indicative ;  as, 
Quis  fecit?  "  Who  did  it.?  "  The  indirect  requires  the  sub- 
j  unctive :  as,  Nescio  quis  fecerit,  "I  know  not  who  did  it." 

75.  This  mood  is  used  subjunctively,  and  usually  trans- 
lated as  the  indicative  in  a  relative  clause,  after  an  indefi- 
nite general  expression,  (^  141,  R.  I.)  a  negation,  or  a  ques- 


$1  INTRODUCT.ON 

lion  implying  a  negation,  and  also  after  the  relative  in  ob- 
lique narration,  (§  141,  R.  VI.) ;  as, 

1.  Est   qui  die  at  ,  There  is  one  who  says. 

2.  Nullus  est  qui  ne  g  et ,  There  is  no  one  who  denies. 

3.  Quis  est  qui  hoc  facia  t  ?        V/ho  is  there  that  does  this  I 

4.  Antonius    inquit,    artem    esse  Antonius  says  that  art  belongs  to 

edrum  rerum  quce  s  cian-      those  things  which  are  known, 
tur , 

The  Subjunctive  used  Potentially, 

76.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  potentially;  1st,  in 
mterrogative  sentences ;  and  2d,  to  express  a  thing  not  as 
actual  and  certain,  but  contingent  and  hypothetical,  (Gr. 
^  42,  II.  2,  and  Obs.  3.)  Thus  used  it  is  much  less  definite 
with  respect  to  time,  and  is  translated  with  some  variety ; 
as  follows: 

1.  Present,       by  may,  can,  shall,  will,  could,  would,  should, 

2.  Imperfect,   by  might,  could,  would,  or  should. 

3.  Perfect,       by  may  have,    can    have,  must  have,  ^c. 

4.  Pluperfect,  by  might  have,  could  have,  would  have,  should  havCy 

and  denoting  futurity,  should. 

The  most  usual  renderings  of  each  tense,  are  the  follow- 
ing: 

77.  Present,  The  present  subjunctive  used  potentially, 
expresses  present  liberty,  power,  will,  or  obligation,  usually 
expressed  by  the  English  auxiliaries,  7nay,  can,  shall,  will, 
could,  would,  should,  (§  45,  1.) 

1.  Licet  eas.  Yon  may  go. 

2.  Jin  sic  int  ellig  at  ?  Can  he  so  understand,  it  ? 

3.  Men*  mo  v  eat  cimex    Panti-  Shall  (or  should)  the  insect  Panti 

lius  ?  lius  discompose  me  ? 

4.  Quis  istos  fer  at  ?  Who  cotild  bear  those  men  ? 

5.  Si  hie  sis,  aliter  s  entias  ,      If  you  were  here  you  would  think 

otherwise. 

Imperatively. 

6.  Sic  eat,  Thus  let  her  (or  him)  go, 

7.  Edmus,  Let  us  go. 

8.  Pugnttur,   {Impersonally ,)        Let  it  be  fought. 

9.  Diifaciant,  May  the  gods  grant. 

78.  Imperfect .  The  imperfect  subjunctive  used  poten- 
tially, is  preceded  by  a  past  tense,  and  expresses  past  lib- 
erty, power,  will,  or  duty,  but  still  in  its  use  expresses  time 
very  indefinitely.     It    is  usually  rendered  by  the  English 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  35 

Auxiliaries,  mighty  'could,  loould,  should,  sometimes  had^ 
icould  have,  should  ham;  as, 

1 .  Leg^bat  utdisceret.  He  read  that  he  might  learn, 

2..   Quid  facer-e  m  ?  What  could  i  do  ? 

3.  Iret  sijubereSf  He  would  go  if  you  should  order  it 

4.  Cur  V  eni  r  et ,  Why  should  he  come. 

6.  Eogaverunt  ut  v  enlr  et ,        They    entreated    that   he    would 

come. 

6.  Si  quis  die  er  et  j   nunquam    If  any  one  had  said  it,  I  would  nol 
putdrem,  have  thought  it. 

Note,  After  verbs  denoting  to  hinder,  forbid,  and  the  like, 
quo  ?mnus  with  the  subjunctive,  may  be  rendered  hy  from 
and  the  present  participle,  {^  45,  II.  3,);  thus, 

7.  Impedivit  quo  minus  iret,  He  hindered  him /row  going. 
Obs.  An  action  or  state  which  would,  or  would  not  exist, 

or  have  existed,  in  a  case  supposed,  but  the  contrary  of  which 
is  implied,  is  expressed  in  Latin  by  the  imperfect  or  pluper- 
fect subjunctive,  without  an  antecedent  verb  or  conjunction, 
(U39,2,);  as, 

f^.  S  c  r  i  b  er  em ,    si   necesse  es-  I  would  write,  if  it  were  necessary. 

set, 
9    S  c  rip  sissem  ,    si    necesse  1  would  have  written  y  had  it  been 

fuisset,  necessary. 

79.  Fei'fect.  The  perfect  subjunctive  properly  expresses 
what  is  supposed  to  be  past,  but  of  which  there  exists  uncer- 
tainty. Thus  used  it  is  commonly  rendered  by  the  auxilia- 
ries may  have,  can  have,  &c.  It  is  also  used  sometimes  in  a 
present  and  sometimes  in  a  future  sense,  with  much  variety 
of  meaning,  according  to  its  connection,  (§  45,  III.);  as, 

1.  Fortasse  errav^rim,  Perhaps  I  may  have  erred. 

2.  Etsi  non  s  c  rip  s  er  it ,  Though  he  cannot  have  written 

3.  Ut  sic  dix  e  rim  ,  That  I  may  so  speak. 

4.  Citius  cr  edide  r  im  ,  I  would  sooner  believe. 

5.  Facile  dixerim,  I  could  easily  tell. 

6.  Quasi  affuerim,  As  if  I  had  been  present, 

80.  Pluperfect,  The  pluperfect  (^  45,  IV.)  is  usually  ren- 
dered by  the  auxiliaries,  might  have,  could  have,  would  have, 
should  have,  as  in  the  paradigm  of  the  verb.  But  when  an 
action  is  related  as  having  been  future  at  a  certain  past 
time,  it  is  expressed  in  Latin  in  the  pluperfect  subjunctive, 
and  translated  shrndd  ;  as, 

I.    Qiiodcunque  j  us  sis  s  et  me   I  said  that  I  would  do  whatsoever 
faci^brum  dixi,  he  should  order. 


36  INTRODUCTION. 

2  Promiaisti    te    scripturmn,  si  You   promised    that     you   would 

r  og  avi  s  s  6771 ,  write ,  if  I  should  desire  it. 

3  .Dum  convaluisset,  Until  he  should  get  well. 

81.  The  pluperfect  subjunctive  active,  with  quum,  in 
i^erbs  not  deponent,  is  used  instead  of  a  past  participle 
active,  (^  49,  8,)  and  may  be  rendered  by  the  compound  per- 
fect participle  in  English;  as, 

1.  CcRsar^quumhcBc  dixis  s  et  j  Caesar  having   said  these  things; 

(literally,     Caesar,     vs^hen     he 
had  said  these  things.) 

82.  When  the  subjunctive  has  a  relative  for  its  subject, 
and  the  relative  and  antecedent  clause  involve  a  comparison, 
they  may  be  rendered  as  in  No.  40,  or  the  sense  will  be 
expressed  if  we  render  the  relative  by  as,  and  the  subjunc- 
tive by  the  infinitive ;  thus, 

1.  Quis  tarn  esset  amens  qui  sem-  Who  v^ould  be  so  foolish  as  to  live 

pcrviverety  always. 

2.  Neque  tu  is  es  qui  nescias  ^  You  are  not  such  a  one  as  not  to 

know. 

83.  When  the  relative  and  subjunctive  follow  such  adjec- 
tives as  dignus,  indignus,  idoneus,  (^  141,  Obs.  2.)  and  the 
like ;  or  when  they  express  the  end  or  design  of  something 
expressed  in  the  antecedent  clause,  their  meaning  will  be 
expressed  as  in  No.  40,  or  by  the  infinitive  alone,  or  prece- 
ded by  the  phrase  **  in  order  to ;"  thus, 

1.  Dignum  qui  secundus  ah  Ro-  Worthy  to  he  ranked  next  after 

imlo  numeretur,  Romulus. 

2.  Legdtos  miserunt  qui  eum  a  c-  They  sent  legates  to  accuse  (or,  in 

cus  dr  ent  J  order  to  accuse)  him. 

3.  Virgas     its    dedit     quihus    He  gave  them  rods  to  drive ^    (in 

a  g  e  r  ent  J  order  to  drive  ;  or,  so  that  with 

these  they  might  drive,) 

84.  The  subjunctive  with,  or  without  ut,  after  verbs  sig- 
nifying to  hid,  forbid,  tell,  allow,  hinder,  command,  and  the 
like,  (I  140,  1,  3d,  and  Obs.  5,)  may  be  rendered  by  the 
English  infinitive  preceded  by  the  subject  of  the  verb  in  the 
objective  case;  as, 

1.  Precor  venias,  I  pray  that  you  may  come j  i.  e.^ 

I  pray  you  to  come. 
2    Die  V  eniat  J  Tell  her  to  come. 

3.  Sine  eat,  Fermit  him  to  go. 

^.  Non  paticris  ut  eant ,  You  will  not  suffer  them  to  go, 

6.  Non  pater  is  ut  vescdmur.  You  do  not  suffer  us  to  eat. 


LATIN   IDIOMS.  *    37 

86'.  When  several  verbs  m  the  same  mood  and  tense, 
have  the  same  nominative,  and  are  connected  in  the  same 
construction,  the  auxiliary  and  "  ?o,"  the  sign  of  the  infini- 
tive, in  the  translation  is  used  with  the  first  only,  and  under- 
stood to  the  rest ;  as, 

1.  Kt  vidisset  et  audivissetj  He    misjht    have    both  seen   and 

heard. 

2.  Et  visus  et  aridities  essety  He  might  have  been  both  seen  and 

heard. 

3.  Cuplmus  et  videre  et  audire.       We  wish  both  to  see  and  hear. 

The  Infimtive  Mood,     4 

86.  When  the  infinitive  is  without  a  subject,  it  is  to  be 
considered  as  a  verbal  noun,  (§  144,)  and  translated  as  in 
the  paradigm  of  the  verb  ;  as, 

1.  Volo  s  crib  er  e  ,  I  wish  to  write. 

2.  DicUur  didiciss  e  j  He  is  said  to  have  learned. 

3.  DicUur  iturus  esse.  He  is  said  to  be  about  to  go. 

4.  DicUur  iturus  fu  is  s  e  ^  He  is  said  to  have  been  about  to  go. 

87.  When  the  verbs  possum,  volo,  tvoIo,  malo,  in  the  indi- 
cative or  subjunctive,  are  translated  by  the  English  auxilia- 
ries, ca7i,  will,  will  not,  will  rather,  and  sometimes,  in  the 
past  tense,  by  amid,  would,  &;c.,  the  infinitive  following  is 
translated  without  to  before  it ;  as, 

1.  Potest  fieri  J  IX  c^nbe  done. 

2.  Volo  ire,  I  will  go. 

3.  Nolo  fa  cere,  I  will  not  do  it. 

4.  Malo  facere,  I  will  rather  do  it. 

5.  Ut  se  volucrem  fa  clr  e  vellet,  That  he  would  make  her  a  bird 

6.  Nihil  jam  defendi  potuit,  Nothing  could  now  be  defended, 

7.  Hoc  facere  non  potuit,  He  could  not  do  this. 

8.  Nollte  tirmre,  Do  not  fear. 

88.  The  present  is  generally  translated  as  the  perfect 
without  "to,"  after  the  imperfect,  perfect  and  pluperfect 
tenses  of  possum,  volo,  nolo,  malo,  when  translated  caidd, 
would,  would  not,  would  rather;  and  with  "  to"  after  the 
same  tenses  of  deheo,  and  oportet,  translated  might;  as, 

1.  Melius  fieri  non  potuit j  It  could  not  have  been  done  better. 

2.  Volui  die  ere  ,  I  would  have  said. 

3.  Sumere  arma  noluit,  He  would  not  have  taken  arms 

4.  Maluit  auger  e  ,  He  w^ould  rather  have  encreased. 

5.  Quampotuisset  edSre,  Than  he  could  have  caused. 

6.  Debuisti  mihi  ignosc  ere  ,     You  ought  to  have  pardoned  me. 

7.  Dividi  oportuit  f  It  ought  to  have  been  divided 

4 


38  INTRODUCTION. 

Note,  A  strictly  literal  translation  of  most  of  the  above 
sentences  would  not  express  the  precise  idea  intended  ;  thus, 
in  the  third  sentence,  "  He  would  not  have  taken  arms," 
and  "He  was  not  willing  to  take  arms,"  manifestly  do  not 
mean  the  same  thing. 

89.  After  verbs  denoting  to  566,  hear ^  feel,  and  the  like, 
the  present  infinitive  is  often  translated  by  the  English  pre* 
sent  participle ;  as, 

1.  Avdivi  eum  di  c  e  r  e  ,  I  heard  him  saying. 

2.  Sur  g  er  e  videt  lunam,  He  sees  the  moon  rising. 

3.  Terram  tremere  sensit,  He  felt  the  earth  trembling. 

Obs.  So  also  when  the  infinitive  alone,  or  as  part  of  a 
clause,  is  the  subject  of  another  verb  ;  as, 

4.  Mo  rdri  periculosum  est,         Delaying  is  dangerous. 

5.  Mordri   periculosum  (esse)  They  think  that  delaying  i?  dan- 
arbitrantur,  gerous. 

The  Infinitive  with  a  subject, 

90.  The  infinitive  with  its  subject  in  the  accusative, 
though  but  seldom,  is  sometimes  translated  in  the  same 
form  in  English ;  as, 

1.  Cupio  t  e  venir  e  y  I  wish  you  to  come. 

9    Quo  s  discorddre    nov^-  Whom  he  had  known  to  differ 
rat, 

3.  Hoc  optimum  esse  judicdvit,  He  decided  this  to  be  the  best. 

4.  Eum  V  0  c  dr  i  jussit,  He  ordered  him  to  be  called. 


91.  The  infinitive  with  a  subject,  usually  is,  and  always 
may  be,  translated  by  the  English  indicative  or  potential, 
according  to  the  sense  intended.  When  so  rendered,  its 
subject  must  always  be  translated  in  the  nominative;  and 
this,  ]f  not  a  relative,  is  usually  preceded  by  the  conjunction 
that,  (^  145,) ;  as, 

1.  Cupio  te  V  enir  e  ,  I  wish  that  you  would  come. 

2.  Dicit  me  s  crib  e  r  e.  He  says  that  I  write. 

3.  Eos  ivis  s  e  putdbat.  He  thought  that  they  had  gone. 

4.  Quem  nunquamrisisseferunt,  Who  they  sb. j  never  laughed. 

5.  Rogdvitquid  faciendum      He   asked  what  he  thought 

{esse)  putdret,  ought  to  be  done. 

92.  Both  the  Latin  and  the  English  infinitive,  by  their 
tenses,  represent  an  act,  &c.,  as  present,  past  or  future,  at 
the  time  of  the  governing  verb.  Hence,  when  the  one  is 
translated  by  the  other;  that  is,  the  Latin  infinitive  by  the 
English  infinitive,  (Nos.  86  and  90,)  any  tense  of  the  one 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  39 

will  be  correctly  translated  by  the  same  tense  in  the  other, 
(except  as  in  No.  88,)  no  matter  what  be  the  tense  of  the 
governrng"  verb;  as, 

1.  Pres.  Dicitur,      ^  Pres.  Past.  Future. 

2.  Past,  Dicebdtur,  >  habere  ;    habuisse ;      habiturus  esse. 

3.  Fut.    Dicetuvj      } 

1.  Pres.  He  is  said  ^ 

2  Past,  He  was  said       >  to  have;  to  have  had;  to  be  about  to  have. 

3  Fut.    He  will  be  said  ) 

93.  But  when  the  Latin  infinitive,  with  its  subject,  is 
translated  by  the  English  indicative  or  potential,  the  tense 
used  in  these  moods,  must  be  that  which  will  correctly  ex- 
press the  time  of  the  act  expressed  by  the  Latin  infinitive 
as  estimated,  not  from  the  time  of  the  governing  verb,  as  in 
Latin,  but  as  estimated  from  the  present.  That  is,  events 
present  at  the  same  time,  or  past  at  the  same  time,  will  be 
expressed  in  English  by  the  same  tense;  an  event  repre- 
sented in  Latin  as  prior  to  the  present  time,  (perfect  infini 
tive  after  the  present  tense,)  will  be  expressed  by  the  Eng 
lish  imperfect  or  perfect  indefinite ;  and  an  event  represent- 
ed in  Latin  as  prior  to  a  past  event,  (perfect  infinitive  after 
a  past  tense,)  will  be  expressed  by  the  English  pluperfect ; 
thus : 

1.  Pres.  Dicunt  eum  venire  ,    They  say   that  he  is  coming^  or 

comes. 

2.  Past,  Dixerunt  eum  venlr  e ,  They  said  that  he  came. 

3.  Pres.  Dicunt  eum  venisse,  They  sa.y  that  he  came. 

4.  Past,  Dixrzrunt  eum  venisse ,  They  said  that  he  had  come. 

5    Past,  CcBperunt  suspicdri  illam  They  began   to  suspect  that  she 
venire,  came. 

Note.  The  infinitive  after  the  future  does  not  follow  this 
analogy,  but  is  always  translated  in  its  own  tense  ;  as, 

Pres.  Perf.  Future. 

6.  Dicent  eum  venire,  venisse,      vent  fi  rum  esse. 

They  will  say  that  he  comes,    has  come,        will  come. 

94.  L  Present,  past,  and  future  time,  are  variously  ex- 
pressed as  follows  : 

]st.  Present  time  is  expressed  by  the  present  tense,  and 
generally    by  the  perfect  defiiiite. 

2d.  Past  time  is  expressed  by  the  imperfect,  ;perf.  indcfi- 
nite  and  pluperfect. — by  the  perfect  participle, — the 
present  infinitive  after  a  past  tense, — the  present  tense 
used  iu  express  a  past  eoeut,  §  44,  I,  3, — and  bv  thep7'e- 


40  INTRODUCTION. 

sent  participle^  agreeing  with  the  subject  of  the  govern- 
kig  verb  in  any  of  these  tenses,  ^  49,  5. 
3d.  Future  time  is  expressed  by  the  future^  and  future 
perfect, 

2.  The  infinitive  of  deponent  verbs,  is  translated  in  the 
same  manner  as  the  infmitive  active  in^  the  following  ex- 
amples in  Nos.  95  to  100. 

3.  After  verbs  denoting  to  promise^  request^  advise^  com* 
mand^  and  the  like,  implying  a  reference  to  something  fu- 
ture, the  present  infinitive,  with  its  subject,  is  usually  trans- 
lated as  the  future,  by  should^  or  ivould^  (See  No.  100,  1,2, 

3.  7,  8,  9,);  as,  Jussit,  eos  per  castra   duci,  He  ordered 
that  they  should  be  led  through  the  camp. 

4.  The  Latin  words  for  "  he  said,''''  "  saying,''^  or  the  like, 
introducing  an  oblique  narration,  are  often  omitted,  and  the 
infinitive  takes  the  form  of  translation  corresponding  to  the 
time  expressed  by  the  word  to  be  supplied. 

From  these  principles  are  deduced  the  following  direc- 
tions for  translating  the  infinitive  with  a  subject. 

Present  Lifinitive  after  Present  or  Future  time. 

95.  Direct.  I.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the  present, 
the  perfect  used  definitely,  ox  future  teiise,  the  present  infin- 
itive is  translated  as  the  present ;  as. 

Active  Voice. 

1.  Dico  mm  I  auddr  e  j  I  say  that  he  praises. 

2.  Dixi  eum  I  auddr  e  ,  I  have  said  that  he  praises 
3    Dicam  eum  lauddre  ,             I  will  say  that  he  praises. 

Passive  Voice. 

4.  J)ico  eum  lauddriy  I  say  that  he  is  praised. 

5.  Dixi  eum  lauddriy  1  have  said  that  he  is  praised, 

6.  Dicam  eum  lauddriy  I  will  say  that  he  is  praised 

Present  Infinitive  after  Past  time. 

96.  Direct.  II.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the  tm 
perfect,  perfect  indefinite,  or  pluperfect,  or  in  the  present  iiv- 
fi,nitive  after  a  past  toi^e,  the  present  infinitive  is  translateri 
as  the  imperfect,  or  perfect  indefinite ;  as, 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  41 

Present  Infinitive  Active, 

I.  Dicebam  mm  I  auddr  e  ^  I  said  that  he  praised, 

E.  Dixi  eum  I  auddi  e  j  I  said  that  he  praised. 

3.  Dixeram  eum  I  auddr  e  y  1  had  said  that  he  praised. 

I.  Ccepi  dicer  e  eum  I  auddr  e  ,  I  began  to  say  that  he  vraued. 

Present  Infinitive  Passive, 

5.  Dicebam  eum  I  auddr  i  y  I  said  that  he  was  praised. 

6.  Dixi  eum  I  auddr  i  j  I  said  that  he  was  praised. 

7.  Dixeram  eum  I  auddr  i  ,  I  had  said  that  he  was  praised. 

8.  Co^pi  dicer  e  eum  I  auddr  i  y  I  began  to  say  that  he  was  praised, 

Exc.  I.  When  the  present  infinitive  expresses  that  which 
is  always  true,  it  must  be  translated  mX\iQ present ,  after  any 
tense,  ^  44,  I.  1 ;  as 

9.  Doctus    erat    deum    gub  er-  He^had  been  taught  that  God  goV' 

ndr  e  mundumj  ems  the  world. 

Exc.  II.  When  the  present  infinitive  expresses  an  act 
subsequent  to  the  time  of  the  governing  verb,  it  is  transla- 
ted after  any  tense,  by  the  potential  with  should;  would;  as, 

10.  Jubet       ^  He  orders  ^ 

II.  Jussit      >te  ire,  He  ordered  >  thsit  you  should  go, 
12.  Jusserat  )                        He  had  ordered  ) 

Perfect  Infinitive  after  Present  or  Future  time. 

97.  Direct.  III.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the  pre- 
sent, perfect  defiiiite,  ot  future  tense,  the  perfect  infimtive  is 
translated  as  the  imperfect  or  perfect  indefinite ;  as, 

Active   Voice, 

1.  Dico  eum  I  audavisse ,  I  say  thsit  he  praised. 

2.  Dixi  eum  I  audaviss  e  ,  I  have  said  that  he  praised, 

3.  Dicam  eum  laudaviss  e  ,        I  will  say  that  he  praised 

Passive  Voice, 

4.  Dico  eum  I  auddtum  esse,  I  say  that  he  was  praised. 

5.  Dixi  eum.  I  auddtum  esse,     I  have  said  that  he  was  praised 

6.  Dicam  eum  I  auddtum  esse ,  I  will  say  that  he  was  praised. 

7.  Dico  eum    I  auddtum  fu-  I  say  that  he  has  been  praised 

is s e  , 

8.  Dixi  eum    I  auddtum  fu-  I  have  said  that  he  haa  been  praised 

iss  e  , 

9.  Dicam  eum  I  auddtum  fu  -  I  will  say  that  he  has  been  praised, 

is  se. 


42  INTRODUCTION. 

Perfect  Infinitive  after  Past  Tenses. 
98.  Df-RECT.  IV.  When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the  int" 
perfect,  perfect  indefinite,  or  pluperfect,  or  in  the  present  iw 
finitive  after  a  past  tense,  the  perfect  infinitive  is  translated 
as  the  pluperfect ;  as, 

Active  Voice, 

1 .  Dicebam  eum  laud  avis  se  ,  I  said  that  he  had  praised, 

2.  Dixi  eum  laudavisse,  I  said  that  he  had  praised, 

3.  Dixerain  eum  I  audavis  s  e  ,  I  had  said  that  he  had  praised. 

4.  Ccepi     dicer  e    eum    I  auda-  I  began  to  say  that  he  had  praised. 

vis  s  e^ 

Passive  Voice, 

5.  Dicebam     eum    lauddtum  I  said  that  he  had  been  praised, 

esse, 

6.  Dixi  eum  lauddtum  esse  ,  I  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

7.  Dixeram     eum    laud  at  wm  I  had  said  that  he  had  been  praised, 

p.sse  , 

8.  C(Bpi  dicere  eu7n   lauddtum  I  began  to  say  that  he  had  been 

esse,  praised. 

9.   Dicebam    eum     I  auddtum  I  said  that  he  had  been  praised, 
fuis  s  e, 

10.  Dixi  eum  lauddtum  fu  -  I  said  that  he  had  been  praised, 

is  se  , 

11.  Dixeram    eum    lauddtum  I  had  said  that  he  had  been  praised. 

fuiss  e , 

12.  Ccepi  dicere  eum  lauddtum  I  began  to  say  that  he  had  been 

fuisse,  praised. 

Future  Infiiiitive  after  the  Present  Tense, 
99.  V.  "When  the  preceding  verb  is  in  the  preserit,  or  perfect 
defiiiite,  or  future  teiise,  the  future  infinitive  with  esse,  is 
translated  as  the  future  indicative;  and  with /M255e,by  ?/?owZd 
have,  or  should  have,  in  the  pluperfect  potential  in  a  future 
sense;  and /ore,  iox  futUrum  esse,  is  translated  by  will  he. 

Active  Voice, 

1.  Dico      eum     I  audaturum  I  say  that  he  will  praise, 

esse, 

2.  Dixi     eum     laudaturum  I  have  said  that  he  ivill praise, 

esse, 

3.  Dicam  eum    laudaturzim  I  will  say  that  he  will  praise, 

esse, 

4  Dico  eum  laudaturum  fu-  I  say  that  he  would  have  praised 

i  s  s  e  , 

5  Dixi  euml  audatHrum  fu- I   have   said   thvct  he  would  have 

i  s  s  e  ,  praised. 

^.  Dicam    eum    I  audaturum  I   will   say   that  he    would  hav$ 
fu  isse ,  praised. 


LATIN    IDIOMS,  43 

Passive  Voice. 
7    Dico  eum  I  auddtum  iri,        1  say  that  he  will  be  praived 

8.  Dixieum  lauddtum  iri,         I  have  said  that  he  will  be  praised. 

9.  Dicam  eum  I  auddtum  iri,    I  will  say  that  he  will  be  praised. 

Future  Infinitive  after  Past  Tenses. 
]00.  Direct.  VL  When  the  precedmg  verb  is  of  the  im- 
Iperfect,  perfect  indefinite^  or  pluperfect,  the  future  of  the 
infinitive  with  esse,  is  rendered  by  ivould  or  should',  and 
vi\i\\. fuisse,  hj  would  have,  and  should  have;  and  jfore  for 
futUrum  6556,  after  any  past  tense,  by  would  he;  as. 

Active  Voice. 

1.  DicSbam  eum  I  audaturum  I  said  that  he  would  praise. 

esse, 

2.  Dixi  eum  I  audaturum,  Sfc.  I  said  that  he  would  praise. 

3.  Dixeram  eum  I  audaturum  I  had  said  that  he  would  praise. 

4.  DicSbam  eum  I  audaturuml  said  that  he  would  have  praised. 

fuiss  e  , 

5.  Dixi  eum  I  audaturum,  SfC.  I  said  that  he  would  have  praised. 

6.  DixSram  eum  I  audaturuml   had  said    that    he   would  have 

fuisse,  praised. 

Passive  Voice. 

7.  JHcebam  eum    I  auddtum  I  said  that  he  would  be  praised. 

iri, 

8.  Dixi  eum  lauddtum  iri  ,  I  said  that  he  would  be  praised. 

9.  Dixiram   eum    I  auddtum  I  had  said  that  he  would  be  praised. 

iri, 

10.  DicSbam    (dixi)    eum  forel  said  that  he  would  be  safe. 

tutum, 

Usage  q/*  Fore. 
Ohs.  Fore  is  used  for  futurum  esse,  and,  with  a  subject 
after  present  tenses  means  "  will  ie,"  after  past  tenses 
"  would  ^e."  Both  of  them  when  followed  by  a  subjunctive 
with  ut  (^  145,  Obs.  6,)  after  a  present  tense,  may  be  trans- 
lated by  the  future  indicative  of  that  verb;  and  after  a  past 
tense,  by  the  imperfect  potential ;  as, 

11.  Credo  eumfo  r  e  tutum,  I  believe  that  he  will  be  safe. 

12.  Credebain,  or  credldi,  (credi-  I  believed,  (had  believed)  that  he 

deram)  eum  fore  tutum,  would  he  sale. 

13.  Credo  fore  (or  futurur,i  esse)  I  believe  that  you  will  learn. 

ut  disc  as, 
14    Credebam  or  credidi  (credide.  I  believed,  (had  believed)  that  you 
ram)  fore  (ovfutitrum  es-      would  learn 
te)  ut  disc^res. 


44  iWTllODUCTION. 

Participles. 

101.  Participles  are  usually  translated  after  their  nouns 
as  in  the  paradigms  of  the  verb;  thus, 

I    Present  active,       Homo  c  arens  fraude,  A  man  wanting  guile. 

2.  Future  active,        Homo  scripturus^  A  man  about  to  write. 

3.  Peilect  passive,      Vita  bene  acta,  A  life  well  sjoen^. 

4. ,      CcBsar  c  oa  ctusj  Caesar  being  (or  hav- 

ing been)  compelled 
5      (Deponent,)         Ccesar  r  e gr  es sus  ,       Cscsar  havirig  returned 

6.  Future  passive,     Mala  vitanda,  Evils   to    be    avoided, 

i.  e.,  which  ought  to 
be  avoided. 

Exc.  But  when  a  participle  is  used  as  an  adjective.  ^  49, 
3,)  it  is  translated,  like  the  adjective,  before  its  substantive ; 
as, 

7.  T  igrin  ostendit  mansue-  He  exhibited  a  tamed  tiger, 

fa  ct  am  J 

8.  Inferventibus  arenis  Standing  on  the  burning  sands. 

insist  ens  ^ 

Future  Participle  Active, 

102.  When  the  Future  participle  active  is  used  to  ex- 
press a  piirpose,  end,  or  design  of  another  action,  (§  146, 
Obs.  3,)  it  is  rendered  by  "  to,"  or  the  phrase  "  in  order  to," 
instead  of  "  about  to  ;"  as, 

1.  Per  git  consul  turns  era-  He  goes  to  consult  (or,  in  order  to 

culaj  consult)  the  oracle. 

Obs.  The  present  participle  is  also  sometimes  used  in 
this  sense;  as, 

2.  Venerunt  postulantes  ci-  They  came  to  (or,  in  order  to)  ask 

bum,  food. 

Perfect  Participle  Passive, 

103.  As  the  Latin  verb  has  no  perfect  participle  in  the 
active  sense,  (except  in  deponent  verbs,)  its  place  is  usually 
supplied  by  the  perfect  participle  passive  in  the  case  abso- 
lute, (^  146,  Obs.  8,) ;  thus,  "  Caesar  having  consulted  his 
friends,"  rendered  into  Latin,  will  be,  CcEsar  ainlcis 
ronsultis,  literally,  "  Caesar,  his  friends  being  consulted,'''* 
Hence, 

104.  When  the  action  expressed  passively  by  the  perfect 
participle  in  the  case  absolute,  or  agreeing  with  the  object 
of  a  verb,  is  something  done  by  the  subject  of  the  leading 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  45 

verb  in  the  sentence,  the  participle  is  rendered  more  in  ac- 
cordance with  English  idiom,  by  the  perfect  participle  in  the 
active  voice  in  English,  agreeing  with  the  subject  of  the 
verb,  and  followed  bv  its  noun  in  the  objective  case,  (^  49, 
8,  and  ^  146,  Obs.  8^) ;  thus, 

1.  CcBsar,  his  di  cti  s  ,  profectus  est,  translated  in  the 
Latin  idiom,       Caesar,  these  things  being  said,  departed. 
English  idiom,  Caesar,  having  said  these  things,  departed. 

2.  Opereperacto,  ludSmus, 

Latin  idiom,     Our  work  being  finished,  we  will  play. 
English  idiom.  Having  finished  our  work,  we  will  play. 

3.  Pythiam  ad  se  v  o  c  at  um  pecunia  instruxit^ 

Latin  idiom,     He  supplied  with  money  Pythias  being  called  to  him. 
English  idiom,  Having  called  Pythias  to  him,  he  supplied  him  with 
money. 

105.  The  perfect  participle  of  deponent  verbs  having  an 
active  signification,  accords  with  the  English  idiom,  and  is 
best  translated  literally  ;  as, 

1.  Na  ctu  s  naviculum,  Having  found  a  boat. 

2.  C  0  hor  t  at  us  exercitum.        Having  exhorted  the  army. 

106.  When  the  perfect  participle  of  deponent  or  common 
verbs,  expresses  an  act  nearly  or  entirely  contemporaneous 
with  the  leading  verb,  it  may  be  translated  by  the  English 
present  participle  in  ing,  (^  49,  5,  Note,) ;  as, 

1.  Rex    hoc  f acinus  miratus  The  king,  admiring  this  act,  dis- 

juvenem  dimisit,  missed  the  youth. 

2.  Columba  delap  s  a  refert  sa-  The  dove  falling  brings  back  the 

sittam,  arrow. 

The  Future  Participle  Passive. 

107.  After  verbs  signifying  ^o  give,  to  deliver,  to  agree  or 
bargain  for,  to  have,  to  receive,  to  undertake,  and  the  like, 
the  participle  in  dus  generally  denotes  design  or  p^irpose, 
and  is  rendered  simply  as  in  the  paradigm,  or  with  the 
phrase  "  in  order  to,"  prefixed,  (^  146,  Obs.  4,) ;  as, 

1.  Testamentum   tibi    tradit  Z  e  -  He  delivers  his  will  to  you  to  (or 

g  endum  ,  in  order  to)  be  read. 

2.  Attribuit  nos  trucidandos  He  has  given  us  over  to  Cethegus 

Cethego,  (in  order)  to  be  slain. 

108.  The  participle  in  dus,  especially  when  agreeing  with 
the  subject  of  a  sentence  or  clause,  generally  denotes  pro* 
priety,  necessity^  or  obligation,  and  is  rendered  variously*  as 


46  INTRODUCTION. 

the  tense  of  the  accompanying  verb  and  t'he  connection  re- 
quire, (§  146,  Obs.  5,);  the  following  are  examples: 

I    Legdtus  mittendus  estj        An  ambassador  must  (or  should) 

be  sent. 

2.  Legdtus  mitt  endus  erat  or  An  ambassador  had  to  be  sent. 

fuit 

3.  Legatus  mitt  endus  erit,       An  iim.hB.sssidoT  will  have  to  be  sent 

4.  Legdtum  mitt  endum  esse.    That  an  ambassador  sA^ow/d  6e  senf. 

5 .  mittendumfu- ought   to      or 

i  s  s  e  ,  should  have  been  sent. 

6.  Dis  simul  anda  loquitur.  He  speaks  things  that  ought  to  be 

concealed. 

7.  Dis  simul  anda    loquebd-  He   spake  things  which  ought  to 

tur,  have  been  concealed. 

8 .  QucB    dissimul  anda  Which  will  have  to  be  concealed. 

er  unt , 

9.  Die,      quid     statue  ndum  Say,  what  is  ^o  be   (oi  must  be) 

sit  f  thought. 

Ablative  Absolute, 

109.  When  a  participle  stands  with  a  substantive  in  the 
ablative  absolute,  R.  LX.,  the  substantive  is  translated  with- 
out a  sign,  No.  9,  and  after  it  the  participle,  as  in  the  para- 
digm of  the  verb  ;  as, 

1.  RomUlo  r  e  gnant  e  J  Romulus  reigning. 

2.  Hac  oratione  habit  a  This  oration  being  delivered. 

3.  CcBsdre  V  entur  0  .  Caesar  (being)   about  to  come, 

4.  PrcBceptis  tr  adendis  ,  Rules  being  to  be  delivered. 
^.  Bello  ortOj  War  having  arisen. 

Note.  The  future  participles,  Ex.  3,  4,  are  seldom  used  in 
the  case  absolute. 

110.  When  two  nouns, — a  pronoun  and  a  noun, — a  noun 
or  a  pronoun  and  an  adjective,  are  used  in  the  ablative 
without  a  participle,  (§  146,  Obs.  10,)  they  are  translated  in 
the  nominative  without  a  sign,  and  the  English  participle 
'*  being,''''  inserted  between  them;  as, 

1.  Adolescentulo  duce,  A  young  man  being  leader. 

2.  Mario  consule,  Marius  being  consul. 

3.  Me  suasore,  I  being  the  adviser. 

4.  Annibdli  vivo,  Hannibal  being  alive. 
5  Se  invito,  He  being  unwilling. 

Gerunds  and  Gerundives. 

1 1 1.  The  gerund,  being  a  verbal  noun,  is  translated  in 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  47 

the  same  manner  as  other  nouns  of  the  same  case,  and  at 
the  same  time  may  govern  the  case  of  its  own  verb,  ^  147 ; 
as, 

1.  N.     Petendum pacem,  Seeking  peace. 

2.  G      Petendi  pacem^  Of  seeking  peace. 

3.  D.      Utendo  libris,  To  (or  for)  using  books. 

4.  Ac.    O  bliviscendu?)!  in juridrum,F  or  getting  iniuries. 

5.  Abl.  Parendo  magistratui^  By  obeying  the  magistrate. 

6.  Ahl.  Pet  end  0  pace??i  J  With,  from,  in,  6y  seeking  peace. 

112.  Of  verbs  that  govern  the  accusative,  instead  of  the 
gerund  in  the  oblique  cases,  the  Latins  commonly  used  the 
participle  in  dus,  in  the  sense  of  the  gerund,  and  agreeing 
with  its  object  in  gender,  number  and  case;  the  case  being 
governed  by  the  same  word  that  would  have  governed  the 
gerund.  When  thus  used  it  is  called  a  gerundive,  (^  147, 
R.  LXII.) 

Gerunds.  Gei-undives, 

1.  Ars  lihrum  I  eg  endi  j  5.  jlrs  libri    legendi, 

The  an  of  reading  a  book. 

2.  Utile  vulnera   cur  and  o  ,     6.  Utile  vulneribus  curandiSf 

Useful /or  healing  wounds, 
*?.  jld  literas  s  cr  ib  endum  ,1.  Ad  lit  ^  r  a  s  s  c  rib  endas  f 

For  writing  a  letter, 

4.  De  captlvos    commut  an  -  8.  De  c  aptlvi  s  commut  an 

do  ,  dis , 

*  Respecting  exchanging  captives. 

113.  When  the  gerund  is  the  subject  of  the  verb  e^?, gov- 
erning the  dative,  it  implies  necessity,  and  is  variously 
translated  into  the  English  idiom,  as  the  tense  of  the  verb 
requires,  (^  147,) ;  as, 

Latin  Idiom.  English  Idiom, 

1.  Legendum  est  mihi,  I  must  read,  I  ougi-ht  to  read; 

Reading  is  to  me;  i.  e.,  I  should  read. 

2.  Legendum  erat  (fuit)  mihi.  I  had  to  read;  I  ought  to  have 

Reading  was  to  me;  read;  I  should  have  read. 

5.  Legendum  fuer at  mihi,  I  had  been  obliged  to  read. 

Reading  had  been  to  me; 

4.  Legendum  erit  mihi,  I  will  have  to  read;  It  will  be 

Reading  will  be  to  me;  necessary  for  me  to  read. 

6.  Dicit  legendum  esse  mihi.  He    says  that    I  must   read — 

He  says  that  reading  is  to  me;  ought  to  read — should  read. 

6.  Dicit  legendum  fuisse  mihi,  He  says  that  I  had  to  read — 

He  says  that  reading  was  tome;      ought  to — or   should — have 

read. 
Ohs,  The    dative    is    frequently  omitted,    and    generally 
v/hen  it  denotes  persons  or  things,  in  a  general  or  indefinite 


48  INTRODUCTION. 

sense.     In  such  cases,  hoviini^  homimhus^  nolis,  or  the  like, 
must  be  supplied  ;  as, 

7.  Vivendum  est  recte  (scil  homirii-  Living  honestly  is,  viz  :  to  men  j 

bus,)  i.  e.,  men      ought  to  live   hon- 

estly. 

8.  Dicit  vivendum  esse  recte,  (scil.  He   says  that  living   honestly  is. 

homini,)  viz:  to   a   man;  i.  e.,  a  man 

ought  to  live  honestly. 

Supines. 

114.  The  Supines  are  rendered  without  variation,  as  iti 
the  paradigm,  and  under  the  rules,  (^  148,) ;  as, 

1.  jibiit  de  ambuldtum  J  He  has  gone  to  walk. 

2.  Facile  dictu  ,  Easy  to  tell,  or  to  be  told'. 

Passive  Voice. 

115.  The  passive  voice,  in  the  indicative  mood,  is  trans 
lated  as  in  the  paradigms.  The  subjunctive  mood  is  sub- 
ject to  all  the  variety  of  construction  and  translation  used  in 
the  active  voice,  Nos.  74-84,  acting  on  the  verb  to  be,  which 
as  an  auxiliary  with  the  perfect  participle,  makes  up  the 
passive  form  of  the  verb  in  English. 

In  the  compound  tenses,  (<^  53,  3,)  when  two  or  more 
verbs  in  a  sentence  are  in  the  same  tense,  and  have  the 
same  nominative,  or  are  in  the  same  construction,  the  verb 
sum  is  commonly  expressed  with  the  last  and  understood  t:^ 
the  rest,  as  in  the  following  Ex.  1.  But  when  the  nomina- 
tive is  changed,  the  verb  "to  be"  should  be  repeated  as  in 
Ex.  2. 

1 .  Nisus  a  Minoe  victus  et  occlsus  Nisus  was  conquered  and  killed 

est,  by  Minos. 

2.  Tres   naves   captce,    decern  de-  Three  ships  were  taken,  ten  sunk; 

mersce,  duo  millia  hostium  two  thousand  of  the  enemy  wer€ 
capta,  tredecimmillia occlsa  taken,  thirteen  thousand  killed. 
tunt. 

Passive  Voice  in  a  Middle  Sense. 

116.  The  Latin  passive  voice  is  often  used  to  represent 
its  subject,  not  as  acted  upon  by  another,  but  as  acting  on 
itself,  or  for  itself,  or  intransitively,  by  its  own  impulse  ;  and 
so  corresponds  in  sense  to  the  middle  voice  in  Greek.  Thus 
used,  it  is  best  translated  by  the  active  voice  followed  by 
the  reflexive  pronoun  as  an  object,  or  by  an   intransitive 


LATIN    IDIOMS.  49 

verb  expressing  the  idea  intended,  (§  41,  Obs.  3.)     The  fol- 
lowing are  examples. 

1  Faludlhus  abdlti  sunt,       They  concealed  themselves  in  the 

marshes. 

2  Cum  omnes  in  omni  genere  see-  Since    all   give   themselves    up    to 

lerum  volutentur,  every  kind  of  wickedness. 

3  F  er  t  ur  in  hostes,  Rushes  against  the  enemy. 

4  Volutdti  super  poma,  Rolling  themselves  over  the  Si])iples. 
d     Cingitur  armis,  Girds  himself  with  his  armor. 

6  S  t  ernuntur  tumulo,  Throw  themselves  on  the  grave. 

7  Gallus  victus  o  c  cul  t  dtur  ,  The  cock,  when  conquered,  hidei 

himself. 

117.  The  verb  sum  governing  the  genitive  by  R.  XII.,  § 
108,  may  generally  be  translated  by  the  phrase  "  belongs 
to,"  "is  the  part,"  "is  the  property,"  &c.  See  explanation 
under  Rule;  as, 

1.  E  st  regis,  It  belongs  to  the  king. 

2.  Pecus  est  Melibcei,  The  flock  belongs  to  Meliboeus. 

3.  Prudentia  est  senectutis.  Prudence  is  the  characteristic  of 

old  age. 

118.  The  verb  sum,  (also  desum,)  in  the  third  person, 
governing  the  dative  by  ^  112,  Rule  II.,  may  generally  be 
translated  by  the  corresponding  tenses  of  the  verb  *'  to  have," 
with  the  Latin  dative  for  its  subject,  and  the  Latin  subject 
for  its  object;  as, 

Latin  Idiom,  English  Idiom, 

1.  Liber  est  mihi,  A  book  is  to  me,  I  have  a  book. 

2.  Liber  erat  mihi,         A  book  was  to  me,      I  had  a  book. 

3.  Liber  fuit  mihi,        A  book  was  (or  has    I  had,  or  have   had   a 

been)  to  me,  book. 

4.  Liber  fuer at  mihi,     A  book  had  been  to     I  had  had  a  book. 

me, 

5.  Liber  erit  mihi,         A  book  will  be  to  me,  I  will  have  a  book 

6.  Libri  sunt  mihi,         Books  are  to  me,  I  have  books. 

7.  Est  mihi,  It  is  to  me,  I  have  it. 

8.  Liber  deest  mihi,       A  book  is  not  to  me,    I  have  not  a  book 

119.  When  a  compound  verb,  rendered  by  the  simple 
verb  and  a  preposition,  is  followed  by  two  cases,  the  simple 
verb  with  the  immediate  object  (always  in  the  accusative,) 
ir>  usually  translated  first,  and  then  the  preposition  with  the 
remote  object. 

i.  Flumen  copias  transduxit,  He  led  his  forces  across  the  river. 
2    C  ir  cumddre    mcBnia    op-  To  build  walls  around  the  city. 

pldo, 
3.  Caput  deje  cit  saxo,  He  threw  the  head  down  {rom.  the 

rock.  ^ 

5 


60  INTRODUCTiOW. 

120.  Aa  adverb,  adverbial  phrase,  or  clause  expressing: 
some  circumstance  in  translating,  may  often  be  arranged  in 
different  situations  in  a  sentence,  due  regard  being  paid  to 
the  sense  and  harmony  of  the  whole  ;  thus.  Magna  dehemus 
suscipere  duvi  vires  suppetuntj  may  be  arranged  variously 
for  translating,  as  follows: 

1.  Debemus  suscipere  magna,  dum  vires  suppetunt ;  or, 

2.  Dum  vires  suppetunt ^  debemus  suscipere  magna j  or 

3.  Debemus,  duin  vires  suppetunt^j  suscipere  magna. 

121.  The  negative  conjunction  ne,  is  variously  rendered 
lest,  lest  that,  that-not,  7wt;  and  after  verbs  signifiying  to 
fear,  forbid,  and  the  like,  it  is  translated  that,  while  ut  in 
the  same  situation,  means  that  not, 

1.  Ne    quis  eat,  Lest  (or  that  not)  any  one  jna.y  go. 

2.  Orat  ne  se perdat,  She   entreats   that  he  would  not 

destroy  her. 

3.  jEgi  ne  inter essem,  I   managed  that  I  should  not  be 

present. 

4.  Dum  n  e  veniat^  Provided  he  do  not  come. 

5.  Respondit  n  e  cogitdta  quidem  He    replied    that    not    even    the 

latent.  thoughts  are  concealed. 

6.  Vereor  n  e  cadas,  '  I  am  afraid  that  you  may  fall. 

7.  Timui  ut  veniret,  I  feared  that  he  would  not  come. 

Note  1.  But  when  the  fear  expressed,  refers  to  such  things 
as  we  wish,  ne  means  that-not ;  as.  Paves  n  e  ducas  illam. 
You  are  afraid    that   you  do    not    get  her  to  wife. 

iVe,  after  a  command  implying  a  negative,  or  prohibition, 
is  often  omitted ;  as,  cave  tituhes,  take  care  that  you  do  not 
stumble. 

Note  2.  Ne  quidem,  (always  separate,)  is  an  emphatic  ne 
gative,    and   has  the    emphatic  word  between;  as,  ne  hoc 
quidem,  not  even  this;  ne  turn  quidem,  not  even  then, 

122.  When  a  verb  is  translated  into  English  by  the  aid 
of  an  auxiliary,  an  adverb,  or  clause  modifying  it,  will  often 
have  to  be  placed  between  the  auxiliary  and  the  verb,  (Eng. 
Gr.  ^74,);  as, 

1.  Dixit  ne    oh    hoc  alios  con-  He  said  that  we  should  not  on  this 
temnamus,  account  despise  others. 

123.  Some  prepositions  are  variously  translated  according 
to  the  meaning  of  the  words,  or  the  case  with  which  they 
are  connected;  thus, 


LATIN    IDIOMS. 


5\ 


1.  /w,  followed  by  an  accusative,  means  ^o,  into,  towards. for  against^ 

&c.,  (§  136,  R.  L.) 

2.  In,  followed  by  the  ablative,  means  in,  upo^,  among,  in,  in  the 

case  of,  (§  136,  R.  LI.) 

3.  Inter,  referring  to  two,  means  between;  to  more  than  two,  among. 

4.  Sub  means  under,  at  the  foot  of,  close  up  to. 

5.  Prce  means  before,  in  comparison  ofj — sometimes,  more  than, 

124.  When  the  following  conjunctions,  adjectives,  and 
adverbial  particles,  are  placed,  one  before  each  of  two  suc- 
cessive words  or  clauses,  the  first  is  commonly  translated 
differently  from  the  second,  and  usually  in  the  following 
manner,  (^149,  Obs.  5.) 

Both  and. 

Both  and. 

Either  or. 

Neither  nor. 

Whether 
i  Not  only 
[  Both 
I  Not  only 
•Both 
<  Now 

(  At  one  time 
j  Not  only 
j  No  sooner 
f  As  soon  as 
')  At  one  time 
[  Sometimes     ■ 

injunctive  7 

Whether or. 

Whether or. 

So  that;  so as. 

Such,  so  great  that 

Such,   of  such  a  kind  that. 

As  soon as. 

As  long as. 

As  so. 

Ne  is  frequently  omitted  with  the  first  word  or  clause,  and  must 
be  supplied  when  an  stands  with  the  second;  as, 
21.  Kecte  an  perperam^  (Whether)  Tight  or  wrong. 


1. 

Et                et. 

2. 

3. 

Aut,  vel,  }            aut,  vel,  } 
sive,      5                ^^^^j      ; 

4. 

Nee              nee,     > 

Neque          neque,   ] 

5. 

6. 

7. 

Turn            turn. 

8. 

Cum  or  quum turn, 

9. 

Jam             jam,    ) 

Nunc           nunc,  J 

10. 

11. 

Simul           si7nul, 

12. 

Modo,  alias modo,  alias, 

Corresponding  ( 

13. 

Ne            a7i. 

14. 

Utrum      an, 

15. 

It  a,  sic,  tarn,  adeo  -* ut. 

16. 

Talis,  tantus ut^ 

17. 

18. 

Simul      — —  ac,  or  atque. 

19, 

Tamdiu  quamdiu 

20. 

Ut            sic, 

'  or. 

-  but  also. 

-  ana 

-  but  also. 

-  and 

-  then. 

-  at  another. 

-  but  also. 

•  than. 

•  instantly, 
at  another, 
sometimes. 


52  INTRODUCTION. 

Preliminary  Suggestions  and  Explanations, 

1  There  can  be  no  pleasure  either  to  the  teacher  or  pupil  in  re- 
citiiig,  unless  the  lesson  is  thoroughly  prepared.  Pupils  who  are 
anxious  to  go  over  a  great  space  in  a  short  time  should  remember 
that  a  short  lesson  well  prepared,  is  vastly  more  profitable  than  a 
long  one  ill  prepared.  Nothing  is  more  injurious  than  superficial 
learning.     Festlna  lente.       Hence, 

2.  No  lesson  should  be  assigned  longer  than  can  be  thoroughly  got 
by  all  the  class.  And  no  lesson  should  be  allowed  to  pass,  unless  it 
Is  thoroughly  prepared. 

3.  Every  word,  at  first,  should  be  looked  out  in  the  vocabulary  or 
dictionary,  and  its  primary  meaning,  at  least,  fixed  in  the  memory. 
And  if  more  meanings  than  one  are  given,  the  pupil  should  try 
which  will  answer  best  in  the  sentence  he  is  reading.  Nor  should 
he  pass  t©  another  till  he  know  all  about  this  one — its  class,  gender, 
declension,  &c.,  as  directed  Gr.  §  153.  And  if  he  forget,  he  should 
look  it  out  again,  and  if  necessary,  again,  till  he  know  it  thoroughly. 

4.  Frequentand  accurate  reviews  of  the  portion  previously  studied, 
are  of  great  importance.  This  is  the  best  way  to  fix  permanently  in 
the  memory,  the  acquisitions  made. 

5.  Every  instance  of  false  quantity,  either  in  reading  or  parsing, 
should  be  instantly  corrected.  Bad  habits  in  this  particular  are 
easily  formed,  and,  if  ever,  are  corrected  with  great  difficulty.  If 
proper  attention  has  been  paid  to  this  in  going  through  the  grammar, 
there  will  be  less  difficulty  now\  In  order  to  assist  in  this,  the  pupil 
should  commit  to  memory  and  apply  the  few  following 

General  Rules  for  the  Quantity  of  Syllables. 

1.  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  is  short ;  as,  via,  deus. 

2.  A  vowel  before  two  consonants,  or  a  double  consonant 
Is  long  by  position  ;  as,  anna,  f alio,  axis. 

3.  A  vowel  before  a  mute  and  a  liquid,  [I  and  r,)  is  com- 
mon ;  i.  e.  either  long  or  short ;  as,  volucrisj  or  volucris. 

4.  A  diphthong  is  always  long ;  as,  Ccesar,  aurum. 

Note.  In  this  work,  when  the  quantity  of  the  penult  is  determined 
by  any  of  these  rules,  it  is  not  markedj  otherwise  it  is  marked. 

d.  The  pupil  should  never  satisfy  himself  with  being  able  to  read 
and  translate  his  lesson,  or  even  to  parse  it  tolerably,  but  should  try 
»o  understand  the  construction  of  every  word,  and  the  connection 
and  dependence  of  every  part.  And  moreover,  should  hold  himself 
ready,  if  called  upon,  to  answer  such  questions  as  the  following,  viz; 

1    Questions  that  may  he  asked  concerning  every  sen- 
tence. 
Has  this  sentence  any  connection  with  the  preceding  ?    If  so — 
\^hat  is  the  connecting  word  ?  In  arranging  or  construing  this    sen- 


INTRODUCTION.  53 

tence,  which  word  do  you  take  first? — which  next  ? — which  next  ? 
he.  Why?  (See  introduction — directions,  &c.)  In  this  sentence, 
what  is  the  grammatical  subject?  What  is  the  grammatical  predi- 
cate ?  What  is  the  logical  subject  ?  What  is  the  logical  predicate  ? 
Which  should  be  taken  first?  (§  152.)  In  what  voice,  mood,  and 
tense,  is  the  verb  ?  Why? 

2.   Questions  that  may  he  asked  when  the  words  in  the 

sentence  render  them  proper. 

Is  this  sentence  simple  or  compound  ?  If  compound — What  are 
the  simple  sentences  composing  it  ?  By  what  words  are  they  con- 
nected] Analyze  the  whole,  and  each  part,  (§  152.)  Is  this  word 
simple  or  compound.  If  compound — Of  what  is  it  compounded  ? 
What  is  the  meaning  of  each  part?  What  is  the  meaning  of  the 
compound  ?  Form  other  compounds  and  tell  their  meaning.  Is  this 
word  primitive  or  derivative  ?  If  derivative — From  what  is  it  de- 
rived ?  What  is  its  primary  meaning?  What  is  its  meaning  here  ? 
(If  diiferent) — How  came  it  to  have  this  meaning?  What  English 
words  are  derived  from  it  ?  Change  the  verb,  if  active,  into  passive, 
and  express  the  same  idea — If  passive,  change  it  into  the  active, 
and  express  the  same  idea.  Change  the  verb  into  different  tenses,  &c. 

Nouns.  How  do  you  know  this  word  to  be  a  noun?  Proper?  or 
common?  Why?  In  what  case?  Why?  For  what  purpose  is  the 
nominative  used?  Is  it  the  subject  or  predicate  here?  For  what 
purpose  is  the  genitive  commonly  used? — the  dative? — the  accusa- 
tive ? — the  vocative  ? — the  ablative  ?  For  what  purpose  is  it  used, 
and  by  what  is  it  governed  here  ? 

Adjectives.  How  do  you  know  this  word  to  be  an  adjective  ?  "What 
noun  or  pronoun  does  it  qualify  or  limit  here?  Is  it  compare^? 
Why  ?  Why  not  ?   (If  a  numeral) — To  what  class  does  it  belong  ? 

Pronouns.  How  do  you  know  this  to  be  a  pronoun  ?  To  what 
class  of  pronouns  does  it  belong  ?  (If  used  substantively) — Instead 
of  what  noun  does  it  here  stand  ?  (If  adjectively) — With  what  noun 
does  it  agree  ?  (If  a  relative)— What  is  its  antecedent  ? 

Verbs.  How  do  you  know  this  word  to  be  a  verb  ?  Of  what  class  ? 
In  what  mood,  tense,  number,  person?  For  what  purpose  is  the 
indicative  mood  used  ? — the  subjunctive  ? — the  imperative  ? — the  in- 
finitive? For  what  purpose  is  it  used  here?  For  what  purpose  is 
the  present  tense  used? — the  imperfect? — the  perfect  definite?^ 
indefinite  ? — the  pluperfect  ?— the  future  ? — the  future-perfect  ? 

From  what  point  is  the  time  of  the  infinitive  mood  reckoned  ? 
(§  47.)  How  is  the  present  infinitive  translated  after  a  verb  denoting 
present  time  ? — past  time  ? — future  time  ?  How  is  the  perfect  trans- 
lated (the  future — the  future-perfect)  after  a  verb  denoting  present 
time  ? — past  time  ? — future  time  ^  (§  47.)  In  what  mood  is  the  lead- 
jng  verb  in  oblique  narration?  (§  141,  R.  VI.  Exp.)  In  what  mood 
are  verbs  in  dependent  clauses  in  oblique  narration?  (§  140,  6.) 
For  what  purpose  is  the  participle  used  ?  How  does  it  become  aa 
adjective  ?  How  are  gerunds  used  ? — supines  « 


54  U^TRODUCTION. 

•  MverhSj  Prepositions,  Interjections,  Conjunctions. — What  is  the 
use  of  the  adverb  ?  What  word  does  it  modify  here  ?  What  is  the 
use  of  the  preposition  ?  Between  what  words  does  it  show  the  rela- 
tion here  ?  What  is  the  use  of  the  interjection  ?  What  emotion 
does  it  express  liere  ?  What  is  the  use  of  the  conjunction  ?  What 
words  or  sentences  does  it  join  here  ? 

7.  If  the  lesson  contain  names  of  persons  or  places,  or  allusions 
to  events  or  fables,  in  history  or  mythology,  or  to  the  manners  or 
customs  of  any  people,  let  the  pupil  inquire  into  them  and  be  ready 
to  tell  something  respecting  them.  This  however  should  be  only 
a  secondary  matter  with  the  beginner,  as  it  properly  belongs  to  a 
more  advanced  stage;  but  still  a  little  attention  to  it  may  serve  to 
interest  and  stimulate  him  to  further  research. 

EXPLANATION  OF  REFERENCES. 

The  references  at  the  foot  of  each  page  to  which  a  section  mark 
(  §  )  is  prefixed,  are  to  the  sections  and  their  subdivisions  in  the 
Grammar,  and  are  intended  chiefly  to  explain  the  construction. 

In  the  references  which  have  not  a  section  mark  prefixed,  the  first 
number  directs  to  the  corresponding  number  in  the  preceding  intro- 
duction, and  the  second  to  the  example  under  that  number.  Thus, 
for  example,  42,  1,  directs  to  the  example,  Dignus  qtii  ameturj 
(p.  23,)  and  shows  how  the  words  qui  ametur,  in  that,  and  all  simi- 
lar constructions,  are  to  be  translated.  The  words  particularly  re- 
ferred to  and  intended  to  be  noticed  in  the  reference,  are  distin- 
guished by  being  printed  in  a  different  character.  These  references 
are  intended  to  explain  particular  phrases  and  idioms,  and  to  give 
an  example  of  the  mode  of  translating  them.  This  will  be  found  a 
more  valuable  aid  in  translating  than  notes,  as  it  reduces  the  idioms 
of*the  language  to  a  sort  of  system,  with  every  part  of  which  the 
attentive  pupil  will  soon  become  familiar. 

In  many  cases  there  is  a  reference  both  to  the  Grammar  and  to 
the  Introduction.  All  of  these  should  be  carefully  looked  out  and 
applied. 

In  the  references  to  the  Rules  of  Syntax  in  the  Grammar,  if  there 
is  only  one  Rule  in  the  section,  it  is  indicated  simply  by  the  lettei 
R.;  if  there  are  more  than  one,  the  number  of  the  Rule  is  annexed. 

Exp.  refers  to  the  Explanation  under  the  rule.  Words  to  be  sup- 
plied are  indicated  by  the  syllable  "  Sup."  for  **  supply,"  prefixed 


INTRODUCTORY  EXERCISES. 


Substantives^  Adjectives^  and  Adjective  Pronouns. 

Decline  the  following  adjectives  and  substantives  separately — 
iben  together — translate  them  in  each  case  and  number.  (See  Nos. 
3,  and  14.)  Tell  the  case  and  number  here,  and  translate  them. 
Give  the  ru..e  for  their  agreement    (§  98.).  Shovr  hovir  they  agree. 

Bonus  vir.  Ingenui  pueri.  Prima  hora.  Summum 
bonum.  In  omnibus  terris.  In  toto  orbe.  Decimo 
anno  aetatis  (No.  11.).  Melioris  naturae.  Prsesens  peri- 
culum.  Muliebri  habitu.  Ad  quinlum  diem.  Fugaces 
anni.     Breve  tempus.    Altus  mons.    Arbor  altissima. 

Omnibus  viris.  Primo  anno.  Prsesente  tempore. 
Meliore  habitu.  Ad  omnem  a^tatem.  Summi  periculi. 
Totum  annum.  Brevis  setatis.  Fugaces  horse.  Omni- 
bus temporibus.  Media  nocte  (No.  17.).  Ultima  via. 
Ad  imam  vallem. 

Ille  dies.  Hoc  tempore.  Ipsi  fontes.  Tuum  nonqen. 
Hie  caper.  Ista  carmina.  Lupus  ipse.  His  montibus. 
Re  ipsa.  Ex  tuis  libris.  Ad  hunc  ignem.  Tua  facta. 
Carminibus  nostris.  Hoc  apri  setdsi  caput.  Pater  nos- 
ier.    Eodem  tempore. 

The   Verb  and  its  JYominative.  (§  94,  7.). 

Translate  each  noun  or  pronoun  according  to  its  number  and  case  ; 
and  each  verb  according  to  its  voice,  mood,  tense,  number,  and  per- 
son. Parse  each  vrord  as  directed,  §  153,  and  show  hov^r  the  verb 
agrees  with  its  nominative,  according  to  §  101,  Rule  IV. 

Indicative  Mood, 

Present.  Amo.*   Amamus.    Legimus.    Ventus  spirat. 

*  The  nominatives  of  the  first  and  second  persons,  cgo^  tUy  nos^ 
vos  are  usually  omi tted    (§  101,  Obs.  1.). 


56  TNTRODFCTORY   EXERC1SE3. 

Dominus  jubel.  Servus  paret.  TJempus  fugit.  Aves 
volant.  Bonus  homo  amatur.  Stella  videtur.  Nos 
monemus.    Ignis  urit.    Luna  lucet.    Homines  dormiunt. 

2.  Jmperfeci,  Monebamus.  Rex  regebat.  Yigil  voca- 
bat.  Canis  custodiebat.  Sol  occidebat.  Stellse  vide- 
bantur.  Cameli  currebant.  Equus  hinniebat.  Boni 
homines  amabantur. 

3.  Perfect,  Nos  amavimiis.  Illi  monuerunt.  Domi 
nus  jussit.  Servus  paruit.  Homines  docuerunt.  Scrip 
sistis.     Arbores  creverunt.     Venisti.     Amavi. 

4.  Pluperfect.  Sol  occiderat.  Hostes  fugerant.  Pueri 
legerant.  Vos  videratis.  Tu  scripseras.  Hie  biberat, 
Amati  eramus.  Monitus  eram.  Aves  volaverant.  Illi 
jusserant.     Vos  legeratis.     Illi  docuerant. 

5.  Future,  Scribemus.  Amabitis.  Umbra  fugiet. 
Viator  cantabit.  Erimus  Uret  ignis.  Deus  dabit. 
Tempora  venient.     Illi  monebunt.     Nos  monebimur. 

6.  Future- Perfect,  Amavero.  Hannibal  vicerit.  Nos 
venerimus.  Moniti  erimus.  Hora  fugerit.  Docuero. 
Riseris.    Pomum  ceciderit.     Ambulaverimus.     Legero 

Subjunctive  Mood. 

1.  Present,  Canis  latret.  Sim.  Amemus.  Ager  are- 
tur.  Vos  videatis.  Tempus  fugiat.  Luna  luceat.  Ven- 
tus  spiret.  Dormiamus.    Hie  capiatur.    Illi  equi  currant. 

2.  Imperfect,  Caperem.  Moneremus.  Pueri  lege- 
rent.  Sol  luceret.  Luna  occideret.  Illi  amarent.  Phi- 
lomela cantaret.     Amor  vinceret.     Amaremiir. 

3.  Perfect,  Miserim.  Duxerimus.  Si  deus  dederit. 
Quum  hiems  venerit.  Nos  fuerimus.  Miles  pugnaverit. 
Domus  aedificata  fuerit.  Sol  occiderit.  Vos  amiseritis. 
Monuerimus.     Illi  ceperint 

4.  Pluperfect,  Fuissemus.    Bella  finita  essent.    Ama- 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES  57 

visseKiQ.  Mercatores  venissent.  Poma  pependissent. 
Vos  vendidissetis.  Risissem.  Illi  mansissent.  Pueri 
scripsis.^ent.    Fuissem.     Literse  scriptse  esserit. 

Imperative  Mood, 
Ama.    Maneto.     Regunto.    Avis  volato.     Canes   la- 
tranto.     Scribe.     Illi  scribunto.     Time.    Currito.    Au- 
ditote.     Tene.     Faciunto.     Amate.     Amanto.     Literae 
leguntor.     Dies  abito. 

Miscellaneous  Exercises. 
Ego  eram.  Sylva  stabat.  Musa  canebat.  Nox  erat. 
Dormiebas.  Arma  sonabant.  Ego  videbo.  Tempus 
erit,  Rura  manebunt.  Troja  fuit.  Prata  biberunt.  Non 
juravi.  Umbra  fugerat.  Cicero  scripserat".  Caesar  vicit. 
Surge.  Legito.  Studete.  Disce  aut  discede.  Vox 
auditur.  Praemia  dentur.  Bellum  parabitur.  Hostes 
capti  essent.  Portse  panduntur.  Verba  legebantur.  Leges 
datae  sunt.  Pueri  ducuntur.  Tempora  mutantur,  et 
nos  mutamur.  , 

Transitive   Verbs  and  their  Object. 

Translate  and  parse  as  in  the  preceding.  Point  out  the  subject 
of  the  verb,  i.  e.  the  person  or  thing  that  acts.  Point  out  the  object 
of  the  verb,  i.  e.  the  person  or  thing  acted  upon.  State  what  case 
it  is  in,  and  give  the  rule. 

Audivi  sonum.  Hi  pueri  legunt  Homerum.  Caesar 
vicit  Galliam.  Vidi  patrem  (ll.).Romani  bella  para- 
bant.  Vicerunt  hostes.  Vulpes  viderat  leonem.  Pavo 
explicat  pennas  (No.  11.).  Canis  arcebat  boves.  Ac- 
cipiter  rapuit  lusciniam.  Boni  mortem  non  timent.  Bac- 
chus duxit  exercitum  in  Indiam.  Scipio  delevit  Cartha- 
ginem.  Mummius  cepit  Corinthum.  Divitiae  non  semper 
felicitatem  praestant. 


58  irs^^RODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Verbs  modified  by  Adverbs, 

Pugnat  bene.  Veniebant  celeriter.  Pugnatum  est 
acriter.  Res  prospere  gestae  sunt.  Corvus  forte  reperit 
caseum.  Libenter  bonas  artes  sequere.  Forte  erravit, 
fortasse  erraverit.  Gallina  quotidie  ovum  parit.  Sem- 
per esto  paratus,  Nunquam  dice  mendacium.  Icito^ 
statim  reverte.  Egredior  mane.  Elephant!  maxime  ode- 
runt  murem;  gregatim  ingrediuntur. 

Prepositions  and  their  Cases, 

Sub  solem.  Infra  lunam.  In  urbem  venlt.  In  urbe 
habitat.  Sedebat  in  loco  aprico.  E  sylva  rediit.  Trans 
Tiberim  natat.  Ex  illo  die  Caesar  tendit  in  Galliam. 
In  rus  abiit.  NiSbe  locuta  est  in  ApoUinem  et  Dianam. 
Flumina  in  mare  currunt.  In  forum  descendit.  In  au- 
reo  saeculo  flores  nascebantur  sine  semine.  Hannibal 
bellum  in  Italia  gessit. 


mTRODUCTOKY    EXERCISES.  59 

SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 


General  Remarks 

I  A  simple  sentence  consists  of  two  parts;  the  subject,  or  inmg 
spoken  of,  and  the  predicate,  or  that  which  is  affirmed  of  the  sub- 
ject, §  152.  In  the  natural  order  the  subject  is  translated  first,  and 
the  predicate  last. 

2.  Nouns  and  pronouns,  either  in  the  subject  or  predicate,  may  be 
limited  by  nouns  in  apposition — ^by  nouns  in  the  genitive  case,  and 
by  adjectives  and  their  regimen.* 

3.  Verbs  belong  to  the  predicate,  and  are  limited  by  the  noun  or 
pronoun  governed  by  them  as  their  object,  by  adverbs  and  adverbial 
phrases. 

4.  Both  subject  and  predicate  maybe  further  modified  and  limited 
by  circumstances  of  time,  place,  manner,  &c.,  by  a  preposition  and 
its  regimen,  or  by  a  dependent  clause  or  phrase  connected  by  a  re- 
lative or  connective  term; — and  all  these  should  occupy  that  place 
in  the  sentence  in  which  their  effect  will  be  best  perceived,  and  the 
meaning  of  the  whole  sentence  be  most  clearly  exhibited. 

N.  B.  Before  proceeding  with  the  following  sentences,  the  pupil 
should  now  be  made  perfectly  familiar  with  §  152  of  the  Grammar, 
and.  commit  to  memory,  so  thoroughly  as  to  have  always  ready  at 
hand  the  ''  directions  for  beginners,"  p.  270,  and  the  Rules  for  con- 
struing, p.  271.  This  being  done,  these  rules  should  be  applied 
m  the  analysis  of  every  sentence  for  some  time,  till  the  exercise 
becomes  perfectly  familiar  and  easy.  This  requires  some  attention 
on  the  part  both  of  teacher  and  pupil  for  a  short  time  at  first,  and 
the  quantity  read  will  necessarily  be  small;  but  both  will  be  reward- 
ed tenfold  for  this  labor  by  the  ease,  rapidity  and  certainty  with 
which  the  pupil,  even  without  the  aid  of  his  teacher,  will  soon  ana- 
lyze and  translate  the  most  intricate  sentences.  Let  the  trial  be 
properly  made,  and  success  is  certain. 

*  By  "  regimen,"  is  meant  the  noun  or  pronoun  governed  by  any 
word.  Thus  in  the  phrases,  Amor  patrice,  avidus  glorice,  ama  deum, 
ad  pair  em,  the  words  patrice ,  glories,  deum,  pairem,  are  the  regimen 
of  Amor,  avidus,  ama,  ad,  respectively. 


60  INTRODUCTO-R.Y    EXERCISES. 

1.   Subject  and  Predicate. 

The  subject  or  thing  spoken  of,  before  a  finite  verb,  is  always  in 
the  nominative  case,  and  has  a  verb  agreeing  with  it  by  R.  IV 

The  predicate)  or  the  thing  affirmed  or  denied  of  the  subject,  is 
usually  placed  after  it,  and  is  expressed  two  ways,  as  follows  : 

1.  The  predicate  consists  of  a  noun,  sm  adjective,  or  a  participle, 
in  the  same  case  with  the  subject,  and  connected  with  it  by  an  in- 
transitive  verb,  or  passive  verb  of  naming,  appointing,  &c.,  called 
the  copula.  In  all  such  sentences  the  predicate  word,  if  a  noun, 
comes  under  R.  V  j — if  an  adjective  or  participle,  it  agrees  with  the 
subject,  and  comes  under  R.  II.     (See  §  103,  Obs.  2;)  or 

2.  The  predicate  consists  of  a  verb,  either  alone  or  with  its  limit- 
ing or  modifying  words. 

1.   The  Predicate  a  JVoun. 

Europa  est  Peninsula,^   Tu  eris  rex,^    Plurimse?  stellse 

sunt  soles .^     Boni  pueri  egregii  viri^  fient.     Castor  et 

Pollux  erant  *^  fratres^     Ego  sum  discipulus^     Cicero 

factus  est  consult     Ego  salutor  poeta,^ 

2.  Predicate  an  Adjective  or  Participle, 
Terra  est  rotunda.^     Vita  brevis^  est.     Vera  amicitia 

est  sempiterna.'^     Fames  et  sitifS  sunt*^  molestce.^    Nemo 

semper  felix^   est.     Non   omnes   milites  sunt  fortes."^ 

Mundi  innumerahiles  sunt.^     Nemo  nimium  bedtus*^  est. 

Avarus®  nunquam  est  contentus.^    Pater  reversurus^  est. 

Virtus  /awcZa/irfa/ebrietas  vitnnda  est. 

3.   The  Predicate  a  Verb,  fyc. — Active  Voice, 
Elephanti  semper  gregatim  ambulant,^    Cornices  am- 

hulantj^  passeres  et  merulse  saliunt;^  perdices  currunt;^ 

plurimse^  etiam  nidificant. 

Democritus  explicate  cur  ante  lucem   galli  canunt » 

Etiam  infantes  somniant.^     Parvse  res  crescunt,^ 

»§103,  R.  d§103,  Obs.  2.  «§101,R.  IV. 

«>     24,  and  §  26.  •      19,  1.  ^     19,  Sup.  are*. 

§  102,  R.  I.  '      108.  1. 


INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES,  61 

4.  Passive   Voice 
Oves  non  ubique  tondenturJ^ 
In  India  ^  gignuiitur  maxima  animalia. 
In  Africa^  nee  cervi,  nee  apri,  nee  ursi  inveniuntur.^ 
In  Syria  ^  nigri  lednes  reperiuntur, 
Apud  Romanes  mortui*^  plerumque  cremahantur. 
Fortes  ^  laudahuntur^  ignavi  ^  vituperabuntur, 
Litterse  a  Phoenieibus  inventce^  sunt. 
Carthago  J  Corinthus,  Numantia,   et  multee  alise  urbes 
a  Romanis  eversce  sunt, 

5.  Deponent  Verbs. 
Formicae  etiam  noetu  operantur.^ 
Ursi  interdum  hi^edi^s^  ingrediuntur, 
Aquila3  semper  solse  ^  pr<jedantur. 
Apud  iEthiopes^  maximi  elephant!  in  s\W\^^ vagantur, 
Sturni  et  psittael  humanas  voees  ^  imitantur, 

6.  The  Accusative  after  Transitive  Verbs^  Active  Voice^ 
and  Trarisitive  Deponents, 

Dicm^  perdidi.     Terra  parit^ore^.* 

Crocodilus  ova'^  parit.  Elephantus  odit  murem'^  et^ 
suem,^ 

Cameli  diu  sitim^  tolerant. 

Lanse  nigrse  nullum  color  em  *  bibunt. 

Senes  minime  sentiunt  morbos  *  contagiosos. 

Cervi  cornua^  sua  quotannis  amittunt. 

Ceres  frumentum^  invenit ;  Bacchus  ^  m/it^m;  *  Mercu- 
rius  *  litter  as} 

«  §  101,  R.  IV.  •  §  72.  i  §  116,  R.  XX. 

»»  §  136,  R.  LI.  f  §  98,  Obs.  10.  i  §  149,  R. 

«      19,  1.  s  §  136,  R.  XLVIII.  k  §  15^  i. 

*  §  44,  III   Note.  h  §  116,  R.  I.  »  §  101,  Obs.  4. 

6 


ba  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Canes  soli^  dominos^  suos  bene  novere,  soli  norrJijui 
sua  agnoscunt. 

Hystrix  aculeos  ^  longe  jaculatur. 

Sturni  et  *^  psittaci  humdnas  voces  ^  imitantur. 

Miltiades  Athenas^  totamque  Grceciam  liberavit. 

The  Genitive, 

The  genitive  is  used  to  limit  the  signification  of  the  word  which 
governs  it,  by  connecting  with  that  word  the  idea  of  origin,  proper 
ty,  or  possession,  §  105.     It  is  commonly  governed, 

1st.  By  substantives,  §  106,  Rules  VI.,  VII.,  and  VIII. 

2d.  By  adjectives,  §  107,  viz:  verbals,  partitives,  and  adjectives 
of  plenty  or  wantj  Rules  IX.,  X.,  XI. 

3d.  By  verbs.  §  108.  Rules  XII..  XIII.,  XIV.j  also,  Rules 
XXVII.,  XXVIII.,  §  126.  R.  I.,  &  II.,  §  113,  Exc.  I.  &II.  See 
also  §  95,  7,  4th,  and  5th. 

7.  The  Genitive  governed  by  Substantives 
Crescit  amor  nummi.^ 
Infinita^  est  multitudo  morborum.^ 
Litterdrum^  usus  est  antiquissimus.^ 
Asia  et^  Africa  greges^  fer drum  asinorum  alit.^f 
Magna ^  est  lingudrum  inter  homines'  varietas. 
Innumerabilia^  sunt  mortis^  sign?ij  salutis^  paucissima.' 
Cyrus  omniumin  exercitu^  suo  milUum "^  nomin^^  ten- 
ebat  memoria. 

Canis  vestigia  ^*  ferdrum  *^  diligentissime  scrutatur. 
Nemo  non  benignus  est  sui*^  judex.^ 
Leonum^  animi^  index ^  cauda  est. 

8.   Genitive  governed  by  Adjectives, 
Semi^er  fragilitdtis^  humanse  sis  memor.^   - 

«      16,  4.  «  §  103,  R.  V.  i  §  136,  R.  XLVIII 

i>  §  116,  R.  XX.  f  §  103,  Obs.  2.  J  §  106,  Obs.  3. 

c  §  149,  R.  8  §  102,  R.  I.  t  §  136,  R.  LI. 

«»  ^  106,  R.  VI.  h  §  116.  R.  I.  1  §  107.  R.  IX. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  (\t 

FAeph'dnti  frigoris  ^  impatientes^  sunt. 
Stultissima*^  animalium*^  sunt  lanata.^ 
VelocissTmum  *^  omnium  animoliujn^  est  delphinus. 
Stultorum^  neque  quisquam  beatus^  est. 
Gallorum^  omnium  fortissimi^  sunt  Belgse. 

9.   Genitive  governed  by  Verbs, 
Omnia*  erant  hostium/    Hoc.^  non  nostri  moris^  est 
Miserere  nostri.^  Amici^  est  recordari  amicorum) 
Platdnem  magni^  sestimo,  sed  Socratem  pluris.^  Mon 
uisti  me  diei^  natdlis.    Bonorum^  est  injuridrum^  obli 
visci,   et  beneficii^  recordari.     Stulti^  est  dicere^"non 
putaram."  Est  ^  magni  laboris^  multum  scribere.^ 

The  Dative, 
The  dative  denotes  the  remote  object  to  which  any  thing  is  done 
or  given,  or  that  to  which  any  quality,  action,  or  state  tends  or  refers, 
without  directly  acting  upon  it,  and  is  governed  chiefly, 

1.  By  substantives,  §  110. 

2.  By  adjectives,  §  111. 

3.  By  verbs,  §  112,  123,  and  126j  R.  III.  and  R.  XXXIII. 

10.   The  Dative  governed  by  Substantives  and  Adjectives. 

Clodius  semper  virtutibus^  hostis"  erat. 

Vir  bonus  amicis^  et  patrice^  decus"  est. 

Nox  somno^  opportuna^  est. 

Nero  primo  bonis  ™  amicus,"  et  studio  ^  musSrum  ^  de- 
ditus^  fuit;  sed  postea  monitoribus^  asper  et  iratus  fuit, 
generi  ^  humdno  infest  us,  omnibus^  inimicus,  diis  invisus, 
et  multa  illi^  adversa  fuerunt. 

"»  §  107,  R.  IX.  g  §  108,  R.  XIII.  ra  §  no.  R. 

°  §  103,  Obs.  2.  ^  §  122,  R.  XXVIII.  °  §  103,  R.  V. 

c      21,  &  R.X.Exp,  i  §  122,  R.  XXVII.  «  §  149^  r. 

<«  §  107,  R.  X.  J  §  108,  R.  XIV.  P  §  111,  R. 

«       19,4.  k§H4,R.  LVI.  q  §  106,  R.  VI 

f  §  108,  R    XII.  »      51.  1  '      19,  1 


64  INTRODUCTOllY    EXEUCISES. 

iEquus  cu?ictis^  et  benignus  esto,  paucis^  familiarisj 
hostibus^  mitisj  et  nemmi  molestus;  sic  omnibus^  carus 
eris,  et  invlsus  nulli,^ 

Asino^  segni  nullum  onus  gratum,  et  puero^  ignavo 
omnis  labor  molestus  est.    , 

11.   The  Dative  governed  by  Verbs, 

Natura  animallbus''  varia  tegumental  tribuit,  testas,'* 
coria,  spinas,  villos,  setas,  pennas,  squamas. 

Hormni^  ^o/i ^  avaritia  et^  ambitio  data^  est. 

Leoni^  vis  summa  estJ  in  pectore. 

Antiquissimis  homiiubus^  specus  erant^  pro  domibus. 

JYulli  animdli^  memoria  major  est,  quam  cani.^ 

Gallinacei  leonibus  ^  terrori '"  sunt. 

Homini  *"  plurima  ex  horn  in  e '  fiunt "  mala. 

Homo  furiosus  ne  liberis^  quidem  suis^  parcit. 

Via  mali  **  omnibus  ^  semper  vitanda '  est. 

The  Accusative. 

The  accusative  is  used  for  the  most  part  to  express  the  object  of 
a  transitive  active  verb,  or  of  some  relation,  and  is  governed, 

1.  By  transitive  verbs  in  the  active  voice,  or  by  transitive  depo- 
ftent  verbs,  No.  6.     2.  By  prepositions. 

12.   The  Accusative  governed  by  Prepositions. 
Camelus  naturale  odium  adversus  equos^  gerit. 
Pictse  vestes  jam  apud  Homerum^  commemorantur. 
Multa  animalia  congregantur  et  contra  alia^  dimicant 

"^     19,  1.  i  §  112,  R.  II.  q§  106,  R.  VI. 

»>§  111,*R.  i      118,  1.  '     5,  2,  and  19,  1. 

c§  123,  R.  k     118,2.  •      108,  l,and 

i  §  116,  R.  XX  »  §  136,  R.  XLIX.  §  103,  Obs.  2. 

«  §  126,  R.  Ill  «»§  114,  R.  t  §  136,  R.  XLVIU 

'      16,4.  n§83,  Obs.  3.  '•§19, 4,  and 

K§  149,  R.  »§  112,  R.  V.&7,2.       §  136,  R.XLVlil 

b§  44  III.  Note.  P     30,  1. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  65 

Hippopotamus  segetes  circa  JYilum''  depascitur. 
Apud  Romanos''  mortui  plerumque  cremabantur. 
Inter  omnes  bestias^  simia  homini^  simillima  est. 

The  Mlative. 
The  ablative  generally  denotes  that  from  which  something  is  se- 
parated or  taken,  or  by  or  with  which  something  is  done  or  exists. 
It  is  governed, 

1.  By  nouns,  §  118,  or  adjectives,  §§  107,  119,  120. 

2.  By  verbs,  §121,  R.  XXV.,  and  XXVI.  §  125,  R.  XXXVI.,  and 
§  12G,  R.  V. 

3.  By  prepositions. 

4.  It  is  used  to  express  various  circumstances,  §  11,  5th  &  6th. 

13.  The  Mlative  governed  hy  JYouns  and  Adjectives, 
Gratia^  opus  est  nobis**  tua^  tua(\\iQ  auctoritate,^ 
Nunc  virihus  "^  o\i\i^  est  vobis,'*  nunc  prudenti  consilio. 
Reperiuntur  interdum  cervi  candido  colored 
Catilina  nohUi  genere  ^  natus  erat,  magna  vi  ^  et  ani 

mi  ^  et  corporis,^  sed  ingenio  ^  raalo  pratjoque. 

Animus  per  somnum  est  sensibus '  et  curis  ^  vacuus. 

Est  philosophia  J9awa5  conienidi  judicibus,^ 

Nihil  video  in  Sulla  odio^  dignum,  misericordia  ^  dig- 

na  multa.     Natura  parvo  ^  contenta  est. 

14.  The  Mlative  governed  by  Verbs 

Ijeddndd  jubd^  carent.     Leones  facile  per  triduum  cibo^ 

carent. 

Elephanti  maxTme  amnibus^  gaudent. 

Apes  tinnitu  ^  aeris  gaudent. 

Numidae  plerumque  lacte^  eiferina  carne^  vescuntur 

»  §  136,  R.  XLVIIl.  f  §  106,  R.    VII,  &  J  §  121,  R.  XXV 

t  §  111,  R.  6,1.  k§  121.  Obs.  2. 

e  §  118,  R.  and  6,  5,  6  §  119,  R.  i  §  121,  R.  XXVI. 

a  §  112,  R.  II.  »»  §  106,  R.  VI.  "^  §  14,  5,  and  (1.) 

*  §  149,  R.  and  Exp.  J  §  107,  R.  XI. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXEECISES. 


Plunmis  bonis  ^  fruimur  atque  utimur.^ 
Hispania  viris^"^  equisj  ferro^  plumhoy  cere^  argento^ 
auroqne  abundat. 

15.   The  Ablative  governed  by  Prepositions. 

Quid  am  homines  nati  sunt  cum  dentibusJ^ 

Xerxes  cum  paucissimis  inilitibus *^  ex  Grcecid^  aufu- 
git. 

Lucius  Metellus  primus^  elephantos  ex  primo  Punico 
bello  "^  duxit  in  triumpho. 

Cantabit  vacuus  coram  latrone  ^  viator. 

Sidera  ab  ortu  ad  occasum  commeant. 

Britannia  a  Phcenidbus  inventa  ^  est. 

Apes  sine  rege  esse  non  possunt. . 

Infans  nihil  sine  aliend  ope  potest. 

Dulce  ^  est**  pro  patrid  mori.^ 

Venenum  aliquando  pro  remedio  fuit. 

Litterse  a  Phcenicibus  inventae  ^  sunt. 

16.  The  Accusative  and  Ablative  with  In  and  Sub^  §  136, 
R.  jL.  and  LL 

Aquilae  nidif leant  J  in  rupibus  et  arboribus. 

Coccyx  semper  parit  in  alienis  nid/is. 

In  senectute  hebescunt^  sensus;  visuSj  auditus  debili- 
tatur.* 

In  India  gignuntur  maxima  animalia. 

Hyainse  plurimae  in  Africa  gignuntur. 

In  Africa^  nee™  cervi,  nee  apri,  nee  ursi  reperiuntur. 

In  Syria  nigri  le5nes  reperiuntur. 

»  §  121,  R.  XXVI.  f  §  44,  III.,  Note.  k  §  88,  2. 

b  §  149,  R.  and  Exp.  «  §  98,  Obs.  6.  i  §  102,  Obs.  1. 

c  §  121,  R.  XXV.  b     51,  1.  » §  149,  Obs.  5,  and 

d  §  136,  R.  XLIX.  i  §  144,  R.  LVI  124,  4. 

•  §  98,  Obs.  10.  J  §44,1.,  1. 


INTRODUCTORY   EXERCISES.  67 

Serus  m  ccelum  redeas.* 

Victi  Persse  in  naves  confugerunt. 

Nuina  Pompilius  annum  in  duodecim  menses  distribuit 

Pontius  Thelesinus  Romanes  sub  jugum  misit. 

Gallia  sub  septentrionibus  posita  est. 

17.  Ike  Jiblative  used  to  express  various  circumstances 
without  a  Preposition, 
The  circumstances  commonly  denoted  by  the  ablative  without  a 
preposition,  are  Respect  wherein,  §  128;  Cause,  manner ,  means  or  in- 
strumentj  §  129j  Place,  §  130;  Time,  §  131;  Measure,  §  132;  Price^ 
§  133. 

Apri  in  morbis  sibi^  medentur  hedera.^ 

Pyrrhus  veXj"^  tactu^  pollicis  in  dextro  pede,lien6sis' 
medebatur. 

Oleo  insecta  exanimantur. 

Ferse  domantur  y*ame  atque  verhenhus, 

Anacreon  poeta**  acino^  uvae  passse  exstinctus  est. 

Crocodilus  pelle  ^  durissimd  contra  omnes  ictus  muni- 
tur. 

In  Africa  elephanti  capiunturybvei^.* 

Elephanti  spirant,  bibunt,  odorantur  proboscide,^ 

Dentes  usu  atteruntur,  sed  igne  non  cremantur. 

Mures  Alpini  binis  pedibus  gradiuntur. 

Apes  tinnitu  seris  convocantur. 

Quibusdam  in  locis  ^  anseres  bis  anno  ^  velluntur. 

Color  lusciniarum  autumno^  mutatur. 

Hieme  ^  ursi  in  antris  dormiunt. 

Nemo  mortalium  omnibus  horis^  sapit. 

Primores  dentes  septimo  mense  gignuntur ;  septimc 
udem  decidunt  anno.^ 

'  §  45,    I.,  1,     and    «  §  129,  R.  '  §  136,  R.  LI. 

§  42,  Obs.  4  and  5.  «  §  97,  R.  «  §  131,  R.  XLI. 

*  §  112,  R  V.  &  7,  2.     •  §  112,  R.V.  &  19,  1.     ^  §  131.  R.  XL 


68  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Antipater  SidoniuSj  poeta,*  quotannisj  die  natdli  suo  " 
^L^re  corripiebatur. 

JEstdte  dies  sunt  longiores  quam  hieme. 

Iso crates  orator  unam  orationem  viginti  talentis  ®  ven 
didit. 

Lusciiiia  candidaj  sex  sestertiis  ^  Romae  venit. 

18.  JYouns  in  Apposition. 

Plurimi  Scythae,  hellicosissimi  hovunes^  lacte**  vescun- 
tur. 

Delphlnus,  amma/ *  horn  mi  ®  aimcur^^  cantu  ^  gaudet. 

Carthago  atque  Corinthus,  opulentiw^na  urhes^^  eo- 
dem  anno  a  Romanis  eversse  ^  sunt. 

Quam  brevi  tempore*  populi  Romai-i,  v>i^nium  gen- 
tium victoris^  libertas  fracta**  est  I 

Mithridatem,  Ponti  regent^  Tigranes,  rex  A.  memus^ 
excepit. 

Circa  Cyllenen,  montemin  Arcadia,  merulss  naivantur. 

19.   The  Infinitive  Mood  without  a  SuhjscL 

The  infinitive  without  a  subject  is  usually  regarded  as  the  ubject 
of  a  verb,  §  144,  R.  LVI.,  or  as  the  object  of  another  ve-b,  R. 
LVII.;  and  in  this  case  always  expresses  an  act  or  state  of  tl  ^  sub- 
ject of  the  verb  that  governs  it. 

In  the  following,  let  the  pupil  state  whether  fhe  infinitive  •  ♦  the 
subject  or  the  object  of  the  verb  with  which  it  is  connected 

Errdre^  est  humanum.'^ 

Turpe''  est  beneficium  repetereJ 

Beneiiciis '  gratiam  non  referre  etiam  turpius  est 

Parentes  suos  non  amdre  estimpium.^ 

»§97,  R.  •§in,R.  i§131,  R.XU 

»»  §  131,  R.  XL.  '  §  121,  Obs.  2.  i  §  144,  R.  LVJ 

o§133,R.  s  §  97,  Obs.  2.  k  §  gg,  Obs.  6. 

d  §  121,  R.  XXVI.  ^  §  44,  III.,  Note,  >  §  123   R. 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  69 

Te  cupio  videre.^     Yolui  dormire.^ 
Aude  contemnere  *  opes.     Carmina  possumus  dondre, 
Poteram  contingere  ramos. 
Nihil   amplius   scribere  possum. 
Ego  cupio  ad  te  venire,     Intelligere  non  possum. 
Cessator  ^  esse  noli.  Cur  timet  flavum  Tiberim  tangerel 
Philippus  volebat*^  amari,     Alexander  metui  volebat. 
^^  Tecum  ^  vivere  amo.    Naturam  mutdre  pecunia  nescit. 
Bene  fer7'e  disce  magnam  fortunam. 
Angustam  pauperiem  pati  puer  discat.^ 
Did  beatus  ^  ante  obitum  nemo  debet. 
iEquam  memento^  rebus  in  arduis  servdre  mentem. 
Aurum  vestibus  ^  intexere  invenit  rex  Attains. 
Non  omnes  homines  sequo  amore  ^  complecti  possumus. 
Illecebras  voluptatis  vitdre  debemus. 
Romse  ^  elephantes  per  funes  incedere  docebantur. 

20.  Gerunds, 

Gerunds   are  construed  like   substantives,  and,  at  the  same  time, 
govern  the  case  of  their  own  verbs,  §  147. 

Etiara  post  malam  messem  serendum^  est. 

Omnibus J  aliquando  moriendum^  est. 

Semper  ^w^7ia?i(ti^mJ  est  contra  cupiditates  et  lubidi- 
nem. 

Plurimse  ^  sunt  illecebrse  peccandi? 

Artem  scribendi  ^  PhoenlceSj  artem  2iCU ping endi^  Phry- 
(2:es  invenerunt. 

Cupiditas  Vivendi  nunquam  immensa^esse  debet. 

»  §  144,  R.  LVII.  §  42,  Obs.  5.  i  §  147,  R.    LXI..  & 

to  §  103,  Obs.  6.  f  §  84,  2.  Obs.  i. 

e  §  44,  II.,  1.  e  §  123,  R.  ^  §  103,  Obs.  2. 

*  §  90,  2.  to  §   129,  R.  J  §  147,  Obs.  2. 

-  6    4.5,   I.    1.   and  i  §  130,  1,  &  4.  1, 


70  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Honestissima  est  contentio  beneficiis*  beneficia  vm 
cendi. 

Homo  natura*    est  cupidus  nova  semper  videndi  et 
audiendi, 
y    Libri  sunt  inutiles  ignaro  ^  legendi, 

Olim  calamus  adhibebatur  scribendo.^ 

Aqua  marina  inutilis  est  bibendo, 

Culex  habet  telum  et  ^  fodiendo  et  sorbendo  idoneum. 

Non  omnes  sequaliter  ad  discendum^  proni  sumus. 

Simise  catulos  ssepe  complectendo^  nec^nt. 

Beneficia  exprobrando^  corrumpimus. 

Amicus  amicum  semper  aliqua  re  ^  juvabitj  aut  re,  aut 
consilio  aut  consolando  ^  certe. 

21.  Gerundives. 

Gerundives  are  participles  in  dus,  with  the  sense  of  the  gerund, 
and  agreeing  in  gender,  number,  and  case,  with  their  nouns,  §  49-7, 
and  §  147,  R.  LXII. 

Initum  est  consilium  urbis  delendce^^  civium  trucidan- 
dorum^  nominis  Romani  exstinguendi,^ 

Puer  par  est  oneri^  ferendo. 

Omnes  civitates  Greeciae  pecuniam  ad  classem  aediflcan- 
dam^  et  exercUum  comparandum  dederunt. 

Vir  bonus,  in  malis  aliorum  amovendis^  seipsum  g=uh- 
levat. 

Compound  Sentences. 

A  compound  sentence  consists  of  two  or  more  simple  sentences 
connected  together  by  conjunctions,  relatives,  or  adverbs,  §5  149,  99, 
140  and  141. 

^      »  §  129,  R.  124,  1.  g  §  147,  R.  LXII,  <fe 

*•       19,  Sup,  honani.  «  §  147,  Obs.  4.  112. 

c  §  147,  Obs.  3.  f  §  147,  Obs.  5.  ^  §  111,  R. 
*  §  149,  Obs.  5,  and 


INTROnuCTORY    EXERCISES.  71 

22.  Conjunctions. 

Sol  ruitje^*  montes  umbrantur. 
Vir^  bonus  et  prudens  dici  delector  ego. 
Immensa  est,  ^nemque^  potentia  Dei  non  liabet. 
Accipere^  prsestat  qudm^  facer e  injuriam. 
Rapere  atque  abire  semper  assuevit  lupus. 


Semper  honos,  nomenque  ^  tuumjlaudesg^/e  manebunt. 

Sapientem  neque^  paupertas,  neque  mors,  neque  vin- 
cula  terrent. 

Juno  erat  Jovis  et^  soror  et  qonjux. 

Nox  erat  J  et  fdgebat  luna. 

In  prselio  cita  mors  venit,  aut  victoria  Iseta. 

Marius  et  Sylla  civile  bellum  gesserunt.^ 

Leti  vis  rapuit,  rapiet^we  gentes. 

Non  formosus  erat,  sed  erat  facundus  Ulysses. 

Si^  divitise  felicitatem  prsestant,  avaritia  prima  virtus 
est. 

23.  Adverhs, 

Quoties  liter  as  tuas  lego,  omnem  mihi  ^  prsetentorum 
temporum  memoriam  in  mentem  revoco. 

Magna  J  debemus  suscipere,  dujn  vires  suppetunt. 

Cervi,  quamdiu  cornibus^  carent,  noctu  ad  pabula 
procedunt. 

Quidam  crocodilum,^  quamdiu  vivat,"^  crescere"  exis- 
timant,  vivit  autem  multos  annos.** 

Gloria  virtutem,  tanquam  umbra,^  sequitur. 

»  §  149,  R.  f      124,  1.  »  §  145,  R.  LVIII 

^  §  103,  Obs.  6.  ?  §  102,  R.  I.  "  §  141,  Obs.  8 

c  §  93,  Obs   2.  b  §  140,  Obs.  3.  °      95,  1. 

-  §  144,  R.  LVI.,  &  >  §  110,  Obs.  1,  &5,  3  <»  §  131,  R.  XLI 

Ods.  1.  J       19,  4.  p  §  97. 

•»  §  149  ,R   &  Obs    1.  k  §  121.  R.  XXV 


72  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

24.   Compariso?!, 
Comparison  is  made  in  two  ways,  1st  By  a  conjunction,  quam,  ac, 
at  que,  connecting  the  words  denoting  the  things  compared  in  the  same 
case,  §  149;— and  2d,  By  the  ablative  after  thqpcomparative  without 
a  conjunction,  §  120. 

Canes  Indici  grandiores  sunt  quam  ceteri.^ 

Nullum  malum  est  vehementius^  et  importunlus^  quam 
invidia.*^ 

Interdum  ferarum  animos  mitiores  invenimus  quam 
hominum.'^ 

Latro  ferae  ^  est  similior  quam  homini.*^ 

Major  est  animi  voluptas  quam  corporis.^ 

In  montibus  aer  purior  est,  et  tenuior  quam  in  valli- 
bus. 

Com^parison  without  a  Conjunction, 

Nihil  est  dementia  ^  divinius. 

Aurum  gravius  est  argentoS 

Adam  as  durior  est  ferro^  ferrum  durius  ceteris  me- 
tallis. 

Luna  terrse  propior  est  sole. 

Quid  magis  est  durum  saxo^  quid  mollius  aquH  ? 

25.  Relative  Pronouns,  (§  99.) 

Non  omnis  ager^  qui^  seritur,  fert  fruges. 

Psittdcus^  quern  India  mittit,  recldit  verha^  quce  accepit. 

Achilles^  cujus  res  gestas  Homeri  carmina  celebrant, 
ad  Hellespontum  sepultus  est. 

Myrmecides  quidam  quadrigam  fecit  ex  ebore,  quam 
musca  alis^  integebat. 

Qui^  bonis  non  recte  utitur,  ei^  bona  mala  fiunt.^ 

»  §  149,  R.  and  19.  «  §  111,  R.  ^  §  99,  Exp.  &43,  1 

»>  §  103,  Obs.  2.  f  §  120,  R.  and  6,  3.  J  §  126,  R.  III. 

«  §  149,  R.  s  §  99,  R.  k  §  83,  Obs.  3. 

^  §  106,  Obs    3.  b  §  129,  R 


INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  73 

Beneficiam  reddit,  qui  ^  ejus  ^  bene  memor  est. 
Grues  in  itineribus  ducem^  quern  sequantur,^  eligunt. 
Copias  suas  Caesar  in  proximum  collem  subduxit,  equv- 
tatumque^  qui  sustineret"^  hostium  impetum,  misit. 

Subjunctive  Mood, 

The  subjunctive  mood  is  used  in  dependent  clauses,  connected 
With  the  leading  clause  by  conjunctive  particles,  adverbs,  or  by  the 
relative  pronoun.  When  it  expresses  a  fact,  real  or  supposed,  but 
not  directly  asserted  or  vouched  for,  it  is  translated  by  the  English 
indicative.  When  it  expresses  a  thing  as  not  actual  and  certain,  but 
only  as  conditional  or  contingent,  as  vi^hat  may,  can,  might,  or  should 
take  place,  it  is  translated  by  the  English  potential,  §  42,  II.,  and 
§  140,  and  141 

26.   The  Subjunctive  with  cum  or  quum. 

Platea,  cum  devoratis  se  implevit^  conchis/  testas 
evomit. 

Ceres  frumenta  invenit,  cUm  antea  homines  glandibus^ 
vescerentur.^ 

Nave^  primus*  in  Grseciam  Danaus  advenit,  cum  an- 
tea ratibus  ^  navigaretur) 

Alexander,  rex^  Macedonian,  cum  Thebas  cepisset^ 
Pindari  vatis  ^  familiae  ™  pepercit. 

27.  The  Subjunctive  after  Conjunctive  Particles.  (§140.) 
Tanta  est  in  India  ubertas  soli,  ut  sub  una  ficu  "  tur 

mse  equitum  condantur,^ 

Ursi  per  hiemem  tarn  gravi  somno  ^  premuntur,  ut  ne 

vi^lneribus**  quidem  excitentur,^ 

*  37,  1st.  3.  «  §  121,  R.  XXVI.        i  §  140,  Obs.  4,  and 
"  §  107,  R.  IX.  h  §  129,  R.  74,  8. 
'^141,R.  II.&40,5    i§98,  Obs.  10.             "§112,  R.V. 

•      •'§141,R.II.&40,4.    J  §  85,  3,  &  §  140,         »  §  136,  R.  LI. 

•  §  140.  Obs.  3.  Obs  3.  o  §  140,  1,  1st. 
'§125,R.                       M97,  R. 

7 


74  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Delphini  tanta  interdum  vi  e  mari  exs'liunl,  ut  vela* 
navi'im  transvolenty 

In  India  serpentes  ad  tantam  magnitudlnem  adolescuntj 
ut  integros  hat/riant^  cervos  taurosque. 

Fac,^  ut  homines  animum  tuuin  pluris  faciant^^  quam 
omnia,  quae  illis^  tribuere  possis/ 

Alexander  edixit,  ne  quis  ipsum^  prseter  Apellem^iV 
geret,^ 

Pythagoreis*  interdictum  fuit,J  we^fabis^  vescerentur,^ 

Oculi  palpebris""  sunt  muuiti,  we"*  quid  incidat.^ 

Nihil  fere  tarn  reconditum  est,  quin  ^  quserendo  ™  inve- 
niri  possit, 

Nunquam  tarn  mane  egredior,  neque  tam  vesperi  do- 
mum  P  revertor,  quin°  te  in  fundo  conspicer  fodere,**  aul 
arare,*!  aut  aliquid  facere. 

Xerxes  non  dubitabat,  quin^  copiis  suis  Greecos  facile 
superaturus  esset.^ 

28.   The  Subjunctive  with  words  expressing  an  indirect 
question.  (§  140,  5.) 

Quseritur,  unus  ne*  sit^  mundus,  an  plures. 

Disputabant  veteres  philosophi,  casu"*  ne^  f actus  sit^ 
mundus,  an  mente"*  divina. 

Augustus  cum  amicis  suis  consultabat,  utrtim  impe- 
rium  servdret^  an  deponeret, 

Perperam  quseritur,  num  in  amici  gratiam  jus  violaci 
possit} 


'^  §  136.  R,  LII. 

b§  137,  R.  and  Exp. 

»      121,1. 

b  §  140,  1,  1st. 

and  §  140,1,3d 

0  §  140,  3. 

"  §  79,  4. 

1  §  126,  R.  III. 

P  §  130,  4. 

d  §  140,  1,  3d. 

J     51,3. 

q      89,  1. 

•  §  123,  R. 

k     121,  6. 

r  §  45,   1. 

'§  141,  Obs.  8. 

1  §  121,  R.  XXVI. 

•       124,  13 

«      32,8  . 

«"§  129,  R. 

♦  §   140.5. 

INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES.  75 

Ciconise  quonam  e  loco  veniant^  aut  in  quas  se  regiones 
conferant^  incoriipertum  est.* 

Quis  numerare  potest,  quoties  per  totam  vitam  lacry- 
mas  fuderit  ? 

29.  Subjunctive  after  the  Relative,  (§  141.) 

Quis  est  g^^^  nesciat^  quid  voluptas  sit  T 

Non  invenies  qui  Demosthenem  oratdrem  maximum 
esse  negety 

Nemo  felix  est,  qui  ea  lege  vivat^  ut  impune  necari 
posset.*^ 

Caesar  legates  misit,  qui  iter  cognoscerent,^ 

Sunt  qui  amicitiam  molestam  reddant^ 

Hos  libros  non  contemno,  quippe  qui  nunquam  leg^- 
riniS 

Verba,  quce  sententias  indicent^^  reperta  sunt. 

Peccayisse  mibi  videor,^  qui  a  te  discesserim.^ 

Decemviri  creati  sunt,  qui  civitati  leges  scriberent,^ 

Regulus  dixit  se  desiisse  Romanum  esse,  ex  ilia  die 
qua  in  potestatem  Poenorum  venisset.^ 

30.   The  Infinitive  with  a  subject^  §  145. 

ThP  infinitive  with  a  subject  is  translated  by  the  indicative  or  po- 
tential in  English.  Its  subject,  which  is  always  in  the  accusative, 
is  translated  in  the  nominative,  and  usually  has  the  conjunction  r/iar 
before  it.  It  forms  a  distinct  but  dependent  proposition  which,  like 
the  infinitive  without  a  subject,  forms  either  the  subject  or  object 
of  the  verb  on  which  it  depends.     (See  §  145.) 

Aristoteles  tradit,  in  Latmo,  Cariae  monte,  JicDjJites  a 
rcorpionibus  non  Icedi^  indigenas  intermii.^ 

*      51,  3.  e  §  141,  Obs.  2.  4th.  ^  §  141,  R.  VI. 

b  §  141,  R.  I.  f  §  141,  Obs.  4.  J  §  126,  R.  Ill 

c  §  140,  5.  8      70,  2.  k      95,  4,  &  §  145. 

i  §  140,  1,  1st.  ^  §  141,  R.  Ill 


76  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

M  Varro  rmrrat,  a  cunicSlis  suffossum  ^  in  Hispania 
op'indum^  a  talpis  in  Thessalia;  ab  ranis  incolas^  urbis 
in  Gallia  pulsos^^  ab  locustis  in  Africa;  ex  Gyaro  insula 
incolas^  a  muYihusfugdfoSy  in  Italia  Amy  das  a  serpen- 
tibus  deletas  esse. 

Observatum  est,*^  pestilentiam^  semper  a  meridianis 
partibus  ad  occidentem  ire,*^ 

Homerus  PygmcEos^  populum  ad  oceanum,  a  gruibus 
infestdri^  prodidit;  Aristoteles  eosdemm  cavernis  mv^re ^ 
narrat. 

Posteri  aliquando  querentur  nostra  culpa  mores^  ever- 
SOS  esse/ 

Virgilius  per  testamentum  jusserat  carmina^  sua  cre^ 
mdrij^  id^  Augustus ^ri^  vetuit. 

Sertorius  cervam  alebat  candidam,  q^am^  Hispania? 
g^nies  fatidicam^  esse}  credebant. 

Illustre  est  inter  philosophosnomenAnaxagoraejg'wem^ 
veteres  nunquam  in  vita  W^meJferunt. 

31.  Participles,   (§  146.) 

Participles  are  usually  translated  after  their  nouns,  with  which 
they  agree  in  gender,  number,  and  case,  in  the  same  manner  as  the 
adjectives  j  and  at  the  same  time  govern  the  case  of  their  own 
verb. 

Exempla  fortunse  variantis  ^  sunt  innumera.** 

Galli  diem  venientera    cantu  nuntiant. 

Cecrops  urbem ^  a  se  conditarri^  appellabatCecropiam.' 

*  §  47,  6,  &  97,  4.  «      95,  4.  ^      90,  2,  or  91,  4 

«  i  145,  R.  and  Exp.  f      97,  6.  J      91,  4. 

e     51,  2,  &94.  1.  «      96,  12,  or  90,  4.  ^      101,1 

•»     95,  1.  ^  §  103.  Obs.  2.  >  §  116.  Obs.  \ 


INTBODUCTORY    EXERCISER 


Augustus  primus*  Romae^  tigrin*'  ostendit  mansue- 
factum.^ 

Gymnosophistae  in  India  toto  die  ^  ferverttibus'^  arenis' 
insistuntj  Solem  ^  intuentes, 

Epimenides  puer,*^  sestu*  et  itinereJ  fessus,^  septem  et 
quinquaginta  annos^  in  specu  dormivisse  dicitur. 

Julius Csesar  simul  dictare,^  et legentem^  audire  solebat. 

Leo  prostrdtis^  parcit. 

Aves  aduncos  ungues  habentes  carne®  vescuntur,  oec 
unquam  congregantur. 

Canis  venaticus  venatorem  comitantem  loro  *  ad  fera- 
rum  lustra  trahit. 

Beneficium  nqn  m  eo  p  consistit,  quod  datur,  sed  in 
ipso  dantis  ^  anlmo. 

Struthiocameli  Africi  altitudinem  equitis  equo  ^  insi- 
dentis  excedunt. 

Interdum  delphini  conspecti  suntj  defuncttcm^  delphl- 
num  portantesj  et  quasi  funus  agent es. 

Multa,  quae  de  infantibus  ferarum  lacte  nutritis  ^  pro- 
duntur,  fabulosa ''  videntur. 

Homo  quidam,  lapTde  ictus^  oblitus  est  literas;'  alius, 
ex  praealto  tecto  lapsus^  matris  et  affinium  nomina  dicere 
non  potuit. 

L.  Siccius  Dentatus,  centies  vicies  prcelidtus^  quadra- 
ginta  quinque  cicatrices  adverse  corpSre^  habebat,  nul- 
1am  in  tergo. 

»  §  98,  Obs.  10. 
»>§  130,  1,&4,  1 
«§  15,  13. 
^     101,7,  and  8. 
•§  131,  R.  XLI.  and 

6,6, 
t  §  136,  Obs.  5,  (in) 


6  §  116,  R. 

I. 

»§  112.  R.V.&  19,1 

^     13,2 

«  §  121,  R.  XXVI 

i  §  129,  R. 

P     19, 4. 

i  §  149,  R. 

^  §  112,  R.  IV. 

^     101,4. 

'  §  103,  Obs.  2. 

1  §  141,  R. 

LVII. 

•  §  108,  R.  XIV. 

«"     19,  1. 

78  INTRODUCTORY    EXERCISES. 

Leones  satidti  mnoxii  sunt. 
Elephantes  nemini*  nocentj  nisi  lacessUL 
Elephantes  amnem  ^  transituri ""  minimos  prsemittunt. 
Pavo  lauddtus^  gemmdtam  pandit  caudam. 
Gallus,  ab  adversario  victus^^  occultatur  *  silenSj  et  ser- 
vitium  patitur. 

Leo  vulnerdtus  ^  percussorem  intelligit,  et  in  quanta- 
libet  multitudine  appetit. 

Oldres  iter  facientes^  colla  imponunt  praecedentibus  ;^ 
fessos  duces  ad  terga  recipiunt. 

Testudines  in  mari  degmtes  conchyliis*"  vivunt;  in  ter- 
ram  egress(E^^  herhis/ 

Sarmatae  longinqua  itinera yacifwri,'^  hiedia  pridie  prse- 
parant  equos,  potum  exiguum  impertientes ;  atque  ita  lon- 
gissimam  viam  continuo  cursu  conficiunt, 

Elephanti,  equitatu  circumventi^  infirmos  aut  fessos 
vulneratosque  in  medium  agmen  recipiunt. 

Multos  morientes  cura  sepulturse  angit. 

DanauSj  ex  iEgypto  in  Greeciam  advectuSy  rex  ^  Argi- 
vorum  factus  est. 

Alexander,  Bucephalo  equo*  defunctOj  duxit  exequias, 
urbemque  Bucephalon  appelldtam  ejus  tumuloJ  circum- 
dedit. 

P.  Catienus  Plotinus  patronum  adeo  dilexit,  ut,  heres 
omnibus  ejus  bonis  *^  institutus^^  in  rogum  ejus  se  conji- 
ceret  ^  et  concremaretur."" 

»  §  112,  R.  V.  '  §  121,  Obs.  2.  J  §  123,  R.  &  Obs.  3, 

*  §  136,  R.  LII.  s     105,  1.  &  119,  2. 

c  §  146,  Obs.  6.  t  §  103,  R.  &Exp.        k  §  110,  Obs.  1. 

*  116,  7.  i      9,  1.  &§  146,  R.     1  §  140,  1,  1st. 
e  §  123,  R.  &  19.  LX.  »  §  149,  R. 


TNTRODTTCTORY    EXERCISES.  79 

Erinacei  volutdti^  super  poma,  humi^  jacentia^  ilia 
spinis^  affixa  in  cavas  arbores  portant. 

Indicum  mare  testudines  tantae  magnitudinis  ^  alit,  ut 
singulee  tugurio  tegendo^  sufficiant/ 

Leones,  senes  factiy  appetunt  homineSj  quoniam  ad 
yersequtndas  feras  vires  non  suppetunt. 

Struthiocaraelis''  ungulse  sunt  cervinis^  similes,  com- 
prehendendis^  lapidibus  utileSj  quos^  in  fuga  contra  se- 
quentes  ^  jaculantur. 

32.  Ablative  Absolute.     (§  146,  R.  LX.) 

Senescente  Lund  "*  ostrea  tabescere  dicuntur,  crescente 
edderrij  gliscunt.  Cepe  contra,  Lunci,  deficiente^  revires- 
cere,  adolescente^  inarescere  dicitur. 

Geryone^  inter emto  Hercules  in  Italiam  venit. 

Sabinis^  debelldtis^  Tarquinius  triumphans  Romaiij 
rediit. 

Jasone  ^  Lycio  interfecto^  canis,  quern  habebat,  cibum 
capere  noluit,  inediaque  confectus  est. 

Regis  Lysimachi  canis,  domino  ™  accensse  pyrse  '^  impo- 
sitOj  in  flammas  se  conjecit. 

J\^icomede^^  rege  interfecto^  equus  ejus  vitam  finivit 
inedia. 

Chilo,  unus  e  septem  sapientibus,®^/to  victor e  ^  Olym- 
pise,*!  prse  gaudio  exspiravit. 


»     116,  4.  s      112,  7.  Obs.  9. 

b  §  130,  Obs.  7.  ^  §  112,  R.  II.  «>  §  146,   Obs.  9,  and 

c  §  126,  R.  III.  i      19,  §  106,  Obs.  4.  104,  1. 

d  §  106,  R.  VII.  J      112,  6.  o  §  107,  Obs.  8. 

«  §  147,  Obs.  3,  &  R.  k  §  116^  r.  i.  p  §  146,  Obs.  10   and 

LXII.  &§112,  1      19,1.  110,4. 

R.  IV.  &  112,  6  ™  §  146,  R.  LX,  and  ^  §  130,  1,  &  4,  1 
f  ^  140,  1    1st. 


FABLES  FROM  iESOP 


1.  Accipiter  et  Columbce, 

CoLUMBJE  milvii  metu  accipitrem*  rogaverunt,*  ut  eas* 
defenderet.*"  Ille^  annuit.  At  in*^  columbare  receptus^ 
uno  die®  majdrem  stragem  edidit,  quam  milvius  longo 
tempore®  potuisset  edere/ 

Fabiila  docet,  malorum  ^  patrocinium  vitandum^  esse.* 

2.  Mus  et  Milvius, 

Milvius  laqueis  irretitus  musculum*  exoravitj  ut  eum, 
corrdsis  plagis J  liberaret.®  Quo  ^  facto,  milvius  liberatus 
murem  arripuit  et  devoravit. 

Hsec  fabiila  ostendit,  quam  gratiam  mail  ^  pro  bene- 
ficiis  reddere  soleant.* 

3.  Hcedus  et  Lupus » 

Hcfidus,  stans  in"*  tecto  domus,    lupo"  prsetereunti " 

*  The  remote  object  of  rogaverunt  here  is  aceipUrem;  the  imme- 
diate, ut  eas  defenderet.  (R.  XXX  §  124.)  So  generally  in  these 
fables,  after  inquit,  dixit,  respondit,  and  the  like,  the  immediate  ob. 
iect  of  the  verb  is  a  clause  axpressing  the  thing  said  or  replied, 
and,  if  in  direct  discourse  (§  141  R.  VI.  Explan.),  is  printed  in  italics. 


63,3.                        '     88,5. 

k     38,  5. 

27,  6.                         8     20,  1. 

»     74.  9. 

78,  5.  §  140,  1,  3d.  h     108,  4. 

*«     123,2. 

123,  2.                       «     95,  1. 

n§  112,  R.  Ill   7  3, 

6   6.                          J      109,2, 

104, 

1. 

•     101,  1. 

FABLES    FROM    -fiSOP.  81 

maledixit.    Cui  *  lupus,  JVb/i  tu^  inquit ,  sed  tectum mihi • 
maledicit, 

S«epe  locus  et  tempus  homines  timidos  audaces  reddil.'' 

4.   Grus  et  Pavo, 

Pavo,  coram  grue  pennas  suas ®  explicans.  Quanta^ est ^ 
mc\}xii^''  formositas  mea  et  tua  deformitas  I  At  grus  ev5- 
lans,  Et  quanta  est^  inquit,  levitas  mea  et  tua  tarditas  I 

Monet"  heec  fabula,  ne^  ob  aliquod  bonum,  quod  no- 
bis natura  tribuit,^  alios  contemnamus,*"  quibus*  natura 
alia  ^  et  fortasse  majdra^  dedit.^ 

5.  Pavo. 

Pavo  graviter  conquerebatur  ^  apud  Junonem,  domi- 
nam  suam,^  quod  vocis  suavitas  sibi"*  negata  esset,*^  dum 
luscinia,  avis  tarn  parum  decdra,®  cantu  excellat.**  Cui  * 
Junoj  Et  mentby  inquit;  7i07i  enim  omnia  bona  ^  in  unum 
conferri  oportuit. 

6.  Anseres  et  Grues. 

In  eodem  quondam  prato  pascebantur^  anseres  et 
grues.  Adveniente  domino  p  prati,  grues  facile  avola- 
bant;  sed  anseres,  impediti  corporis  gravitate,^  depie- 
hensi '  et  mactati  sunt.     . 

Sic  saepe  pauperes,*  cum  potentioribus  in  eodem  crira- 
ine  deprehensi,  soli*  dant  pcenam,  dum  illi  salvi  evadunt. 

»     63,    1.    &  §  123,  h     77,3,&§140,  l,3d.P     9,  and  109,  1 

Obs.  2.  i      19,  4.  q  §  129. 

»>  §  102,  Obs.  3.  k     72,1.  '     115,1. 

c§  112,R.  III.&7,3  i§  44,11.1.  •     20. 

d  §  102,  Obs.  1.  »     64,  2.  *      16,  4. 

«     30,  1.  n  §  141,  Obs.  7.  "  §  116,  Obs.  6. 

'     48.  o     16,5.  v§113,  Exc.  Ill 
«      121, 3 


82  FABLES    FROM   JESOP. 

7.  Capra  et  Lupus, 
Lupus  capram  in  ^  alta  rupe  stantem  conspicatuSj  Cur 
noUy  inquitj  relinquis  ^  nuda  ilia  et  sterilia  loca^  et  hue 
descendis  in  ^  herbidos  campos^  qui  tibi  Icetum  'pabulum 
offeruntl  Cui*^  respondit  capra:  Mihi^  non  est  in  ammc , 
dulcia  ^  tutis  ^  prcepmiere. 

8.   Venter  et  Membra, 

Membra  quondam  dicebantventri:*^  JYosne^  te  semper^ 
ministerio  nostro  alemus^  dum  ipse  *  summo  otio  J  frucris  ? 
JYonfaciemus*  Dum  igitur  ventri  ^  cibura  subducunt, 
corpus  debilitatur,  et  membra  ^  sero  inyidise  suse  poeni- 
tuit."^ 

9.  Canis  et  Boves, 

Canis  jacebat"  in  *  praesepi  bovesque  latrando  °  a  pab- 
ulo  arcebat.  Cui^  unus^  boum,  Quanta  ista  "^  inquitj  in- 
vidia  est^  quod  non  pateris^  ut  eo  cibo^  vescamur^  quern 
tu  ipse  *  caper e  nee  velis  *  nee  possisl " 

Haec  fabula  invidise  indolem  declarat. 

10.  Vulpes  et  Leo. 

Vulpes,  quae  nunquam  leonem  viderat,  quum  ei^  forte 
occurrisset,"  ita  est ""  perterrita,  ut  psene  moreretur  "^  foi 


*  Supply  hoc.  19,  4. 

123,  2. 

i     32,  2. 

q  §  31,  Obs.  2. 

56,  2d.,  3cL 

J  §  121,  R.  XXVI. 

>•     84,  4. 

123,  1 

k     5.  1. 

-  §  141,  Obs.  8. 

63,  1. 

»  §  113,  Exc.  II. 

t      7,   2,   &   §    112, 

118,  7,  and  51. 

^     66,  9, 

R.  IV. 

19,  4.  &  §  123. 

R. 

n  §  44,  II.   1 

«     74,  8. 

58,7. 

"      111,5. 

V     124,  15. 

120. 

p     21,  2. 

^§  140,1,1st.  &74, 4 

F<iBLES    FROM    JESOP.  83 

niidme.*  Eunclem  conspicata^  iterum,  timuit  quidem,  seil 
nequaquam,*^  ut  antea.*^  Tertio  illi  **  obviani  facta,  ausa 
est  etiam  propius  accedere,  eumque  ®  alloqui. 

11.    Cancri, 

Cancer  dlcebat^filio 8^:  Mi^  fili^  ne^  sic  obltquis  semper 
gressibus^  incede^  sed  recta  vid^  perge.  Cui  ille.  Mi 
pater^  respondlt,  lihenter  tuis  prceceptis^  obsequar^  si  te 
prills  idem  facientem  videro} 

Docet  hsec  fabula,  adolescentiam "*  nulla  re*  magis 
quam  exemplis^  instrui.® 

12.  Boves. 

In  eodem  prato  pascebantur^  tres  boves  in  maxima 
Concordia,  et  sic  ab  omni  p  ferarum  incursione  tuti  erant. 
Sed  dissidio  ^  inter  illos  orto,  singuli  a  feris  petiti '  et 
laniati  sunt. 

Fabula  docet,  quantum  boni "  sit  ^  in  concordia. 

13.  Asinus, 

Asinus,  pelle  ^  lednis  indutus,  territabat  homines  et 
bestias,  tanquam  leo  esset.^  Sed  forte-,  dum  se  celeriiis^ 


»  §  129.  i  §  10,  Exe.  5.  <i    9,  1,  &  109,  5 

b     105,  1.  i  §  142,  2.  '     115,  1. 

e     Sup.  timuit.  k     7,  2.  •  §  106,  R.  VIII 

J  §  135,  R.  XL VII.  »  §  44,  VI.  *  §  140,  5. 

•  §  136,  R.  LII.  ^  §  145,  R.  LVIII.  «     64,  7. 

f  §  44,    II.  &   §  123,  ^  §  120,  Obs.  1.  ^   §  140,  2. 

Obs.  2.  o     95,  4.  -^     22,  3,  and  §  120 

g     11.  p§  151,  R.  II.  2d.  Obs.  5 

^  §  20,  Note  1. 


84  FABLES    FROM    ^ESOP. 

inovet,  aures  eminebant;  unde  agnitus  in  ^  pistrinum  ab- 
ductus  est,  ubi  poenas  petulantiae  dedit. 

Haec  fabula  stolidos^  notat,  qui  irameritis  honoribus* 
^uperbiunt. 

14.  Mulier  et  Gallina. 

Mulier  qusedam  habebat  gallinam,  quse  ei  quotidie 
ovum  pariebat  aureum.  Hinc  suspicari  ^  coepit,  illam  *" 
auri  massam  intus  celare/  et  gallinam  occidit.  Sed  nihil 
m  ea  reperit,  nisi  quod  ^  in  aliis  gallinis  reperiri  solet. 
Itaque  dum  majoribus  divitiis^  inhiabat,  etiam  minores* 
perdidit. 

•  15.    Viator es  et  Asinus,  ^ 

Duo^  qui  una  iter  faciebant,  asinum  oberrantem  in 
solitudine  conspicatijj  accurrunt  Iseti,  et  uterque  eum  sibi 
vindicare  ccepit,  quod  eum  prior  ^  conspexisset.*  Dum 
vero  contendunt  et  rixantur,  nee"*  a"  verberibus  absti- 
lent,  asinus  aufugit ,  et  neuter  eo  ®  potitur. 

16.  Corvus  et  Lupi. 

Corvus  partem  prsedee  petebat  a  lupis,  quod  eos  totum 
diem  p  comitatus  esset.*  Cui  illi,  JSTon  tu  nos^  inquiunt, 
sed  prcedam  sectdtus  es^  idque  *i  eo  animo^^  ut  ne  nostris 
quidem  corporihus  '  parceresj^  si  exanimarentur } 


'     123,1.  M112,  R.IV.  o     7,  3,  &§121,  R. 

b     19,  1.  i      Sup.  divitias.  XXVI. 

c  §  129,  R  i      105,  1.  P  §  131,  R.  XLI. 

<i  §  144    R.  LVII.  k  §  98,  Obs.  10.  <i     Sup./ecis^i. 

•§  145,  R.  LVIII  »§  141,  Obs.  7.  '§  112,R.  V.&7,  1 

'     96   4.  »"  §  93,  1.  •  §  140,  1,  1st. 

«     37  2.  °  §  136,  Obs.  7  »  §  140,  2. 


FABIJES    FROM    jESOP.  S5 

Merito  in  actionibus  non  spectatur,  quid  fiat,^  sed  quo 
animo  fiat.*  '  / 

17.  Pastor es  et  Lupus.  i^yv<^ 

Pastores  eaesa  ove^convivium  celebrabant.  Quod  ^  quum* 

lupus  cerneret,"^  ^E^-i  inquit,  s%  agnum  rajpuissem^  quan- 

tus  tumultus  Jieret  I  ^  At  isti  s  impune  overn  comedunt  I 

Turn  unus  illorunij^  Jfos  enim^^  inquit,  nostra^  non  alie-^ 

nd  ove^  epuldmur. 

-..V 

18.  Carhonarius  et  Fullo.  '^^/ 

Carbonarius,  qui  spati5sam  habebat  domum,  invita^it 
full5nem,ut  ad  se  commigraret.J  Ille  respondit:  QucBuam 
inter  nos  esse  possit  ^  societas  1  quum  tu  vestes^  quas  ego 
nitidas  reddidissem}^  fuligine  et  maculis  inquinaturus 
essesJ^ 

Hasc  fabula  docet  dissimilia "  non  debere  **  conjungi.P 

19.   Tubicen, 

Tubici  n  ab  hostibus  captus,  JVe  ^  me^  inquit,  interficite; 
nam  inermis  sum^  neque  ^  quidquam  habeo  prtBter  Jianc 
tubam.  At  hostes.  Propter  hocipsum^  inquiunt,  te  inter- 
imemus^  quod^  quum  ipse*  pugnandi^  sis^  imperitus^ 
alios  ad  pugnam  incitdre  soles. 

Fabula  docet,  non  solum  malef  icos  ^  esse  puniendos,^ 
sed*  etiam  eos,  qui  alios  ad  male  faciendum ^  irritent.^ 

»§  140,  5,  &  74, 9.  §  140,  1,  3d.  *     32,2.  ' 

b     9,  1,  &  109,  2.         k     77^  4.  t  §  147^  Obs.  2  & 
c     38,  4,&§  99,  Obs.S.J  §  141,  Obs.  8.  §  109,  R.  IX.' 

*  74,  3.                       ra^  79^  8.  «  §  140,  Obs.  3. 
«     74,  7,  &  §  140,  2.     °     19,  4,  &  §  145,  R.  ▼     19,  1. 

f  §  140,  5.  LVIII.  ^     108,  4,   & 

R  §  28,  Obs.  3,  3d.  o     95^  i.  §   U6,  Obs.  5. 

*•     21,  2.  p  §  144,  Obs.  2.  »  §  149    R.  LXV. 

•  §  121,  Obs.  2.  q  §  142,  2.  y  §  147,  (>bs.  4. 

i     78,   6,  &  ^§  93,  1.  «     Sup.  Verimest. 

8  , 


86  FABLES    FROM    jESOP. 

f(  20.  Acciintres  et  Columbce. 

Accipitres  quondam  acerrime  inter  se  belligerabant 
Hos  columbee  in  ^  gratiain  reducere  conatse  ^  efFecerunt, 
ut  illi  pacem  inter  se  ^  facerent/  Qua  ^  firmataj  accipi- 
tres vim  suam  ^  in  ipsas  columbas  converterunt. 

Hsec  fabiila  docet,  potentiorum  discordias  imbecilliori- 
bus  ^  seepe  prodesse. 

21.  Mulier  et  Gallina. 

Mulier  vidua  gallinam  habebat,  quae  ei  quotidie  unum 
ovum  pariebat.  Ilia  existimabat,  si  gallinam  diligentius 
saginaret,'^  fore,^  ut  ilia  bina  aut  terna  ova  quotidie  par- 
eret.  Quum  autem  cibo  superfluo  gallina  pinguis  esset 
facta^J  plane  ova  parere  desiit. 

Hsec  fabula  docet,  avaritiam  ssepe  damnosam  esse. 

22.    Vulpes  et  Uva.  yj  ^ - 

Vulpes  uvam  in  vite  conspicata^  ad  illam  subsiliit 
omnium  virium  suarum  ^  contentione,^  si  eam  forte  attin- 
gere  posset.^  Tandem  defatigata  inani  labore  ^  disce- 
dens  dixit:  At  nunc  etiam  acerbce  sunt^  nec^  eas  in  vid 
repertas  "^  tollerem.^ 

Hsec  fabula  docet,  multos®  ea**  contemnere,  quad  »^ 
assequi  posse  desperent.P 


»     123,  1. 

6§  112,  R.  I. 

1  §  93,  1. 

b     105,  2, 

^  §  140,  2. 

^     101,  4. 

c     31,  Note. 

i  §  145,  Obs.  6. 

»     78,  8. 

i§  140,  Obs.  1.  3d. 

i      74,  8. 

o     19,  1,&4. 

-     38,  3. 

fe  §  129,  R. 

p  §  141,  Obs.  8. 

'     31,3. 

FABLES    FROM    -ESOP.  f    .      Sl^ 

23.    Vul'pes  et  LerBna, 

Vulpes  leeense  *  exprobrabat,  quod  nonnisi  unum  catu- 
lum  pareret.^  Huic  dicitur  respondissCj  Vnum^  sed  leo 
nem. 

Hsec  fabiila,  non  copiam  sed  bonitatem  rerum  sestiman- 
dam  *  esse,  doeet. 

24.  Mures.  ^¥>Pi/^ 

Mures  aliquando  habuerunt  consiliunij  quomodo  sibi  a 
fele  caverent.^  Multisaliis^  propositis,  omnibus^placuitjS 
ut  ei^  tintinnabulum  annecteretur;^  sic  enim  ipsos-J  soni 
tu  admonitos  earn  fugere  posse. ^  Sed  quum  jam  inter 
mures  qusereretur,^  qui  feli  "^  tintinabulum  annecteret," 
nemo  repertus  est. 

Fabula  docet,  in  suadendo  plurimos  esse  audaces,**  sed 
in  ipso  periculo  timidos.P 

25.  Canis  Mordax.  ^^^.^..^.J^ 

Cani^  mordaci  paterfamilias  jussit  tintinnabulum  ex 
sere  appendi,*!  ut  omnes  eiim  cavere  possent.*  Ille  verb 
ffiris  tinnitu  gaudebat,  et,  quasi  virtutis  suae  praemium  ' 
essetj*  alios  canes  prae  se  contemnere  ccepit.  Cui  unus 
senior/  0  te^  stolidum^  ixi(\\xii^  qui ignordre  vider is ^"^  isto 
tinnitu  pravitdtem  morum  tuorum  indicdril"^ 

*     63,2,  &§  123,  R.  J      32,8,  i     90,1. 

b  §  140,  Obs.  2.  k  §  145^  Obs   7.  Sup.  '  §  103,  R.  V.         ' 

«     108,  4.  exist imaverunt.  ■  §  140,   2.  Sup.   td 

^  §  140,  5.  *      65,  &  74,  3.  sc.  tintinnabulum. 

«     9,  1,&  19,  4.  m  §  123,  R.  t      Sup.  ceteris  6.  3 

t  §  113,  R.  XVIII  "     76,    2,  &  "§  117. 

«     65.  §  34, Obs.  1.  ^     95,4. 

»»  §  126,  R    III.  o  §  103,  Obs.  2.  "     70,  3. 

^  §  140,  1,  4th.  P  §  149,  R. 


88 


FABLES    FROM    M30P, 


Hsec  fabula  scrlpta  est  in^  eos,  qui  sibi^  insignibus 
flagitiorum  suorum  placent. 

26.  Canis  et  Lupus.  ^     ^ 

Lupus  canem  widens  bene  saginatuiiij  Quanta  estj  iu" 
qnii^felicUas  tual  Tuj  utvideris^^  laute  vivis^  at  ego  fame 
etiecor.  Turn  canis.  Licet ^  inquit,  mecum  ^  in  urhem  veni- 
as^^  et  eddem  felicitate^  fruuris.  Lupus  conditi5nem  ac- 
cepit.  Dum  una  eunt,  animadvertit  lupus  in  collo  canis 
attrltos^  pilos.  Quid  hoc  estl  inquit.*  JYum^  jugum 
sustinesl^  cervix  enim  tua  tot  a  est  glabra.  JYihil  est^ 
canis  respondit.  Sed  interdiu  me  alligant^  ut  noctu  sim 
vigilantior ;  atque  hcec  sunt  vestigia  colldris^  quod  cer- 
vici^  circumddrisolet.  Turn  lupusy  Fa/e,  inquit,  amzce/^ 
nihil  *  moror  f elicit  at  em  servitufa  emptam  ! 

Haec  fabula  docet,  liberis  *  nutLim  commodum  tanti  ™ 
esse,  quod  "  servitutis  calamitatem  ^ompensare  possit.® 

27.  Lupus -et  Gr%s. 

In  faucibus  lupi  os  inhseserat.  Mercede  igitur  con- 
ducit  gruem,  qui"  illud  extrahat.P  Hoc*^  grus  longitu- 
dine  colli  facile  effecit.  Quum  autem  merccdem  poslu- 
laret,  subridens  lupus  et  dentibus  infrendens,  J^rum^  tihiy 
inquit 5  joar?;a  merces^  videtur,^  quod  caput  inc^/^ume  ex 
lupi  faucibus  extraxisti '/ " 

*  Supply  lupus. 

»     123,  1.  i      58,  1.  2,  2(1. 

»»§n2,  R.  V.  J§126,R.  III.  P§141,R.l     J^Imi  2. 

c     70,  6.  k  §  117.  4th, 

i  §  28,  Obte.  4.  »  §  122,  Obs.  6.  q     19,  4. 

^§  140,  Obs.  5.  ^  §  133,  Exc.  &§  122,  r  §  io3,  R.  V. 

'  §  ]21,  R.  XXVI.  R.  XXVIII.  Exp.  •  §  138. 

«     97,  4,  &  §  47,    6.  °     40.  1.  »  §  110,  R.  XV. 

b     56,3d.  •  §  141.   R.  II.  Obs.  «      51,  &70. 


/^ 


FABLES   FROM   iESOP.  ^  89 

28.  Agricbla  et  Anguis.  i^vf^x^^ 

AgTic51a  anguem  reperit  frigore  psene  extinctum.  Mis 
ericordia  motus  eum  fovit  sinu,^  et  subter  alas^recondidit 
Mox  anguis  recreatus  vires  recepit,  et  agricolse  *^  pro  bene 
ficio  letale  vulnus  inflixit. 

Hsec  fabula  docet,  qualem  ^  mercedem  mail  pro  bene 
ficiis  reddere  soleant.^ 

29.  Asinus  et  Equus,  ^ 

Asinus  equum  beatum  preedicabat,  qui®  tam  copiose 
pasceretur,*"  quum  sibi  post  molestissimos  labores  ne 
palese  quidem  satis  praeberentur/  Forte  autem  bello^ 
exorto  equus  in  ^  prcelium  agitur,  et  eircumventus  ab 
hostibus,  post  incredibiles  labores  tandem,  multis  vulneri- 
bus  confossus,  collabitur.  Hsec  omnia  asinus  conspicatus,* 
0  me.^  stolidum^  inquit,  qui^  beatitudmem  ex  prasentis 
temporis  fortund  cestimaverim  '*  « 

30.  Agricola  et  Filii.         ^^e^p^^   ^^ 

Agricola  senex,  quum  mortem  sibi^  appropinquare ' 
sentiret,  filios  convoeavit,  quos,  ut  fieri  solet,™  inter- 
dum  discordare  "  noverat,  et  fascem  virgularum  afferri " 
jubet.  Quibus®  allatis,  filios  hortatur,  ut  hunc  fascem 
frangerent.P  Quod*^  quum  facere  non  possent,  distri- 
buit    singiilas    virgas,    iisque    celeriter   fractisj    docuit 


•  §  136,  Obs.  5. 

§  140,  Obs.  3. 

1     96,  1. 

^  §  136,  R.  LI. 

g    9,1,&  109,  5. 

^     68,3. 

c  §  123,  R.  XXIX. 

^     123,  1. 

n     90,  2. 

i  §  140,'  5, 

i      105,  1. 

o     38,3. 

•  §  141,  R.  III. 

J  §  117,  R.  XXI. 

p§  140,  1,3(1. 

•     74,  3,  & 

fe  §  112,  R.  IV. 

q     38,  4. 

BO  fABLES    FROM    ^SOl'. 

illos^*  quam  firma  res^  esset*"  concordia,  quamque  im< 
becillis  discordia 

T  31.  Equus  et  Asinus, 

AsTnus  onustus  sarcinis  equum*  rogavit,  u^  aliqu^ 
parte "^  oneris  se^  levaret,  si  se^  vivum  videre  vellet.* 
Sed  ille  asini  preces  repudiavit.  Paulo  post  igitur  asi- 
nus  labore  consumptus  in  via  corruitj  et  efflavit^animam. 
Turn  agitator  omnes  sarcinas,  quas  asinus  portaverat, 
atque  insuper  etiam  pellem  asino^  detractam  in^  equum 
imposuit.  Ibi  ille  sero  pri5rem  superbiam  deplorans,  0 
me  miserunij  inquit,  qui  parvulum  onus  in  ^  me  recipere 
noluerim^  quum  nunc  cogar^  tantas  sarcinas  ferre^  una 
cum  pelle  comitis  mei^  cujus  preces  tarn  superbe  con- 
tempseram, 

%  32.  Mulier  et  Ancill(B, 

Mulier  vidua,  quse  texendo  ^  vitam  sustentabat,  solebat 
ancillas  suas*  de  nocte  excitare  ad  opus,  quum  primura 
galli  cantum  audivisset.  At  illse  diuturno  labore  fatiga- 
tse  statuerunt  gallum  interficere."^  Quo  ^  facto,  deteriore 
conditioned  quam  prius*  esse  cceperunt.  Nam  domina, 
de  hora  noctis  incerta^  nunc  famulas  ssepe  jam  prima 
nocte  ^  excitabat. 


*  Supply /weranf. 

*  63,  4,  3.  g  §  126,  R.  V.  «  §  144,  R.  LVII. 
b     57,  6,  and  Note.  ^     123,  1.  »     38,  5,  &  109, 

c  §  140,  5.  i  §  141,  R.  III.  o  §  136,  Obs.  5. 

d  §  125.  J      74,  1.  P     16. 

•  §  28,  Obs.  3,  1st.  k  §  147^  obs.  5.  <i  §  131,  R.  XL. 
'  §  140,  2.  »     30,  1 


FABLES   FROM   -ESOP.  91 

33.   Testudo  et  Aquila.         <^>ikv4^^' 

Testudo  aqiiilam  magnopere  orabat,  ut  sese  ^  volare 
doceret.  Aquila  ei  ostendebat  quidem,  eam^  rem  petere* 
naturse*^  suee  contrariam;  sed  ilia  nihilo*^  minus  instabat, 
et  obsecrabat  aquilam,  ut  se*  volucrem  facere^  vellet. 
Itaque  ungulis  arreptam^  aquila  sustulit  in  sublime,  et  de- 
mlsit  illam,  ut  per  aerem  ferretur.  Turn  in  saxa  iLcidens 
comminuta  interiit. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  multos^  cupiditatibus  suis  occoeca- 
tos  consilia  prudentidrum  respuere  ^  et  in  exitium  ruere  * 
stultitia  sua.^ 

34.  Luscinia  et  AcciplttT. 

Accipiter  esuriens  rapuit  lusciniam.  Quae,*  quum  in- 
telligeret  sibiJ  mortem^  impendere,  ad  preces  con  versa 
orat  accipitrem,  ne  ^  se  perdat  sine  causa,  Se  ^  enim 
avidissimum  ventrem  illius  non  posse  explere^  et  suadere 
adeoj  ut  grandiores  aliquas  volucres  veuetur}  Cui  ac- 
cipiter, Insanirem^  inquit,  si  partam  prcedam  amitterejl^ 
et  incerta  °  pro  certis  ^  sectdri  vellem.^ 

V) 
35.  Senex  et  Mors. 

Senex  in  silva  ligna  ceciderat,  iisque^^sublatis  domum* 


•  Supply  tVZawi. 

»§  28,  Obs.  3,  1st. 

s     91-  2. 

^     78,  8. 

*     27,  2,  6,  and  91, 

^     31,  3. 

»     87,  5. 

§  145,  Obs.  1,  &  2. 

i     39,  5. 

o     19,  4. 

•  .96,  1. 

J  §  112,  R.  IV. 

P  §  140,  2. 

^§111, R 

k     121,  2. 

1     9,  1,  &  109. 

•  §  132,  R.  XLIII. 

1  §  141,  Obs.  8. 

'  §  130,  R.  XXXIX. 

t     87, 5. 

92  FABLES    FROM    ^SOP. 

re<lTre  ccepit.  Quum  aliquantum^  vise^  progressus  esset,® 
et*^  onere  et  via  defatigatus  fascem  deposuit,  et  secuni 
a^tatis  et  inopiai  mala  coritemplatus^  Mortem  clara  voce 
invocavit,  quae  ^  ipsum  ^  ab  omnibus  his  malis  ^  liberaret.^ 
Turn  Mors  senis  precibus  audltis^  subito  adstitit,^  et, 
quid  velletj-J  percunctatur.^  At  Senex,  quem^  jam  voto- 
rum"^  suorum  poenitebat,*  J\*ihil^\  inquit,  sed  requiro^ 
qui"^  unus  paululum  allevet^  dum  ego  rursus  suheo.X 

36.  InimicL 

In  eadem  navi  vehebantur  duo,®  qui  inter  se^  capitalia 
odia  exercebant.  Unus  eorum  ^  in  prora,  alter  in  puppi 
residebat.  Orta  tempestate  ingenti,  quum  omnes  de 
vita  desperarent,  interrogat  is,*^  qui  in  puppi  sedebat, 
gubernatorem ,  Utram  partem  navis  prius  submersum  iri " 
existimdret)  Cui  gubernator,  Proram^\  respondit.  Turn 
ille.  Jam  mors  mihi  non  molest  a  est^  quum  inimlci  mei 
mortem  adspecturus  sim^ 

37.  Hinnuleus  et  Cervus, 

Hinnuleus  quondam  patrem  suum  his  verbis  interro- 
gasse  dicitur :  Mi  "  pater ^  quum  multo  ^  sis"^  major  canibu^^ 


*  Supply  seni^  §  112,  R.  IV.    f  Supply  volo. 

X  Supply  idy  viz  :  onuM 

U  Supply  prms  submersum  iri. 

«  §  132. 

i     74,  16. 

1     21,  2. 

"  §  106,  R,  VIII. 

k  §  137,  Obs.  1. 

'     34,  and  35. 

«     74,  8. 

1     QQ,  9. 

•      100,  7. 

d      124,  1. 

«^§  113,  Exc.  II 

t  §  45,  1,  &  §  79,  8 

•     106,  1. 

n      37,   1,  &. 

«  §  20,  Note  1. 

f     40,  4. 

§  99,  Obs.  1, 

4tb. 

,    V  §  132,  R.  XLIU 

s     32,  8. 

0     19,  1. 

w     74,  1. 

b  §  125.  Obs.  2. 

P     123,   3,   & 

«     6,3. 

'      104.  1. 

§  28.  Obs.  5. 

FABLES    FROM    ^SOP.  9S 

et  tarn  ardua  ccrnua  habeas ^^  quihus  a  te  vim  propiilsare 
Dossis.^  qui  fit^"^  ut  canes  tantopere  metuas  ?  Ibi  cerviis 
ridens,  J\Ii  nate^  inquit,  vera^  Tnemoras;  mihi^  tamen^ 
nescio  quo  pacto^  semper  acctdity"^  ut  audita  canum  vocCj 
infugam  statim  convertar. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  natura  ^  formidolosos  nuUis  rationi- 
bus  ^  fortes  reddi  posse. 

38.  Hcedus  et  Lupus.  ^-^  ^-^ 

Quum  hoedus  evasisset  lupum,  et  confugisset  in  caulam 
ovium,  Quid  tu^  stulte^  inquit  ille,  hic  te  salvum  futurum  ^ 
sperasy  ubi  quotidie  pecudes  rapi^  et  diis^  mactdri^  vid- 
easl^  JSTon  curo^  inquit  hoedus;  nam  si  moriendum^ 
sitj  qua7ito^  prceclarius^  jnihi^  erit^  meo  cruore  aspergi 
aras  deorum.  immortaliu/my  quam  irrigdri  siccas  lupi 
fauces. 

Haec  fabula  docet,  bonos**  mortenij  quae  omnibus® 
imminet,  non  timere,**  si  cum  honestate  et  laude  conjunc- 
ta  sit.P 

39.  Corvus  et   Vulpes. 

Corvus  alicunde  caseum  rapuerat,  et  cum  illo  in  altam 
urborem  subvolarat.^^  Vulpecula  ilium  caseum  appetens 
c^.orvum  blandis  verbis^  adoritur;  quumque  primum  for- 


^  §  149. 

g  §  47,  Note  1. 

1  §  98,  Obs.  6. 

»>  §  141,  Obs,  8. 

h     95,  4. 

^§  111. 

«     51,4. 

i  §  126,  R.  III. 

n     91,2. 

«»     19,  4. 

J  §  147,  R.  LXI.  and 

0     95,  1. 

*§  112,  R.  IV. 

Obs.  1.  . 

P  §  140,  2. 

'  §  129. 

^§  132,  R.  XLIII. 

q  §  79,  1 

94  FABLES   FROM    iESOP. 

mam  ejus^  pennarumque  nitorem  laudasset,  PoZ,  inqult, 
te  avium  regem  esse  dicerem^  si  canius  pulcJiritudini  ^ 
tuce  responderet.  Tum  ille  laudibus  vulpis  inflalus  etiam 
cantu  se*  valere*^  demonstrare  voluit.  Ita  vero  e  rostro 
aperto  caseus  delapsus  est,  quem  vulpes  arreptum  devo- 
ravit. 

Haec  fabiila  docet,  vitandas^  esse  adulat5rum  voces, 
qui  blanditiis  suis  nobis  ^  insidiantur. 

40.  Leo, 

Societatem  junxerant  leo,  juvenca,  capra,  ovis.  Prse- 
das  autem,  quam  ceperant,  in  quatuor  partes  aequales 
divisEj  leo,  Prima^  ait,  meo!^  est;  debetur  enim  Ikbc^ 
prcBstantice^  raecB,  Tollam  et  secundam^  quam  meretur 
rohur  m^eum.  Tertiam?  vindicat  sibi  egregius  labor  mens. 
Quartam  qui  sibi  arrogdre  volueritj  is  ^  sciaty  se  habitu- 
rum^  me  inimicum  sibi.^  Quid  facerent**  imbecilles 
bestise,  aut  quae*  sibi"  leonem  infestum  habere  vellet^° 

41.  Mus  et  Rusticus,  j^ 

Mus  a  rustico  in  caricarum  acervo  deprebensus  tam^ 
acri  morsu  ejus*  digitos  vulneravit,  ut^  ille  eum  dimit- 
teret,"!  dicens:  JVihil,  mehercule^  tarn  pusillum  est,  quod ' 
de  salute  desperdre  debeat^  modo  se  defendere  et  vim  de- 
pulsdre  velit,' 

•  Supply  bestia,  19. 

»     31,&0bs  t     19.  »  §  111. 

b     78,8.  i     64,  2,  &§  126.  «§  42,  11,  2d. 

e  §  112,  Obs,  5,  5tli.    i      62,  &  §  123.  p      124,  15. 

d     96,  2.  •  k  §  28,  Obs.  3,  3d.  q  §  140,  1,  1st. 

•     108,  4.  1  §  45,  I.  1.  '     40,  3. 

f  §  112,  R.V.  also  7,7   «>  §  47,  Note  1.  •  §  140,  4. 
f     9.  1.&109. 


FABLES    FROM    iESOP.  95 

42.    Vultur  et  AviculcB.  yP 

Vultiir  allquando  aviculas  invitavit  ^  ad  convivium, 
quod  illis  daturus  esset^  die*^  natali  suo.  Quse^  quum 
ad  tempiis  adessent,  eas  carpere  et  occidercj  epulasque 
sibi  de  invitatis  instruere  coepit. 

43.  Ran<e.  ^  >  / 

Ranee  Isetabantur,  quum  nuntiatum  esset  ^  Solem  uxo- 
rem  duxisse.^  Sed  una  ceteris  ^  prudentior,  0  vos  stoli- 
dos^  inquit;  nonne  meministis^  quantopere  nos  scepe  unius 
Soils  astus  excrucietP  Quid  igUurfiety  quum  liberos 
etiam  procreaveri  tV 

4:4:,  RancR  et  Jupiter, 

Ranse  aliquando  regem  sibi  a  Jove  ^  petivisse  dicuntur. 
Quarum  ille  precibus  exoratus  trabem  ingentem  in  la- 
ciim  dejecit.  Ranai  sonitu  perterritse  primum  refugere,' 
deinde  vero  trabem  in  aqua  natantem  conspicatse  magno 
cum  contemptu""  in  ea  consederunt,  aliumque  sibi  novis 
clamoribus  regem  expetiverunt.  Tum  Jupiter  earum 
stultitiam  puniturus**hydrum  illis  misit,  a  quo**quum  plu- 
rimse  captse  perirent,  sero  eas  ^  stolidarum  precum  poeni- 
tuit. 

45.  Lupi  et  Pastor es, 

Quum  Philippus,  rex  Macedoniae,  cum  Atheniensibus 
foedus  initurus   esset  ea    conditidne,**   ut   oratores   sues 


*     73. 

s     6,3. 

1  §  144,  Obs.  6. 

M  141,  Obs.  7. 

h§84,  2,  8c  58,  1. 

nx  §  129,  Obs.  2. 

c§  131,  R.  XL. 

i  §  44,  I.  1,  and 

°      102,  1. 

d     39,6. 

§  140,  5. 

o  §  126,  Obs.  2. 

•     51,  2. 

i  §  44,  VI. 

p     66,  8,  &§  113,11 

98,3. 

k  §  124,  Obs.  2. 

q  §  129,  R. 

96  FABLES   FROM    JESOP. 

ipsi*  tratlerent,  Demosthenes  populo  narravit  fabulara, 
qua  iis^  callidum  regis  consilium  ante  oculos  poneret.*^ 
Dixit  enim  lupos  quondam  cum  pastoribus  pactos  esse,*^ 
se  nunquam  in  posterum^  greges  esse  impugnaturos/ si 
canes  ipsis^  dederentur.  Placuisse  stultis  pastoribus^ 
conditionem;  sed  quum  lupi  caulas  excubiis^  nudatas 
vidissentj  eos-J  impetu  facto  omnem  gregem  dilaniasse. 

46.  Puer  mendax. 

Puer  oves  pascens  crebro  per  lusum  magnis  clamori- 
bus  opem  rusticorum  imploraverat,  lupos  gregem  suum 
aggressos  esse^  fingens.  Seepe  autem  frustratus  eos,  qui 
auxilium  laturi '  aVlvenerant,  tandem  lupo  revera  irruente, 
multis  cum  lacrymis  vicinos  orare  coepit,  ut  sibi^^^  etgregi^ 
subvenirent.  At  illi  eum  pariter  ut  antea  ludere"  existi- 
mantes  preces  ejus  et  lacrymas  neglexerunt,  ita  ut  lupus 
libere  in  oves  grassaretur,®  plurimasque  earum  p  dilani- 
aret. 

47.  Corvus, 

'Corvus,  qui  caseum  forte  repererat,  gaudium  alt^  voce  ** 
significavit.  Quo'sono**  allecti  plures  corvi  famelici 
advolaverunt,*  impetuque  in  ilium  facto,  opimam  ei*  da- 
pem  eripuerunt. 


»  §  123. 

«§  126,  R.  III.              '>94,l,2d,&96.  2. 

^     5,  3,  and 

b     7,  2.                          o  §  140,  1,  1st. 

§  110,  Obs.  1,2. 

i      64,  8.                        P  §  107,  R.  X. 

c§  141,  R.  II. 

i  §  149.                           q  §  129. 

d     98,  2,  &  94,  3. 

k     94,l,2d,2,&98,2''     38. 

«§  89,Obs.l.&19,5    1      102,1.  •»     Supply  ad  Mtwi 

'      100,3.  ^     7,  2,&§112.  R.V    t     5,  i. 


FABLES    FROM    ^SOP.  97 


48.   Comix  et  Columha. 


Cornix  columbae  *  gratulabatur  foecunditatem,'*  quod 
singulis  mensibus  pullos  excluderet.*^  At  ilia,  JVe  mei^ 
in  quit,  doloris  causam  commemores.^  JVam  quos  pullos  ^ 
idfico^  eos^  dominus  raptos  aut  ipse  comedit^  aut  aliis 
comedendos  ^  vendit.  Ita  mihi  mea  fcecu7iditas  novum 
semper  luctum  parit.  .  « — 

49.  Leo,  Asinus^  et  Vulpes. 

Vulpes,  asiiius,  et  leo  venatum^  iverant.^  Ampla 
prseda  facta,  leo  asinum  illam  partiri  jubet.J  Qui^  quum 
singulis  singulas^  partes  poneret  sequales,  leo  eum  cor- 
reptum  dilaniavit,  et  vulpeculse  partiendi*"  negotium 
tribuit.  Ilia  astutior  le5ni  partem  maxiraam  apposuit, 
sibi  vix  minimam  reservans  particulam.  Turn  leo  subri- 
dens  ejus  prudentiam  laudare,  et  unde  hoc  didicerit"  in- 
terrogare,  ccEpit.  Et  vulpes,  Uujus''  me,  inquit,  calami- 
tas  docuifj  quid  minor es^  potentioribus  deheant,^ 

60.  MusccB, 

Effusa  mellis  copia  est:  Musca?  advolant:* 

Pascuntur.     At  mox  impeditis  cruribus 

Revolare  nequeunt.    Heu  miser am^  inquiunt,  vicem  " 


•     7,  2,  &  §  112.  R.V.  s     107,  2. 

»  §  140,  5. 

''§  128,  Obs.  l,Exc.     ^     114,  1. 

o     Viz:  asini. 

and  Note.                i  §  102,  R.  I. 

P     19,  1. 

0  §  141,  Obs.  7              J  y  44,  I.  3. 

«i     Sup.  ad  id   (sciL 

•»  §  45,  I.  1.                •  k     39,  1. 

mel,) 

«     37,  2d,  Note,  &  6.    i     26,4. 

'  §  117. 

'     Supply  pullos.        B»  §  147,  Obs.  2. 

1)8  FABLES    FROM    ^SOP. 

Cihus  iste  *  hlandus^  qui  pellexit  suavUcr^ 
JVuJic  fraudulent  us  quam  crudelUer  necat  ! 
Perfida  voluptas  fabula  hac  depingitur. 

51.  Cancer, 
Mare  cancer  olim  deseruit,  in  litore 
Pascendi^  cupidus.     Vulpes  hunc  simul  ^  adspicit 
Jejuna,  simul  accurrit,*  et  prsedam  capit. 
JVcBj  dixfit  iWe^  jure  plector^  quij  salo* 
Quumfuerim  natus^  voluerim^  solo  ingredi ! 

Suus  unicuique  ^  preefinitus  est  locus, 
Qii,em  prseterire  sine  periclo  non  licet. 

^  52.  Culex  et  Taurus, 

In  cornu  tauri  parviilus  quondam  culex 
Consedit;  seque^^  dixit,  mole  si  sua^ 
Eum  ^  gravaret,  avolaturum  ^^  illico. 
At  ille:^  JVec  te  considentem  senseram. 


*  There  is  a  play  upon  the  words  salo  and  solo,  which  cannot  be 
preserved  in  the  translation; — a  loss  of  but  little  importance. 

»  §  28,  Obs.  3,  3d.        •  §  141,  R.  III.  ^  §  100,  2,  and 

*  §  147,  Obs.  2.  f  §  126.  §  47,  Note  1. 
«     124,  II.                     «     31.                             i  §  101,  Obs.  4. 

*  Sup.  ad  eum. 


MYTHOLOGY. 


1.  Cadmus,  Agenoris  filius,^  quod  draconem,  Martis 
tilium,  fontis  cujusdam  in  Boeotia  custodem,*  occiderat, 
omnem  suam  prolem  interemptam  vidit,  et  ipse  cum 
Harmonia,^  uxore  *  sua,  in  Illyriam  fugit,  ubi  ambo  **  in 
dracones  conversi  sunt. 

2.  Amjcus,  Neptuni  filiuSj^rex  Bebryciae,  omnes,  qui 
in  ejus  regna  venissent,*^  cogebat  caestibus  secum  conten- 
dere, et  victos  occidebat.  Hie"  quum  Argonautas  ad  cer- 
tamen  provocasset,^  Pollux  cum  eo  contendit,  et  eum 
interfecit. 

3.  Otos  et  Ephialtes,  Aloei  filii^  mira  magnitudine  ^ 
fuisse  dicuntur.  Nam  singulis^  mensibus'  novem  digitis^ 
crescebant.  Itaque  quum  essent  annorum  novem 5^  in 
coelum  ascendere  sunt  conati.  Hue  sibi  aditum  sic  faci- 
ebant,^  ut  montem  Ossam  super  Pelion  ponerent,  alios- 
que  prseterea  montes  exstruerent.  Sed  Apollinis  sagit- 
tis  interempti  sunt. 

4.  Daedalus,  Euphemi  filius,  artifex  peritissimus,  ob 


•     12,  1.  •     74,  8.  ^     26,  5. 

»>  §  102,  Obs.  2.  '  §  97,  Obs.  2.  »  §  131,  R.  XLL 

e  §  98,  Obs.  1,  &  2.  s     6,  1,  and  J  §  132,  R.  XLIi 

^  §  141,  R.  I.  §  106,  R.  VII.  k  §  44   II   2. 


100  MYTHOLOGY. 

csedem  Athenis  *  oommissam  in  Cretam  ^  abiit  ad  regem 
Minoem.  Ibi  labyrinthum  exstruxit.  A  Min5e  *^  ali- 
quando  in  custodiam  conjectusj  sibi  et  Icaro  filio  alas 
cera*^  aptavit,  et  cum  eo  avolavit.  Dum  Icarus  altius^ 
evolabat,  cera  solis  calore  calefacta,  in  mare  decidit, 
quod  ex  eo  Icarium  pelagus  *"  est  appellatum.  Daedalus 
autem  in  Siciliam  ^  pervenit. 

5.  -^sculapius,  Apollinis  filius,  medicus  prsestantissi- 
mus,  Hippolyto,  Thesei  filio,  vitam  reddidisse  dicitur. 
Ob  id  facinus  Jupiter  eum  fulmine  percussit.  Tum 
Apollo  quod  filii  mortem  in  Jove  s  ulcisci  non  poterat, 
Cyclopes,  qui  fulmina  fecerant,  interemit.  Ob  hoc  fac- 
tum, Apollinem  Jupiter  Admeto,^  regi  Thessalise,  in  ser 
vitutem  dedit. 

6.  Alcestim,'  Peliae  filiam,  quum  multi  in  matrimoniura 
peterent,  Pelias  promisit,  se  filiam  ei  esse  daturum,J  qui 
feras  currui  junxisset.^  Admetus,  qui  eam  perdite  ama- 
bat,  Apollinem  rogavit,  ut  se  in  hoc  negotio  adjuvaret. 
Is  quum  ab  Admeto,  dum  ei  ^  serviebat,  liberaliter  esset 
tractatus,  aprum  ei  et  le5nem  currui  junxit,™  quibus"  ille 
Alcestim  avexit.  Idem  grarvi  morbo  implicitus,  mun?^s 
ab  Apolline  accepit,  ut  preesens  periculum  efFugeret,  si 
quis  sponte  pro  eo  moreretur."  Jam  quum  neque  pater, 
neque  mater  Admeti  pro  eo  mori  voluissent  ^  uxor  se 
Alcestis  morti  obtulit,  quam  Hercules  forte  adveniens 
Orci  manibus  ^  eripuit  et  Admeto  reddidit. 

7.  Cassiope  filiee  suae  Andromedee  formam  Nereidum 


»     6,  2. 

e     123,2,  and 

•"§  114.  R.  XIX,  and 

b   123,  1,  and 

§  136,  Obs.  3,  4. 

Obs.  3. 

§  130,  Obs.  10. 

h  §  123. 

»  §  99,  Obs.  6. 

c  §  126,  Obs.  2. 

i  §  15.  2. 

o  §  42,  II.  2d,  and 

d     6,4. 

.    J      100  2. 

§  140,  2. 

•     22,  3. 

k     80,  2. 

p  §  102,  Obs.  1. 

f  §  103. 

7.2&§112,R. 

V 

<»     5,1, 

MYTHOLOGY.  ]01 

formse  *  anteposuit.  Ob  hoc  crimen  illae  a  Neptuno  ** 
postulaverunt,  ut  Andromeda  ceto*^  immani,  qui  oras 
populabatur,  objiceretur.  Quae  *^  quum  ad  saxum  alli- 
gata  esset,  Perseus  ex  Libya,  ubi  Medusam  occiderat, 
advolavit,  et,  b^llua  devicta^  et  interempta,®  Androme- 
dam  liberavit. 

8.  Quam  quum  abduce^e  vellet  victor,  Agenor,  ciii 
antea  desponsata  fuerat,  Perseo  insidias  struxit,  ut  eum 
interficeret,  sponsamque  eriperet/  lUe,  re  cognita,*  ca- 
put Medusae  insidiantibus  ostendit,  quo  ^  viso,  omnes  in 
saxa  mutati  sunt.  Perseus  autem  cum  Andromeda  in 
patriam  rediit. 

9.  Ceyx,  Hesperi  filius,  quum  in  naufragio  periisset, 
Alcyone,  conjugis  morte  audlt^,^  se  in  mare  praecipitavit. 
Turn  de5rum  misericordia  ambo  in  aves  sunt  mutati,  quae 
Alcyones  appellantur.  Hae  aves  pariunt  hiberno  tem- 
pore.** Per  illos  dies  mare  tranquillum  esse  dicitur; 
unde  nautae  tranquillos  et  serenos  dies  Alcyoneos  appel- 
lare  solent. 

10.  Tantalus,  Jovis  filius,  tam  earns  fuit  diis,^  ut  Ju- 
piter ei  consilia  sua  concrederet,  eumque  ad  epulas  deo- 
rum  admitteret.^  At  ille,  quae^  apud  Jovem  audiverat, 
cum  mortalibus  communicabat.  Ob  id  crimen  dicitur  ^ 
apud  inferos  in  aqua  collocatus  esse,  semperque  sitire. 
Nam,  quoties  haustum  aquae  sump  turns  *  est,  aqua  rece- 
dit.  Tum  etiam  poma  ei™  super  caput  pendent;  sed,  quo- 
ties  ea  decerpere  conatur,  rami  vento  moti  recedunt.   Alii 


*  §  123,  R. 

f     85. 

J      37,  2. 

b  §  124,  Obs.  2. 

«     38,  5. 

k  §  145,  Obs.  4 

«  §  126,  R.  III. 

b  §  131,  R.  XL. 

»  §  79,  8. 

.  d     39,  2. 

i  §  111 

»5,3,&§110,Ob8  I. 

•     104,  1 

\ 

102  MYTHOLOGY. 

saxum  ejus  capitl*  impendere  dicuntjCujus  ruinam  timens 
})erpetuo  metu  cruciatur. 

II.  In  nuptiis^  Pelei  et  Thetidis  omnes  dii  invitati 
erant  praeter  Discordiam.  Heec  ira  commota  malum  misil 
in  medium,  cui*^  inscripta  erant  verba:  Pulcherrima  me 
habefo.  Turn  Juno,  Venus  et  Minerva  illud  simul  ap- 
petebant;  ^  magnaque  inter  eas  discordia  exorta,  Jupiter 
Mercuric  imperat,  ut  deas  ad  Paridem,  Priami  iilium, 
duceret,^  qui  in  monte  Ida  greges  pascebat;^  hunc  earum 
litem  dirempturum  esse.^  Huic  Juno,  si  se  pulcherrimara 
judicassetjS  omnium  terrarum  regnum  est  pollicita  ;  Mi- 
nerva ei  splendidam  inter  homines  famam  promisit  ; 
Venus  autem  Helenam,  Ledse  et  Jovis  filiam,  se  ei  in 
conjugium  dare^  spopondit.  Paris,  hoc  dono  prioribus*' 
anteposito  ^  Venerem  pulcherrimam  esseJ  judicavit.  Pos- 
tea  Veneris  hortatu  Lacedsemonem  ^  profectus,  Helenam 
conjugi^  suo  ^  Menelao  eripuit.  Hinc  bellum  Trojanum 
originem  cepit,  ad  quod  tota  fere  Grsecia,  duce "  Aga- 
memnone,  Menelai  fratre,  profecta  est. 

12  Thetis,  Pelei  conjux,  quum  sciret  Achillem  filium 
suum  cito  periturum  esse,^  si  Gr8ec5rura  exercitum  ad 
Trojam  sequereturj^  eum  misit  in  insulam  Scyron,"  regi- 
que  Lycomedi  commendavit.  Ille  eum,muliebri  habitu,^ 
inter  filias  suas  servabat.  Grgeci  autem  quum  audivis- 
sent  eum  ibi  occultari,*i  unus  e5rum'  Ulysses,  rex  Itha- 
cse,  in  regio  *  vestibulo  munera  feminea  ^  in  calathiscis 


♦  Supply 

dicens,  agreeing  with  Jupiter,  94.  4. 

»  §  112,  R.  IV. 

h     94,  3,  &  100,  2. 

»110,  1. 

^  §  136,  Obs.  3. 

i      104,  1. 

0  §  10.  Greek  nouns 

c  §  126,  R.  III. 

J      90,  3. 

P  §  129. 

d  §  102,  R.  I. 

k  §  130,  2. 

q     96,  7. 

«  §  140,  1,  3d. 

1      5,1. 

'     21,  2. 

f     94,l,2d.&100, 

1. 

m     30,  4,  & 

•'§  106.  Obs.  4. 

•  §  140,  2 

§28,  Obs.3,  Exc. 

MYTHOLOGY.  l03 

posuit,  siinulque  clypeum  et  hafftam;  mulieresque  advo- 
cfiri^  jussit.  Quae  ^  dum  omnia  contemplabantur,  subito 
tubicen  cecinit;  quo  sono  audito,  Achilles  arma  arripuit. 
Unde  eura  virum  *"  esse^^'intellectum  est. 

13.  Quum  totus  Graecdrum  exercitus  Aulide^  conve- 
nisset,  adversa  tempestas  eos  ob  iram  Dianae  retinebat. 
Agamemnon  enim,  dux  illius  expeditidnis,  cervam  dea3  ^ 
sacram  ^  vulneraverat,  superbiusque  ^  in  Dianam  locutus 
erat.  Is  quum  haruspices  convocassetj  responderuntj 
iram  deae  expiari^  non  posse,*^  nisi  filiam  suam  Iphige- 
niam  ei  immolasset.J  Hanc  ob  causam  Ulysses  Argos'' 
profectus  mentitur^  Agamemnonem  filiam  Achilli  in 
matrimonium  promisisse."^  Sic  eam  Aulidem  ^  abduxit. 
Ubi  quum  pater  eam  imraolare  °  vellet,  Diana  virginem 
miserata°  cervam  ei^  supposuit.  Iphigeniam  ipsam  per 
nubes  in  terram  Tauricam  detulit,  ibique  templi  sui  sa- 
cerddtem  fecit. 

14.  Troja  eversa,  quum  Graeci  domum  ^  redire  vellent, 
ex.  A  chillis  tumulo  vox  dicitur  fuisse  audita,  quae  Grsecos 
monebat,  ne  fortissimum  virum  sine  honore  relinquerent.' 
Quare  Graeci  Polyxenam,  Priami  filiam,  quae  virgo  full 
formosissima,  ad  sepulcrum  ejus  immolaverunt. 

15.  Prometheus,  lapeti  filius,  primus"  homines  ex 
luto  finxit,  iisque  ^  ignem  e  ccelo  in  ferula  attulit,  mon- 
stravitque  quomodo  cinere  obrutum  servarent.*  Ob  hanc 
rem  Vulcanus  eum  in  monte  Caucaso  Jovis  jussu  clavis 


»     90,  4. 

^     22,  3.                        o   106,  1. 

b     38,  6. 

i     87,  1.                        p  §  123,  R.  XXIX. 

'^  §  103,  R. 

V. 

J  §  141,  Obs.  8.  &80.         and  Exp. 

•^     96,  2. 

^  §  130,  2.                      q  §  130,  4. 

«     6,2. 

J  §  44,  3.                         r  §  140^  1,  3d. 

f  §  111. 

««     94,  1,  2d,  &  98,  2.     »  §  98,  Obs.  10. 

«     16,  I 

»     88,2.                        t§140,  6. 

104  MYTHOLOGY. 

ferreis  alligavil  ad  saxum,  et  aquilam  ei  apposuit,  quae  * 
cor  exederet.  Quantum  ^  vero  interdiu  exederat,  tantum^ 
nocte  crescebat.  Hanc  aquilam  msequenti  tempore  Hei- 
ciiles  transfixit  sagittis,  Prometheumque  liberavit. 

16.  Pluto,  inferorum  deus,  a  Jove  fratre  petebat,  at 
sibi  Proserpinam,  Jovis  et  Cereris  filiam,  in  matrimoniura 
daret.*^  Jupiter  negavit  quidem  Cererem  passuram  esse,*^ 
ut  filia  in  tenebris  Tartarimoraretur;'''sed  fratri  permisit, 
ut  earn,  si  posset,  raperet.*^  Quare  Proserpinam,  in  ne- 
more  Ennse  in  Sicilia  flores  legentem,  Pluto  quadrigis  ex 
terrse  hiatu  proveniens  rapuit.  * 

17.  Ceres  quum  nesciret  ubi  filia  esset,*"  eam  per  totum 
orbem  terrarum  queesivit.  In  quo  itinere  ad  Celeum  ve- 
nit,  regem  Eleusiniorum,  cujus  uxor  Metanira  puerum 
Triptolemum  pepererat,  rogavitque  ut  se  tanquam  nutri- 
cem  in  domum  reciperent.^  Quo  facto,  quum  Ceres 
alumnum  suum  ^  immortalem  reddere  vellet,^  eum  inter- 
diu lacte  divino  alebat,  noctu  clam  igne  obruebat.  Ita- 
que  mirum  in  modum  crescebat.  Quod  *  quum  miraren- 
tur  parentes,  eam  J  observaverunt.  Qui  ^  quum  viderent 
Cererem  puerum  in  ignem  mittere,^  pater  exclamavit. 
Tum  dea  Celeum  exanimavit;  Triptolemo  autem  currum 
draconibus™  junctum  tribuit,  frugesque  mandavit,  quas 
per  orbem  terrarum  vectus  disseminaret." 

18.  Althaea,  Thestii  filia,  ex  CEneo  peperit  Meleagrum 
Ei  Parcae  ardentem  titionem  dederunt,  praefantes  °  Mele- 
agrum tam  diu  victurum  ^  quam  diu  J'  is  titio  foret  ^  in- 


»     40,   1,   & 

s 

30,  4. 

^    64,  6. 

§  141,  Obs.  2,4th. 

h 

74,3. 

'     •>     40,   5,   & 

«»     44,  3,  &  47. 

i 

38,4. 

§  141,  R.  II. 

«  §  140,  1,  3d. 

i 

27,6 

0     94,  1,  2d. 

d      100,  2. 

k 

39,  1. 

P     124,19. 

•  §  145,  Obs.  5,  5th 

1 

96,1. 

•§  140,  6. 

f  §  141    Obs.  8. 

MYTHOLOGY.  1C5 

columis.  Hunc*  itaque  Altheea  illigenter  in  arc^  clau- 
sum  servavit.  Interim  Diana  CEneo^irata  quia  ei  sacra, 
annua  non  fecerat,  aprum  mira  magnitudine  ^  misit,  qui 
agrum  Calydonium  vastaret.^  Quern®  Meleager  cum 
juvenibus  ex  omni  Graecia  delectis  interfecit,  pellemque 
ejus  Atalantse  donavit.  Cui*^  auum  Althasae  fratres  earn 
eripere  vellent,  ilia  Meleagri  auxilium  imploravit,  qui 
avunculos  occidit.  Tum  Althaea,  gravi  ira  ^  in  filium 
commota,  titi5nem  ilium  fatalem  in  ignem  conjecit.  Sic 
Meleager  periit.  At  sorores  ejus,  dum  fratrem  insola- 
biliter  lugent,  in  aves  mutatae  sunt. 

19.  Europam,  Agenoris  filiam,  Sidoniam,  Jupiter  m 
taurum  mutatus  Sidone^  Cretam^  transvexitj  et  ex  ea 
procreavit  MinSem,  Sarpedonem,  et  Rhadamanthum. 
Hanc  ut  reducerent  Agenor  sues  filios  misit,  conditione 
addita,  ut  nee  ipsiJ  redirent,  nisi  sordrem  invenissent.^ 
Horum  unus,  Cadmus  nomine/  quum  erraret,  Delphos* 
venit,  ibique  responsum  accepit,  bovem  praecedentem  se- 
queretur;  ^  ubi  ille  decubuisset,^  ibi  urbem  conderet.* 
Quod  quum  faceret,"  in  Boeotiam  venit.  Ibi  aquam  quse- 
rens  ad  fontem  Castalium  drac5nem  in  venit,  Martis 
filium,  qui  aquam  custodiebat.**  Hunc  Cadmus  interfecit, 
dentesque  ejus  sparsit  et  aravit.  Unde  Sparti  enati  sunt. 
Pugna  inter  illos  exorta,  quinque  superfuerunt,  ex  qui- 
bus  quinque  nobiles  Thebanorum  stirpes  originem  dux- 
erunt. 


*  Conderet  is  in 

the  same  construction  with  sequeretur. 

*     Sup.  titionem 

'     39  ''from  her,'' 

k§  141,  Obs,  8. 

M  111. 

and  5,  1. 

1  §  128,  R.  XXXIV. 

«     6.  1,  and 

f  §  129,  R.  XXXV. 

^  §  140,  Obs.  5. 

§  106,  R.  VII. 

h§  130,3. 

°     38,  4. 

d     40, 4. 

i  §  130,  2. 

0  §  44,  II.  2. 

«    39.  7 

1       32,3. 

ion  MYTHOLOGY. 

20  Quum  Bacchus,  Jovis  ex  Semele  filius,  exercitum 
in  Jndiam  duceret,  Silenus  ab  agmine  aberravit.  Quern  * 
Midas,  rex  Mygdoniae,  hospitio^  liberaliter  accepit  eique 
ducem  dedit,  qui  ^  cum  ad  Bacchum  reduceret.  Ob  noc 
oeneficium  Baccnus  Midff'.  optionem  dedit,  ut  quicquid 
vellet  '^  a  se  peteret/  Ille  petiit,  ut  quidquid  ^  tetigisset  ^ 
aurum  fieret.^  Quod  ^  quum  impetrasset,  ^  quidquid  ^  te- 
tigerat  aurum  fiebat.  Primo  gavlsus  est  hac  virtute  ^  sua; 
mox  intellexit  nihil  ipsi-J  hocmunere^  perniciosius  esse. 
Nam  etiam  cibus  et  potio  in  aurum  mutabatur.^  Quum 
jam  fame  cruciaretur,  petit  a  Baccho,  ut  donum  suum 
revocaret.*^  Quem  *  Bacchus  jussit  in  flumine  Pactolo  se 
abluercj  quumque  aquam  tetigisset,  facta  est  colore™ 
aureo. 

21.  Schceneus  Atalantam  filiam  formosissimam  dicitur 
habuisse,  quse  cursu  viros  superabat."  Hsec  quum  a 
pluribus  ®  in  conjugium  peteretur,  pater  ejus  conditionem 
proposuit,  ut,  qui  earn  ducere  vellet,^  prius  cursu  cum  ea 
contenderet;^  si  victus  esset,^  occideretur.^  Multos  quum 
superasset  et  interfecisset,  tandem  ab  Hippomene  victa 
est.  Hie  enim  a  Venere  tria  mala  aurea  acceperat.  Dum 
currebant,  horum  unum  post  alterum  projecit,  iisque  ^ 
Atalantse  cursum  tardavit.  Nam  dum  mala  colligit,  Hip- 
pomenes  ad  metam  pervenit.  Huic  itaque  Schceneus 
filiam  uxdrem  dedit.  Quam  p  quum  in  patriam  duceret, 
oblitus  Veneris  beneficio  ^  se  vicisse,*i  grates  ei  *  non  egit. 


«     39,7.  e     38,7.  »  o,  1,  &§  106,  R.VIl. 

M129,  R.  XXXV.       h     74,  8,  and  °  §  44,  II.  1. 

«     40,  4,  and  §  140.  Oos.  4.  <>      19,  1. 

§  141,  R.  II.  i  §  i'66,  Obs.  5.  P     39,  8. 

a§141,0bs.  8.  J  §  111.  <J     94,  1,  2cT,&98,  2. 

•  §  140    :,  3d.  k     6,  3.  r     27,  2d,  6  and 

'     37,  8  1  §  102,  Obs.  1.  §  123. 


MYTHOLOGY.  107 

» 

Hanc  ob  causam  Hippomenes  mutatus  est  in  leonenij  At- 
aJarita  in  leeenam. 

2,2.  Nisus,  rex  Megarensium,  in  cap'ite  crinem  purjm- 
reum  habuisse  dicitur,*  eque  prsedictuoi^  fuit,  tarn  diu 
eum  regnaturum,'^  quam  diu"^  eum  crinem  custodisset.® 
Hunc  Minos,  rex  Cretensium,  bello  ^'c^ggressus  est.  Quis 
quiim  urbem  Megaram  oppugnare^,  Scylla,  Nisi  filia, 
am5re^  ejus  correpta  est,  et,  ut  ei  victoriam  pararet,^ 
patri*  dormienti  fatalem  crinem  jirsecidit.  Ita  Nisus  a 
Minoe  victusJ  et  occisus  est.  Oaum  autem  Minos  in 
Cretam  rediret,^  Scylla  eum  rogavit,  ut  eam  secum  ave- 
heret.  Sed  ille  negavit  Cretam  tuntum  scelus  esse  recep- 
turam  "^  Tum  ilia  se  in  mare  p>a3cipitatj  navemque  per- 
sequitur.  Nisus  in  aquilam  marinam  conversus  est, 
Scylla  m  piscem,  quem  Cirini  vocant.  Hodieque,  si- 
quando  ilia  avis  hunc  pisceni  conspexerit,'  mittit  se  in 
aquam,  raptumque  unguibus*  dilaniat. 

23.  Amphion,  Jovis  et  Antiopes  filius,  qui  Thebas 
muris  cinxit,  Nioben,  Tanlali  illiam,  in  matrimonium 
duxit.  Ex  qua  procreavit  lilios  septem  totidemque  filias 
Quem  partum  Niobe  Lat^nee  lil)eris  anteposuit,  super- 
biusque"*  locuta  est  in  Apollinem  et  Dianam.  Ob  id 
Apollo  filios  ejus  venanfes  sagittis  interfecit,  Diana  au- 
tem filias.  Niobe  liberis^  orbaia  in  saxum  mutata  esse 
dicitur,*  ejusque  lacrynise  hodieque  manare  narrantur." 
AmphTon  autem,  quuni  templiim  Apollinis  expugnare 
vellet,°  ab  Apolline  sagittis  est  interfectus. 


»  §  145,  Obs.  4. 

f  §  129,  R. 

k  §  44,  II. 

»»     51,2,  & 

«     39,  1. 

1  §  45,  III.  1,  2. 

§    101,  Obs.  5. 

t  §  140,  1,  %\, 

^     22,  2. 

«     100,  2. 

i        5.   1. 

»     64,  8,  &  5- 1. 

d      124,  19. 

i      115,  1. 

0  §  140,  Obs.  4. 

«§  141,  Obs.  8. 

^ 

108  MYTHOLOGY. 

24.  Phineus,  Agenoris  filius,  a'o  Apolline  futurarum 
rerum  scientiam  acceperat.  Quum  vero  hominibus^  deb 
rum  consilia  enuntiaret,^  Jupiter  eum  exca^cavit,  et  im 
misit  ei*  Harpyias,  quae  Jovis  canes'^  esse  dicuntur,  ut 
cibum  ab  ore*  ei*^  auferrent.®  Ad  quern*"  quum  Argo- 
nauts venissent,  ut  eum  iter  ^  rogarent,^  dixit  se  illis  iter 
demonstraturum  esse/  si  eum  pcenaJ  liberarent.  Turn 
Zetes  et  Calais,  Aquildnis  filii,^  qui  pennas  in  capite  et 
in  pedlbus  habuisse  dicuntur,  Harpyias  fugaverunt  in  in- 
sulas  Strophadas,  et  Phineum  poena  J  liberarunt. 

*  ^b  ore  is  emphatic  *'  from  him,  from  his  very  mouth." 
»  §  123.  •  §  140,  1,  2d.  *      100,  2. 

»»  §  140,  Obs.  4  '     39,  9.  i  §  125. 

*  §  103.  8  §  124.  k  §  97,  Ob8,  2. 

*  6, 1.  k  §  141^  ob»,  8. 


"oA^i^A^^- .  /X^i" 


ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS. 


1.  Thales  interrogatus  an  facta  hominum  deos*  late- 
rent,^  respondit,  ne*^  cogitata  quidem. 

2.  Solon,  qui  AtheniensTbus  leges  scripsit,  dicebat 
nemmem,  dum  viveret,'^  beatum  haberi  posse,  quod  om- 
nes  ad  ultimum  usque  diem  ancipiti  fortunes  ®  obnoxii 
essent/ 

3.  Pythagorse  philosophi  tanta  fuit  apud  discipulos 
suos  auctoritas,  ut,  quae  ab  eo  audivissent,*^  ea  in  dubi- 
tationem  adducere  non  auderent.^  Rogati  autem  ut  cau- 
sam  redderent^  eorum,  quae  dixissent,*^  respondebant, 
Ipsum  dixisse}     Ipse  autem  erat  Pythagoras, 

4.  Bias  unus  ex  septem  Sapientibus,J  quum  patriam 
Prienen  ab  hostibus  expugnatam  et  eversam  fugeret,^ 
interrogatus,  cur  nihil  ex  bonis J  suis  secum  ferret,^  Ego 
re/b,  respondit,^  bona  mecum  porto  omnia, 

5.  Democritus,  cui  pater  ingentes  divitias  reliquerat, 
omne  fere  patrimonium  suum   civibus  donavit,  ne  do- 

*  §  116,  R.XX.  f  §  141,  Obs.  7.  i  §  107,  Obs.  8,  and 

^     74,  12.  8  §  140,  1.  1st.  19,  1,  &  4, 

«     121,5.  b     78,5.  k     74,3. 

•*  §  14],  Obs.  8.  i     98,  1.  »  §  116,  Obs.  6. 


»§  111. 


10 


110  ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS. 

mesticarum   rerum  cura   a  philosophiee  studio  avocare- 
tur/ 

6.  Etiam  Crates  Thebanus  bon?  sua  inter  Thebarios 
divisit,  nihil  sibi  servans  pr^p/^er  peram  et  baculum.  H?ec 
enim  Cynic5rum  in«tiumenta  erant.  A  quo^  consilio 
quum  amici  et  propinqui  eum  avocare  studerent,^  eos 
correpto  baculo  "^  fugavit,  nihil  pulchrius  esse  arbitratus, 
quam  ab  omnibus  curis*"  vacuum^  uni  philosophia3  ope- 
ram  dare.^ 

7.  Anaxagoras,  quum  a  longinqua  peregrinatione  sci- 
entiee  augendse^  causa  suscepta  in  patriam  rediisset, 
agrosque  suos  neglectos  et  desertos  videret,  JYon  esseiti^ 
inquit,  salvus^  nisi  ista^  periissent,^ 

8.  Carneades  usque  ad  extremam  senectam  nunquan^ 
cessavit  a  philosophiaj  studio.  Saepe  ei  accidit/  ut,  quum 
cibi**  capiendi  causa  accubuisset,  cogitationibus'"  inhae- 
rens  manum  ad  cibos  appositos  porrigere  oblivisceretur." 

9.  Idem  adversus  Zenonem  Stoicum  scripturus  caput 
helleboro  purgabat,  ne  corrupti  humdres  sollertiam  et 
acumen  me\itis  impedirent.* 

10.  Anaxagoras  philosophus,  morte  ^  filii  audita,  vultu 
nihil  °  immutato  dixit. ^    Sciebam  me  mortdlem  gemdsse.^ 

11.  Archytas  Tarentinus,  quum  ab  itinere  reversus 
agros  suos  villici  socordia  neglectos  videret,  Graviter  te 
cashgdremj'  inquit,  nisi  irdtus  essem.^ 

12.  Plato  quoque,  quum  in  servum  Tehementius  *  ex- 

*  §  140,  1.  2d.  g  §  149,  R.  and  Obs.l    °»  §  112,  R.  IV. 

*  38,8.  h     112,  1,&5.  n§i40,  1,4th. 
0     74,  3,  and                 ^      78,  8.                        <>  §  128. 

§  140,  Obs.  4.  i  §  28,  Obs.  3,  3d.        p  §  116,  Obs.  6. 

a     9,  1,  and  104,  2.      k§  140,  Obs.  2.  q     98,1. 

«  §  107,  R.XI. Obs. 10.1     51,  3,  '♦  happened.''  '     22,  1.  , 

*  Sup.  sc. 


ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS.  Ill 

arsisset,  veritus  ne  ^  vindictae   mod  urn  excederet,  Speu- 
sippo^  adstanti  manclavlt,  ut  de  illiiis  poena  statueret.V. 

13.  Idem  discendi"^  cupiditate  ductus  iEgyptum  pera- 
gravit,  et  a  sacerdotibus  illius  regionls  geomietriam  et 
astronomiam  didicit.  Idem  in  Italiam  trajecitj  ut  ibi  Py- 
thagorge  philosophiam  et  instituta  disceret.^ 

14.  Athenienses  Socratem  damnaverunt,  quod  novos 
deos  introducere  videbatur.  Protagoram  quoque  philoso- 
phum,  qui  ausus^  fuerat  scribere,  se  ignorare  an  dii  es- 
sent,^  Athenienses  ex  urbe  pepulerunt. 

15.  Xanthippe,  Socratis  uxor,  mor5sa  admodum  fuisse 
iertur.  Quam  ^'  ejus  indolem  quum  perspexisset  Alcibi- 
ades,  Socratem  interrogavit,  quid  esset,^  quod  mu^ierem 
tam  acerbam  et  jurgiosam  non  exigeret*  d'^mo.J  Turn 
ille,  Quoniain^  inquit,  dum  illam  domij  perpetior^  insu- 
esco^  lit  ceterorum  quoque  foris  petulantiam  et  injurias 
fa  cilius  ferara .  ^ 

16.  Xenocrates  phuosophus,  quum  maledicorum  quo- 
rundam  sermon:^'  interesset,  neque  quidquam  ipse  loque- 
retur,'  in^errogatus,  cur  solus  taceret,^  respondit:  Quia 
dix^se^  me  aliquando  pceiiituit^  iacuisse^  nun  quam, 

17.  Hegesias  philosophus  in  disputationibus  suis" 
mala  et  cruciatus  vitse  tam  vivid  is  coloribus  reprsesenta- 
bat,  ut  multi,  qui  eum  audiverant,  sponte  se  occiderent.' 
Quare  a  Ptolemseo  rege  ulterius  his  de  rebus  disserere 
est  prohibitus. 


»     121,  6,  and  f  §  78.  k§112,  R.  I,  &5 

§  140,  Obs.  6.  s     74,  11,  and  »  §  149. 

»>§  123.  §  140,5.  «     66,  10,  and 

c  §  140,  1,  3d.  ^     38,  6.  §  113,  Obs.  7. 

i  §  147,  Obs.  2.  i  §  141,  Obs.  8.  «     30,  1. 

*  s^  140,  1,  2d.  J  §  130,  4  §  140,  1,  1st. 


112  ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT    PERSONS. 

18.  Gorgiae  Leontino,''  qui  eloquentia^  et  eruditione 
omnes  suae  setatis  homines  superare  existimabatur,  uni- 
versa  Gra^cia  in  temple  Apollinis  Delphici  statuam  aure- 
am  collocavit. 

19.  Idem,  quum  annum  centesimum  septimum  ageret, 
interrogatus,  quapiopter  tam  diu  vellet^^invita  remanere, 
respondit:  Quia  nihil  habeo^  quod^  senectutem  meam 
accusem,^ 

20.  lllustrissimi  saipe  viri  humili  loco^  nati  fuerunt.^ 
Socrates,  quem  oraculum  Apollinis  sapientissimum  omni- 
um hominum^  judicavit,'  obstetricis  filius  fuit.  Euri- 
pides, poeta  tragTcus,  matrem  habuit,*  quae  olera  vendi- 
tabatjj  et  Demosthenis,  orat5ris  eloquentissimi,  patrem 
cultellos  vendidisse^  narrant. 

21.  Homerus,  princeps  poetarum  Grsecorum,  dolore 
absumptus  esse  creditur,  quod  quaestionem  a  piscatoribus 
ipsi  ^  propositam  solvere  non  posset."^ 

22.  Simonides,  poeta  praestantissTmus,  gloriatur  in 
quodam  poemate,  se°  octoginta  annos''  natum  in  certa- 
men  musicum  descendisse  ^  et  victoriam  inde  retulisse. 
Idem  aliquandiu  vixit  apudHipparchum,  Pisistrati  filium, 
Athenarum  tyrannum.  Inde  Syracusas^  se  contulit  ad 
Hieronem  regem,  cum  quo  familiariter  vixisse  dicitur. 
Primus  *i  carmina  statuto  pretio"^  scripsit;  quare  eumMu- 
sam  venalem  reddidisse  dicunt. 

23.  Quum  iEschylus  Atheniensis,  qui  parens*  tragce- 
diae  dicitur,  in  Sicilia  versaretur,^  ibique  in  loco  aprico 

'~  *§  123^  «     72.  °  §  145,  R.  LVIII. 

b§  128,  R.  XXXIV.  »»§107,  R.  X,  «  §  131,  R.  XLI. 

c     74,  16.  i      73.  p  §  130,  2. 

§  122,  Obs.  2.  J  §  44,  II.  1.  q  §  98,  Obs.  10. 

e§  141,  R.I.  k     97^1.  '  §  133,  R.  XLIV. 

f      6,  5,  &  »*  32,9,  §  126,  R.III    •§103. 

§  119,  R.  XXIIl,  «§1410bs.  7  t     74.3. 


I 


ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS.  \ll^ 

gederet,  aquila  testudmem  glabro  ejus  capTti"immisit  quod 
pro  saxo  habuit.     Quo  ^  ictu  ille  extinctus  est. 

24.  Euripides,  qui  et  ipse  magnum  inter  pesetas  tragi - 
cos  nomen  habet,  a  coena  domum  rediens  a  canibus  lace 
ratus  est. 

25.  Athenienses  quondam  ab  Euripide  postulabant, 
ut  ex  tragoedia  sententiam  quandam  tolleret.^  lile  au- 
tem  in  scenam  progressus  dixit,  se  fabulas  componere 
solere,^  ut  populum  doceret,''  non  ut  a  populo  disceret. 

26.  Philippides,  comcediarum  scriptor,  quum  in  poe- 
tarura  certamine  piseter  spem  vicisset^  et  ilia  victoria 
impense  gauderet,  eo  ipso  gaudio  repente  exstinctus  est. 

27.  Pindarus,  poeta  Thebanus,  Apollini^  gratissimus 
fuisse  dicitur.  Quare  saepe  a  sacerdotibus  in  templum 
Delphicum  ad  coenam  vocabatur,  parsque  ei  ^  tribuebatur 
donorum,  quae  sacrificantes^  deo  obtulerant,  Ferunt 
etiam  PanaJ  Pindari  hymnis  ^  tantopere  fuisse  laetatum, 
ut  eos  in  montibus  et  silvis  caneret.^  Quum  Alexander, 
rex  Macedoniae,  Thebas  diriperet,  unius  Pindari  domo"* 
et  familiae  pepercit. 

28.  Diogenes  Cynicus  Myndum  profectus,  quum  vide- 
ret  magnif  leas  portas  et  urbem  exiguam,  Myndios  mon- 
uit,  ut  portas  clauderent,*^  ne  urbs  egrederetur.® 

29.  Demosthenes  Atheniensis  incredibili  studio  et  la- 
bdre  eo"  pervenit,  ut,  quum*"  multi  eum  ingenio^  parum 
valere  existiraarent,  omnes  eetatis  suae  orat5res  superaret 
eloquentiaP.  Nunquamtamen  extempSre  dicebat,  neqne 
m  concidne  volebat  assurgere,  nisi  rem,  de  qua  ageretur,'' 

*  §  123.  g  §  HI.  ^  §  112,  R.  V.Sc7,  2 

*•     38,  9.  b  §  126,  R.  III.  «     28,  Obs. 

^  §  140,  1,  3d.  i      19,  1.  0  §  140,  Obs.  4. 

^     96,  2.  J  §  15,  4.  p  §  128. 

'  §  140,  6,  or  1,  2d.  ^  §  121,  Obs.  2.  i  §  141,  Obs.  8. 

'     74.  8.  »  §  140    1.  1st. 


114  ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT    PERSONS. 

accurate  antea  meditatus  esset.^  Uncle  plerique  euin  tim- 
id iiiii  esse  existimabant.  Sed  in  hac  re  Periclis  consue- 
tudinem  imrtabaturj  qui  non  facile  de  quaque  re  dieere, 
nee  exislimationem  suam  ^  fortunee  committere  solebat.   ■ 

30.  Pericles  in  conciOnem  iturus,  quuin  animo  perpen- 
deret,  quantum  periciili*^  inconsiderate  dicta  ^^  hominibus 
afFerrent,*^  solebat  precari  a  diis/  ne  quod  ipsi  ^  verbum 
imprudent!  excideret,  quod  reipublicae  officere  possetJ^ 

31.  Minos,  Cretensium  rex,  ssepe  se  in  speluncam 
quandam  conferebat,  ibique  se  cum  Jove  colloqui^  leges- 
que  ab  eo  accipere^  dirc^at.  Etiam  Lycurgus  Lacedae- 
moniis"^  persuasit,  se  leges  suas^  ab  Apolline  didicisse.^ 

32.  Quum  Lycurgus,  Laceda^moniorum  legislator,  Del- 
phis4n  templum  Apollinisintrasset,utadeo^oraculumpe- 
teret,  Pythia  eum  his  verbis  allocuta  est:  JVescio  utrum  de- 
us  an  homo  appellandus  ^  sis ;  sed  deus  potius  videris^  esse, 

33.  Leonidas,  rex  Lacedasmoniorum,  quum  Persae  di- 
cerentur  sagittarum  multitudine  sol  em  obscuratiiri,  re;, 
spondisse  fertur:  Melius  itdque  in  umbra  pugnahimus. 

34.  Cyrus  omnium  su5rum  milTtum  nomina  memori^ 
tenebat.  Mithridates  autem,  rex  Ponti,  duarum  et  vi- 
ginti  gentium,  quae  sub  regno  ejus  erant,  linguas  ita  di- 
dicerat,  ut  cum  omnibus,  quibus"  imperabat,  sine  inter- 
prete  loqui  posset. 

35.  Themistocles  interroganti  p  utrum  Achilles  esse 
mallet,^  an  Homerus,*i  respondit:  Tu  verb  mallesne  te  in 
Olympico  certamine  victorem  reiiuntidri^  an  prcBco  esse^ 
qui  victorum  nomina  proddmat  ? 

'  »§  140,  Obs.2^  r§~112,  Obs.  3.  ^     74,  9,  &  108,  1. 

t     30,  3.  ^§  141,  Obs.  8.  ^     70,3. 

e  §  106,  R.  VIII.  i     96,1.  o     7, 2,  &§  112,R.V 

*  19  4.  j§123,  &7,  2.  P     19,  &§  98,  Obs.  5 

•  74,  11.  1^     98,  2.  q  §  103,  R.  V. 
'§124,  Obs.  2  I  §  130,  l.Exc.  &6.2    '  §  145,  Obs,  1,  3. 


ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT     PERSONS.  115 

36.  Epaminondas,  Thebanorum  imperator,  in  bello  ad- 
versus  Lacedsemonios,  animos  su5rum  religione  excitan- 
dos^  ratus,  arma  in  templis  affixa  nocte^  detraxit,  persua- 
sitque  militibus,  quum  ilia  abesse"^  viderent,  deos  iter 
suum  sequi,*^  ut  ipsis*^  prceliantibus  adessent. 

37.  Idem  in  pugna  ad  Mantineam  graviter  vulneratus 
est.  Quum  animam  recepisset,  inter rogavit  circumstantes 
amicos,  an  clypeus  salvus  esset;  ^  deinde,  an  hostes  fusi 
essent.*  Illi  utrumque  affirmaverunt.  Turn  demum 
hastam  e  corpore  educi^  jussit.  ^uo^  facto  statim  ex- 
spiravit. 

38.  Epaminondas  tanta  fuit  abstinentia^  et  integritatCj 
ut  post  plunma  bella,  quibus  Thebanorum  potentiam 
incredibiliter  auxerat,  nihil  in  supellectili  haberet  prse- 
ter  ahenum  et  veru. 

39.  Lysander,  dux  Lacedaemoniorum,  militem  quen- 
dam  via^  egressum  castigabat.  Cui  dicenti,  ad  nullius. 
rei  rapinam  se  ab agmine  recessissejj  respondit:  Jfe^  spe- 
ciem  quidem  rapturi^  prcBheas  volo, 

40.  Iphicrates,  dux  Atheniensium,  quum  prsesidio  tene- 
ret  Corinthum,  et  sub  adventum  hostium  ipse™  vigilias 
circumiretj  vigilem,  quem  dormientem  invenerat,  hasta 
transfixit.  Quod  ^^  factum  quibusdam""  ei  °  ut  ssevum  ex- 
probrantibuSj  Qualem^  inveni^  inquit,  tah'tn  reliqui. 

41.  Quum  quidam  Thrasybulo,  qui  civitatem  Athe- 
niensium  a  tyrannorum  dominatione  liberavit,  dixisset: 
Quantas  ^  tibi  gratias  ^thence  debent !  ille  respondit:  Dii 


I 


»     108,  4,  &  §  79,  9.     g     38,  5. 

1      19,fe§98,Obs.5 

»>  §  131,  R.  XL.             h  §  106,  R.  VII. 

^     32,  3. 

e     96,  2.                          i  §  136    R.  LII. 

°     38. 

d§112,  R.  I.                 i      94, 1,2(1,  &982. 

0  §  123. 

•     74, 12,  &  §  140,  5.     ^     121,  2,  and 

p     44,4,  &  47. 

'     90,4.                           §140,  1.3d. 

q     48,  3. 

J  16  ANECDOTES    OF   EMINENT     PERSONS. 

fncmntj^  ut  quantas^  ipse"^  patria  deheo  gratias^  tanias 
ei  t'idear  "^  retulisse. 

4:2.  Philippus,  rex  Macedonum,  monentibus*  eum 
quibusdam,  ut  Pythiam  quendam  caveret,"^  fortera  mili- 
tem,  sed  ipsi  ^  alienatuin,  quod  tres  filias  segre  aleret^^ 
nee  a  rege  adjuvaretur,  dixisse  fertur:  Quid  1^  si  partem 
rorporis  haherem^  cEgram^  ahscinderem^  potius^  an  curd- 
rem  ?  Deinde  Pythiam  ad  se  vocatum,^  accepta^  diffi- 
cultate  rei  domesticse,  pecunia^  instruxit.  Quo  facto 
nullum  rex  militem  Pythia  "^  fideliorera  habuit. 

43.  Mulier  quaedam  ab  eodem  Philippo,  quum  a  con- 
vivio  temulentus  recederet,  damnata,  j3  Philippo^  inquit, 
teniulento  ad  Philippum  sobrium  provoco, 

44.  Philippus,  rex  Macedonise,  preedicare  solebat,  su 
oratorlbus  Atheniensium  maximaiii  gratiam  habere.  ° 
JYam  conviciis  suis^  inquit,  efficiunt^  ut  quotidie  melior  ® 
evadaniy  dum  eos  dictis^  factisque  mendacii  arguere 
Conor. 

45.  Ejusdem  regis  epistola  fertur  scripta  ad  Aristote- 
lem  philosophum,  qua  filium  sibi  "^  natum  esse  nuntiavit. 
Erat  ilia  epistola  verbis  concepta  fere  his:  Filium  mihi^ 
genitum  esse  scito.  Quod'  equidem  diis  haheo  gratiam.: 
710JI  tam  quod  natus  estj  quam  quod  ei^  contigit  nasci 
temporibus  vitce  tuce.  Spero  enimfore^  ut  a  te  educdtus 
et  eruditus  dignus  evddat  et  nobis  '^  et  rebus ^  quas  ipsi 
relicturi  sumus. 

«     77,  9,  and  ^  §  150,  1.  «»  §  103,  Obs.  2. 

§  42   Obs.  4,  5.  i  §  140,  2.  p  §  129. 

b     44,  3,  &  47.  J      78,  4,  q  §  126,  R.  III. 

«     32,  1.                            §  139,  2,  &  124,  13.     ^     38,  10,  Note. 

«!§  140,  1,  3d,  &70.  k      104,  3,  &  2.  •§113. 

e  §  122,  Obs.  4.  1  §  125.  t  §  145^  obs.  6. 

t     64,  9.  «     6,  3  «     6,  5,  &  §  119. 

f§  141,  Obs.  7.  »     94,  l,2d,&96,  1. 


ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS.  117 

46.  Alexander  Macedo,  Philippi  filius,  quum  puer  a 
praiceptore  sue  audivisset  innumerabiles  mundos  esse,^ 
lieu  me^  miserum^  inquit,  qui  ne  uno  ^  quidem  adhuc  j)o- 
Vitus  sum  I 

47.  Quum  Alexander  quondam  Macedonum  quorun- 
dam  benevolentiam  largitionibus  sibi  conciliare  conatus 
esset,  Philippus  eum  bis  verbis  increpuit:  Sperasne^  eos 
tibi  ^jideles  essefutilros/quos  pecunid  tibi  conciliaveris  1  ^ 
Scito  amorem  non  aurd  emi    sed  virtutibus. 

48.  Alexandre  ^  Macedoni,  Asia  debellata,  Corinthii 
per  legates  gratulati  sunt,  regemque  civitate  ^  sua  dona- 
verunt.  Quod^  officii  genus  quum  Alexander  risisset, 
unus  ex  legatis,  Mulli^  unquarriy  inquit,  civitdtem  dedt- 
mus  alii  quam  tibi  ^  et  Herculi.  Quo  *  audito,  Alexan- 
der honorem  sibi  delatum  lubentissime  accepit. 

49.  Quum  Alexander  Grseciee  populis  ^  imperasset,  ut 
divmos  ipsi  honor es  decernerent,"*  Lacedaemonii  his  ver- 
bis utebantur:  Quoniam  Alexander  deus  esse  voluit^  esto 
deus ;  Laconica  brevitate  regis  notantes  vecordiam. 

50.  Lysimachus,  rex  Thracise,  Theoddrum  Cyrenseum, 
virum  libertatis^  amantissimum  et  regise  dominationi*^  in- 
festum,  cruci  aff  igi®  jussit.  Cui  ille,  Hujus  modi  minis^ 
inquit,  purpurdtos  tuos  t  err  easy  Mea  ^  quidem  nihil ' 
interest^  humine  ^  an  sublime  putrescam. 

51.  Mausolus,  rex  Cari8e,  Artemisiam  habuit  conju- 
gem.  Heec,  Mausolo  defuncto,  ossa  cineremque  marlti 
contusa  et    odoribus  mixta  cum  aqua  potabat.     Extruxil 

*     96,  9.  g  §  141,  Obs.  8.  «  §  107.  R.  IX. 

^§117,  R.  b  §  125,  &  Obs.  1.  o     90,4. 

^     7,  5,  and  i     38,  7,  &  38,  5.  p  §  45,  T.  1 

§  121,  R.  XXVI.  J  §  123.  q  §  113,  Exc.  1. 

d     58,  1,  &  56,  3.  k  §  149,  R.  LXV.  '  §  122,  Obs.  6. 

*§in.  «     7,2,  &§112,  R.V  '§130,  Obs.  7. 

'       99.  1  m  §  140^  1^  sd. 


118  ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS. 

quoque,  ad  conservandam  ^  ejus  memorianij  sepulcrum 
iJludnobilissimum,  ab  ejus  nomine  appellatum,  quod  inter 
septem  orbis  terrarum  miracula  numeratur.  Quod^ 
quum  Mausoli  manibus''  dicaret,  certamen  instituit,  prse- 
miis  amplissimis  ei  propositis,  qui  defunctum  regem  op- 
time  laudasset.^ 

62.  Dionysius,  qui  a  patre  Syracusarum  et  psene  totius 
Sicillae  tyrannidem  acceperat,  senex  patria^  pulsus  Co- 
rinthi^pueros  litteras  docuit.^ 

63.  Mithridates,  rex  Ponti,  ssepe  venenum  hauserat, 
ut  sibi  a  clandestinis  caveret  insidiis.  Hinc  factum  est, 
ut,  quum  a  Pompeio  superatus  mortem  sibi  consciscere 
veilet,  ne  velocissima  quidem  venena  ei  nocerentJ^ 

64.  Quum  Gyges,  rex  Lydiae  ditissimus,  oraculum 
Apollinis  interrogaretj  an  quisquam  mortalium '  seJ  esset^ 
feliclor,  deus,  Aglaiim  quendam  Psophidium  feliciorem, 
praedicavit.  Is  autem  erat  Arcadum'  pauperrimus,  par- 
vuli  agelli  possessor, cujus  terminos  quamvis  senex  nun- 
quam  excesserat,  fructibus^  et  voluptatibus  angusti  ruris 
contentus. 

65.  Pyrrhus,  rex  Epiri,  quum  in  Italia  esset,  audivit, 
Tarentinos  quosdam  juvenes  in  convivio  parum  hono- 
rif  ice  de  se  locutos  esse.'"^  Eos  igitur  ad  se  arcessTtos  per- 
cunctatus  est,  an  dixissent^  ea,  quse  ad  aures  suas  per- 
venissent."*  Tum  unus  ex  his,  J\%sij  inquit,  vinum  nohis^ 
defecissety^  multo  "^  etiam  plura '  et  graviora  in  te  locutu- 
ri  erdmus,^  Hsec  criminis  excusatio  iram  regis  in  risum 
convertit. 


«      112,7.  i»§  140,  1,  4th.  n§141,0bs.  8. 

to     38,  4.  i  §  107,  R.  X.  °  §  112,  Obs.  1. 

c  §  123,  R.  J      6.  3.  P  §  140,  Obs.  2. 

d  §  141,  Obs.  2,  2d.  k  §  140,  5.  q  §  !32,  R.  XLIII 

•  §  126,  R.  V.  »  §  119,  R   XXIII.        '     19,  4. 

t     4,  1,  &  §  130,  1.  »     98,  2.  "  §  79,  8. 
«  §  124,  R. 


ANECDOTES  OF  EMINENT  PERSONS.  119 

56.  Marsyas,  frater  Antigdni,  regis  Macedonian,  quum 
causam  hab^ret  cum  private  qiiodam,  fratrem  rogavit,  ut 
de  ea  domi  cognosceret.^  At  ille.  In  for o  jp otitis  *  inquit. 
JVam  si  culpa  ^  vacaSj  innocentia  tua  ibi  melius  appare- 
bit;  sin  damnandus  eSj  nostra  justitia* 

57.  Clara  sunt  apud  Catanenses  nomina  fratrum  Ana- 
pi^  et  Amphinomi,^  qui  patrem  et  matrem  humeris  per 
medics  *^  ignes  iEtnae  portarunt,  eosque  cum  vitae  suse  *" 
periculo  e  flammis  eripuerunt. 

58.  Spartanus  quidam  quum  rideretur,  quod  claudus 
in  pugnam  iret/  At  mihi^^  inquit,  pugnare^  nonfugere 
est  propositum,^ 

59.  Spartanus  quidam  in  magistratus  petitione  ab 
semulis  victus,  maximse  sibi  laetitiae  esse,J  dixit,  quod  pa- 
tria  sua  se  ^  melidres  cives  haberet/ 

60.  Quum  homo  quidam,  qui  diu  in  uno  pede  stare, 
didicerat,  Lacedsemonio  *  cuidam  dixisset,  se  non  arbitra- 
ri  Lacedaemonidrum  ^  quemquam  tamdiu  idem  facere 
posse,  ille  respondit:  Jit  anseres^  te^  diutiiis. 

61.  Diagoras  Rhodius,  quum  tres  ejus  filii  in  ludis 
Olynipicis  vict5res  renuntiati  essent,  tanto  affectus  est 
gaudio,'""  ut  in  ipso  stadio,  inspectante  populo,  in  filiorum 
manibus  animam  redderet." 

62.  Scipio  Africanus  nunquam  ad  negotia  pub  Ilea  ac- 
cedebat,  antequam  in  templo  Jovis  precatus  esset.® 

63.  Scipio  dicere  solebat,  hosti  non  solum  dandara^ 


« 

Supply  the  proper  verb. 

»  §  140,  1,  3d. 

s  §  126,  R.  III. 

^  §  129. 

*•  §  121,  R,  XXV. 

^  §  144,  R.  LVI. 

a  §  140,  1,  1st 

c§  97,  &  Obs.o. 

i      51,  1. 

0  §  no,  4. 

d     17,1. 

i      8,  1,  and  §  114. 

p     108,  4. 

•    30,2. 

k     6,  3,  &  §  120. 

q  §  1)7,  R.  X. 

f  §  141    Ohs.  8 

'      63,  8c§  123. 

20  ANECDOTES    OF   EMINENT   PERSONS. 

esse  viam  fugiendi,  sed  etiam  muniendam.  Similiter 
Pyrrhus,  rex  Epiri,  fugienti  hosti^pertinaciter  instandum'' 
esse  negabat;  non  solum,  ne  fortius  ex  necessitate  resis 
teret,^  sed  ut  postea  quoque  facilius  acie  ^  cederet,  ratus 
victores  fugientibus  non  usque  ad  perniciem  instaturos 
esse. 

64.  Metellus  Pius,  in  Hispania  bellum  gerens  interro- 
gatus,  quid  postero  die  facturus  esset  T  Tunicam  meam^ 
inquit,  si  id  eloqui  posset^  comhurerem.^ 

65.  L.  Mumniius,  qui,  Corintho  capta,  totam  Italiam 
tabulis^  statuisque  exornavit,  ex  tantis  manubiis  nihil  in 
suum  usum  convertit,  ita  ut,  eo  defuncto,  non  esset  ^  un- 
de  ejus  filia  dotem  acciperet.J  Quare  senatus  ei  ex  pub- 
lico dotem  decrevit. 

66.  Scipio  Africanus  major  Ennii  poetee  imaginem  in 
sepulcro  gentis  Cornelise  coUocari  jussit,  quod  Scipionum 
res  gestas  carminibus  ^  suis  illustraverat. 

67.  M.  Cato,  Catonis  Censorii  filius,  in  acie  cadente 
equo  prolapsus,  quum  se  recollegisset,^  animadvertisset- 
que  gladium  excidisse  ^  vagina,™  rediitin  hostem:  accep- 
tisque  aliquot  vulneribus,'^  recuperate"  demum  gladio  ad 
suos  reversus  est. 

68.  Q.  Metellus  Macedonicus  in  Hispania  quinque  co- 
hortes,  qua3  hostibus"  cesserant,  testamentum  facere  jus- 
sas  ad  locum  p  recuperandum  misit;  minatus  "^  eos  non- 
nisi  post  victoriam  receptum  iri."* 

»  §  112,  R.  IV.  §  42,  II.  2d.  ^  §  136,  R.  LII. 

b     113   8.  ^§  129.  »     104,1. 

c  §  140,  6.  i  §  140,  1,  1st.  °  §  1]2,  R.  V. 

d  §  136,  Obs.  5.  i  §  141,  Obs.  8.  Obs.  5,  5th. 

e  §  140,  5.  k     74,  8,  &  P      112,  7. 

t  §  140,  2.  §  140,  Obs.  4.  q     106,  1. 

c     78,8,  &  »     98,3  r     94,  1,  2d,  &  100, 8. 


ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT    PERSONS.  1^1 

69.  Publius  Decius  consul,  quum  in  bello  contra  Lat- 
inos Romanorum  aciem  cedentem  videret,  capite  pro  rei- 
publicge  salute  devoto,^  in  medium  hostium  agmen  irruit, 
et  magna  strage  edita*  plurimis  telis  obrutus  cecidit. 
Hsec  ejus  mors  Romandrum  aciem  restituit,  iisque  victo- 
riam  paravit. 

70.  L.  Junius  Brutus,  qui  Romam  a  regibus  liberavit, 
filios  suos,  qui  Tarquinium  regem  expulsum  restituere 
(^onati  erant,  ipse^  capitis^  damnavit,  eosque  virgis  csesos 
securi  *^  percuti  ^  jussit. 

71.  Q.  Marcius  Rex  consul,  quum  filium  unicum,  ju- 
venem  summee  pietatis^  et  magnee  spei,  morte  ^  amisisset, 
dolorem  suum  ita  coercuit,  ut  a  rogo  adolescentis  protenus 
curiam  peteret,^  ibique  muneris  sui  negotia  strenue  oblret. 

72.  In  bello  Romanorum  cum  Perseo,  ultimo  Macedo- 
nise  rege,  accidit,^  ut  serena  nocte-J  subito  luna  deficeret 
Haec  res  ingentem  apud  milites  terrorem  excitavit,  qui 
existimabant  hoc  omine  ^  futuram  cladem  portendi.^  Turn 
vero  Sulpicius  Gallus,  qui  erat  in  eo  exercitu,  in  concione 
militum  causam  hujus  rei  tarn  diserte  exposuit,  ut  poste- 
ro  dieJ  omnes  intrepido  animo^  pugnam  committerent.^ 

73.  L.  Siccius  Dentatus  ob  insignem  fortitudinem  ap- 
pellatus  est  Achilles  Romanus.  Pugnasse^  is  dicitur 
centum  et  viginti  proeliis;  ™  cicatricem  aversam  nullam, 
adversas  quinque  et  quadraginta  tulisse;  coronis"  esse 
donatus  aureis  duodeviginti,  obsidionali  una,  muralibus 
tribus,  civicis  quatuordecim,  torquibus  tribus  et  octogin- 

*  104,  1.  g§  129.  k     96,  5. 

'     32,  4.  b  §  140,  1,  1st.  1  §  145,  Obs.-4. 

*  §  122.  i      51,  3.  ^§  136,  Obs.  5.  (in.) 
d  §  15,  6,  &Note  3.      J     6,  7,  &  »  §  123,  Obs.  3,    and 

90,  4,  or  94,   3.  §  131,  R.  XL.  §  126, 


'  §  106.  R.  vn. 


11 


122  ANECDOTES    OF    EMINENT     PERSONS. 

ta,  armillis  plus  centum  sexaginta,  hastis  duodeviginti. 
Piiaieris  idem  donatus  est  quinquies  viciesque.  Trium- 
phavit  cum  imperatoribus  suis  triumphos  ^  novem. 

74.  Hannibalem  in  Italiam  proficiscentem  tria  millia^ 
Carpetandrum  reliquerunt.     Quorum  ^  exemplum  ne  ce- 

t  eri  quoque  barbari  sequerentur,*^  edixit  eos  a  se  esse  di- 
missos,^  et  insuper  in  fidem  ejus  rei  alios  etiam,  quorum 
fides  ipsi  ^  suspecta  erat,  domum  ^  remlsit. 

75.  Hannibal  quum  elephantos  compellere  non  posset,^ 
ut  praealtum  flumen  transirent/  neque  rates  haberet,^  qui- 
bus  eos  trajiceret,*  jussit  ferocissimum  elephantorum  sub 
aure  vulnerari,  et  eum,  qui  vulnerasset,J  se  in  flumen 
conjicere  illudque  tranare.  Tum  elephantus  exaspera- 
tus  ad  persequendum  doloris  sui  auctorem  tranavit  am 
nem,*^  et  relTqui  quoque  eum  secuti  sunt. 

*§n6,  R.  II.  •     98,6.  ^§140,  Obs.  4. 

b  §  24,  5.  f     6,  2,  &  i  §  141,  Obs.  8. 

•     38.  §  126   R.  XXXIII.  J  §  141,  R.  VI. 

i  «  140,  K  2a  s(i  130,  4.  k  §  136,  R.  LII 


AN  EPITOME.  OF  ROMAN  HISTORY, 

FROM   THE    EARLIEST   TIMES   TO 
THE    EMPERORS. 


LIBER  PRIMUS. 

1.  Antiquissimis  temporibus  Saturnus  in  Italiam  ve- 
nisse  dicitur.  Ibi  baud  procul  a  Janiculo  arcem  condidit, 
eamque  Saturniam^  appellavit.  Hie  Italos  primus^  agri- 
culturam  Jocuit.^ 

2.  Postea  Latinus  in  illis  regionibus  imperavit.  Sub 
hoc  rege  Troja  in  Asia  eversa  est.  Hinc  -^neas,  Ancbi- 
sse  filius,  cum  multis  Trojanis,  qiiibus"^  ferrum  Graecorura 
pepercerat,  aufugit,  et  in  Italiam  pervenit.  Ibi  Latinus 
rex  ei  benigne  recepto*^  filiam  Laviniam  in  matrimoniiim 
dedit.  ^neas  urbem  condidit,  quam  in  hon5rem  conjii- 
gis  Lavinium*^  appellavit. 

3.  Post  iEnese  mortem  Ascanius,  ^nese  filius,  reg- 
num  accepit.  Hie  sedem  regni  in  alium  locum  translu- 
lit,  urbemque  condidit  in  monte  Albano,  eamque  Albam* 
Longam  nuncupavit.  Eum  secutus  est  Silvius,  qui 
post   ^neae    mortem    a    Lavinia   genitus    erat.       Ejus 

»§1]6,  Obs.  1.  »§124.  §112,  R.V. 

*  §  98,  Obs.  10.  «»     7   2.  and  •      104,  3 


124  ROMAN    HISTORV. 

poster!  omnes  usque  ad  Romam  conditam  *  Albse  ^  regna- 
verunt. 

4.  Unus  horum  regunij  Romulus  Silvius,  se  Jove*^  ma- 
jorem  esse  dicebat,^  et,  quum  tonaret,  militibus  impera- 
vit,  ut  clypeos  haslis  percuterent,^  dicebalque  hunc  so- 
lium multo  clariorem  esse  quam  tonitru.  Fulmine  ictus/ 
et  in  Albanum  lacum  prgecipitatus  est. 

5.  Silvius  Procas,  rex  Albandrum,  duos  filios  reliquit 
Numitorem  ^  et  Amulium.  Horum  minor  ^  natu,^  Amu- 
lius,  fratri  optionem  dedit,  utrum  regnum  habere  velletjj 
an  bona,  quae  pater  reliquisset.^  Numltor  paterna  bona 
praitulit;  Amulius  regnum  obtinuit. 

6.  AmuliuSj  ut  regnum  firmissime  possideret/  Numi- 
toris  filium  per  insidias  interemit,  et  filiam  fratris  Rheam 
Silviam  Vestalem  virginem  ^  fecit.  Nam  his  Vestse  sa- 
cerdotibus  non  licet  viro  "^  nubere.  Sed  haec  a  Marie 
geminos  filios  Romulum  et  Remum  peperit.  Hoc  quum 
Amulius  comperisset,"  matrem  in  vinciila  conjecit,  pue- 
ros  autem  in  Tiberim  abjici  jussit. 

7.  Forte  Tiberis  aqua  ultra  ripam  se  efFuderat,  et, 
quum  pueri  in  vado  essent  positi,"  aqua  refluens  eos  in 
sicco  reliquit.  Ad  eorum  vagitum  lupa  accurrit,  eosque 
uberibus  suis  aluit.  Quod^  videns  Faustulus  quidam, 
pastor  illius  regionis,  pueros  sustiilitj  et  uxori  Accae  Lau- 
rentias  nutriendos^'dedit. 

8.  Sic  Romulus  et  Remus  pueritiam  inter  pastdres 
Iransegerunt.    Quum  adolevissent,  et  forte  comperissent, 

•  §  146,  Obs.  2.  s  §  97,  Obs.  5.  ™  §  116,  Obs.  1. 

b     4,  1.  h§  107,  Obs.  6.  «§  112,  R.  V 

e     6,  3.  »  §  128,  R.  o     74,  8,  & 

«  §  44,  II.  1.  J  §  140,  5.  §  140,  Obs.  4. 

«§140,  1,  3d.  k§141,  Obs.  8  p     38,  &  §  99,  Expl. 

«     115,  1.  »  §  140    1,  2d.  s     107.  2 


LIBER    I.  125 

qiiis  ips5rum  avus,  quse  mater  fuisset,*  Amulium  interfe- 
cerunt,   et  Numitori  avo  regnum  restituerunt.      j^^te 
Turn    urbem    condiderunt  in  monte  Aventino,  Christum 
quam  Romulus  a  suo  nomine  Romam  ^  vocavit.      ^^'^• 
Haec  quum  moenibus  circumdaretur,  Remus    occisus  est, 
dum  fratrem  inidens  moenia  ^  transiliebat. 

9.  Romulus,  ut  civium  numerum  augeret,  asylum  pa- 
tefecitj  ad  quod  mtilti  ex  civitatibus  suis  pulsi  accurre- 
runt.  Sed  novse  urbis  civibus  "^  conjuges  deerant.  Fes- 
turn  itaque  Neptuni  et  ludos  instituit.  Ad  hos  quum 
multi  ex  fmitimis  populis  cum  mulieribus  et  liberis  venis- 
sent,*  Romani  inter  ipsos  ludos  spectantes  virgin es  rapu- 
erunt. 

10.  Populi  illi,  quorum  virgines  raptse  erant,  bellum 
adversus  raptores  susceperunt.  Quum  Romse  ^  appropin- 
quarent/  forte  in  Tarpeiam  virginem  inciderunt,  quse  in 
arce  sacra  procurabat.  Hahc  rogabant,  ut  viam  in  arcem 
monstraret,^  eique  permiserunt,  ut  munus  sibi  posceret.s 
Ilia  petiit,  ut  sibi  darent,  quod  in  sinistris  manibus  gere- 
rent,*'  annul os  aureos  et  armillas  significans.  At  hostes 
m  arcem  ab  ea  perducti  scutis  Tarpeiam  obruerunt;  nam 
et  ea  in  sinistris  manibus  gerebant. 

n.  Tum  Romulus  cum  hoste,  qui  montem  Tarpeiuiii 
tenebat,  pugnam  conseruit  in  eo  loco,  ubi  nunc  forum 
Romanum  est.  In  media'  csede  raptse  J  processerunt,  et 
hinc  patres  hinc  conjuges  et  soceros  complectebantur, 
et  rogabant,  ut  csedis  flnem  facerent.^  Utrique  his  preci- 
bus  commoti  sunt.  Romulus  feed  us  icit,  et  Sabinos  in 
urbem  recepit. 

•     74,  8,  &  §  140,  5.  §  112,  Obs.  1.  e  §  140,  1,  3d. 

b  §  116,  Obs.  1.  e  §  112,  R.  IV.  b  §  141,  Obs.  8. 

e  §  136,  R.  LII.  t     74,3  ^  and  *      17,  1. 

d     118,  8,  and  §  140,  Obs.  4.  J      Sup.  muli^re* 


126  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

12.  Postea  civitatem  descripsit.  Centum  senatores 
logit,  eosque  cum*  ob  setatem^tum  ob  reverentiam  iis** 
debitam  patres  appellavit.  Plebem  in  triginta  curias  dis- 

tribuit,  easque  raptarum  ^  nominibus  nuncupavit. 
2j     '  Anno  regni  tricesimo  septimo,  quum  exercitum 

lustraret,  inter  tempestatem  ortam  ^  repente  oc- 
ulis^  hominum  subductus  est.  Hinc  alii  eum  a  senatoribus 
interfectum/  alii  ad  decs  sublatum  esse^  existimaverunt. 

13.  Post  Romuli  mortem  unius  anni  interregnum  fuit. 
Quo^  elapso,  Numa  Pompilius  Curibus,^  urbe  in  agro  Sa- 
binorum  natus^rex  creatus  est.  Hie  vir  bellum  quidem 
nullum  gessit;  nee  minus  tamen  civitati  profuit.  Nam 
et  leges  dexlit,  et  sacra  plurima  instituit,  ut  populi  barbari 
et  bellicdsi  mores  molliret.^  Omnia  autera,  qua3  faciebat,J 
se  nymphae  Egeriee,  conjugis  suae,  jussu  facere^  dicebat  J 
Morbo  decessit,  quadragesimp  tertio  imperii  anno. 

14.  Numae^  successit  Tullus  Hostilius,  cujus 
g^  *     avusse inbello adversusSabinosfortem et strenu- 

um  virum  "*  praestiterat.  Rex  creatus  bellum  Al- 
banis  indixit,  idque  trigeminorum  Horatiorum  et  Curia- 
tiorum  certamine  finivit.  Albam  propter  perfidiam  Metii 
Suffetii  diruit.  Quum  triginta  duobus  annis"  regnasset, 
fulmme  ictus  cum  dome  sua  arsit. 

15.  Post  huncAncusMarcius,  Numse  ex  filia 
114.'     nepos,  suscepit  imperium.  Hie  vir  aequitate  °  et 

religione  avo  ^  similis,  Latinos  bello  domuit,  ur- 


•  124,8.  '97,5.  >  §  112,  R.  IV. 
»» §  126,  R.  III.  &  8     38,5.  >»§  116,  Obs.  1. 

64,6.  h§  i3o,l.Exc.&6.  2  »  §  131,  R.  XLI. 

e  §  98,  Obs.  5.  i  §  140,  1,  2d.  and  Exp. 

<  §  146,  Obs.  6.  i  §  44,  II.  1.  <>  §  128,  R. 

•  5,1&§126,R.III  ^     96,1,  p     7,  6,  &§111. 


LIBER   I.  127 

bem  ampllavlt,  et  nova  ei^  moenia  circumdedit.  Carce- 
rem  primus  a^dificavit.  Ad  Tiberis  ostia  urbem  condidit, 
Ostiamque  vocavit.  Vicesimo  quarto  anno  imperii  mor- 
bo  obiit. 

16.  Deinde  regnum  Lucius  Tarquinius  Pris- 

ous  accepit,  Demarati  filius,  qui  tyrannos  patriae  ^^7 
Coiinthi  fugiens  in  Etruriam  venerat.  Ipse^ 
Tarquinius,  qui  nomen  ab  urbe  Tarquiniis  accepit,  ali- 
quando  Romam*^  profectus  erat.  Advenienti*^  aquila  pi- 
leum  abslulit,  et,  postquam  alte  evolaverat,  reposuit. 
Hinc  Tanaquil  conjux,  mulier  auguriorum^  perita,  reg- 
num ei  portendi  intellexit. 

17.  Quum  Romae  commoraretur,  Anci  regis  familiari- 
tatem  consecutus  est,  qui  eum  filiorura  suorum  tutorem^ 
reliquit.  Sed  is  pupillis  "^  regnum  intercepit.  Senatoribus, 
quos  Romulus  creaverat,  centum  alios  addidit,  qui  mino- 
rum  gentium^  sunt  appellati.  Plura  bella  feliciter  ges- 
sit,  nee  paucos  agros  bostibus  ^  ademptos  urbis  territorio 
adjunxit.  Primus  triumphans  urbem  intravit.  Cloacas 
fecit;  Capitolium  inchoavit.  ,  Tricesimo  octavo  imperii 
anno  per  Anci  filios,  quibus  *^  regnum  eripuerat,  occisus  est 

18.  Post  hunc  Servius  Tullius  suscepit  impe- 
rium,  genitus  ex  nobili  femina,  captiva  tarn  en  et      jyg  * 
famula.  Quum  in  domo  Tarquinii  Prisci  educa- 

retur,^  flamma  in  ejus  capite  visa  est.  Hoc  prodigio  Ta- 
naquil ei  summam  dignitatem  portendi  J  intellexit,  et  con- 
jugi  ^  persuasit,  ut  eum  sicuti  liberos  suos  educaret.^  Quum 
adolevisset,  rex  ei  filiam  in  matrimonium  dedit. 

a  §  123,  R.  &Obs.  3.  «  §  107,  R.  IX.  i  §  140,  Obs.  4,   and 

^   32,  4.  f  §  116,  Obs.  1.  §  44,  II. 

•=§  130;  2.  g     Sup.  Senatores,  i      96,  6. 

«»      (Sup.  ei)  §  106,  R.  k  §  112,  R.  V. 

§  123,  &  5,  1.  M  126,  R.  III.  &  5.  1.  i  §  140,  1,  3d 


128  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

19.  Quum  Priscus  Tarquinius  occisus  esset,  Tana'qui 
de  superidre  parte  domus  populum  ^  allocuta  est,  dicenSj 
regem  grave  quidem  sed  non  letdle  vulnus  accejAsse;^' 
emu  fetere^  ut  populuSj  dum  convaluisset^*^  Servio  Tullio 
ohediret.  Sic  Servius  regnare  ccepit,  sed  bene  imperium 
administravit.  Montes  tresurbiadjunxit.  Primus  om- 
nium censum  ordinavit.  Sub  eo  Roma  habuit  capitum 
octoginta  tria  millia  civium  Romanorum,cum  his  qui  in 
agris  erant. 

20.  Hie  rex  interfectus  est  scelere  filial  Tulliae 

220.*  et  Tarquinii  Superbi,  filii  ejus  regis,  cui*'  Servius 
successerat.  Nam  ab  ipso  Tarquinio  de  gradibus 
curise  dejectus,  quum  domum^  fugeret,  interfectus  est. 
Tullia  in  forum  properavit,  et  prima  conjugem  regem  s 
salutavit.  Quum  domum  rediret,  aurigam  super  patris 
corpus  in  via  jacens  carpentum  agere  jussit. 

21.  Tarquinius  Superbus  cognomen  moribus  meruit. 
Bellotamen  strenuuspluresfinitimorum  populorum^  vicit. 
Templum  Jovis  in  Capitolio  sedificavit.  Postea,  dum 
Ardeam^  oppugnabat,  urbem  Latii,  imperium  perdidit. 
Nam  quum  filius  ejus  Lucretise,^  nobilissimse  feminai, 
conjugi  Tarquinii  Collatini,  vim  fecisset,  hsec  se  ipsamJ 
occidit  in  conspectu  mariti,  patris,  et  amic5rum,postquam 
eos  obtestata  fuerat,  ut  banc  injuriam  ulciscerentur.'' 

22.  Hanc  ob  causam  L.  Brutus,  Collatlnus, 

^3  '    aliique  nonnulliin  exitium  ^  regis  conjurarunt 

populoque '  persuaserunt,  ut  ei  portas  urbis  clau- 

deret.^     Exercitus  quoque,  qui  civitatem  Ardeam  cum 

rege  oppugnabat,  eum  reliquit.    Fugit  itaque  cum  uxore 

"  §  136,  R.  LII.  *  §  112,  R.  IV.  i  §  123,  R. 

»»     94, 1,2(1,  &  98, 2.  f  §  130,4.  J      32. 

e     96,2.  g§116,  Obs,  1.  k§140,  1,3(1. 

*     80,  3,  &§  140,  4  M107,  R.  X  '     123.1  &U36.R.L 


LIBER    1.  129 

et  liLeris  suis.  Ita  Romse*  rcgnatum^  est  per  septeni 
reges  annos  °  ducentos  quadraginta  tres. 

23.  Hinc  consules  coepere  pro  uno  rege  duo  crearij  ut, 
si  unus  malus  esset/  alter  eum  coerceret.®  Annuum  iis 
imperium  tributum  est,  ne  per  diuturnitatem  potestatis 
insolentidres  redderentur.^  Fuerunt^  igitur  anno  primo, 
expulsls  regibus/  consules  L.  Junius  Brutus,  acerrimus 
libertatis  vindex,  et  Tarquinius  Collatlnus,  maritus  Lucre- 
tiae.  Sed  Collatino  ^  paulo  post  dignitas  sublata  est. 
Placuerat  enim,  ne  quis  ex  Tarqulniorum  familia  Romse* 
maneret.^  Ergo  cum  omni  patrimonio  suo  ex  urbe  migra- 
vit,  et  in  ejus  locum  Valerius  Publicola  consul  factus  est. 

24.  Commovit  bellum  urbi  rex  Tarquinius.  In  prima 
pugna  Brutus  consul,  et  Aruns,  Tarquinii  filius,  sese  invi- 
cem**  occiderunt.  Romani  tamen  ex  ea  pugna  victores 
recesserunt.  Brutum  Romanse  matrdnae  quasi  communem 
patrem  per  annum  luxerunt.  Valerius  Publicola  Sp.  Lu- 
cretium,  Lucretiae  patrem,  collegam  sibi  fecit;  qui  quum 
morbo  exstinctus  esset,^  Horatium  Pulvillum  sibi  colle- 
gam J  sumpsit.  Ita  primus  annus  quinque  consules  habuit 

25.  Secundo  quoque  anno  iterum  Tarquinius 
bellum  Romanis  intulit,  Porsena,^  rege     Etrus-      245. 
c5rum,  auxilium  ei  ferente.    In  illo  bello  Hora- 

tius  Codes  solus  pontem  ligneum  defendit,  et  hostes  co- 
hibuit,  donee  pons  a  tergo  ruptus  esset.^  Tum  ge  cum 
armis  in  Tiberim  conjecit,  et  ad  suos  transnavit. 

26.  Dum  Porsena  urbem  obsidebat,  Qu.  Mucius  Scse- 
vola,  juvenis  fortis  animi,^  in  castra  hostis  se  contulit  eo 

•     4,  1.  e  §  140,  1,  2(1.  i  §  140,  Obs   4. 

**  §  85,  3.  f      9,  1.  J  §  116,  Obs.  1 

e§131,R.XLI.  «§  126,  R.  III.  &  5.1  k§  140,4. 

«  §  140.  2  h  §  28,  Obs.  5.  1  §  106.  R.  VII 


130  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

consilio,  ut  regem  occideret.  At  ibi  scribam  regis  pro 
ipso  rege  interfecit.  Turn  a  regiis  ^  satellitibus  cora])re- 
hensus  et  ad  regem  deductus,  quum  Porsena  eum  ignibus 
allatis  terreret,^  dextram  arse  ^  accensce  imposuit,  donee 
flammis  consumpta  esset.^  Hoc  facinus  rex  miratus^  ju- 
venem  dimisit  incolumem.  Turn  hie  quasi  beneficiura 
referens  ait/ trecentos  alios  juvenes  in  eum  conjurasse.s 
Hac  re  territus  Porsena  pacem  cum  Romanis  fecit,  Tar- 
quinius  autem  Tusciilum  se  contiilit,  ibique  privatus  cum 
uxore  consenuit. 

27.  Sexto  decimo  anno  post  reges  exactos,^ 
259.*     populus  Romse  seditionem  fecit,  questus  quod 

tribiitis  et  militia  a  senatu  exhauriretur.*  Magna 
pars  plebls  urbem  reliquit,  et  in  montem  trans  Anienera 
amnem  secessit.  Tum  patres  turbati  Menenium  Agrip- 
pam  miserunt  ad  plebem,  qui-*  earn  senatui  conciliaret. 
Hie  iis  inter  alia  fabulam  narravit  de  ventre  et  membris 
humani  corporis;  qua  popiilus  comm5tus  est,  ut  in  urbem 
rediret.  Tum  primum  tribuni  plebis  cread  sunt,  quirJ 
plebem  adversum  nobilitatis  superbiam  defenderent. 

28.  Octavo  decimo  anno  post  exactos  reges,^ 
261.  *    Q^*  Marcius,  Coriolanus  ^  dictus  ab  urbe  Volsco- 

rum  Coriolis,'  quam'""  bello  ceperat,  plebi"  invl- 
sus  fieri  ccepit.  Quare  urbe°  expulsus  ad  Volscos,  acer- 
rimos  Romanorum  hostes,  contendit,et  ab  iis  dux^  exer- 
citus  factus  Romanos  ssepe  vicit.  Jam  usque  ad  qumtimi 
milliarium  urbis  accesserat,  nee  ullis  civium  suorum  I?- 

*  §  106,  Obs.  4.  f  §  44,  I.  3.  k  §  io3,  R.  and 
t  §  44,  II.  2,  and           e     98,  2,  &  94,  1,  2d       §  116,  Obs.  1. 

§  42,  Obs.  2  ^  §  146,  Obs.  2.              i  §  97,    R.  I. 

«§123,  R.  i  §  141,  Obs.  7.             »§  99,  Obs.  3. 

a  §140,4.  J      40,  4,  and                 n  §  111,  R. 

•  106,  l,and  §  141,  Obs.  2,  4th.     «>  §  136,  R.  LIl 
§  146,  Obs.  6. 


LIBJiR    I.  131 

gationibus  flecti  poterat,  ut  patriae  parceret.*  Denique 
Veturia  mater  et  Volumnia  uxor  ex  urbe  ad  eum  vene- 
runt;  quarum  fletu  et  precibus  commotus  est,  ut  exerci- 
tum  lemoveret.^  Quo  ^  facto  a  Volscis  ut  prodltor*^  oc- 
clsus  esse  dicitur. 

29.  Romani  quum  adversum  Veientesbellum  gererent 
fa m ilia  Fabidrum  sola  hoc  bellum  suscepit.  Profecti 
sunt  treceiiti  sex  nobilissimi  homines,  duce  ^  Fa- 

bio  consule.  Quum  sa3pe  hostes  vicissent,  apud  274. 
Cremeram  fiuvium  castra  posuerunt.  Ibi  Vei- 
entes  dolo  ^  usi  eos  in  insidias  pellexerunt.  In  proelio  ibi 
exorto^omnes  perierunt.  TJnus  superfuit  ex  tanta  fa- 
milia,  qui  propter  setatera  puerllem  duci  non  potuerat  ad 
pugnam.  Hie  genus  propagavit  ad  Qu.  Fabium  Maximum 
illumjS^  qui  Hannibalem  prudenti  cunctatidne  debilitavit. 

30.  Anno  trecentesimo  etaltero^^ab  urbe  con-     , 

1-  A  •   ,  -  .         _  .  .......  A.  U 

ditaMecemviri  creati  sunt,  qui  J  civitati  leges     302. 

scriberent.     Hi  primo  anno  bene  egerunt;  se- 

cundo   autem   dominationem    exercere   cceperunt.     Sed 

quum  unus  eorum  ^  Appius  Claudius  virginem  ingenuam, 

Virginiam,  Virginii  centurionis  filiam,  corrumpere  vellet, 

pater  eam  occidit.     Tum  ad  milites  profugit,  eosque  ad 

se(liti5nem  commovit.    Sublata  est  decemviris  ^  potestas, 

ipsique  omnes  aut™  morte  aut  exilio  puniti  sunt. 

31.  In  bello  contra  VeientanosFuriusCamil- 

lus  urbem  Falerios  obsidebat.     In  qua"  obsidi-      353  * 

one  quum  ludi  literarii  magister  principum  filios 

ex  urbe  in  castra  hostium  duxisset,®  Camillus  hoc  donum 

»  §  140,  1,  2cl.  f  §  146,  Obs.  6.  ^  §  107,  R.  X. 

t     38,  5.  g     27,  1st.  1  §  126,  R.  III.  &5.1 

c  §149,  Obs.  1.  M24,  7.  ^     124,3. 

^     110,  1.  i  §  146,  Obs.  2.  °     38,8. 

e  §  121,  R.  XXVI.  J  §  141,  R.  II.  Obs.  0  §  140,  Obs.  4 
and  7,  4.                          2,  4th. 


132  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

liOR  accepit,  sed  scelestum  homihem,  manibus  post  ter- 
gum  vinctisjpueris  Falerios^reducendum  ^  tradidit;  vir 
gasque  iis  dedit,  quibus  proditdrem  in  urbem  agerent.*^ 

32  Hactantaanimi  nobilitatecommotiFalisci  urbem  Ro- 
manis  tradiderunt.  Camillo'^  autem  apud  Romanos  crimi- 
ni  datum  ^  est,  quod  albis  equis  triumphasset,^  et  prsedam 

inique  divisisset;  damnatusque^'ob  earn  causan, 
3*64.  *    ^^  civitate  expulsus  est.     Paulo  post  Galli  Se- 

nones  ad  urbem  venerunt,  Romanos  apud  flu- 
men  AUiam  vicerunt,  et  urbem  etiam  occupfirunt.s  Jam 
nihil  praeter  Capitol ium  defendi^  potuit.  Et  jam  prsesidi- 
um  fame  laborabat,  et  in  eo '  erantjj  ut  pacem  a  Gallis 
auro  emerent,*^  quum  Camillus  cum  manu  militum  super- 
veniens  hostes  magno  proelio  superaret. 


LIBER  SECUNDUS. 

1.  Anno    trecentesimo    nonagesimo    quarto 

394.  *    P^^^  urbem  conditam  Galli  iterum  ad  urbem  ac- 

cesserant,  et  quarto    milliario  *   trans  Anienem 

fluvium  consederant.   Contra  eos  missus  est  T.  Quinctius. 

Ibi  Gallus  quidam  eximia  corporis  magnitudine"'  fortis- 

simum  Romanorum  ad  certamen  singulare  provocavit. 

T.  Manlius,  nobilissimus  juvenis,  provocati5nem  accepit, 

Galium  occidit,  eumque  torque"  aureo  spoliavit,  quo** 

ornatus  erat.  Hinc  et  ipse  et  posteri  ejus  Torquati  appel- 

lati  sunt.     Galli  fugam  capessiverunt. 

»§130,2.  '      115.1.  k§i40,  1,1st 

«>     107,1.  ?§79,  1,1st.  i§132,  R. 

c     83,  3,  and  ^     87,  6.  m     6,  1,  and 

§  141,  Obs.  2,  &  3.  i      19,  6,  &  §  106,  R.  VII. 

•>  §  114,  R.  §  31,  Obs.  2.  n  §  125,  R.  &  6,  8 

•  §  141,  Obs,  7.  i  §  102.  R.  II.  o  §  if  9,  r. 


LIBER    II.  133 

2.  NoYO  bello  cum  Gallis  exorto,  anno  urbis  ,  , 
qiiadringentesimo  sexto,  iterum  Gallus  processit  43^ 
robore^atque  armis  insignis,  et  provocavit  unum 

ex  Romanis,  ut  secum  armis  decerneret.**  Turn  se  M.  Va- 
lerius,  tribunus  miiitum,  obtulit;  et,  quum  processisset  ar- 
matus,  corvus  ei*^  supra  dextrum  brachium  sedit.  Mox, 
commissa  pugnajhic  corvus  alis^  et  unguibus  Galli  ocu- 
los  verberavit.  Ita  factum  est,  ut  Gallus  nullo  negotio 
a  Valerio  interficeretur,^  qui  hinc  Corvini  nomen  accepit. 

3.  Postea  Romanibelhimgesserunt  cum  Sam- 
nitibus,  ad  quod  L.  Papirius  Cursor  cum  honore      430 
dictatoris  profectus  est.    Qui  ^  quum  negotii  cu- 
jusdam  causa  Romam  ivisset,  praecepit  Q.  Fabio  ^  Rul- 
liano,  njagistro  equitum,  quem  apud  exercitum  reliquit, 
ne  pugnam  cum  hoste  committeret.^  Sed  ille  occasi5nem 
nactus  felicissime  dimicavit,  et   Samnites  delevit.     Ob 
banc  rem  a  dictatore  capitis^  damnatus  est.     At  ille  in 
urbem  confugit,  et  ingenti  favore  militum  et  populi  libe- 
ratus  est;  in  Papirium  autem  tanta  exorta  est  seditio,  ut 
psene  ipse^  interficeretur.^ 

4.  Du5bus  annis  postJ  T.  Veturius  et  Spurius  Postu- 
mius  coiisules  bellum  adversum  Samnites  gerebant.     Hi 
a  Pontio  Thelesino,  duce  bostium,  in  insidias  inducti  sunt. 
Nam  ad  Furculas  Caudinas  Romanos  pellexit  in 
angustias,  unde  sese  expedire  non  poterant.  Ibi      433  ' 
Pontius  patrem  suum  Herennium  rogavit,  quid^ 
faciendum  putaret.*  Ille  respondit,  aut  omnes  occidendos™ 


»  §  128,  R. 

'      39,  1. 

§  136,  Obs.  6. 

^  §  140,  1,  3d. 

s§  112,  R.  V. 

k     91,  5. 

«=  §  110,  Obs.  1. 

^  §  126,  R.  I. 

1  §  140,  5. 

«  §  129,  R. 

i      32,  3. 

«»      108,  4. 

•§  140,1,4th. 

J  §  90,  4,  and 
12 

"  §  140,  1,  1st. 

134  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

esse,  ut  Romanorum  vires  frangerentur,^  aut  omnes  di- 
millendos,  ut  beneficio  obligarentur.^  Pontius  utrumque 
consilium  improbavit,  omnesque  sub  jugum  misit.  Sam- 
nites  denique  postbellum  undequinquaginta  annorum  su- 
perati  sunt. 

5.  DevictisSamnitibuSjTarentinis^  bellumin- 
472  *  dictum  est,  quia  legatis  Romanorum  injuriam  fe- 
cissent.""  Hi  Pyrrhum,*^  Epiri  regem,  contra  Ro- 
manos  auxilium  ^  poposcerunt.  Is  mox  in  Italiam  venit, 
tumque  primum  Romani  cum  transmarino  hoste  pugna- 
verunt.  Missus  est  contra  eum  consul  P.  Valerius  Lse- 
vinus.  Hie,  quum  exploratdres  Pyrrhi  cepisset,  jussit 
eos  per  castra  duci,^  tumque  dimitti,  ut  renuntiarent * 
Pyrrho,  qusecunque  a  Romanis  agerentur/ 

6.  Pugna  commissa,  Pyrrhusauxilio  elephantorum  vi- 
cit.  Nox  proelio  finem  dedit.  Lsevinus  tamen  per  noc- 
tem  fugit.  Pyrrhus  Romanes  mille  ^  octingentos  cepit, 
eosque  summo  honore  tractavit.  Quum  eos,  qui  in  prce- 
lio  interfecti  fuerant,  omnes  adversis  vulneribus  et  truci 
vultu  etiam  mortuos  jacere  videret,  tulisse  ad  coelum  ma- 
nus  dicitur  cum  hac  voce:  Ego  cum  talibus  viris  brevi 
orhem  terrarura  suhigerern.^ 

7.  Postea  Pyrrhus  Romam  perrexit;  omnia  ferro  ig- 
neque  vastavit.  Campaniam  depopulatus  est,  atque  ad 
Praeneste  venit,  milliario  ab  urbe  octavo  decimo.  Mox 
terrore  exercitus,  qui  cum  consule  sequebatur,  in  Campa- 
niam se  recepit.  Legati  ad  Pyrrhum  de  captivis  redi- 
mendis '  missi  honorif ice  ab  eo  suscepti  sunt^  captivos 
sine  pretio  reddidit.     Unum  ex  legatis,  Fabricium,  sic 

•  §  140,  1,  2d.  d  §  124,  R.  &  62,  5.       s  §  24,  5,  &  7. 

!»  §  126,  R.  III.  «     94,  3.  ^  §  42,  II.  2d. 

e  §  140,  Obs.  2.  f  §  141,  Obs   8.  «      112,  8. 


LIBER   II.  i:j5 

admiratus  est,  ut  ei  quartam  partem  regni  sui  promitte- 
ret,  si  ad  se  transiret,''  sed  a  Fabricio  contemptus  est, 

8.  Quum  jam  Py  rrhus  ingenti  Romanorum  admiratidne 
teneretur,  legatum  misit  Cineam,  prsestantissimum  virum, 
qui^  pacem  peteret  ea  conditidne,"^  ut  Py  rrhus  eam  par- 
tem Italise,  quam  armis  occupaverat,  obtineret.  Romani 
respai'.deruntjeum  cum  Romanis  pacem  habere  non  pos- 
se, nisi  ex  Italia  recessisset.*^  Cineas  quum  rediisset, 
Pyrrho  eum  *^  interroganti,  qualis  ipsi  Roma  visa  esset/ 
resporulit,  se  regum  patriam  vidisse.^ 

9.  In  altero  ^  prcelio  cum  rege  EpTri  commisso  Pyrrhus 
vulneratus  est,  elephanti  interfecti,  viginti  millia  hostium 
caesa  sunt.  Pyrrhus  Tarentum  *' fugit.  Interjecto  anno, 
Fabricius  contra  eum  missus  est.  Ad  hunc  medicus  Pyr- 
rhi  nocte  venit  promittens,  se  Pyrrhum  veneno  occisu- 
rurn,'  si  munus  sibi  daretur.  Hunc  Fabricius  vinctum 
reduci  jussit  ad  dominum.  Tunc  rex  admiratus  ilium 
dixisse  fertur;  Ille^  est  Fabricius ^  qui  difficilius ah  hones- 
tote^  quam  sol  a  cursu  suo  averti  potest,  Paulo  post 
Pyrrhus  tertio  etiam  prcelio  fusus  a  Tarento  re- 

cessit,  et,  quum  in  Greeciam  rediisset,  apud  Ar-      ^g^ 
gos,  Peloponnesi  urbem,  interfectus  est. 

10.  Anno  quadringentesimo  nonagesimo  post 
urbem  conditam  ^  Rojuandrum  exercitus  primum      ^^q^ 
in  Sicilian!  trajecerunt,  regemque  Syracusarum 
Hier5nem,  Poenosque,  qui  multas  civitates  in  ea 
msula  occupaverant,  superaverunt.    Quinto  an-      495^ 
no  hujus  belli,  quod  contra  Pcenos  gerebatur, 


*  §  140,  2.  «     63,  3.  i  §  130,  2. 

b§  14l,R.  II.&40.4  f§140,  5.  J      100,  2&c  94, 1, 2(i 

«§129,  R.  g     98,2  k§103,  R. 

A  5  140,  6.  M  24,  7.  §  146,  Obs.  2. 


136  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

primum  Romani,  C.  Buillio  et  Cn.  Cornelio  AsTna  con- 
sulibus,  *  in  mari  dimicaverunt.  Duillius  Carthaginienses 
vicit,  triginta  naves  occupavit,  quatuordecim  mersit,  sep- 
tern  millia  hostium  ^  cepit,  tria  millia  occidit.  Nulla  vic- 
toria Romanis  ^  gratior  fuit.  Duillio  concessum  est,  ut, 
quurn  a  coena  redlret,  pueri  funalia  gestantes,  et  tibicen 
eum  comitarentur.'^ 

11.  Paucis  annis  interjectis,  bellum  in  AfrT- 

499^  cam  translatum  est.  Hamilcar,  Carthaginien- 
sium  dux,  pugna  navali  superatur;  nam  perditis 
sexaginta  quatuor  navibus  se  recepit;  Romani  viginti  duas 
amiserunt.  Quuin  in  Africam  venissent,  Poenos  in  pluri- 
busproeliis  vicerunt,  m^gnam  vim  hominum  ceperunt, 
septuaginta  quatuor  civitates  in  fidem  acceperunt.  Turn 
victi  Carthaginienses  pacem  a  Romanis  ®  petierunt. 
Quam  ^  quum  M.  Atilius  Regulus,  Romanorum  dux,  dare 
nollet  nisi  durissimis  conditionibus,  Carthaginienses  aux- 
ilium  petierunt  a  Lacedssmoniis.^  Hi  Xanthippum  mise- 
runt,  qui  Romanum  exercitum  magno  proelio  vicit.  Reg- 
ulus ipse  captus  et  in  vincula  conjectus  est. 

12.  Non  tamen  ubique  fortuna  Carthaginiensibus  ^  fa- 
vit.  Quum  aliquot  prcfiliis  victi  essent,  Regulum  roga- 
verunt,  ut  Romam  proficisceretur,  et  pacem  captivorum- 
que  permutati5nem  a  Romanis  obtineret.  Ille  quum 
Romam  venisset,  inductus  in  senatum  dixit,  se  desiisse 
Romanum  esse  ex  ilia  die,  qua ^  in  potestatem  Poenorum 
venisset.*  Tum  Romanis  J  suasit,  ne  pacem  cum  Cartha- 
giniensibus facerent:^  illos^  enim  tot  casibus  fractos 
spem  nullam  nisi  in  pace  habere:"*  tanti"  non  esse,  ut 

'^      110,  2.  '      39,3.  k§  140,  1,3d. 

»'^106^R.VI.  5§n2,  R.  V.  1      94,4. 

''§in,R.  M131,R.  XL.  >"     96,2,  &  94,  1,2a 

«»  §  140,  1,  4th.  i  §  141,  R.  VI.  n§  122,  R.  XXVill 

•  ^  124,  Obs.  2.  i  §  123   R.  Exp. 


LIBER    III.  V37' 

tot  millia*  captivdrum  propter  se  unum  et  paiicos,  qu! 
ex  Romanis  capti  essent,  redderentur.  Ha^c  sentenlia 
obtinuil.  Regressus  igitur  in  Africam  crudelij-simis  sup- 
pliciis  exstinctus  est. 

13.  Tandem,  C.  Lutatio  Catiilo,  A.  Postumio 
consulibus,  anno   belli    Punici  vicesimo   tertio      ^i^ 
magnum  proelium  navale  commissum  est  contra 
Lilybseum,  promontorium  Siciliae.     In  eo  proelio  septua- 
ginta  tres  Carthaginiensium  naves  captse,^  centum  viginti 
quinque  demersse^triginta  duo  millia  hostium  capta,  tre- 
decim  millia  occisa  sunt.    Statim  Carthaginienses  pacem 
petierunt,  eisque  pax  tributa  est.     Captivi  Romanorum,*^ 
qui  tenebantuT  a  Carthaginiensibus  redditi  sunt.     Pceni 
Siiliia/  Sardinia,  et  ceteris  insulis,  quae  inter  Italiam  Af- 
ricamque  jacent,  decesserunt,  omnemque  Hispaniam  quae 
citra  Iberum  est,  Romanis  permiserunt. 


LIBER  TERTIUS. 
1.  Anno  quingentessimoundetricesimoingen- 
tes  Galldrum  copise  Alpes  transierunt.    Sed  pro      ^29/ 
Romanis  tota  Italia  consensit:  traditumque  est^^* 
octingenta  millia*  hominum^  ad  id  bellum  parata  fuissef 
Res  prospere  gesta  est  apud  Clusium:  quadraginta  millia 
hominum  interfecta  sunt.     Aliquot  annis^  post  *'  pugna- 
tum  est  *  contra  Gallos  in  agro  Insubrum,  finitumque  est 
bellum   M.    Claudio   Marcello,    Cn.  Cornelio  Sclpiorie 
consulibus.     Tum  Marcellus  regem  Gallorum,  Yiridom- 

*§24,  5.  «  §  44,  Obs.  &  III.  g  §  131,  R.  XL. 

^     115,  2.  5,  51,  2.  ^  §  136,  Obs.  6. 

c§107,  R.X.  f     94,  1,  2d,  &  98,  9.  ^  §  85,  3. 
'  §  136,  R.  LIT 


VSS  ROMAN    HISTORy. 

arum,  manu  sua  occ'idit,  et  triumpLans  spolia  Galli  stip- 
111"  imposita  humeris  suis  vexit. 

2.  Paulo  post  Punicum  bellum  renovatum  est  per  Han- 
nibalem,  Carthaginiensium  ducem,  quern  pater  Hamilcar 
novem  annos^  naturn  aris  admoverat,  ut  odium  perenne 
in  Romanos  juraret.^  Hie  annum  agens  vicesimum  a^ta- 

tis  SaguntumjHispanise  civitatem,  Romanis  am- 
5*3g'     icam,  oppugnare"^  aggressus  est.    Huic  Romani 

per  legatos  denuntiaverunt,  ut  bello  abstineret.® 
Qui^quum  legatos  admittere  nollet,  Romani  Carthaglnem 
miserunt,  ut  mandaietur^  Hannibali,^  ne  bellum  contra 
socios  populi  Romani  gereret.^  Dura  responsa  a  Cartha- 
giniensibus  reddita.  Saguntinis  interea  faffie  victis,  Ro 
mani  Carthaginiensibus  bellum  indixerunt. 

3.  Hannibal,  fratre  Hasdrubale  in  Hispania  relicto, 
Pyrenseum  et  Alpes  transiit.  Traditurf  in  Italiam  octo- 
ginta  millia  peditum^et  viginti  millia  equitum,  septem  et 
triginta  elephantos  abduxisse.  Interea  multi  Ligures  et 
Galli  Hannibali  se  conjunxerunt.  Primus  ei  occurrit  P. 
Cornelius  Scipio,  qui,  proelio  ad  Ticinum  commisso,^  su- 
peratus  est,  et,  vulnere  accepto,^  in  castra  rediit.  Tum 
Sempronius  Gracchus  conflixit  ad  Trebiam  amnem.  Is 
quoque  vincitur.  Multi  populi  se  Hannibali  dediderunt. 
Inde  in  Tusciam  progressus  Flaminium  consul  em  ad 
Trasimenum  lacum  superat.  Ipse  Flaminius  interemp 
tusj'  Romanorum  viginti  quinque  millia  csesa  sunt. 

4.  Quingentesimo  et  quadragesimo  anno  post 

540.*    urbem  conditam  L.  ^milius  Paullus  et  P.  Te- 

rentius    Varro    contra   Hannibalem    mittuntur 

t  Supply  is  with  traditur,  or  eum  with  abduxisse,  §  145,  Obs.  4.   \^ 
»§126,  R.  III.  d§  144^  Obs.  2.  s     51  &  §  144.  Obs.    ^ 

^  §  131,  R.  XLI.  e  §  140,  1.  3d.  h     104,  2. 

c  ^  140.  1.  2d.  f     39,  1.  i      115,  2. 


LIBER    III.  139 

Quamquam  intellectum  erat,""  Hannibalem  non  aliter  vin- 
ci  posse  quam  mora,  Varro  tamen  moree  ^  impatiens  apuil 
vicum,  qui  Cannae^^appellatur,  in  Apulia  pugnavit;  ambo 
consules  victi,  Paullus  interemptus  est.  In  ea  pugna  con- 
sulares  aut  praetorii  viginti,  senatores  triginta  capti  aut 
occisi;  militum  quadraginta  millia;  equitum  tria  millia 
el  quingenti  perierunt.  In  his  tantis  malis  nemo  tamen 
pacis  mentionem  facere  dignatus  est.  Servi,  quod*^  nim- 
quam  ante  factum,  manumissi  et  milites  facti  sunt. 

6.  Post  earn  pugnam  multee  Italise  civitates,  quae  Ro- 
manis^  paruerant,  se  ad  Hannibalem  transtulerunt.  Han- 
nibal Romanis  obtulit/  ut  captivos  redimerent;  respon- 
sumque  est^  a  senatu,  eos  cives  non  esse  necessarios,  qui 
armati  capi  potuissent.^  Hos  omnes  ille  postea  variis 
suppliciis  interfecitj  et  tres  modios  aureorum  annulorum 
Carthaginem  misit,  quos  manibus^  equitum  Romanorum, 
senatdrum,  et  militum  detraxerat.  Interea  in  Hispania 
frater  Hannibalis,  Hasdrubal,  qui  ibi  remanserat  cum 
magno  exercitu,  a  duobus  Scipionibus  vincitur,  perditque 
in  pugna  triginta  quinque  millia  hominum. 

6.  Anno  quarto  postquam  Hannibal  in  Italiam  venerat, 
M.  Claudius  Marcellus  consul  apud  Nolam,  civitatem 
Campanise,  contra  Hannibalem  bene  pugnavit.  Illo  tem- 
pore Philippus,  Demetrii  filius,  rex  Macedonise,  ad  Han- 
nibalem legatos  mittit,  eique  auxilia  contra  Romanos  pol- 
licetur.  Qui  legati'  quum  a  Romanis  capti  essent,'  M. 
Valerius  Lsevinus  cum  navibus  missus  est,  qui  regem  im 
pediret,^  quo  minus  copias  in  Ilaliam  trajiceret.*  Idem 
in  Macedoniam  penetrans  regem  Philippum  vicit. 


i 


»     51,  2,  and 

«§  112,  R.  V. 

J  §  140,  Obs.  4. 

§  144,  Obs.  1. 

f      60,  4. 

k§  141,  Obs.  2,   4tb, 

»>§  107,  R.  IX. 

5§  140,  6. 

and  83,  2. 

«  §  103,  Obs.  J. 

^  §  123,  R. 

1      78   7 

*     37,  9. 

»      38,  1. 

140  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

7.  In  Sicilia  quoque  res  prospere  gesta  est.  Marcel- 
lu;s  magnam  hiijus  insulse  partem  cepit,  qiiam  PcBiii  occu  • 
paverant;  Syracusas,  nobilissimam  urbem,  expugnavit,  et 
ingentein  inde  prsedam  Romam  ^  misit.  Laivlnus  in  Ma- 
cedonia cum  Philippe  et  multis  Grseciae  populis  amicitiam 
fecit;  et  in  Siciliam  profectus  Hannonem,  Poen5rum  du- 
cem,  apud  Agrigentum  cepit;  quadraginta  civitates  in  de- 
ditionem  accepit,  viginti  sex  expugnavit.  Ita  omni  Si* 
cilia  receptaij  cum  ingenti  gloria  Romam  ^  regressus  est. 

8.  Interea  in  Hispaniam,  ubi  duo  Scipionesab  Hasdru- 
bale  interfecti  erant,  missus  est  P.  Cornelius  Scipio,  vir 
Romanorum^  omnium  fere  primus.  Hic,*^  puer**  duodevi- 
ginti  annorumj^  in  pugna  ad  Ticinum,  patrem  singular! 
virtute^'  servavit.  Deinde  post  cladem  Cannensem  ^  mul- 
tos^  nobilissimorum  juvenum  Italiam  deserere**  cupienti- 
um,  auctorilate  sua  ab  hoc  con&ilio  deterruit.  Viginti 
quatuor  annorum*^  juvenis  inHispaniam  missus,  die  qua 
venit,  Carlhaginem  Novam  cepit,  in  qua  omne  aurum  et 
argentum  et  belli  apparatum  Pceni  habebant,  nobilissimos 
quoque  obsides,  quos  ab  Hispanis  acceperant.  Hos  obsi- 
des  parentibus  suis  *  reddidit.  Quare  omnes  fere  Hispa- 
nise  civitates  ad  eum  uno  animo  transierunt. 

9.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore  res  Roman5rum  in  dies  Isetiores 
factse  sunt.  Hasdrubal  a  fralre  ex  Hispania  in  Italiam 
evocatus,  apud  Senam,  Piceni  civilatemjin  insidias  inci- 
dlt,  et  strenue  pugnans  occisus  est.  Plurimse  autem  civi- 
tates, qua3  in  Brutiis  ab  Hannibale  tenebantur,  Romanis 
se  tradiderunt. 


^§  130,2,  d     13,  2.  s     21,  3. 

'  §  107,  R.  X.  •  §  106,  R.  VII.  ^  §  144,  5,  &  Obs.  2 

'     27   4.  f  §  106,  Obs.  4.  i  §  28.  Exc. 


LIBER    IV.  14) 

10.  Anno  decimo  quarto  postquam  in  Italiam 
Hannibal  venerat,  Scipio  consul  creatus,^  et  in     5*50  * 
Africam  missus  est.    Ibi  contra  Hanndnem,  du- 

cem  Carthaginiensium,  prospere  pugnat,  totumque  ejus 
exercitum  delet.  Secundo  proelio  undecim  millia  homi- 
num  occidit,  et  castra  cepit  cum  quatuor  millibus  et  quin- 
gentis  militibus.  Syphacem,  Numidise  regem,  qui  se  cum 
Poenis  conjunxerat,  cepit,eumque  cum  nobilissimis  Numi- 
dis  et  infmitis  spoliis  Romam  misit.  Qua^  re  audita,  oranis 
fere  Italia  Hannibalem  deserit.  Ipse*^  aCartha- 
giniensibus  in  Africam  redire  jubetur.  Ita  anno  553^  * 
decimo  septimo  Italia  ab  Hannibale  liberata  est. 

11.  Post  plures  pugnas  et  pacem  plus**  semel  frustra 
tentatamj  pugna  ad  Zamam  committitur,  in  qua  peritis- 
simi  duces  copias  suas  ad  bellum  educebant.  Scipio  vic- 
tor recedit;  Hannibal  cum  paucis  equitibus  evadit.  Po&t 
hoc  proelium  pax  cum  Carthaginiensibus  facta  est.  Scipio, 
quum  Romam  rediissetjingenti  gloria  triumphavit,  atque 
Africanus  appellatus  est.  Sic  finem  accepit  secundum 
Punicum  bellum  post*  annum  undevicesimum  quam 
coeperat. 


LIBER  QUARTUS. 

1.  FiNiTO  Punico  bello,  secutum  est  Macedo- 
nicum  contra  Philippum  regem.     Superatus  est      555* 
rex  a  T.  Quinctio  Flaminio  apud    Cynocepha- 
lasjpaxque  ei  data  est  hislegibus:  ne  Grcecice  civitatibusy 
quas  Romdni  contra  eum  defendcrantj  helium  inf err et^ 

•     115,  1.  c     32,  3.  *  §  131,  Obs.  2. 

»»     38.  3.  d  §  120,  Obs.  3.  f  §  140,  1,  2d. 


142  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

♦ 

ut  captivDs  et  transfugas  redderet ;  quinquaginta  solum 
naves  haheret;  reliquas  Romdnis  daret;  mille  talenta 
jjrcBstdret^  et  obsidem^  daret  filium  Bemetrium.  T. 
Quinctius  etiam  Lacedsemoniis  intulit  belluiiij  et  dxi- 
cem  e5rum  Nabidem  vicit. 

2.  Finite  belle  MacedonicOjSeciitiim  est  bel- 
553  lum  Syriacum  centra  Antiochum  regem,  cum  quo 
Hannibal  se  junxerat.  Missus  est  contra  eum  L. 
Cornelius  Scipie  consul,  cui^  frater  ejus  Scipio  Africanus 
legatus  est  additus.  Hannibal  navali  prcelie  victus,*"  An- 
tiochus  autem  ad  Magnesiam,  Asise  civitatem,  a  Cornelio 
Scipione  consule  ingenti  prcelie  fusus  est.  Turn  rex  An- 
tiochus  pacem  petit.  Data  est  ei^  hac  lege,  ut  ex  Eur  op  a 
et  Asia  recederet^  atque  intra  Taurum  se  contineret^  de- 
ceTTi  millia  talentorum  et  viginti  obsides  prceberet^  Han- 
nihCdem^  concitorem  belli^  dederet.  Scipio  Romam  re- 
diit,  et  ingenti  gloria  triumphavit.  Nomen  et  ipse, 
ad  imitationem  fratris,  Asiatici  accepit. 

3.  Philippe,  rege  Macedonise,  mortue,  filius  ejus  Per- 
seus rebellavit,  ingentibus  copiis  paratis.*^  Dux  Remand- 
rum,  P.  Licinius  consul,  contra  eum  missus,  gravi  proelio 
a  rege  victus  est.     Rex  tamen  pacem  petebat.    Cui  Re- 
mani  earn  prsestare  noluerunt,  nisi  his  conditionibus,^  u1 
se  et  sues  Romanis  dederet.    Mex  ^milius  Paullus  con- 
sul regem  ad  Pydnam  superavit,  et  viginti  millia 
586.      peditum  ejus  occldit.   Equitatus  cum  rege  fugit. 
Urbes  Macedonise  omnes,  quas  rex  tenuerat,  Ro- 
manis se  dediderunt.    Ipse  Perseus  ab  amicis  desertus  in 
Paulli  potestatem  venit.     Hie,  multis  etiam  aliis  rebus 
gestis,'^  cum  ingenti  pompa,^  Romam  rediit  in  nave  Perfiei, 

*     13.  1.  c    115^  2.  «  §  129,  R 

b  §  126,  R.  III.  i     104,  1.  f  §  129,  Obs.  2. 


LIBER   IV.  143 

inusitatee  magnitudjnis;*nam  sedeclm  remorum  orclTncs 
habuisse  dicitur.  Triumphavit  magnificentissime  m  curru 
aureo,  duobus  filiis  utroque  latere^  adslantibus.  Ante  cur- 
rum  inter  captivos  duo  regis  filii  et  ipse  Perseus  ducti  sunt. 

4.  Tertium  deinde  bellum  contra  Carthaginem     ^ 

A     XJ 
susceptum  est  sexcentesimo  et  altero  ^  anno  ab     qq2,  ' 

urbe  condita,^  anno  quinquagesimo  primo  post- 

quam  secundum  bellum  Punicum  transactum  erat.     L. 

Manlius  Censorinus  et  M.  Manlius  consul es  in  Africam 

trajecerunt,^  et  oppugnaverunt  Carthaginem.     Multa  ibi 

prseclare  gesta  sunt  per  Scipionem,   Scipi5nis  Africani 

nepotem,  qui  tribunus*"  in  Africa  militabat.     Hujus  apud 

omnes  ingens  metus  et  reverentia  erat,  neque  quidquam 

magis  Carthaginiensium  duces  vitabant,  quam  contra  eum 

proelium  committere. 

6.  Quum  jam  magnum  esset  Scipionis  nomen,  tertio 
anno  postquam  Romani  in  Africam  trajecerant,^  consul  est 
creatus,  et  contra  Carthaginem  missus.   Is  banc 
uibem  a  civibus     acerrime  defensam^  cepit  ac      gQ§ 
diruit.  Ingens  ibi  prseda  facta,  plurimaque  in- 
venta  sunt,  quae  multarum  civitatum  excidiis  Carthago 
collegerat.     Hsec  omnia  Scipio  civitatibus  ^  Italise,  Sici- 
lise,  Africae  reddidit,   quae'   suaJ    recognoscebant.     Ita 
Carthago  septingentesimo  anno,  postquam  condita  erat, 
deleta  est.     Scipio  nomen  Africani  junioris  accepit. 

6.  Interim  in  Macedonia  quidam  Pseudophilippus  arma 
movit,  et  P.  Juvencium,  Romandrum  ducem,  ad  interne- 
cionem  vicit.  Post  eum  Q.  Caecilius  Metellus  dux  a 
Romanis  contra  Pseudophilippum  missus  est,  et,  viginti 

^§106.  R.  VII.  «§n6,0bs.  5.  ^  53. 

»>  §  136,  Obs.  6,  (in)  t     13,  1.  i  34. 

*=  §  24,  7.  g  §  146,  Obs.  6.  i  31,  5.  Note. 

<  §  146,  Obs.  2. 


144  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

uuinque  millibus  ex  militibus^  ejus  occlsis,  Macedoniam 

recepit;  ipsum  etiam  Pseudophilippum  in  potestatem  su- 

am  redegit.   Corinthiis  quoque  bellum  indicium  est,  nobi- 

lissimse  Graecise  civilati,^  propter  injuriam  Romanis  lega- 

^    ^^     tis*^  illatam.  HancMummius  consul  cepitac  di - 
A.  U.        .  .  ^  .  ^  ^ 

608.      ruit.  Tres  igitur  Romae  simul  celeberrimi  trium- 

phi  fuerunt;  Scipionis^  ex  Africa,  ante  cujus 
curium  ductus  est  Hasdriibal;  Metelli"*  ex  Macedonia, 
cujus  currum  prsecessit  Andriscus,  qui  et  Pseudophilippus 
dicitur ;  Mummii"^  exCorintho,  ante  quern  signa  senea  et  pic- 
tse  tabulae  et  alia  urbis  clarissimae  ornamenta  pra^lata  sunt. 
7.  Anno  sexcentesimo  decimo  post  urbem  con- 
QlQ^ '    ditani  Viriathus  in  Lusitania  bellum  contra  Ro- 

manos  excitavit.  Pastor  primo  fuit,  mox  latro- 
num  dux;  postremo  tantos  ad  bellum  populos  concitavit, 
utvindex*^  liberlatis  Hispanise  existimaretur/  Denique  a 
suis^  interfectus  est.  Quum  interfectores  ejus  praemiura 
a  Caepione  consule  peterent,  responsum  est,  nunquara 
Romanis  placuisse  *'  imperat5rem  a  militibus  suis  interf  ici. 
8.  Deinde  bellum  exortum  est  cum  Numantlnis,  civi- 
tate*^  Hispaniae.  Victus  ab  his  Qu.  Pompeius,  et  post 
eum  C.  Hostilius  Mancinus  consul,  qui  pacem  cum  iis 
fecit  infamem,  quam  populus  et  senatus  jussit  infringi,* 
atque  ipsum  Mancinum  hostibus  tracli.'  Tum  P.  Scipio 
Africanus  in  Hispaniam  missus  est.  Is  primum  militera 
ignavum  et  corruptum  correxit;  tum  niultas  Hispaniae 

civitatespartimbello  cepit,  partim  in  deditionem 
g2i  *     accepit.     Postremo  ipsam  Numantiam  fame  ad 

deditionem  coegit,  urbemque  evertit;  reliquam 
provinciam  m  fidem  accepit. 


'^  §  107,  Obs.  8 

^      Sup.  triumphus. 

«     19,  2. 

M  97,  Obs.  1. 

•  §  103,  R.  &Exp. 

^     51,5. 

.«§  126,  R.  III. 

f  §  140,  1.  1st. 

5     90,  4 

LIBER    V.  145 

9.  P.  Scipione  Nasica  ^  et  L.  Calpurnio  Bestir  consu- 
Ifbus,  Jugurthse,  Numidarum  regi,bellum  illatum  est,  quod 
Adherbalem  et  Hiempsalem,  Micips8e  filios,  patrueles  su- 
on,  inleremisset.**  Missus  adversus  eum  consul  Calpurnius 
Ilestia  corruptus  regis  pecunia  pacem  cum  eo  flagitiosissi- 
niam  fecit,  quse  a  senatu  improbata  est.     Deinque  Qu. 
Ca}cilius  Metellus  consul  Jugurtham  variis  proeliis  vicit, 
elephantos  ejus  occidit  vel  cepit,  multas  civitates  ipsius  in 
deditionem  accepit.     Ei  successit  C.  Marius,  qui  bello 
terminum  posuit,  ipsumque  Jugurtham    cepit. 
Ante  currum  triumphantis  Marii  Jugurtha  cum     g4g  " 
duobus  filiis  ductus  est  vinctus,   et  mox  jussu 
consulis  in  carcere  strangulatus. 


LIBER  QUINTUS. 

1.  DuM  bellum  in  Numidia  contra  Jugurtham  geritur, 
Cimbri  et  Teutones  aliaeque  German5rum  et  Gallorum 
gentes  Italiae  *^  minabantur,  alieeque  Romanorum  exercitus 
fuderunt.  Ingens  fuit  Romse  *^  timor,  ne^  iterum  Galli 
urbem  occuparent.  Ergo  Marius  consul  ^  creatus,  eique 
bellum  r'.ontra  Cimbros  et  Teutones  decretum  est;  bello- 
que  protracto,  tertius  ei  et  quartus  consulatus  delatus  est. 
In  duobus  proeliis  cum  Cimbris  ducenta  millia  hostium 
cecidit,  octoginta  millia  cepit,  eorumque  regem  Theuto- 
hochum;  propter  quod  meritum  absens  quinto  Consul  crea- 
tus est.  Interea  Cimbri  et  Teutones,  quorum 
opia  adhuc  infinita  erat,  in  Italiara  transierunt.  g53  * 
llerum  a  C.  Mario  et  Qu.   Catulo  contra  eos 


"     no,  2.  <^     4,  1.  §  140,  Obs.  6. 

"§141,068.7.  •     121,  6,  and  f  §  103,  R. 


§  112,  R.  V. 


k 


13 


146  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

dimicatum  est^  ad  Verdnam.  Centum  et  quadraginta 
millia  aut  in  pugna  aut  in  fuga  csesa  sunt;  sexaginta 
millia  capta.  Tria  et  triginta  Cimbris^  signa  sublata  sunt. 

2.  Sexcentesimo  quinquagesimo  none  anno  ab 
g^g '     urbe  condila  in  Italia  gravissimum  bellum  exar- 

sit.  Nam  Picentes,  Marsi,  Pelignique,  qui  mul- 
tos  annos  populo  Romano  obedierant,  aequa  cum  illis  jura 
sibi  ^  dari  poslulabant.  Pernici5sum  admodum  hoc  bel- 
lum fuit.  P.  Rutilius  consul  in  eo  occisus  est;  plures 
exercitus  fusi  fugatique.  Tandem  L.  Cornelius  Sulla 
cum  ^  alia  egregie  gessit,  turn  Cluentium,  hostium  ducem, 
cum  magnis  copiis,  fudit.  Per  quadriennium  cum  gravi 
utriusque  partis  calamitate  hoc  bellum  tractum  est.  Quin- 
to  demum  anno  L.  Cornelius  Sulla  ei  imposuit  finem. 
Romani  tamen,  id  ^  quod  priiis  negaverant,  jus  civitatis, 
bello  finito,  sociis  tribuerunt. 

3.  Anno  urbis  conditse  sexcentesimo  sexages- 
QQQ  *     imo  sexto  primum  Romse  bellum  civile  exortum 

est;  eddem  anno  etiam  Mithridaticum.  Causam 
bello  civili  C.  Marius  dedit.  Nam  quum  Sullai  bellum 
adversus  Mithridatem  regem  Ponti  decretum  esset,  Ma- 
rius ei  ^  hunc  hon5rem  eripere  conatus  est.  Sed  Sulla, 
qui  adhuc  cum  legionibus  suis  in  Italia  morabatur,  cum 
exercitu  Romam  venit,  et  adversarios  cum  ^  interfecit, 
tum  fugavit.  Tum  rebus  Romai  utcunque  compositis,  in 
Asiam  profectus  est,  pluribusque  prceliis  Mithridatem 
coegit,  ut  pacem  aRomanis  peteretj^et  Asia,  quam  inva- 
serat,  relicta,  regni  sui  fmibus  contentus  esset. 

4.  Sed  dum  Sulla  in  Grsecia  et  Asia  Mithridatem  vin- 
ciLj  Marius,  qui  fugatus  fuerat,  et  Cornelius  Cinna,  unus 

*  §  85,  3.  e     124.  8.  «>  §  123,  R.  h  5,  1. 

"  §  126,  R.  III.  d     37,9.  f§  140,  1,3d. 


LIBER    VI.  J47 

ex  consulibus,  bellum  in  Italia  repar^runjj  et  ingressi  Ro- 
mam  nobilissimos  ex  senatu  et  consulares  viros  interfece- 
runt;  multos  proscripserunt;  ipsius  Sullse  domo  eversa, 
filios  et  ux5rem  ad  fugam  compulerunt.  Universus  reli- 
quus  senatus  ex  urbe  fugiens  ad  Sullam  in  Grseciam  ve- 
nit,  orans  ut  patriae  subveniret.^  Sulla  in  Italiara  traje- 
cit,^  hostium  exercitus  vicit,  mox  etiam  urbem  ingressus 
est,  quam  csede  ®  et  sanguine  civium  replevit.  Quatuor 
millia  inermium,  qui  se  dediderant,  interfici^  jussit;  duo 
millia  equitum  et  senatorum  proscripsit.  Turn  de  Mith- 
ridate  triumphavit.  Duo  hsec  bella  funestissima,  Itali- 
cunij  quod  et  sociale  dictum  est,  et  civile,  consumpserunt 
ultra  centum  et  quinquaginta  millia  hominum,  viros  con- 
sulares viginti  quatuor,  praetorios  septem,  sedilitios  sexa- 
ginta,  senatores  fere  ducentos. 


LIBER  SEXJUS, 

1.  Anno  urbis  conditse  sexcentesimo  septua- 
gesimo  sexto,  L.  Licinio  Lucullo^  et  M.  Aurelio      g^g  ' 
Cotta  consulibus,  mortuus  est  Nicomedes,  rex  Bi- 
thyniae,  et  testamento  populum  Romanum  fecit  heredem.® 
Mithridates,  pace  rupta,^  Asiam  ruisus  voluit  invadere. 
Adversus  eum  ambo  consiiles  missi  variam  habuere  fortu- 
nam.     Cotta   apud  Chalcedonem  victus  proelio,  a  rege 
etiam  intra  oppidum  obsessus  est.     Sed  quum  se  inde 
Mithridates  Cyzicum  ^  transtulisset,  ut,  hac  urbe  capta,* 

•§  140,  1,  3d.  d     90,4.  5     110,  2,  and 

»>  §  116,  Obs.  5.  «  §  116,  Obs.  1.  §  146,  Obs.  IC 

«§  125,  R.  '      104,  1.  ^  §  130,  2 


148  ROMAN    HISTORY. 

totam  Asiam  invaderet,  Lucullus  ei, alter  consul,  occurrit, 
ac  dum  Mithridates  in  obsidione  Cyzici  commoratur,  ipse  ^ 
eum  a  tergo  obsedit,  fameque  consumptum  multis  prceliis 
vicit.  Postremo  Byzantium*^  fugavit;  navali  qiioque 
proelio  ejus  duces  oppressit.  Ita  una  hieme*^  et  aestate  a 
Lucullo  centum  fere  millia®  militum  regis'exstincta  sunt. 
2.  Anno  urbis  sexcentesimo^    septuagesimo 

678.*  octavo  novum  in  Italia  bellum  comm5tum  est. 
Septuaginta  enim  quatuor  gladiat5res,  ducibus^ 
Spartaco,  Crixo,  et  CEnomao,  e  ludo  gladiatorio,  qui  Ca- 
puai  ^  erat,  efFugerunt,  et  per  Italiam  vagantes  psene  non 
levius  bellum,  quam  Hannibal,*  moverunt.  Nam  con- 
traxerunt  exercitum  fere  sexaginta  millium*  armatorum, 
multosque  duces  et  duos  Romanos  consules  vicerunt. 
Ipsi  victi  sunt  in  Apulia  a  M.  Licinio  Crasso  proconsule, 
et,  post  multas  calamitates  Italia3,J  tertio  anno  huic  bello 
finis  est  impositus. 

3.  Interim  L.  Lucullus  bellum  Mithridaticum  perse- 
cutus  regnum  Mithridatis  invasit,  ipsumque  regem  apud 
Cabira  civitatem,  quo  ingentes  copias  ex  omni  regno  ad- 
duxerat  Mithridates,  ingenti  prcfclio  superatum  fugavit, 
et  castra  ejus  diripuit.  Armenia  quoque  Minor,  quam 
tenebat,  eidem^  erepta  est.  Susceptus  est  Mithridates  a 
Tigrane,  Armeniae  rege,  qui  turn  ingenti  gloria  impera- 
bat;  sed  hujus  quoque  regnum  ^  Lucullus  est  ingressus. 
Tigranocerta,  nobilissimam  Armenise  civitatem,  cepit; 
ipsum  regem,  cum  magno  exercitu  venientem,  ita  vicit, 


»§  112,  IV. 

f  §  24,  7. 

J  §  106,  Obs.  1. 

"     32,  3. 

«     110,2. 

k     5,  1,& 

e  §  130,  2. 

h  §  130,  1. 

§  126,  R.  Ill 

«§  131,  R.  XLI. 

i  §  120,  Obs.  2,    1st. 

1  §  136,  R.   Lll. 

«§  24,5. 

LIBER    VI.  149 

ut  robur  militum  Armeni5rum  deleret.*  Sed  quum  Lucul- 
lus  finem  bello  imponere  pararet,  successor  ei^  missus  est. 

4.  Per  ilia  temp5ra  piratse  omnia  maria  infestabant  ita, 
ut  Romanis,  toto  orbe  ^  terrarum  victoribus,  sola  naviga- 
tio  tuta  non  esset.*  Quare  id  bellum  Cn.  Pompeio'^  de- 
cretura  est,  quod  intra  paucos  menses  incredi- 

bili  felicitate  et  celeritate  confecit.  Mox  ei^  de-  gg-  * 
latum  bellum  contra  regem  Mithridatem  et  Ti- 
granem.  Quo  ^  suscepto,  Mithridatem  in  Armenia  Mi- 
nore  nocturno  proelio  vicit,  castra  diripuit,  et  quadraginta 
millibus  ejus  occisis/  viginti  tantum  de  exercitu  suo  per- 
didit  et  duos  centuri5nes.  Mithridates  fugit  cum  uxore  et 
duobus  comitibusj  neque  multo  post,  Pharnacis  filii  sui 
seditione  coactus,  venCnum  hausit.  Hunc  vitae  finem  ha- 
buit  Mithridates,  vir  ingentis  industrise  ^  atque  consilii. 
Regnavit  annis^  sexaginta,  vixit  septuaginta  duobus: 
contra  Romanes  bellum  habuit  annis  quadraginta. 

5.  Tigrani  deinde  Pompeius  bellum  intulit.  Ille*  seJ 
ei*  dedidit,  et  in  castra  Pompeii  venit,  ac  diadema  suumJ 
in  ejus*  manibus  collocavit,  quod  eif  Pompeius  reposuit. 
Parte  *^  regni  eum  multavit  et  grandi  pecunia.  Tum  alios 
etiam  reges  et  populos  superavit.  Armeniam  Min5rem 
Deiotaro,  Galatiae  regi,  donavit,  quia  auxilium  contra 
Mithridatem  tulerat.  Seleuciam,  vicinam  Antiochise  civi- 
tatem,  libertate  *  donavit,  quod  regem  Tigranem  non  rece- 
pisset."^  Inde  in  Judaeam  transgressus,  Hierosolymam, 
caput  gentis,  tertio  mense  cepit,  duodecim  millibus  Juda^d- 
rum  occisis,  ceteris  in  fidem  receptis.     His  gestis  finem 

*  i.  e.  Pompey.  f  i.  e.  Tigranes.  ^  §  28,  Obs.  3,  3d. 

*  §  140,  1,  1st.  «     38,  5.  i  §  28,  Obs.  3,  1st 
»>  §  110,  R.                      '      104,  1  k  §  125,  R. 

«  §  136,  Obs.  5,  (in)     e  §  106.  R.  VII.  »  §  123,  Obs.  3. 

*  §  126,  R.  Ill  h  §  Ljl,  R.  XLI  »  §  141,  Obs.  7 


150  ROMAN   HISTORY. 

antiquisslmo  bello  imposuit  Ante  triumphantis^currum 
ducti  sunt  filii  Mithridatis,  filius  Tigranis,  et  Aristobulus, 
rex  Judseorum.  Prselata  ingens  pecunia,  auri  atque  ar- 
gent! infinitum.^  Hoc  tempore  nullum  per  orbem  terra- 
rum  grave  bellum  erat. 

6.  M.  Tullio  Cicerone  orat5re  et  C.  Antonio 
g39^ '    consulibus,  anno  ab  urbe  condita  sexcentesimo 

undenonagesimo  L.  Sergius  Catilina,  nobilisimi 
generis  ^  vir,  sed  ingenii  pravissimi,  ad  delendam  ^  patriam 
conjuravit  cuin  quibusdam  claris  quidem  sed  audacibus 
viris.  A  Cicerone  urbe®  expulsus  est,  socii  ejus  depre- 
hensi  et  in  carcere  strangulati  sunt.  Ab  Antonio,  altero 
consule,  Catillna  ipse  prcelio  victus  est  et  interfectus. 

7.  Anno  urbisconditse  sexcentesimo  nonagesi- 
093*    mo  tertio  C.  Julius  Caesar  cum  L.  Bibulo  consul 

est  factus.  Quum  ei  Gallia  decreta  esset,  semper 
vincendo  *"  usque  ad  Oceanum  Britannicum  processit.  Do- 
muit  autem  annis  ^  novem  fere  omnem  Galliam,quae  inter 
Alpes,  flumen  Rhodanum,  Rhenum  et  Oceanum  est.  Bri- 
tannis  mox  bellum  intulit,  quibus  ^  ante  eum  ne  nomen 
quidem  Romanorum  cognitum  erat;  Germanos  quoque 
trans  Rhenum  aggressus,  ingentibus  proeliis  vicit. 

8.  Circa  eadem  tempora  M.  Licinius  Crassus  contra 
Parthos  missus  est.     Et  quum  circa  Carras  contra  omina 

et  auspicia  prcelium  commisisset,  a  Surena  Oro- 
jQQ  '    dis  regis  duce,  victus  et  interfectus  est  cum  filio, 

clarissimo  et  prsestantissimo  juvene.  Reliquiae 
cxercitus  per  C.  Cassium  quaestor  em  servatse  sunt. 

•     Sup.  Pompeii.  «»     112.  7.  s  §  131,  R.  XLI. 

»»     Sup.  pondus.  «  §  136,  R.  LII.  ^  §  126,  R.  XXXIII 

e  §  106,  R.  VII.  t  §  147,  Obs.  5. 


LIBER    VI.  161 

9.  Hinc  jam  bellum  civile  successit,  quo  Ro- 
jaani  nominis  fortuna  mutata  est.     Csesar  enim      7Q5^ 
victor  e  Gallia  rediens,  absens  coepit  poscere 
alterum  ^  consulatum;  quern  quumaliqui  sine  dubitatione 
deferrent,^  contradictum  est*^  a  Pompeio  et  aliis,  jussus- 
que  est,  dimissis  exercitibus,  in  urbem  redire.     Propter 
banc  injuriam  ab  Arimino,  ubi  milites  congregatos  babe- 
bat,  infesto  exercTtu  Romam  ^  contendit.     Consul es  cum 
Pompeio,  senatusque  omnis  atque  universa  nobilitas  ex 
urbe  fugit,  et  in  Grseciam  transiit;  et,  dum  senatus  bel- 
lum contra  Caesarem  parabat,  hie  vacuam  urbem  ingres- 
sus  dictatorem  se  fecit. 

10.  Inde  Hispanias  ^  petit,  ibique  Pompeii  legiones  su- 
peravit;  tum  in  Graecia  adversum  Pompeium  ipsum  dimi- 
cavit.  Primo  proelio  victus  est  et  fugatus;  evasit  tamen, 
quia  nocte  interveniente  Pompeius  sequi  noluit;  dixitque 
Csesar,  nec^  Pompeium  scire  vincere,  et  illo  tan  tum  die  se 
potuisse  superari.  Deinde  in  Thessalia  apud  Pharsalum 
ingentibus  utrinque  copiis  commissis  dimicaverunt.  Nun- 
quamf  adhuc  Romanae  copise  majores  neque  melioribus 
ducibus  ^  convenerant.  Pugnatum  est  ^  ingenti  contenti- 
one,  victusquead  postremum  Pompeius,  et  castra  ejus  di- 
repta  sunt.  Ipse  fugatus  Alexandriam^  petiit,  ut  a  rege 
-^gypti,  cui  tutor  a  senatu  datus  fuerat,  acciperet^  aux- 
ilia.  At  hie  fortunam  magis  quam  amicitiam^  secutus, 
occidit  Pompeium,  caput  ejus  et  annulum  Ceesari  misit. 
Quo'  conspecto,  Ca3sar  lacrymas  fudisse  dicitur,  tanti 
viri  intuens  caput,  et  generi  quondam  sui. 

*  Nee  i.  e.  et  notij  124,  1.     f  Nunquam,  i.  e.  neque  unquam,  124,  5  * 
»  §  24,  7.  d  §  130,  2.  h  §  120,  Obs.  2,  Is*- 

»>  §  140,  Obs.  4,   and    «  §  130,  Obs.  10.  i     38,  5,  & 

§  44,  2.  f  §  136,  Obs.  6  (cum)       §  146,  Obs.  2. 

«  §  85,  3.  €  §  140.  1,  2d 


152  ROMAN    HISTOKY. 

11.  Quiim  ad  Alexandiiam  venisset  Caesar,  Ptolemseub 
ci  insidias  parare  voluit,  qua  de  causa  regi  bellum  illatum 
est.  Rex  viclus  in  Nilo  periit,  inventumque  est  corpus 
ejus  cum  lorlca  aurea.  Ceesar,  Alexandria*  potitus,  reg- 
num  Cleopatra?  dedit.  Turn  inde  profectus  Pompeiana- 
rum  ^  partiura  reliquias  est  persecutus,  bellisque  civilibus 
toto  terrarum  orbe  compositis,  Romam  rediit,  Ubi  quum 
insolentius  agere  ccepisset,*^  conjuratum  ^  est  in  eum  a 
sexaginta  vel  amplius  senatoribus,  equitibusque  Romanis. 
Praecipui  fiierunt  inter  conjuratos  Bruti  duo  ex  genere 
illius  Bruti,  qui,  regibus  expulsis,®  primus  Romse  consul 

fuerat,  C.  Cassius   et   Servilius  Casca.     Ergo 
709.  *    Caisar,  quum  in  curiam  venisset,*^  viginti  tribus 
vulneribus  confossus  est. 

12.  Tnterfecto  Caesare,  anno  urbis  septingentesimo  no- 
no  bell  a  civilia  reparata  sunt.  Senatus  favebat  Caesaris 
percussoribus/  Antonius  consul  a  Csesaris  partibus  sta- 
bat.  Ergo  turbata  republica,  Antonius,  multis  scelerlbus 
commissis,^  a  senatu  hostis  judicatus  est.  Fusus  fugatus- 
que  Antonius,  amisso  exercitu,^  confugit  ad  Lepidum,  qui 
Caesari  ^  magister  equitum  fuerat,  et  turn  grandes  copias 
militum  habebat:  a  quo  susceptus  est.  Mox  Octavianus 
cum  Antonio  pacem  fecit,  et  quasi  vindicaturus  ^  patris* 
sui  mortem,  a  quo  per  testamentum  fuerat  adoptatus,  Ro- 
mam cum  exercitu  profectus  extorsit,  ut  sibi  J  juveni  vi- 
ginti anndrum^  consulatus  daretur.^  Tum  junctus  cum 
Antonio  et  Lepido  rempublicam  armis  tenere  ccEpit,  se- 
natumque  proscripsit.     Per  hos  etiam  Cicero  orator  oc 

cisus  est,  multique  alii  nobiles. 

*. — , . — — — 

»      7,  5,  &  •     104,1.  i      viz:  JuliiC(Ssaru 

§  121,  R.  XXVT.  '  §  112,  R.  V.  J  §  126,  R.  III. 

*  §  106   Obs.  4.  g  §  110,  R.  &  Obs.  1.  ^  §  106,  R.  VII. 
c  §  140,  Obs,  4.  h     102,  1.  J  §  140,  1.  Sd 

*  §  85,  3. 


LIBER   VI.  153 

13.  Interea  Brutus  et  Cassius,  interfectores  Csesaris, 
ingens  bellum  moverunt.  Profecti  contra  eos  Csesar  Oc- 
tavianus,  qui  postea  Augustus  est  appellatus,  et  M.  Anto- 
nius,  apud  Philippos,  Macedoniss  urbem,  contra 

eos  pugnaverunt.  Primo  proelio  victi  sunt  An-  7*12. 
tonius  et  Caesar;  periit  tamen  dux  nobilitatis 
Cassius;  secundo  Brutum  et  iniinitam  nobilitatenij  quse 
cum  illis  bellum  susceperat,  victam  *  interfecerunt.  Turn 
victores  rempublicam  ita  inter  se  diviserunt,  ut  Octavia- 
nus  Caesar  Hispanias,  Gallias,  Italiam  teneret;  Antonius 
Orientem,  Lepidus  Africam  acciperet. 

14.  Paulo  post  Antonius,  repudiata^  sor5re  Csesaris 
Octaviani,  Cleopatram,  reginam  ^gypti,  uxorem  duxit. 
Ab  hac  incitatus  ingens  bellum  commovit,  dum  Cleopatra 
cupiditate^  muliebri  optat  Romse  regnare.  Victus  est  ab 
Augusto  navali  pugna  clara  et  illustri  apud  Ac- 

tium,  qui^  locus  in  Epiro  est.  Hinc  fugit  in  7*23  * 
iEgyptum,  et,  desperatis  rebus,  quum  omnes  ad 
Augustum  transirent,  se  ipse  ®  interemit.  Cleopatra  quo- 
que  aspidem  sibi  admisit,  et  veneno  ejus  exstincta  est. 
Ita  bellis  toto  orbe  confectis,  Octavianus  Augustus  Ro- 
mam  rediit  anno  duodecimo  ^  quam  consul  fuerat.  Ex  eo 
inde  tempore  rempublicam  per  quadraginta  et  quatuor 
annos  solus  obtinuit.  Ante  enim*  duodecim  annis  cum 
Antonio  et  Lepido  tenuerat.f  Ita  ab  initio  principatils 
ejus  usque  ad  finem  quinquaginta  sex  anni  fuere. 

*  "  Enim,"  &c.,  assigning  a  reason  for  *'  Solus  " 
t  Sup.  eamy  1.  e.  rempublicam, 
»     104,3,  and  «§  129,  R.  •     33,  1. 

§  98,  Obs.  4.  d     37,  5.  f  §  131^  obs.  2. 

^     104,  1. 


OF  THE  GEOGRAPHY  AND  THE  NATIONS 
OF  ANTIQUITY. 


1.  Universus  terrarum  orbis  in  tres  partes  dividitur, 
Europam,*  Asiam,  Africam.  Eurdpa  ab  Afric^  sejungi- 
tur  freto  Gaditano,  in  cujus  utraque  parte  montes  sunt 
altissimi,  Abjla*  in  Africa,  in  Europa  Calpe,  qui^  mon- 
tes Herculis  columnae*  appellantur.  Per  idem  fretum 
mare  internum,  quod  littoribus  Europse,  Asise,  et  African 
includitur,  jungitur  cum  Oceano. 

2.  Europa  terminos  ^  habet  ab  oriente  Tanaim  fluvium; 
pontum  Euxinum,  et  paludem  Mseotida;®  a  meridie,' 
mare  internum;  ab  occidente,  mare  Atlanticum  sive 
Oceanum;  a  septentrione,^  mare  Britannicum.  Mare  in- 
ternum tres  maxTmos  sinus  habet.  Quorum  ^  is,  qui 
Asiam  a  Grsecia  sejungit,  iEgaeufn  mare  vocatur;  secun- 
dus,  qui  est  inter  Grfficiam  et  Italiam,  Ionium;  tertius 
denique,  qui  occidentales  Italise  oras  alluit,  a  Romanis 
Tuscum,  a  Graecis  Tyrrhenum  mare  appellatur. 

3.  In  ea  Eur5pse  parte,  quse  ad  occasum  vergit,  prima 
terrarum  ^  est  Hispania,  quse  a  tribus  lateribus  mari  cir- 
cumdata  per   Pyrenseos   montes   cum   Gallia  cohseret. 


*  §  97,  Obs.  5.  d  §  116,  Obs.  1.  '  §  90,  6. 

»»     37,  6.  Note.  •  §  16,  4.  «  §  107,  R.  X.  &  38. 

•  §  103,  R. 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  155 

Quum  unlversa  Hispania  dives  sit  ^  et  fcECunda,  ea  tamen 
regie,  quae  a  flu2nine  Baeti^  Baetica  vocatur,  ceteras  fe:- 
tilitate ""  antecellit.  Ibi  Gades  sitse,  insula  cum  urbe  a 
Tyriis  condita,  quae  freto  Gaditano  nomen  dedit.  Tota 
ilia  regio  viris,^  equis,  ferro,  plumbo,  sere,  argento,  auro- 
que  abundat,  et  ubi  penuria  aquarum  minus  est  fertilis, 
linum  tamen  aut  spartum  alit.  Marmoris  quoque  lapi- 
cidinas  habet.    In  Bsetica  minium  reperitur. 

4 .  Gallia  posita  est  inter  Pyrenseos  montes  et  Rhenum, 
orieiitalem  oram  Tuscum  mare  alluit,  occidentalem  Oce- 
anus.  Ejus  pars  ilia,  quae  Italiae  ^  est  opposita,  et  Nar- 
bonensis  vocatur,  omnium  ^  est  laetissima.  In  ea  ora  sita 
est  Massilia,  urbs  a  Phocaeis  condita,  qui,  patria  a  Persis 
devicta,  quum  servitutem  ferre  non  possent,^  Asia  relic- 
ta,^  novas  in  Europa  sedes  quaesiverant.  Ibidem  est  cam- 
pus lapideus,  ubi  Hercules  dicitur  contra  Neptuni  liberos 
dimicasse.  Quum  tela  defecissent,^  Jupiter  filium  imbre 
lapidum  adjuvit.  Credas^  pluissej'adeo  multi  passim  jacent. 

5.  Rhodanus  fluvius,  baud  longe  a  Rheni  fontibus  or- 
tus,  lacu  Lemano  excipitur,  servatque  impetum,  ita  ut 
per  medium  lacum  integer  fluat,^  tantusque,  quantus*  ve- 
nit,  egrediatur.  Inde  ad  occasum  versus,  Gallias  aliquan- 
diu  dirimit;  donee,  cursu  in  meridiem  flexo,  aliorum  am- 
nium  accessu  auctus  in  mare  efFunditur. 

6.  Ea  pars  Galliae,  quae  ad  Rhenum  porrigitur,  frumen- 
ti  pabulique^feracissTma  est,  coelum  salubre;  noxia  ani- 
mal! um  genera  pauca  alit.  Incolae  superbi  et  supersti- 
tiosi,  ita  ut  deos  humanis  victimis  ^  gaudere  existiment.^ 

•§140,  Obs.  3.  '      19,  &  §  107,  R.  X.    J      94,  1,  2d,  &  98, 2. 

M15,  5.  8  §140,  Obs.  4.  k§  140, 1,1st. 

c§128,  R.  h     104,1.  1      44,3. 

,  *  §  121,  R.  i  §  45,  I.  3,  last  Ex.    »  §  107,  R.  XI. 
•  §  126    R.  m.  §  140    1,  1st  »  §  121   Obs.  2. 


}5i^  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

Mafi^istii  religionum  et  sapientise  sunt  Druulse,  qui,  qusp" 
St  scire  profitentur,  in  antris  abditisque  silvis  doceiit. 
Animas  seternas  esse  ^  credunt,  vitamque  alteram  post 
mortem  incipere.^.  Hanc  ob  causam  cum  defunctis  ^  ar- 
ma  cremant  aut  defodiunt,  eamque  doctrinam  homines 
ad  bellum  "^  alacriores  facere  existimant. 

7.  Universa  Gallia  divisa  est  inter  tres  magnos  popii- 
losj  qui  fluviis  terminantur.  A  Pyrenseo  monte  usque  ad 
Garumnam  Aquitani  habitant;  inde  ad  Sequanam  Celtse; 
Belgee  denique  usque  ad  Rhenum  pertinent. 

8.  Garumna  amnis,  ex  Pyrenseo  monte  delapsus,  diu 
vadosus  est  et  vix  navigabilis.  Quanto  ^  magis  procedit, 
tanto  fit  latior;  ad  postremum  magni  freti  ^  similis,  non 
solum  majora  navigia  tolerat,  verum  etiam  more  maris 
exsurgit,  navigantesque  *^  atrociter  jactat. 

9.  Sequana  ex  Alpibus  ortus  in  septentrionem  p^rgit. 
Postquam  se  baud  procul  Lutetia^  cum  Matrona  con- 
junxit,  Oceano^  infunditur.     Hsec  flumina  opportunissi 
ma  sunt  mercibus*  permutandisJ  et  ex  mari  interne*  in 
Oceanum  transvehendis.J 

10.  Rhenus  itidem  ex  Alpibus  ortus  baud  procul  ab 
origine  lacum  efFicit  Venetum,  qui  etiam  Brigantinus  ap- 
pellatur.  Deinde  longo  spatio^  per  fines  Helvetioru^xi, 
Mediomatricorum,  et  Trevirorum  continuo  alveo  fertur, 
aut  modicas  insulas^  circumfluens;  in  agro  Batavo  autera, 
ubi  Oceano  appropinquavit,  in  plures  amnes  dividitur; 
nee  jam  amnis,  sed  ripis  longe  recedentibus,  ingens  lacus, 

*  37,2.  Obs.  5.  i  §  111,  R. 
b  95,  1.  '  §  111,  Obs.  2.  J  §  112,  6. 
c     19,  1.                         g  §  136,  Obs.  5,  (a)      k  §  132,  R. 

*  §  107,  Obs.  3,  2d.      »»  §  126,  R.  III.  «  §  136,  [R.  LII. 

*  ^  J32,  R.  XLIII.  & 


NATIONS   OF   ANTIQUITY. 


157 


Flevo  appellatur,  ejusdemque  nominis  insulam  amplexus, 
fit  iterum  arctior  et  fluvius^  iterum  in  mare  emittitur. 

11.  Trans  Rhenum  German!  habitant  usque  ad  Yistu- 
1am,  quse  finis  est  Germanise  ad  orientem.  Ad  meridiem 
terminatur  Alpibus,  ad  septentrionem  mari  Britannico  et 
Baltico.  Incolae  corp5rum  proceritate  ^  excel  lunt.  Ani- 
mos  bellando,*^  corpora  laboribus  exercent.  Hanc  ob 
causam  crebro  bella  gerunt  cum  finitimis,  non  tam  finium 
prolatandorum  "^  causa,  aut  imperii  cupiditate,  sed  ob  bel- 
li amorem.  Mites ^  tamen  sunt  erga  supplices,^  et  boni 
hospitibus.  Urbes  moenibus  cinemas  aut  fossis  aggeribus- 
que  munitas  non  habent.  Ipsas  domos  ad  breve  tempus 
struunt  non  lapidibus  aut  lateribus  coctis  sed  lignis,  quae 
frondibus  tegunt.  Nam  diu  eodem  in  loco  morari  ^  peri- 
culosum^  arbitrantur  libertati. 

12.  AgricuUurse  **  Germani  non  admodum  student,  nee 
quisquam  agri  modum  certum  aut  fines  proprios  habet. 
Lacte  vescuntur  et  caseo  et  carne.  Ubi  fons,  campus, 
nemusve  iis^  placuerit,*  ibi  domos  figunt,  mox  alio  tran- 
siluri  cum  conjugibus  et  liberis.  Interdum  etiam  hiemem 
in  subterraneis  specubus  dicuntur  transigere. 

13.  Germania  altis  montibus,  silvis,  paludibusque  in- 
via  redditur.  Inter  silvasJ  maxima  est  Hercynia,  cujug 
latitudinem^  Caesar  novem  dierum  iter^  patere  narrat. 
Insequenti  tempore  magna  pars  ejus  excisa  est.  Flumina 
sunt  in  Germania  multa  et  magna.  Inter  haec  clarissi- 
mum  nomen  Rheni,  de  quo  supra  diximus,  et  Danubii. 
Clari  quoque  amnes,  Mcenus,  Visurgis,  Albis.    Danubius, 


»     13,l,&§97,Exp 
»•  §  128,  R. 

•  §  147,  Obs.  5,  and 

111,  6. 

*  112, 5. 


•      19,  1. 

'     89,  5. 

f  §  98,  Obs.  6. 

k§  112,  R.V. 

14 


»  §  140,  5. 
J  §  107,  Obs.  8 
k  §  145,  R. 
1  §  132,  R. 


158  OF   THE    GEOGRAPHY   AND   THE 

omnium  Europae  fluminum  *  maximus,  apud  Rhsetos  oru 
tur,  flexoque  ad  ortum  solis  cursu,  receptisque  sexaginta 
amnibus,  in  Pontum  Euxinum  sex  vastis  ostiis  efFunditur. 

14.  Britanniam  insulam  Phoenicibus  innotuisse,  eosque 
stannum  inde  et  plumbum  pellesque  petivisse,  probabile 
est.  Romanis  eam  Julius  Csesar  primus  aperuit;  neque 
tamen  prius  cognita  esse  coepit  quam  Claudio^  imperante. 
Hadrianus  eam,  muro  ab  oceano  Germanico  ad  Hiberni- 
cum  mare  ducto,  in  duas  partes  di visit,  ut  inferiorem  in- 
sulae  partem,  quae  Romanis  parebat,  a  barbarorum  popu- 
lorum,  qui  in  Scotia  habitabaut,  incursionibus  tueretur.* 

15.  Maxima  insulae  pars  campestris,  collibus  passim 
silvisque  distincta.  Incolse  Gallos  proceritate  ^  corporum 
vincuntjCeterum  ingenio**  Gallis  similes,  simpliciores  ta- 
men illis  ^  magisque  barbari.  Nemora  habitant  pro  urbibus. 
Ibi  tuguria  exstruunt  et  stabiila  pecori,  sed  plerumque  ad 
breve  tempus.  Humanitate  ^  ceteris  prsestant  ii,  qui  Can- 
tium  incolunt.  Tota  hsec  regio  est  maritima.  Qui  in- 
teriorem  insulae  partem  habitant,  frumenta  non  serunt; 
lacte  ^  et  curne  vivunt.  Pro  vestibus  induti  sunt  pellibus.^ 

16.  Italia  ab  Alpibus  usque  ad  f return  Siciilum  porrigi- 
tur  inter  mare  Tuscum  et  Adriaticum.  Multo^  longior 
est  quam  latior.*  In  medio  se  attollit  Appenninus  mons, 
qui,  postquam  continenti  jugo  progressus  est  usque  ad 
Apuliam,  in  duos  quasi  ramos  dividitur.  Nobilissima  re- 
gio ob  fertilitatem  soli  ccelique  salubritatem.  Quum  longe 
in  mare  procurrat,J  plurimos  habet  portus  populorum  inter 
se  ^  patentes  commercio.^    Neque  ulla  facile  ^  est  regio. 

»  §  107,  R.  X.  f  §  121,  Obs.  2.  74,  1. 

t  §  146,  Obs.  9.  s  §  126,  R.  V.  ^  §  28,  Obs.  5. 

0  §  140,  1.  2d.  ^  §  132,  R.  XLIII.  »  §  112,  R.  XVII. 

d  §  128   R.  i  §  120,  Obs.  6.  »»  §  134,  Obs.  6,  3d. 

•     6   3   Ik  §  120,  R.    J  §  140,  Obs.  3   and 


NATIONS    OF   ANTIQUITY.  159 

quae  tot  tamque  pulchras  urbes  habeat,*  inter  quas  Roma 
et  magnitudine^  et  nominis  fama  eminet. 

17.  Haec  urbs,  orbis  terrarum  caput,  septem  montes 
complectitur.  Initio  quatuor  portas  habebat;  August! 
ajvo  triginta  septem.  Urbis  magnificentiam  augebant 
fora,  templa,  porticuSj  aqueeductus,  theatra,  arcus  trium- 
phales,  horti  denique,  et  id  genus  *^  alia,  ad  quae  vel  lecta** 
animus  stupet.  Quare  recte  de  ea  prsedicare  videntur, 
qui  nullius  urbis  in  toto  orbe  terrarum  magnificentiam 
ei^  comparari  posse  dixerunt. 

18.  Felicissima  in  Italia  regio  est  Campania.  Multi 
ibi  vitiferi  colles,  ubi  nobilissima  vina  gignuntur,  Seti- 
num,  Ceecubum,  Falernum,  Massicum.  Calidi  ibidem 
fontes  ^  saluberrimi.  Nusquam  generosior  olea.  Con- 
chylio  ^  quoque  et  pisce  nobili  maria  vicina  scatent. 

19.  Clarissimi  amnes  Italise  sunt  Padus  et  Tiberis. 
Et  Padus  quidem  in  superiore  parte,  quae  Gallia  Cisalpi- 
na  vocatur,  ab  imis  radicibus  Vesiili  montis  exoritur; 
primum  exilis,  deinde  aliis  amnibus  ita  alitur,  ut  se  per 
septem  ostia  in  mare  effundat.^  Tiberis,  qui  antlquissimis 
temporibus  Albulae  nomen  habebat,  ex  Appennino  oritur; 
deinde  duobus  et  quadraginta  fluminibus  auctus  fit  navi- 
gabilis.  Plurimas  in  utraque  ripa  villas  adspicit,  praeci- 
pue  autem  urbis  Romanae  magnificentiam.  Placidissi- 
mus  amnium  raro  ripas*  egreditur. 

20.  In  inferiore  parte  Italiae  clara  quondam  urbs  Tar  en 
tum,  quae  maris  sinui,  cui  adjacet,  nomen  dedit.     Soli 
fertilitas  coellque  jucunda  temperies  in  causa  fuisse  vide- 
tur,  ut  incolae  luxuria  et  deliciis  enervarentur.  Quumque 

»  §  141,  R.  I.  §  146,  Obs.  6.  h  §  140,  1,  1st. 

^  §  128,  R.  •  §  126,  R,  III.  <  §  136,  Obs.  5. 

e  §  136,  Obs.  5,  (ad)  f  §  101,  Obs.  4.                       (ultra.) 

d      101    4   and  e§  121,  R. 


160  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY   AND    THE 

aliquandiu  potentia*  florerent,^  copiasque  hand  contcm- 
iieiidas  alerent,  peregrlnis  tamen  plerumque  ducibus  in 
bellis  utebantur,  ut  Pyrrho,*^  rege  Epiri,  quo  superato, 
urbs  in  Romanorum  potestatem  venit. 

21.  Proxima  Italiae  est  Sicilia,  insula  omnium^  mans 
mterni  maxima.  Antiquissimis  temporibus  earn  cum  Italia 
cohaesisse,^  marisque  impetu^autterrae  motuinde  divulsam 
esse,^  verisimile  est.  Forma  triangularis,  ita  ut  litterse, 
quam  Grseci  Delta  vocant,  imaginem  referat.  A  tribus 
promontoriis  vocatur  Trinacria.  Nobilissimus  ibi  mons 
JEinvd  ^  qui  urbi  Catanse  imminet,  tum  ^  ob  altitudinem, 
tum  etiam  ob  ignes,  quos  effundit;  quare  Cyclopum  in  illo 
monte  officmam  esse  poetsedicunt.  Cineres  e  crateribus 
egesti  agrum  circumjacentem  foecundum  et  feracem  red- 
dere  existimantur.  Sunt  ibi  Piorum  campi,  qui  nomen 
habent  a  duobus  juvenibus  Catanensibus,  qui,  flammis 
quondam  repente  ingruentibus,  parentes  senectute  con- 
fectos,  humeris  sublatos,  flammae**  eripuisse  feruntur. 
Nomina  fratrum  Amphinomus  et  Anapus  fuerunt. 

22.  Inter  urbes  Siciliae  nulla  est  illustrior  Syracusis, 
Corintbi5rum  colonia,  ex  quinque  urbibus  conflata.  Ab 
Atheniensibus  bello  petita,  maxnnas  hostium  copias  dele- 
vit:  Carthaginienses  etiam  magnis  interdum  cladibus  af- 
fecit.  Secundo  bello  PunTco  per  triennium  oppugnata, 
Archimedis  potissimum  ingenio  et  arte  defensa,  a  M. 
Marcello  capta  est.  Vicinus  huic  urbi  fons  Arethusse 
Nymphse^  sacer,  ad  quam  Alpheus  amnis  ex  Peloponneso 
per  mare  Ionium  lapsus*  commissarif  dicitur.  Nam  si 
quid  ad  Olympiam  in  ilium  amnem  jactum  fuerit,  id  in 

*  Sup  esse,  §  47,  6.  f  Commissarif  ''  in  order  to  enjoy  a  ban. 
^uet/'  §  144,  Obs.  2. 

»§128,  R.  <J     19,  &§107,R.  X    «     124,7. 

*>  §  140,  Obs.  3.  •     97,  1,  &  4.  M  123,  R. 

•  §  149,  R.  (jut,  as,)     f  §  97,  Exc.  1.  >  §  111,  R. 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  161 

ArethuscB  fonte  reddi.*     De  ilia  fabula  quid  statuendum 
sit,^  sponte  apparet. 

23.  In  mari  Ligustico  insula  est  Corsica,  quam  GrtPci 
Cyrnum  vocant.  Terra  aspera  multisque  locis  *"  inviu, 
ccelum  grave,  mare  circa  *^  importunum.  Incohe,latroci- 
uiis  deditijferi  sunt  et  horridi.  Mella  quoque  illius  in- 
sulse  amara  esse  dicuntur  corporibusque*^  nocere.  Proxi- 
ma  ei  est  Sardinia,  quae  a  Grsecis  mercatoribus  Ichnusa 
vocatur,  quia  formam  humani  vestigii  habet.  Solum  ^ 
quam  ccelum  melius.  Illud*'  fertile,  hoc^  grave  ac  nox- 
ium.  Noxia  quoque  animalia  herbasque  venenatas  gig- 
nit.  Multum  inde  frumenti  ^  Romam  mittitur;  unde  ha^c 
insiila  et  Sicilia  nutrices  urbis  vocantur. 

24.  Grsecia  nominis  celebritate  omnes  feve  alias  orbis 
terrarum  regiones  superavit.  Nulla  enim  magnorum  in- 
geniSrum  ^  fuit  feracior;  neque  ulla  belli  pacisque  artes 
maj5re  studio*  excoluit.  Plurimas  eadem  cnlonias  in 
omnes  terrae  partes  deduxit.  Multum  itaque  teua  mari- 
que  valuit,  et  gravissima  bella  magna  cum  gloria  gessit. 

25.  Graecia  inter  Ionium  et  JEgddum  mare  porrigitur. 
In  plurimas  regi5nes  divisa  est,  quarum  J  amplissim?fi  sunt 
Macedonia  et  Epirus —  quamquam  hse  a  nonnullis  a  Grae- 
cia sejunguntur  —  tum  Thessalia.  Macedoniam  Philippi 
et  Alexandri  regnum  illustravit^  quorum  ille^  Graiciam 
Bubegit,  hie*'  Asiam  latissime  domuit,  ereptumque  Persis^ 
imperium  in  Macedones  transtulit.  Centum  ejus  regionis 
et  quinquaginta  urbes  numerantur;  quarumJ  septuaginta 

*     Sup.  dicUur.  «  §  112,  R.  V.  »  §  129,  R. 

^  §  140.  5,  &c  108,  9.  f  §  101,  Obs.  4.  J  §  107,  R.  X. 

«  §  136,  Obs.  5,  (in)  s  §  106,  R.  VIII.  ^  §  28,  Obs,  3,  3(1. 

^  §  90,  4.  b  §  107,  Obs.   1.  1st.  i     5,  1,  §  126  R  III 


162  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

du-js,  Perseo,  ultimo  Macedonise  rege,  superato,  Paullus 
i^^niilius  diripuit. 

26.  Epirus,  quae  ab  Acrocerauniis  incipit  montibuSj 
desinit  in  Acheloo  flumine.  Plures  earn  populi  incolunt. 
Illustris  ibi  Dodona^  in  Molossorum  finibus,  vetustissimo 
Jovis  oraculo  inclyta.  Columbse  ibi  ex  arboribus  oracula 
dedisse  narrantur;  quercusque  ipsas  et  lebetes  seneos 
inde  suspenses  deorum  voluntatem  tinnitu  significasse  ** 
fama  est. 

27.  Acheloi  fluvii  ostiis^  insulse  aliquot  objacent,  qua- 
rum  maxima  est  Cephallenia.  Multae  prseterea  insulae 
littori  '^  Epiri  adjacent,  interque  eas  Corcyra,  quam  Ho- 
merus  Scheriam  appellasse  existimatur."^  In  hac  Phaea- 
cas  posuit  ille  et  hortos  Aleinoi.  Coloniam  hue  dedux- 
erunt  Corinthii,  quo^  tempore  Numa  Pompilius  Romae 
regnavit.  Viclna  ei  Ithaca,  Ulyssis  patria,  aspera  mon- 
tibus,  sed  Homeri  carminibus  adeo  nobilitata,  ut  ne  fer- 
tilissimis  quidem  regionibus  cedat/ 

28.  Thessalia  late  patet  inter  Macedoniam  ebEpirum, 
foecunda  regio,  generosis  prsecipue  equis  excellens,  unde 
Thessalorum  equitatus  celeberrimus.  Montes  ibi  memo- 
rabiles  Olympus,  in  quo  deorum  sedes  esse  existimatur,^ 
Pelion  et  Ossa,per  quos  gigantes  coelum  petivisse  dicun- 
tur;*^  (Eta  denique,  in  cujus  vertice  Hercules,  rogo  con- 
scenso  ^  se  ipsum  cremavit.  Inter  ^  Ossam  et  Olympum 
Peneus,  limpidissimus  amnis,  delabitur,  vallem  amcenis- 
simam,  Tempe  vocatam,  irrigans. 

29.  Inter ''  reliquas  Grsecise  region es  nominis  claritate' 
eminet  Attica,  quae  etiam  Atthis  vocatur.     Ibi  Athenae, 

•  §  101,  Ohs.  4.  d  §  145^  obs.  4.  e     104.  1. 

b     97,  1.  •     37,  2d,  &  Note.        ^     123,  3. 

«  §  112,  IV  {  §  140,  1,  1st.  i  §  128,  R. 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  163 

de  qua  uibe  decs  inter  se  certasse  fama  est.  Certius  est* 
nuUam  unquain  urbem  tot  poetas  tulisse,  tot  oratores,  tot 
philosophoSj  totque  in  omni  virtutis  genere  claros  vires. 
Res  autem  bello  eas  ^  gessitjUt  huic  soli ""  glorise  ^^  studere 
videretur;  pacisque  artes  ita  excoluit,  ut  hac  laude  magis 
etiam  quam  belli  gloria  splenderet.  Arx  ibi  sive  Aero- 
p5]is  ^  urbi  imminens,  unde  latus  in  mare  prospectus  pa- 
tet.  Per  propylsea  ad  earn  adscenditur/  splendidum  Peri- 
clis  opus.  Cum  ipsa  urbe  per  longos  muros  conjectus 
est  portus  Pirseeus,  post  bellum  Persicura  secundum  a 
Themistocle  munitus.     Tutissima  ibi  statio®  navium. 

30.  Attlcam  attingit  Boeotia,  fertilissTma  regio.  Incolse. 
magis  corporibus^  valent  quam  ingeniis.  Urbs  celeber- 
rima  Theba^j^  quas  Amphlon  musTces^  ope  moenibu& 
clnxisse  dicitur.  Illustravit  eam  Pindari  poetse  ingenium, 
Epaminondae  virtus.  Mons  ^  ibi  Helicon,  Musarum  sedes^ 
et  Cithaeron  plurimis  poetarum  fabulis  celebratus. 

31.  Boeotiae  Phocis  finitima,^  ubi  Delphi  urbs  clarissi- 
ma.  In  qua  urbe  oraculum  Apollinis  quantam  *  apud  om- 
ncs  gentes  auctoritatem  habuerit,  quot '  quamque  prae- 
clara  munera  ex  omni  fere  terrarum  orbe  DelphosJ  missa 
fuerint,  nemo  ignorat.  Imminet  urbi  Parnassus  mons, 
in  cujus  verticibus  Musae  habilare  dicuntur,^  unde  aqua 
fontis  Castalii  poetarum  ingenia  inflammare  existimatur.'^ 

32.  Cum  ea  parte  Graeciae,  quam  hactenus  descripsi- 
mus,  cohaeret  ingens  peninsilla,  quae  Peloponnesus  voca- 
tur,  platani  folio  ^  simillima.     Augustus  ille  trames  inter 


*  51,  2.  f     Su\),  a  hominUus,  »  §  140,  6. 

*  28,  1.  67,  2.  i  §  130,  2. 

^     16,  4.  g§  128,R.  k§  145^  Obs.  4 

d  §  112,  R.  V.  h  §  9^  Greek  nouns,  i  §  111,  K. 

*  §  101,  Obs.  4 


I 


164  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

-^aeum  mare  et  Ionium,  per  quern  cumMegaride  coha^- 
ret,  Isthmus  appellatur.  In  eo  templum  Neptuni  est,  ad 
quod  ludi  celebrantur  IsthmTci.  Ibidem  in  ipso  Pelopon- 
nesi  aditu,  Corinthus  sita  est,  urbs  antiquissima,  ex  cujus 
summa^  arce,  (Acrocorinthon^appellant,)  utrumque  mare 
conspicitur.  Quum  opibus  floreret,*^  maritimisque  valeret 
copiis,  gravia  bella  gessit.  In  bello  Achaico,  quod  Roma- 
ni  cum  Graecis  gesserunt,  pulcherrima  urbs,  quam  Cicero 
Graeciae  lumen  appellat,  a  L.  Mummio  expugnata  ^  fun- 
ditusque  deleta  est.  Restituit  earn  Julius  Ceesar,  colo- 
nosque  ®  eo  milites  veteranos  misit. 

33.  Nobilis  est  in  Peloponneso  urbs  Olympia,  templo 
Jovis  Olympii  ac  statua  illustris.  Statua  ^  ex  ebore  facta, 
Phidise  summi  artificis  opus  prsestantissimum.  'Prope«? 
illud  templum  ad  Alphei  fluminis  ripas  ludi  celebrantur 
Olympici,  ad  quos  videndos  ^  ex  tota  Graecia  concurri- 
tur.*     Ab  his  ludis  Greeca  gens  res  gestas  suas  numerat. 

34.  Nee  Sparta  pra^tereundaJ  est,  urbs  nobilissima, 
quam  Lycurgi  leges,  civiumque  virtus  et  patientia  illus- 
travit.*'  Nulla  fere  gens  bellica  laude*  magis  floruit, 
pluresque  viros  fortes  constantesque  genuit.  Urbi  immi 
net  mons  Taygetus,  qui  ^"  usque  ad  Arcadiam  procurrit. 
Proxime  urbem  ^  Eur5tas  fluvius  delabitur,  ad  cujus  ripas 
Spartani  se  exercere  solebant.  In  Sinum  Laconicum 
efFunditur.  Haud  procul  inde  abest  promontorium  Tae- 
narum,  ubi  altissTmi  specus,  per  quos  Orpheum  ad  infe- 
ros descendisse  "  narrant. 

35.  Mare  JEgd^um^  inter®  Grseciam  Asiamque  patens, 


»     17,  2. 

g  §  136,  Obs.  5.  ad. 

k  §  102,  Obs.  1 

b  §  10,  Greek  nouns. 

h     112,  7. 

1  §  128,  R. 

c  §  140,  Obs.  4. 

i      Sup.  ab  homini- 

r^     35,  1. 

d      115,  1. 

bus,  67,  2. 

n     97,  1 

«§  116,  Obs.  1. 

J      108,  1. 

•   123,3. 

§  101,  Obs.  4. 

NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  165 

plurimisinsulis  distinguitur.  Illustres  inter  eas  sunt  Cy- 
cladeSj  sic  appellatse,  quia  in  orbem  jacent.  Media  earum  * 
est  Del  us,  quse  repente  e  mari  enata  esse  dicitur.  In  ea 
insula  Latona  Apollinem  et  Dianam  peperit,  quae  numina 
il)i  una  cum  matre  summa  religi5ne  coluntur.  Urbi  ini- 
niinet  Cynthus,  mons  excelsus  et  arduus.  Inopus  amnis 
pariter  cum  Nilo  decrescere  et  augeri  dicitur.  Mercatus 
in  Delo  celeberrimus,  quod  ob  portus  commoditatem  tem- 
plique  religionem  mercatdres  ex  toto  orbe  terrarum  eo 
confluebant.  Eandem  ob  causam  civitates  Grseciae,  post 
secundum  Persicum  bellum,  tributa  ad  belli  usum  in  earn 
msulam,  tanquam  in  commune  totius  Greecise  serarium, 
conferebant;  quam  pecuniam  insequenti  tempore  Atheni- 
enses  in  suam  urbem  transtulerunt. 

36.  Euboea  insiila  littori^  Boeotise  et  Atticse  prsetendi 
tur,  angusto  freto  a  continenti  distans.  Terrse  motu  a 
Bseotia  avulsaesse  creditur;  saepius  eam  concussam  esse^ 
constat.  Fretum,  quo  a  Graecia  sejungitur,  vocatur  Eu- 
rlpus,  ssevumet  aestuosum  mare,  quod  continuo  motu  agi- 
tatur.  Nonnulli  dicunt  septies  quovis  die  statis  tempori- 
bus  fluctus  alterno  motu  agitari;  alii  hoc  negant,  dicen- 
tes,  mare  temere  in  venti  modum  hue  illuc  moveri.  Sunt, 
qui  narrent,"^  Aristoielem  philosophum,  quia  hujus  mira- 
ciili  causas  investigare  non  posset,*'  aegritudine  confectum 
esse. 

37.  Jam  ad  Boreales  regiones  pergamus/  Supra  Ma- 
cedoniam  Thracia  porrigitur  a  Ponto  Euxino  usque  ad 
lilyriam;  Regio  frigida  et  in  iis  tantum  partibus  foecun- 
dior,  quae  propiores  sunt  mari.  Pomiferae  arbores  rarae; 
frequentiores  vites;  sed  uvae  non  maturescunt,  nisi  frigus 

•^§107,  R.X  c     97,1.  e§141,  Obs.  8. 

M126,  R.  Ill  '«§141,  R.  I.  f     77,  7,  &§  45,  1.1 


166  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

studiose  arcetur.  Sola  Thasus,  Insula  littori  Thracia^  ad- 
jacens,  vino  excellit.  Amnes  sunt  celebemmi  Hebrus, 
ad  quern  Orpheus  a  Maenadibus  discerptus  esse  dicitur, 
Nestus  et  Strymon.  Montes  altissimi,  Hsemus,  ex  cujus 
verlice  Pontus  et  Adria  conspicitur;  Rhodope  et  Orbelus. 

38.  Plures  Thraciam  gentes  incolunt  nominibus  diver- 
sae  et  moribus.  Inter  has  Getse  omninm  sunt  ferocissimi 
et  ad  mortem  paratissimi.*  Animas  enim  post  mortem 
redituras  existimant.  Recens  nati  apud  eos  deflentur; 
funera  autem  cantu  lusuque  celebrantur.  Plures  singuli^ 
uxores  habent.  Hse  omnes,  viro  defuncto,  mactari  simul- 
que  cum  eo  sepeliri  cupiunt,  magndque  id  certamine  a 
judicibus  *^  contendunt.  Virgines  non  a  parentibus  tra- 
duntur  viris,  sed  aut  publice  ducendse  ^  locantur,  aut  ve- 
neunt.  Formosee  in  pretio  sunt;  ceterse  maritos  mercede 
data  inveniunt. 

39.  Inter  urbes  Thracise  memorabile  est  Byzantium,  ad 
Bosporum  Thraclum,  urbs  natura  munita  etarte,  quse^cum^ 
ob  soli  fertllitatem^tum  ob  vicinitatem  maris,  omnium  re- 
rum,  quas  vita  requirit,  copia  abundat.  Nee  Sestos  prte- 
tereunda  est  silentio,  urbs  ad  Hellespontum  posita,  quam 
amor  Herus  et  Leandri  memorabilem  reddidit;  nee  Cynos- 
sema,  tumulus  Hecubse,  ubi  ilia,  post  Trojam  dirutam/  in 
canem  mutata  et  sepulta  esse  dicitur.  Nomen  etiam  habet 
in  iisdem  regionibus  urbs  iEnos,  ab  ^nea  e  patria  pro- 
fugo  condita;  Zone,  ubi  nemora  Orpheum  canentem 
secuta  esse  narrantur;  Abdera  denique,  ubi  Diomedes 
rex  advenas  equis  suis  devorandos  ^  objiciebat,  donee  ipse 
ab  Hercule  iisdem  objectus  est.  Quse^  urbs  quum  rana- 
rum  muriumque  multitudine  infestaretur,  incolae,  relicto  ** 


»§  111, 

Obs. 

3. 

d 

107, 

1. 

e 

38,  1. 

^     26, 

6. 

e 

124, 

8. 

b 

104,  1. 

'  §  124, 

.  Obs. 

2. 

'§ 

146, 

Obs. 

2 

NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  167 

patriae  solo,  novas  sedes  qusesiverunt.  Hos  Cassander, 
rex  Macedoniae,  in  societatem  accepisscj  agrosque  in  ex- 
trema*  Macedonia  assignasse  dicitur. 

40.  Jam  de  Scythis  pauca  dicenda  sunt.  Terminatur 
Scythia  ab  uno  latere  Ponto  Euxino,  ab  altero  montibus 
Rhipseis,  a  tergo  Asia  et  Phaside  flumine.  Vasta  regio 
null  is  fere  intus  finibus  dividitur.  Scythse  enim  nee 
agrum  exercent,  nee  eertas  sedes  habent,  sed  armenta  et 
pecora  pascentes  per  ineultas  solitudines  errare  solent. 
Uxores  liberosque  seeum  in  plaustris  vehunt.  Laete  et 
melle  veseuntur;  aurum  et  argentum,  eujus  nullus  apud 
eos  usus  est,  aspernantur.     Corpora  pellibus  ^  vestiunt. 

41.  Diversae  sunt  Scytharum  geij^tes,  diversique  mores. 
Sunt,  qui  funera  parentum  festis  saerifieiis  eelebrent,*^ 
eorumque  eapitibus"^  afFabre  expolitis  auroque  vinetis  pro 
poculis  utantur.  Agathyrsi  ora  et  corpora  pingunt,  id- 
que  ^  tanto*  magis,  quanto  quis  illustrioribus  gaudet  ma- 
joribus.  li,  qui  Tauricam  Chersonesum  incolunt,  anti- 
quissimis  temporibus  advenas  Dianae  mactabant.  Inte- 
rius  habitantes  ceteris^  rudidres  sunt.  Bella  amant,  et 
quo  ^  quisplures  hostes  interemerit,  eo  ^  maj5re  existima- 
tione  apud  suos**  habetur.  Ne  foedera  quidem  incruenta 
sunt.  Sauciant  se  qui  paeiscuntur,  sanguinemque  permis- 
tura  degustant.     Td  fidei  pignus  certissimum  esseputant. 

42.  Maxima  fluminum  Scythicorum  sunt  Ister,  qui  et 
Danubius  vocatur,  et  Borysthenes.  De  Istro  supra  dic- 
tum est/     Borysthenes,  ex  igndtis  fontibus  ortus,  liqui- 

*  Tanto  magis  quanto  quis;  literally,  '^  more  by  so  much  as  any 
one,"   (§  132,  Obs.  5,)  i.  e.  *'  in  proportion  as,"  &c. 

*  17,  1.  7.  4.  s     22,  4,  &  44,  7. 
^  §  125,  R.                      c  Su\^.faciunt                ^     19,  3. 

e§  141,  R.  I.  f     6.  3.  i  §85,3 

<i§  121,  R.  XXVI.  & 


168  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

ilissimas  aquas  trahit  et  potatu  ^  jucundas.  Placidus  Idem 
laitissima  pabula  alit.  Magno  spatio  navigabilis  juxta 
urbem  Borysthenida^  in  Pontum  effunditur. 

43.  Ultra  Rhipaeos  montes  et  Aquiloiiem  gens  habitare 
existimatar  felicissima,  Hyperboreos  ^  appellant.  Regie 
aprlca,  felix  coeli  temperies  omnique  afflatu"^  noxio  caiens. 
Semel  in  anno  sol  iis  oritur  solstitio,^  bruma  semel  occi- 
dit.  Incolse  in  nemoribus  et  lucis  habitant;  sine  omni 
discordia  et  segritudine  vivunt.  Quum  vitse^  eos  tsedet, 
epulis  sumptis  ^  ex  rupe  se  in  mare  praecipitant.  Hoc 
enim  sepulturse  genus  beatissimum  esse  existiniant. 

44.  Asia  ceteris  terrae  partibus^  est  amplior.  Oceanus 
eam  alluit,  ut  locis  ita  nominibus  difFerens;  Ecus  ab  ori- 
ente,  a  meridie  Indicus,  a  septentridne  Scythicus.  Asise 
nomine  appellatur  etiam  peninsula,  quae  a  mari  ^gaio 
usque  ad  Armeniam  patet.  In  hac  parte  est  Bithynia  ad 
Propontidem  sita,  ubi  Granicus  in  mare  effunditur,  ad  quem 
amnem  Alexander,  rex  Macedoniee,  primam  victoriam  de 
Persis  reportavit.  Trans  ilium  amnem  sita  est  Cyzicus 
in  cervice  peninsulae,  urbs  nobilissima,  a  Cyzico  appel la- 
ta, qui  in  illis  regionibus  ab  Argonautis  pugna  occisus 
est.  Haud  procul  ab  ilia  urbe  Rhyndacus  in  mare  effun- 
ditur, circa  quem  angues  nascuntur,  non  solum  ob  mag- 
nitudinem  mirabiles,  sed  etiam  ob  id,  quod,  quum  ex 
aqua  emergunt  et  hiant,  supervolantes  aves  absorbent. 

45.  Propontis  cum  Ponto  jungitur  per  Bosporum,' 
quod  fretum  quinque  stadia  J  latum  Eur5pam  ab  Asia  sep- 
arat.  Ipsis^  in  faucibus  Bospori  oppidum  estChalcedon,' 


*§  148,  2,  &  114, 

2. 

«§  131,  R.  XL. 

i  §  129,  Obs.  2. 

»»§  15,4. 

f  §  llSExc.  II,& 

J  §  132,  R.  XLII. 

e     Sup.   quam 

66,5. 

k     32,  6. 

§  116,  Obs.  1. 

g      104,  1. 

I      Sup.  condita. 

^  6  121    II.  XXV. 

b     6,  3. 

NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  169 

ab  Argia,  Megarensium  principe,  et  templum  Jovis,  ab 
Jasone  conditum.  Pontus  ipse  ingens  est  maris  sinus, 
lion  molli  ^  neque  arenoso  circumdatus  littoiejtempestati- 
bus  ^  obnoxius,  raris  stationibus.^  Olim  ob  ssevitatem  pop- 
ulorum,  qui  circa  habitant,  Axenus  appellatus  fuisse  dici- 
tur;  postea,  moUitis  illdrum  moribusjdictus  est  EuxTnus. 

46.  In  littore  Ponti,  in  Mariandynorum  agro,  urbs  est 
IJeraclea,  ab  Hercule,  ut  fertur,  condita.  Juxta  earn  spe- 
lunca  est  Acherusia,  quam  ad  Manes  perviam  esse  existi- 
mant.*^  Hinc  Cerberus  ab  Hercule  extractus  fuisse  dicitur. 
Ultra  fluvium  ThermodontaMossyni  habitant.  Hi  totum 
^orpus  distinguunt  notis.  Reges  sufFragio  eligunt;  eosdem 
\n  turre  lignea  inclusos  arctissime  custodiunt,  et,  si  quid 
perperam  imperitaverint,^  inedia  totius  diei  afficiunt. 
Extremum  Ponti  angiilum  Colchi  tenent  ad  Phasidem; 
quse^loca  fabula  de  vellere  aureo  et  Argonautarum  ex- 
peditio  illustravit. 

47.  Inter  provincias  Asiae  proprie  dictse  illustris  est 
Ionia,  in  duodecim  civitates  divTsa.  Inter  eas  est  Miletus, 
belli  pacisque  artibus  inclyta;  eique  vicinum  Panionium, 
sacra  regio,  quo  omnes  lonum  civitates  statis  temporibus 
legates  solebant  mittere.  Nulla  facile  ^  urbs  plures  colo- 
nias  misit,  quam  Miletus.  Ephesi,  quam^  urbem  Amazo- 
nes  condidisse  traduntur,  templum  est  Dianae,  quod  sep- 
tem  mundi  miraculis  annumerari  solet.  Totius  templi 
longitudo  est  quadringentorum  viginti  quinque  pedum,* 
latitudo  ducent5rum  viginti;  columnae  centum  viginti  sep- 
tem  numero,  sexaginta  pedum  altitudine;^  ex  iis  triginta 
sex  caelatae.     Operi '  prcefuit  Chersiphron  architectus. 

*     W,6.  e     74,  6,  and  s  §  134,  Obs.  6,  3d. 

''§ni,R.  §  101,  Obs.  1.  J»§128,  K. 

«  §  106,  R.  VII.  {      37,  4.  i  §  112,  R.  I. 


<»§  101,  Obs.  1. 


15 


170  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

48.  JEoYis  olim  Mysia  appellata,*  et,  ubi  Hellespontiin^ 
atiingit,  Troas.  Ibi  Ilium  fuit  situm  ad  radices  montis 
Idee,  urbs  bello,  quod  per  decern  annos  cum  universa 
Gra^cia  gessit,  clarissima.  Ab  Idaeo  monte  Scamander 
defluit  et  Simdis,  amnes  fama  quam  natura  majores.  Ipsum 
nontem  certamen  dearum  Paridisque  judicium  illustrem 
eddidit.     In  littore  clarae  sunt  urbes  Rhoeteum  et  Dar- 

dania;  sed  sepulcrum  Ajacis,  qui  ibi  post  certamen  cum 
Ulysse  gladio  incubuit,  utraque  ^  clarius. 

49.  lonibus  "^  Cares  sunt  finitimi,  populus  arm5rum  •* 
belllque  adeo  amans,  ut  aliena  etiam  bella  mercede  ac- 
cepta  gereiet.^  Princeps  Carise  urbs*  Halicarnassus,  Ar- 
givorum  colonia,  regum  sedes  olim.  Unus  eorum  Mau- 
solus  fuit.  Qui^quum  vita^  defunctus  esset,  Artemisia 
conjux  desiderio  mariti  flagrans,  ossa  ejus  cineresque  con- 
tusa  cum  aqua  miscuit  ebibitque,  splendidumque  prseterea 
sepulcrum  exstruxit,  quod  inter  septem  orbis  terrarum 
miracula  censetur. 

50.  Cilicia  sita  est  in  intimo  recessu  maris,  ubi  Asia 
proprie  sic  dicta  cum  Syria  conjungTtur.  Sinus  ille  ab 
urbe  Isso  Issici  nomen  habet.  Fluvius  ibi  Cydnus  aqua  ^ 
limpidissima  et  frigidissima,  in  quo  Alexander  Macedo 

juum  lavaret,*  parum  abfuit,  quin  frigore  enecaretur.-* 
Antrum  Corycium  in  iisdem  regionibus  ob  singularem 
naturam  memorabile  est.  Ingenti  illud  hiatu  patet  in 
monte  arduo,  alteque  demissum  undique  viret  lucis  pen- 
den  tibus.  Ubi  ad  ima^  perventum  est,'  rursusaliud  antrum 
aperitur.     Ibi  sonitus  cymbalorum  ingredientes  ^  terrere 


»  §  101,  Obs.  4.  «  §  140,  1,  1st.  i  §  140,  Obs.  4. 

^     Sup.  urbe,  f     39,  1.  J  §  140,  3. 

«§111,  R.  e  §  121,  R.  XXVT.  ^     19,  6,  &  19,  1. 

*  §  107   R.  IX.  »»  §  106,  R.  VII.  1      67,  5. 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  171 

dicftur.     Totus  hic  specus  augustus  est  et  vere  sacei';  et 
a  diis  habitari  existimatur. 

51.  E  Cilicia  egressos^  Syria  excipit,  cujus  pars  est 
Phcenice  in  littore  maris  interni  posita.  Hanc  regionem 
sollers  hommum  genus  colit.  PhcEnices  enim  litterarum 
formas  a  se  inventasaliis  populis  tradiderunt;  alias  etiam 
artes,  quae  ad  navigationem  et  mercaturam  spectant,  studi- 
5se  coluerunt.  Ceterum  fertilis  regio  ^  crebrisque  flumini- 
bus  rigata,  quorum  ope  terrse  marisque  opes  facili  negotio 
inter  se  ^  permutantur.  Nobilissimae  Phoenices  urbes  Si- 
don,  antequam  a  Persis  -caperetur,  maritiraarum  urbium 
maxima;  et  Tyrus,  aggere  cum  terra  conjuncta.  Purpura^ 
hujus  urbls  omnium  pretiosissTma.  Conficitur  ille  coloi 
ex  succo  in  conchis,  qu82  etiam  purpurae  vocantur,  latente. 

52.  Ex  Syria  descenditur'^in  Arabiam,  peninsulam  in- 
ter duo  maria,  Rubrum  et  Persicumj  porrectam.  Hujus 
ea  pars,  quse  ab  urbe  Petra  Petrsess  nomen  accepit,  plane 
est  sterilis;  hanc  excipit  ea,  quse  ob  vastas  solitudines 
Deserta  vocatur.  His  partibus  adhseret  Arabia  Felix, 
regio  angusta,  sed  cinnami,^  thuris  aliorumque  oddrum, 
feracissima.  Multse  ibi  gentes  sunt,  quse  fixas  sedes  non 
habeant,^  Nomades  a  Grsecis  appellatse.  Lacte  ^  et  car- 
ne  ferina  vescuntur.  Multi  etiam  Arabum  popiili  latro- 
cmiiss^  vivunt.  Primus  e  Romanis  iElius  Gallus  in  hanc 
terrain  cum  exercitu  penetravit. 

53.  Camelos  inter  armenta  pascit  Oriens.  Duo  harum 
sunt  genera,  Bactrianse  et  Arabise.  Illse  *^  bina  habent  in 
dorso  tubera,  hse^  singiila;  unum  autem  sub  pectore,  cui 
incumbant.     Dentium  ordine '  superi5re  carent.     Sitim 

a      19,  1.  e  §  107,  R.  IX.  and  Obs.  2. 

*  §  101,  Obs.  4.  '  §  141,  Obs.  3.  »>  §  28,  Obs.  3.  Sd, 

•  §  28,  Obs.  5.  «  §  121,  R.  XXVI.  »  §  121,  R.  XXV 
d     67,  6. 


172 


OF    TH£    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THK 


q  latriduo  tolerant;  aquam,  antequam  bibant,*  pedibus 
turbant.  Vivunt  quinquagenis  annis;  ^  qu£edam  etiam 
centenis. 

54.  Ex  Arabia  pervenitur  in  Babyloniam,  cui  Babylon 
nomen  dedit,  Chaldaicarum  gentium  caput,  urbs  et  mag- 
nitudine  et  divitiis  clara.  Semiramis  earn  condiderat,  vel, 
ut  multi  crediderunt,  Belus,  cujus  regia  ostenditur.  Mu- 
rus  exstructus  laterculo*^  coctili,  triginta  et  duos  pedes  ^ 
est  latus,  ita  ut  quadrigae  inter  se®  occurentes  sine  pericu- 
lo  commeare  dicantur;  altitudo  ducentorum  pedum;  tur- 
res  autem  denis^  pedibus^  quam  murus  altiores  sunt. 
Totius  operis  ambitus  sexaginta  millia  passuum  complec- 
titur.  Mediam  urbem^  permeat  Euphrates.  Arcem  ha- 
bet  viginti  stadiorum^  ambitu;  ^  super  ea  pensiles  horti 
conspiciuntur,  tantseque  sunt  moles  tamque  firmse,  ut 
onera  nemorum  sine  detrimento  ferant. 

55 .  Amplissima  Asia?  regio  J  India  primum  patefacta  est 
armis  Alexandri  Magni,  regis  Macedonise,  cujus  exem- 
plum  successores  secuti  in  interiora^  Indisepenetraverunt. 
In  eo  tractu,  quem  Alexander  subegit,  quinque  millia  op- 
pid5rum  fuisse,*  gentesque  novem,  Indiamque  tertiam 
partem  esse'"  terrarum  omnium,  ejus  comites  scripserunt. 
Ingentes  ibi  sunt  amnes,  Indus  et  Indo"  major  Ganges. 
Indus  in  Paropamiso  ortus  undeviginti  amnes  recipit, 
totidem  Ganges  interque  eos  plures  navigabiles. 

56.  Maxima  in  India  -gignuntur  animalia.  Canes  ibi 
grandiores  ceteris.^  Arbdres  tantse  proceritatis  ^*  esse  tra- 
duntur,  ut  sagittis  superjaci  nequeant.    Hoc  efficit  uber 


»  §  140,  4. 

e  §  2S,  Obs.  5. 

i  §  97,  R 

»>  §  131,  R.  XLI. 

f  §  132,  R.  XLIII. 

k     19,  6. 

and  §  24,  11. 

«§  136,  R.  LII. 

1      98,  2. 

e§  128,  Obs.  2. 

t  §  106,  R.  VII. 

«     96, 2. 

d§  132,  R.  XLII. 

i  §  128,  R. 

»     6,3. 

NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  173 

tas  soli,  teraperies  ccelij  aquarum  abundantia.  Immanes 
quoque  serpen,tes  alit,  qui  elephantos  morsu  et  ambitu 
corporis  conficiunt.  Solum  tarn  pingue  et  ferax,  ut  mel- 
lafrondibus*  defluant,^  sylv^  lanas  ferant,^  arundinum 
mternodia  fissa  cymbarum  usum  prsebeant,  binosque,  quae- 
dam  etiain  ternos  ^  homines,  vehant. 

57.  Incolarum  habitus  moresque  diversi.  Lino'*  alii  ves- 
tiuntur  et  lanis  arborum,  alii  ferarum  aviumque  pellibus, 
pars  nudi^  incedunt.*"  Quidam  animalia  occidere  eorumque 
carnibus  vesci  nefas  ^  putant;  alii  piscibus  tantum  alun- 
tur.  Quidam  parentes  et  propinquos,  prius  quam  annis 
et  macie  conficiantur,*"  velut  hostias  csedunt  eorumque  vis- 
ceribus*  epulantur;  ubi  senectus  eos  morbusve  invadit, 
mortem  in  solitudine  ajquo  animo  exspectant.  li,  qui  sa- 
pientiam  profitentur,  ab  ortu  solis  ad  occasum  stare  solent, 
solem  immobilibus  ociilisintuentes;  ferventibusarenisJ  to- 
to  die  ^  alternis  pedibus*  insistunt.  Mortem  non  exspect- 
antjsed  sponte  arcessunt  in  rogos  incensos  se  prsecipitantes. 

58.  Maximos  India  elephantos  gignit,  adeoque  feroces, 
ut  Afri  elephanti  illos  paveant,  nee  contueri  audeant.^ 
Hoc  animal  cetera  omnia  docilitate  superat.  Discunt  arma 
jacere,  gladiatdrum  more  congredijsaltare  et  per  funes  in- 
cedere.  Plinius  narrat,  Romse  unum  segnioris  ingenii  ™ 
saepius  castigatum  esse  verberibus,  quia  tardius"  accipie- 
bat,  quae  tradebantuf ;  eundem  repertum  esse  noctu  eadem 
meditantem.  Elephanti  gregatim  semper  ingrediuntur. 
Ducit  agmen  maximus  natu,®  cogit  is,  qui  aitate  ei  est 


»  §  136,  R.  LII. 

e     Sup,  esse,  &  51,  5. 

i§  129,  R. 

»>  §  140,  1,  1st. 

t  §  140,  4. 

»»§  106,  R.  VII. 

«     26,  1. 

i  §  121,  Obs.  2. 

n     22,  3. 

i  §  126,  R.  V. 

J  §  136,  Obs.  5,  (in) 

o  §  26,  6,  Note  & 

•§98,Exc.  2. 

k  §  131,  R.  XLI. 

'  §  128,  R. 

'  §  102,  R.  II. 

174  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

prox;imus.  Amnem  transituri  minimosprsemittunt.  Capi- 
untur  foveis.  In  has  ubi  elephas  deciderit,^  ceteii  ramos 
congerunt,  aggeres  construunt,  omnique  vi  conantur  extra- 
here.  Domantur  fame  et  verberibus.  Domiti  militant  et 
turres  ^  armat5rum  in  hostes  ferunt,  magnaque  ex  parte 
Orientis  bella  conficiunt.  Totas  acies  prosternunt,  arma- 
tos  proterunt,  Ingens  dentibus*^  pretium.  In  Graecia  ebur 
ad  deorum  simulacra  tanquam  pretiosissima  materia  adhi- 
betur;  in  extremis^  Africae  postium  vicem  in  domiciliis 
prsebet,  sepesque  in  pecorum  stabulis  elephantdrum  den- 
tibus^fiunt.  Inter  omnia  animalia^  maxim  e  oderunts 
murem.  Infestus  elephanto  etiam  rhinoceros,  qui  nomen 
habet  a  cornu,  quod  in  naso  gerit.  In  pugna  maxime 
adversarii  alvum  petit,  quam  scit  esse  molliorem.  Lon- 
gitudine  elephantum  fere  exsequat;  crura  multo  brevidra; 
color  buxeus. 

59.  Etiam  Psittacos  India  mittit.  Hsec  avis  humanas 
voces  optime  reddit.  Quum  loqui  discit,  ferreo  radio 
verberatur,  aliter  enim  non  sentit  ictus.  Capiti^  ejus 
eadem  est  duritia,  quae  rostro.^  Quum  devolat,  rostro  se 
excipit,  eique  innititur. 

60.  Testudines  tantse  magnitudinis  Indicum  mare  emit- 
tit,  ut  singularum  tostis*  casas  integant.J  Insulas  ^^  rubri 
prsecipue  maris  his  navigant  cymbis.  Capiuntur  obdor- 
miscentes  in  summa  aqua,  id  *  quod  proditur  stertentium 
sonitu.  Tum  terni  adnatant,  a  du5bus  in  dorsum  verti- 
lur,  a  tertio  laqueus  injicitur,  atque  ita  a  pluribus  in  lit- 
tore  stantibus  trahitur.  In  mari  testudines  conchyliis  vi- 
vunt;  tanta  enim  oris  est  duritia,  ut  lapides  comminuant;^ 

»§  140,  5,  &74,6.  «§  128,  Obs.  2.  i  §  125,  R. 

b     Sup.  plenasj  full  t  §  ]07,  Obs.  8.  J  §  140,  1,  1st. 

§  107,  R.  XI.  8  §  84,  Obs.  2.  k  §  130,  2,  &  Obs.  10 , 

•§110,R.  i»§112.  R.  II.  »     37,  9,  Note  3. 
*     19,  {paribus. ) 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  175 

in  terram  egressse,  herbis.^  Pariunt  ova  ovis  avium  simi- 
lia,  aJ  centena^  numero^  eaque  extra  aquam  defossa  ter- 
ra cooperiunt. 

61.  Margarltse  Indici  oceani  omnium  *^  maxime  laudan- 
tur  Inveniuntur  in  conchis  scopulis  adha^rentibus.  Max- 
ima laus  est  in  canddre,  magnitudine,  Isevore,  pondere. 
Raro  duse  inveniuntur j  quae  sibi  ex  omni  parte  sint  simi- 
les. Has  auribus"^  suspendere,^  feminarum  est  gloria. 
Duos  maximos  uni5nes  Cleopatra,  -^gypti  regina,  habu- 
isse  dicitur.  Horum  unum,  ut  Antonium  magnificentiS 
superaret/  in  coena  aceto  solvit,  solutum  hausit. 

62.  iEgyptus,  inter  Catabathmum  et  Arabas  posTta,  a 
plurimis  ad  Asiam  refertur;  alii  Asiam  Arabico  sinu  termi- 
nari  exislimant.  Haec  regio,  quanquam  expers^  est  imbri- 
urn,  mire  tamen  est  fertilis.  Hoc  Nilus  efFicit,  omnium 
fluviorum,  qui  in  mare  internum  efFunduntur,  maximus. 
Hie  in  desertis  Africae  oritur,  turn  ex  ^Ethiopia  descendit 
in  iEgyptum,  ubi  de  altis  rupibus  praecipitatus  usque  ad 
Elepbantidemurbemfervensadhucdecurrit.  Tum  demum 
fit  placidior.  Juxta  Cercas5rum  oppidum  in  plures  am- 
nes  dividitur,  et  tandem  per  septem  ora  effunditur  in  mare. 

63.  Nilus,  nivibus  in  iEthiopise  montibus  solutis,  cres- 
cere  incipit  Luna  nova  post  solstitium  per  quinquaginta 
fere  dies;  totidem  dlebus  minuitur.  Justum  incrementum 
est  cubitorum^  sedecim.  Simin5res  sunt  aquse,  non  omnia 
rigant.  Maximum  incrementum  fuit  cubitorum^  duodevi- 
ginti;  minimum  quinque.  Quum  stetere  aquse,  aggeres 
aperiuntur,  et  arte  aqua  in  agros  immittitur.  Quum  om- 
ais  recesserit,*  agri  irrigati  et  limo  obducti  seruntur. 

»  §  121,  Obs.  2,   {vi-  d  §  123,  R.  g  §  107,  R.  XL 

vunt,)  e  §  144, 1,  & R.  LVI.  ^  §  106,  R.  VII 

*§  24,  11.  f  §  140,  1,  2d.  »     74.6. 
§  135,  R.  XLVII. 


176  OF    THE    GEO&RAPHY    AND    THE 

64.  Niliis  crocodilum  alit,  belluam  quadrupetlem,  in 
terra  non  minus  quam  in  flumine  hominibus  infestam 
Unum  hoc  animal  terrestre  linguae  usu^  caret;  dentium 
plureshabetordines;  maxilla  inferior  est  immobilis.  Mag- 
nitudlne  excedit  pleiumque  duodeviginti  cubita.  Paiit 
ova  ansermis  ^  non  majora.  Unguibus  etiam  armatus  est, 
et  cute  contra  omnes  ictus  invicta.  Dies  in  terra  agit, 
noctes  in  aqua.  Quum  satur  est,  et  in  littore  somnum 
capit  ore  hiante,  trochilus,  parva  avis,  dentes  ei  *^  fauces- 
que  purgat.  Sed  hiantem  conspicatus  ichneumon,  per 
easdem  fauces  ut  telum  aliquod  immissus,  erodit  alvum. 
Hebetes  oculos  dicitur  habere  in  aqua,  extra  aquam  acer- 
rimos.  Tentyrltse  in  insula  Nili  habitantes,  dirae  huic 
belluee*^  obviam  ire  audent,  earn  que  incredibili  audacia 
expugnant. 

65.  Aliam  etiam  belluam  Nilus  alit,  hippopotamum; 
ungulis*"  binis,  dorso^  equi  et  juba  et  hinnitu;  rostro  re- 
simo,  Cauda  et  dentibus  aprorum.  Cutis  impenetrabilis, 
prseterquam  si  humdre  madeat.^  Primus  hippopotamum 
et  quinque  crocodilos  M.  Scaurus  sediliiatis  suae  ludis^ 
Romae  ostendit. 

66.  Multa  in  iEgypto  mira  sunt  et  artis  et  natiirse  ope- 
ra.  Inter  ea,  ([use  manibus  hominum  facta  sunt,  eminent 
pyramides,  quarum  maximse  sunt  et  celeberrimae  in  monte 
sterili  inter  Memphin  oppidum  et  eam  partem  -^gypti, 
quse  Delta  vocatur.  Amplissimam  earum  trecenta  sexa- 
ginta  sex  hominum^  millia  annis  viginti  exstruxisse  tra- 
duntur.  Ha^c  octo  jugera  soli  occupat;  unumquodque 
latus  octingentos  octoginta  tres  pedes  *  longum  est;  alti- 

»  §  121,  R.  XXV.  d  §  135^  R.  XLVII.  s  §  131,  R.  XL 

«»  §  106,  Obs.  4,  &  e  §  106,  R.  VII.  ^  §  107,  R.  X. 

19,  (orw.  6,3.)  f  §  140,  l,2d,&74,2.  »  §  132.  R.  XLII. 
«  §  110,  Obs.  1. 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  177 

tudo  a  cacumine  pedum  *  quindecim  millium.  Intus  in  e^ 
est  puteus  octoginta  sex  cubitdrum.*  Ante  has  pyramides 
Sphinx  est  posita  mirae  magnitudinis.*  Capitis  ambitus 
centum  duos  pedes  habet;  longitude  est  pedum  centum 
quadraginta  trium;  altitude  a  ventre  usque  ad  suramum 
capitis  apicem  sexaginta  du5rum. 

67.  Inter  miracula  iEgypti  commemoratur  etiam  Mob- 
ris  lacus,  quingenta  millia  ^  passuum  in  circuitu  patens; 
Labyrinthus  ter  mille  domos  et  regias  duodecim  uno  pa- 
riete  araplexus,  totus  marmore*^  exstructus  tectusque; 
turris  denique  in  insula  Pharo,  a  Ptolemseo,  'Lagi  filio, 
condita.  Usus*^  ejus  navibus®  noctu  ignes  ostendere  ad 
prainuntianda^  vada  portusque  introitum. 

68.  In  palustribus  ^gypti  regionibus  papyrum  nasci- 
tur.  Radicibus  incolse  pro  ligno  utuntur;  ex  ipso  autem 
papyro  navigia  texunt,  e  libro  vela,  tegetes,  vestem  ac 
funes.  Succi  causa  etiam  mandunt  modo  crudum,  modo 
decoctuiri.  Prseparantur  ex  eo  etiam  chartse.  Chartae  ex 
papyro  usus  post  Alexandri  demum  victorias  repertus  est. 
Primo  enim  scriptum^  in  palmarum  foliis,  deinde  in  libris 
quarundam  arborum;  postea  publica  monimenta  plumbeis 
tabulis^  conficij  aut  marmoribus^  mandari  coepta  sunt. 
Tandem  semulatio  regum  Ptolemaei  et  Eumenis  in  biblio- 
thecis  condendis  occasionem  dedit  membranas  Pergami 
inveniendi.  Ab  eo  inde  tempore  libri  modoJ  in  charta 
ex  papyro  facta,  modo  in  membranis  scripti  sunt. 

69.  Mores  incolarum  ^Egypti  ab  aliorum  populorum 
moribus  vehementer  discrepant.  Mortuos  nee  cremant, 
nee  sepeliunt;  verum  arte  medicates  intra  penetralia  col- 

»  §  lot),  R.  VII.  d  §  101,  Obs.  4.  h  §  136,  Obs.  5,  {in) 

b  §  132,  R.  XLII.  &  e  §  123,  R.  i  §  126,  R.  III. 

§24,5.  f     112,7.  i      124.  ] 2. 

«  §  128,  Obs.  2.  K     Sup.  est,  67.  6. 


178 


OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 


locant.  Negotia  extra  domes  femmse,  viri  domos  et  res 
domesticas  curant^  onera  illss  humeris,  hi  capltibus  ge- 
runt.  Colunt  effigies  multorum  animalium  et  ipsa  ani- 
malia.  Hsec  interfecisse^  capitale  est;  morbo  exstincta 
lugent  et  sepeliunt. 

70.  Apis  omnium  ^Egypti  populorum  numen  est;  bos 
niger  cum  Candida  in  dextro  latere  macula;  nodus  sub  lin- 
gua, quern  cantharum  appellant.  Non  fas  est  eum  certos 
vitse  annos  excedere.  Ad  hunc  vitse  terminum  quum  per- 
veneritj  mersum  in  fonte  enecant.  Necatum  lugent,  ali- 
umque  qucSrunt,  quem  ei  substituant;^  nee  tamen  unquam 
diu  quseritur.  Deliibra  ei  sunt  gemina,qu2ethalamos  vo- 
cant,  ubi  populus  auguria  captat.  Alterum"^  intrasse** 
Isetura  est;  in  altero  dira  portendit.  Pro  bono  etiam  ha- 
betur  signo,  si  e  manibus  consulentium  cibum  capit.  In 
publicum  procedentem  grex  puerorum  comitatur,  carmen- 
que  in  ejus  hon5rem  canunt,"^  idque  videtur  intelligere. 

71.  Ultra  iEgyptum  iEthiopes  habitant.  Horum  pop- 
uli  quidam  Macrobii  vocantur,  quia  paulo  quam  nos  diu- 
tius  vivunt.  Plus  auri^  apud  eos  reperitur,  quam  aeris; 
banc  ob  causam  ses  ill  is  videtur  pretiosius.  ^re  se  exor- 
nant,  vincula  auro  ^  fabricant.  Lacus  est  apud  eos,  cujus 
aqua  tam  est  liquida  atque  levis,  ut  nihil  eorum,  quse  im- 
mittuntur,  sustinere  queat;  quare  arborum  quoque  folia 
non  innatant  aqua^,  sed  pessum  aguntur. 

72.  Africa  ab  oriente  terminatur  Nilo;  a  ceteris  parti 
bus  mari.    Regi5nes  ad  mare  positse  eximie  sunt  fertiles; 
interiores  incultse  et  arenis  sterilibus  tectse,  et  ob  nimium 

*  (jipim,)  intrasse  alUrum^  ^'  for  Apis  to  have  entered  the  one,* 
Icetum  est. 
»  §  144,  R.  LVI.  &       *     19,  {thalamum).      «  §  106,  R.  VIII. 

Exp,  d  §  102,  Obs.  4.  '  §  128,  Obs.  2 

»»§  141,  Obs,  a 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY. 


179 


calorera  deserte.  Prima  pars  ab  occidente  est  Mauiita- 
nia.  Ibi  mons  preealtus  Abyla,  Calpee  monti  in  HispaniS 
oppositus.  Hi  montes  columnce  Herculis  appellantur. 
Fama  est,  ante  Herculem  mare  internum  terris  inclusam 
fuisse,  necexitum  habuisse  in  Oceanum;  Herculem  autem 
junctos  montes  diremisse  et  mare  junxisse  cum  Oceano. 
Ceterum  regio  ilia  est  ignobilis  et  parvis  tantum  oppidis 
habitatur.     Solum  melius  quam  incolse. 

73.  Numidia  magis  culta  et  opulentior.  Ibi  satis  longo 
a  littore  intervallo  saxa  cernuntur  attrita  fiuctibus,  spinae 
piscium,  ostreorumque  fragmenta,  ancorse  etiam  cautibus 
infixae,  et  alia  ejusmodi  signa  maris  olim  usque  ad  ea  loca 
eff  usi.  Finitima  regio,  a  promontorio  Metagonio  ad  aras 
Philaen5rum,  proprie  vocatur  Africa.  Urbes  in  ea  celeber- 
rimae  Utica  et  Carthago,  ambse  a  Phoenicibus  conditae. 
Carthaginem  divitiae,  mercatura  imprimis  comparatae,  turn 
bella  cum  Romanis  gesta,  excidium  denique  illustravit.* 

74.  De  aris  Philaenorum  haec  narrantur.  Pertinacis- 
sTraa  fuerat  contentio  inter  Carthaginem  et  Cyrenas  de 
finibus.  Tandem  placult,^  utrinque  eodem  tempore  juve- 
nes  mitti,  et  locum,  quo  convenissent,  pro  finibus  haberi. 
Carthaginiensium  legati,  Philaeni  fratres,  paulo  ante  tem- 
pus  constltutum  egressi  esse  dicuntur.  Quod  quum  Cyre- 
nensium  legati  intellexissent,  magnaque  exorta  esset  con- 
tentio, tandem  Cyrenenses  dixerunt,  se  tum  demum  hunc 
locum  pro  finibus  habituros  esse,  si  Philaeni  se  ibi  vivos 
obrui  passi  essent.  Illi  conditi5nem  acceperunt.  Car- 
ihaginienses  autem  animosis  juvenibus  in  illis  ipsis  locis, 

bi  vivi  sepulti  sunt,  aras  consecraverunt,  eorumque  vir- 
tiltem  aeternis  honoribus  prosecuti  sunt. 

»  §  102,  Obs.  1.  *     61,  5,  Sup.  illis,  80,  2. 


ISO  OF    THE    GEOGRAPHY    AND    THE 

75.  Inde  ad  Catabathmum  Cyrenaica  porrigitur,  iibi 
Ammonis  oraciilum  et  fons  quidam,  quern  Sol  is  esse" 
dicunt.  Hie  fons  media  nocte  fervet,^  turn  paiilatim  tepes- 
cit;  sole  oriente  fit  frigidus;  per  meridiem  maxime  riget. 
Calabathmus  vallis  est  devexa  versus  iEgyptum.  Ibi 
finitur  Africa.  Proximi  his  populi  urbes  non  habent,  sed  . 
in  tuguriis  vivunt,  quae  mapalia  vocantur.  Vulgus  pecu- 
dum  vestitur  pellibus.^  Potus  est  lac  succusque  bacca- 
rum;  cibus  caro.  Interiores  etiam  incultius  vivunt.  Se- 
quuntur  greges  suos,  utque  hi  pabulo  ducuntur,  ita  illi 
tuguria  sua  promovent.  Leges  nuUas  habent,  nee  in 
commune  consultant.  Inter  hos  Troglodytae  in  specubus 
habitant,  serpentibusque  aluntur. 

76.  Ferarum  Africa  feracissima.  Pardos,  pantheras, 
lednes  gignit,  quod  belluarum  genus  Europa  ignorat. 
Leoni^  praecipua  generositas.  Prostratis  parcere  dicitur; 
in  infantes  nonnisi  summafame  ssevit.  Animi  ejus  index® 
Cauda,  quam,  dura  placidus  est,  immdtam  seryat;  dum 
irascitur,  terram  et  se  ipsum^  ea  flagellat.  Vis  ®  sum  ma 
in  pectore.  Si  fugere  cogitur,  contemptim  cedit,  quam 
diu  spectari  potest;  in  silvis  acerrimo  cursu  fertur.^  Vul- 
neratus  percussorem  novit,^  et  in  quantalibet  multitudine 
appetit.  Hoc  tam  sa^vum  animal  gallinacei  cantus  terret 
Domatur  etiam  ab  hominibus.  Hanno  Poenus  primus 
leonem  mansuefactum  ostendisse  dicitur.  Marcus  autem 
Antonius  triumvir  primus,  post  pugnam  in  campis  Philip- 
picis,  Romse  leones  ad  currum  junxit. 

77.  Struthiocameli  Africi  akitudinem  equitis  equo  ^  in- 

sidentis  exaequant,  celeritatem  vincunt.     Pennae  ad  hoc 

demum  videntur  datae,  ut  currentes  adjuvent;  nam  a  terra; 

»  §  103,  R.  Sup. /on-  <!  §  112,  R.  II.  s     116,  3. 

tern.  •  §  101,  Obs.  4.  »»     84,  3. 

M44.  I.  1.  t     33.  1.  i  §  112,  R.  IV 
»  §  126.  R.  V. 


NATIONS    OF    ANTIQUITY.  181 

tolli  non  possunt.  Ungulse  cervmis*  sunt  similes.  His  in 
fuga  comprehendunt  lapides,  eosque  contra  sequentes  ja- 
culantur.  Omnia  concoquunt.  Ceterum  magna  iis  ^  sto- 
liclilas,  ita  ut,  quum  caput  et  collum  frutice  occultave- 
rintj  se  latere  existiment.*^  Pennse  eorum  queeruntur  ad 
ornatura, 

78.  Africa  serpentes  generat  vicenum*^  cubit5rum;® 
nee  minores  India.  Certe  Megasthenes  scribit,  serpen- 
tes ibi  in  tantam  magnitudinem  adolescere,  ut  solidos 
hauriant  cervos  taurosque.  In  prime  Punico  bello  ad 
fluraen  Bagradam  serpens  centum  viginti  pedum  ^  a  Reg- 
ulo,  imperatore  Romano,  ballistis  et  tormentis  expugna- 
ta  esse  fertur.  Pellis  ejus  et  maxillse  diu  Romae  in  tem- 
plo  quodam  asservatse  sunt.  In  India  serpentes  perpetu- 
um  bellum  cum  elephantis  gerunt.  Ex  arboribus  se  in 
prsetereuntes  ^  prsecipitant  gressusque  ligant  nodis.  Hos 
nodos  elephanti  manu  resolvunt.  At  dracones  in  ipsas^ 
elephantorum  nares  caput  condunt  spiritumque  praeclQ- 
dunt;pleriimque  in  ilia  dimicati5ne  utrique  commoriun- 
tur,  dum  rictus  elephas  corruens  ^  serpentem  pondere 
suo  elidit. 


»     18,  (ungfiHs,)  & 

c  §  140,  1,  1st. 

'      19,  (illos,) 

§  106    Obs.  4. 

d     26,  1. 

«     32,  6. 

"  6  112,  R.  11. 

e  §  106,  R.  VII. 

16 

1*  §  146,  Obs.  6 

I 


DICTIONARY. 


EXPLANATION 

OF    ABBREVIATIONS. 

ad; 

adjective, 
adverb. 

fr- 

from. 

obsol. 

obsolete. 

adv 

freq. 

frequentative. 

ord. 

ordinal. 

app 

appendix. 

inc. 

inceptive. 

part. 

participle. 

c. 

common  gender. 

ind. 

indeclinable. 

pass. 

passive. 

conj. 

conjunction. 

imp. 

impersonal. 

pi. 

plural. 

comvar. 

comparative. 

int. 

interjection. 

prep. 

proposition. 

d. 

doubtful  gender. 

intr. 

intransitive. 

pret. 

preteritive. 

def. 

detective. 

irr. 

irregular. 

pro. 

pronoun. 

dep. 

deponent. 

m. 

masculine. 

rel. 

relative. 

dim. 

diminutive. 

n. 

neuter. 

subs. 

substantive 

dis. 

distributive. 

neut.  pass,    neuter  passive. 

sup. 

superlative. 

/' 

feniinine. 

num. 

numeral. 

tr. 

transitive. 

comp.  compared  regularly  as  directed,  §  25. 

id.  derived  irom  the  same  word  as  the  preceding. 

§  Refers  to  tlie  sections  in  Bullions's  Latin  Grammar. 

t  Refers  to  the  Introduction,  in  this  work,  concerning  Latin  idioms. 

,*^  Words  marked  m.  f.  n,  c.  d.  denoting  gentler,  are  nouns,  and  their  declension  IS 
known  by  the  ending  of  the  genitive,  placed  next  after  the  word,  according  t-)  §  8. 

Words  conjugated,  are  verbs,  and  their  conjugation  is  known  by  th«  vowel  before  r«, 
in  tlie  infinitive,  according  to  §  51,  3. 


A.,  a7i   ahreviation  of  Aulus. 

•  A,  ab,  abs,  prep./ra?^z,  %,(abl.) 

ab   oriente,  on  the  east:  a 

meridie,  on  the  south, 

Lbdera,    aB,    f.    a    maritime 

toivn  of  Thrace, 

Lbditus,  a,  um,  part,  &  adj. 
removed;  hidden;  conceal' 
ed;  secret;  Irom 

Abdo,  abdere,  abdidi,  abdi- 
tum,  tr.  (ab  &  do,)  to  re- 
move from  view;  to  hide; 
to  conceal, 

Abdfico,  abducere,  abduxi, 
abductum,  tr.  (ab  &  duco,) 
to  lead  away, 

Abductus,  a,  urn,  part,  (ab- 
duco.) 

Abeo,    abire,     abii,    abitum, 


intr.  irr.  (ab  &  eo,)  to  go 

away;  to  depart, 
Aberro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 

(ab  &  erro,)  to   stray;   to 

wander;  to  lose  the  toay, 
Abjectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Abjicio,  abjicere,  abjeci,  ab- 

jectum,    tr.  (ab  &  jacio,) 

to  cast  from  ;  to  cast  away , 

to  throw  aside, 
Abluo,  ere,  i,  turn,  tr.  (ab  & 

luo,)  to  wash  from  ^  oi  away; 

to  wash;  to  purify, 
Abrumpo,  abrumpere,  abrupi, 

abruptum,  tr.   (ab  &  rum- 

po,)  to  break  off;  to  break, 
Abscindo,  absciiidere,  abscidi, 

abscissum,  tr.  (ab  &  scin- 

do,)  to  cut  off. 


184 


ABSENS ACCIFIO. 


Absens,  tis,  part,  (absum,  ^ 
o4.  Ohs.  3,)  absent. 

Absolve,  absolvere,  absolvi, 
absolutum,  tr.  (ab  &  sol- 
vo,)  to  loose  from;  to  loose; 
to  release. 

Absorbeo,  absorbere,  absor- 
bui  <Sc  absorpsi,  tr.  (ab  & 
sorbeo,)  to  suck  in  fi'om, 
(viz:  an  object ;)  to  absorb^ 
or  snck  in;  to  swalloio, 

Absterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr. 
abs  &  terreo,)  to  frighten 
away;  to  deter, 

Abstinentia,  ae,  f.  abstinence; 
disint  erest  edness  ;  freedom 
from  avarice;  from 

Abstineo,  abstinere,  abstinui, 
tr.  (abs.  &  teneo,  §  81,)  to 
keep  from  ;  to  abstain, 

Absum,  abesse,  abfui,  intr., 
irr.  (ab  &  sum,)  [to  befrom^ 
viz :  a  place,  i.  e.)  to  be 
absent  or  distant;  to  be 
gone ;  parum  abesse,  to 
want  but  little  ;  to  be  near, 

Absumo,  absumere,  absumpsi, 
absumptum,  tr.  (ab  &  su- 
mo,) to  take  away  ;  to  con- 
sume; to  destroy;  to  waste, 

A.bsumptus,  a,  um,  part,  (ab- 
sumo.) 

Absurdus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ab  & 
surdus,  deaf ;  seTiseless  ;) 
harsh  ;  grating  ;  hence 
senseless;  absurd, 

Abundantia,  ae,  f.  plenty ; 
abundance  ;  from 

Abundo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(ab  &  undo,  to  rise  in  waves y 


to  boil,  and  hence)  to  over 
floio ;  to  abmind, 

Abyla,  ae,  f.  Abyla ;  a  moun* 
tain  in  Africa^  at  the  en^ 
trance  of  the  Mediterranean 
sea,  opposite  to  mount  Calpe 
in  Spain.  These  mou7i- 
tains  were  anciently  called 
the  Pillars  of  Hercules, 

Ac,  atque,  conj.  and;  as;  than, 

Acca,  ae,  f.  Acca  Laurentia, 
the  wife  of  Faustulus,  and 
nurse  of  Romulus  and  Re^ 
mus, 

Accedo,  accedere,  accessi,  ac- 
cessum,  intr.  (ad  &  cedo,) 
to  move  near  to;  to  draw 
near ;  to  approach;  to  ad- 
vance; to  engage  in;  to 
undertake. 

Accendo,  accendere  accendi, 
accensum,  tr.  (ad  &  can- 
deo)  to  set  on  fire, 

Accensus,  a,  um,  part,  (ac- 
cendo,) set  071  fire;  kiu" 
died ;  lighted  ;  inflamed  ; 
burning, 

Acceptus,  a,  um,  part,  (ac- 
cipio.) 

Accessus,  lis,  m.  (accedo,)  ap' 
proach;  access;   accession, 

Accido,  ere,  i,  intr.  (ad  &  ca- 
do,)  to  fall  down  at,  or  be- 
fore :  accidit,  imp.  it  hap' 
pens,  or  it  happened. 

Accipio,  accipere,  accepi,  ac- 
ceptum,  tr.  (ad  &  capio,) 
^  80,)  fo  take;  to  receive;  to 
learn  ,  to  hear  ;  to  under- 
stand   to  accept  •  accipere 


ACCIPJTER ADAMO. 


185 


fin  em,  to  come  to  an  end  ; 

to  terminate. 
Accipiter,  tris,  m.  a  hawk. 
Accumbo,    accumbere,    accu- 

bui,  intr.  (ad  &  cubo,  ^  81,) 

to  sit  or  recline  at  table. 
lAccurate,    adv.    (ius,   issime) 

(accuratus,  ad  &  euro,)  ac- 

curately;  carefully. 
lAccurro,  accurrere,  accurri  or 
accucurri,  intr.  (ad  &  curro,) 

to  run  to. 
Acctiso,  are,  avi,  aturn,  tr.  (ad 

&  causor,  to  allege,)  to  ac- 

acse  ;  to    blame  ;    to  find 

fault  with. 
Acer,  cris,    ere,  adj.  (aerior; 

aeerrimus,)  sharp  ;    sour  ; 

eager;    vehement;    rapid; 

caitrageous;  fierce;  violent; 

acute;  keen;  piercing. 
Aeerbus,  a,  um,    adj,   eomp. 

sour;    unripe;     vexatious; 

harsh ;  morose;    disagree- 
able; from  aeer. 
Acerrime,  adv.  sup.    See  Acri- 

ter. 
Acervus,  i,  m,  a  heap. 
Aeetum,  i,  n.  vinegar, 
Achaieus,  a,  um,  adj.  Achcean, 

Grecian. 
Aehelous,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Epi- 

rus. 
Acherusia,    se,    f.    a   lake   in 

Campania;  also,  a  cave  in 

Bithynia. 
^Achilles,  is  &  eos,  m,  [^  15, 

13,)  the  son  of  Peleus  and 

Thetis,  mid  the  bravest  of 

the  Grecian  chiefs  at    the 

siege  of  Troy, 


Acid  us,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
sour;  sharp;  acid. 

Acies,  ei,  f.  aii  edge;  a  live 
of  soldiers;  an  armij  in 
battle  array;  a  squadron; 
a  rank;  an  army;  a  battle. 

Acinus,  i,  m.  a  berry;  a  grape- 
stone. 

Acriter,  acrii^s,  acerrime,  adv. 
(from  ^Q.ex) sharply ;  ardent- 
ly; fiercely;   cofitrageously. 

Aeroeeraunia,  orum,  n.  pi. 
(^  18,  19,)  lofty  mountains 
between  Albania  and  Epi- 
rus. 

Acrocorinthos,  i,  f.  (^  10.  Gr.) 
the  citadel  of  Corinth. 

Acropolis  is,  f.  the  citadel  of 
Athens. 

Actio,  onis,  f.  (from  aofo,)  an 
action;  operation;  a  process. 

Aetium,  i.  n.  a  promontory  of 
Epirus,  famous  for  a  naval 
victory  of  Augustus  over 
Antony  and  Cleopatra. 

Actus,  a,  um,  part,  (ago,) 
driven  ;  led. 

Aculeus,  i.  m.  (acuo)  a  sting , 
a  thorn  ;  a  prickle  ;  a  por- 
cupine^ s  quill. 

Acumen,  mis,  n.  (from  acuo,) 
acuteness  ;  perspicacity. 

Acus,  us,  f.  (acuo)  a  needle. 

Ad,  prep,  to ;  near ;  at  ;  to- 
wards;  with  a  numeral, 
about. 

Adamas,  antis,  m.  adamant) 
a  diamond. 

Adamo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad, 
S^  91,  1,  2,  &  amo,)  to  lov% 
greatly,  or  desperately. 


186 


ADDICO ADMONITUS. 


Addico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum, 
ir.  (ad.  &  dico)  to  adjudge; 
assign;  inake  over. 

Additus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Addo,  addere,  addidi,  addi- 
tum,  tr.  (ad  &  do,)  to  'put  a 
thing  close  to  another ;  i.  e. 
to  add ;  to  annex  ;  to  ap- 
poi/it ;  to  give, 

Adduco,  adducere,  adduxi,  ad- 
ductum,  tr.  (ad  &  duco,)  to 
lead  ;  to  bring :  in  dubita- 
tionem,  to  bring  into  ques- 
tian, 

Ademptus,  a,  um,  part,  (adi- 
mo.) 

Adeo,  adv.  so;  therefore;  so 
viuch;  to  such  a  degree; 
so  very. 

Adeo,  adire,  adii,  aditum,  intr. 
irr.  (ad  &  eo,)  to  go  to. 
§83,3. 

Adhserens,  tis,  part,  from 

Adhcerco,  haerere,  haesi,  has- 
sum,  (ad  &  haereo,)  to  stick 
to  ;  to  adhere  ;  to  adjoin  ; 
to  lie  cjontigiiaiis. 

Adherbal,  alis,  m.  a  king  of 
Numidia^  put  to  death  by 
his  cousin  Jugnrtha. 

Adhibeo,  adhibere,  adhibui, 
adhibitum,  tr.  (ad  &  ha- 
beo,)  to  hold  forth  ;  to  ad- 
mit ;  to  apply  ;  to  use  ;  to 
employ. 

Adhuc,  adv.  (ad  k,  hue)  hither- 
to ;  yet ;  as  yet  ;  still. 

Adimo,  adimere,  ademi,  ad- 
emptum,  tr.(ad  &  emo,)  to 
take  away. 

Adipiscor,    adipisci,    adeptus 


sum,dep.(ad.  &;  apiscor)  in 

reach  ;    to  attain  ;   to  aver- 

take  ;  to  get. 
Aditus,  us,  m.  (adeo,)  a  going 

to  ;  entrance  ;  access  ;  ap' 
proach. 
Adjaceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr. 

(ad  &  jaceo,)  to  lie  near  ; 

to  adjoin  ;  to  border  upon. 
Adjungo,  adjungere,  adjunxi, 

adjunctum,tr.(ad&jungo,) 

to  join  to  ;  to  unite  with. 
Adjutus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Adjuvo,  adjuvare,  adjuvi,  ad- 

jutum,  tr.  (ad  &  juvo,)  to 

assist  ;  to  help ;  to  aid. 
Admetus,    i,    m.    a   king   of 

Thessaly, 
Administer,  tri,  m.  a  servant , 

an  assistant. 
Administro,  are,  avi,  atum  tr. 

(ad  &  ministro,)  to  admin' 
ister ;  to  manage. 
Admiratio,  onis,  f.  (admiror,) 

admiration. 
Admiratus,  a,  um,  part,  from    J 
Admiror,    ari,    atus   sum,   tr.    '3| 

dep.  to  admire. 
Admissus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Admitto,    admittere,    admlsi, 

admissum,  tr.  (ad  &  mit- 

to,)  to  admit ;  to  allow ;  to 

receive. 
Admodum,    adv.   (ad   &  mo-  j 

dus,)«ery;  much;  greatly,  \ 
Admoneo,    ere,    ui,   itum,  tr. 

(ad   &  moneo)    to  put   inl 

mind ;    to    admonish ;    to\ 

warn. 
Admonitus,  a,  um,  part,  (ad 

moneo.) 


ADMOVEO AD  VERSUS 


1S7 


Admoveo,  admovere,  admovi, 
iidriiotum,   tr.    (ad   &   mo- 
veo,)  to  viove  to;  to  bring  to. 
Idnato,  are.  avi,  atum,   intr. 
freq.  (ad  &  nalo,  from  no,) 
to  swim  to, 
Ldolescens,  tis,  adj.  (adoles- 
co,)  (cornpar.  ior,  ^  26,  6,) 
young :  subs,  a  yaimg  man 
or  woman  ;  a  youth, 
fAdolescentia,  ae,  f.  {the  state 
or  time  of  youth ^  youth,  a 
youth,  from 
Adolesco,  adolescere,  adolevi, 
adultum,  intr.  inc.(§  88,  2,) 
to   grow,    to   increase;    to 
grow  up. 
Adopto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
&  opto,)  to  choose  to  or  for 
07ie^s  self ;  i.  e.  to  adopt ;  to 
take  for  a  son  ;   to  assume. 
Adorior,  oriri,  ortus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (ad  &  or  ior,)  to  rise 
or  go  to;  (hence,)  to  attack; 
to   accost ;    to   address,   to 
undertake. 
Adria,  ae,  m.  the  Adriatic  sea. 
Adriaticus,  a  um,  adj.  Adri- 
atic, :    mare    Adriatic  um, 
the  Adriatic  sea  ;  now,  the 
gidf  of  Venice. 
Adscendo,  see  ascendo. 
Adsequor,  see  Assequor. 
Vdservo,  see  Asservo. 
Ldsigno,  see  Assigno. 
Ldsisto,    or    assisto,    sistere, 
stiti.  intr.  (ad  &  sisto,)  to 
stand  by  ;  to  assist ;  to  help. 
lAdspecturus,  a,  um,  part,  (as- 
picio.) 
Idspergo,    or  aspergo,  gere, 


si,  sum,  tr.  (ad  &  spargo.) 
to  sprinkle. 

Adspicio,  or  aspicio,  spicere, 
spexi,  spectum,  tr.  (ad  h 
specie,)  to  look  at;  see; 
regard  ;  behold. 

Adstans,  tis,  part,  from 

Adsto,  or  asto,  stare,  stiti, 
intr.  (ad  &  sto,)  to  stand 
by  ;  to  be  near. 

Adsum,  adesse,  adfui,  intr.  irr. 
(ad  &  sum,)  to  be  present  ; 
to  aid  ;  to  assist. 

Adulator,  oris,  m.  (adulor,)  a 
flMterer. 

Aduncus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ad  & 
uncus,)  bent ;  crooked. 

Advectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Adveho,  advehere,advexi,  ad- 
vectum,  tr.  (ad  &  veho,)  to 
carry  ;  to  convey. 

Advena,  as,  c.  (advenio,)  a 
stranger. 

Adveniens,  tis,  part,  from 

Advenio,  advenire,  adveni,  ad* 
ventum,  intr.  (ad  &  venio,) 
to  arrive  ;  to  come. 

Adventus,  us,  m.  (from  adve- 
nio,) an  arrii:al ;  a  coming, 

Adversarius,  i,  m.  (adversor, 
to  oppose,)  an  adversary  ; 
an  enemy. 

Ad  versus,  a,  um,  adj.  (adver- 
to,  to  turn  to  ;)  tuimcd  to- 
wards ;  adverse ;  opposite; 
U7 favorable  ;  bad  ;  front- 
ing:  adversa  cicatrix,  a 
scar  in  front :  ad  verso  cor- 
pore,  on  the  breast. 

Adversus  &  adversum,  prep, 
(id.)  against ;  toward 


188 


ADVOCO JESTUOSUS. 


Advoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 
v.^  A^oco,)  to  call  for  or  to  ; 
to  call  ;  to  summon. 

Advolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(ad  &  volo,)  tojly  to. 

iEdinco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(aedes,  a  house ,  &  facio,) 
to  build. 

-3j]diiis,  is.  m.  (aedes)  ancBdile; 
a  magistrate  who  had  charge 
of  the 'public  buildings. 

JEdilitas,  atis,  f.  (cedilis,)  the 
office  of  an  edile  ;  edileshiy. 

ZEdilitius,  (vir,)  i,  m.  one  who 
has  been  an  edile. 

^ganus,  a,  um,  adj.  MgcBan : 
JEgxum  mare,  the  ^gceaii 
sea^  lying  betioeen  Greece 
and  Asia  Minor;  iwio  called 
the  Archipelago. 

iEger,  ra,  rum,  adj.  (aegrior, 
aegerrlmus)  sick^  weak,  in- 
firm; diseased. 

iEgre,  adv.  (ascfer,)  grievous- 
ly  ;  with  difficulty. 

jEgritudo,  inis,  f.  (aeger)  sor- 
row  ;  grief. 

^gyptus,  i,  f.  (^  7.  Obs.  2 ;) 
Mgyyt. 

jElius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family. 

iEmilius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  noble  Romans  of 
the  gens  iEmilia,  or  Mmi- 
lian  tribe. 

ZKmulatio,  onis,  f.  (aemiilor,) 
emulation  ;  rivalry  ;  com- 
petition. 

iEmulus,  a  um,  adj.  emulous. 

^mulus,  i,  m.  a  rival ;  a  com- 
petitor. 


^neas,  ae,  m.  a  Trojan  prince, 

the  son  of  Venus  and  AjI' 

chises. 
^neus,  a,  um,  adj.  (tes,)  bru' 

zen. 
^nos,  i,  f.  (^  10  Gr.  N.) ,  % 

toion   in     Thrace,    at    tnf. 

mxmth  of  the  Hebrus,  named 

after  its  founder,  Mneas. 
iEolis,  idis,  f.  a  country  on  the 

western  coast  of  Asia  Minor  ^ 

betioeen  Troas  and  Ionia, 
-^qualis,    e,     adj.     (aequus,) 

equal. 
jEqualiter,     adv.     (aequalis,) 

equally. 
iEquitas,  atis,  f,  equity  ;  jus-- 

tice ;  moderation,  from 
jEquus,  a,  um,  adj.   (comp.) 

equal :  aequus  animus,  or 

aequa  mens,  equanimity. 
Aer,  is,  m.   the  air ;   the  aU 

mosphere. 
JErarium,  i,  n.  the  treasury  ; 

from 
iEs,  aer  is,  n.  brass  ;  money. 
JEschylus.  i.  m.  a  celebrated 

Greek  tragic  poet. 
JEsculapius,  i,  m.  the  son  of 
Apollo,  and  god  of  medicine. 
^stas,  atis,  f.  (asstus)  summer, 
iEstimandus,  a,  um,  part,  to 

be  esteemed,  prized  ;  or  re- 
garded ;   from 
iEstimo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  tv 

esteem;  to  value;  to  regard; 

to  judge  of ;  to  estimate. 
^stuo,  are,   avi,  atum,  intr, 

(sestus)  to  be  very  hot  ;   to 

boil. 
iEstuOsus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 


jESTUS AGGER. 


189 


undulating  ;  rising  in 
surges  ;  boiling  ;  stormy  ; 
iurhulent. 

'  ^]stus,  us,  m.  heat. 

.  iElas,  atis,  f.  (scil.  sevitas  from 
asvum,)  age, 

j^^ternus,  a,  um,  adj.  (scil. 
a^viternus.  id.)  eternal ;  im- 
mortal. 

[iEthiopia,  se,  f.  Ethiopia^  a 
country  in  Africa^  lyi'^^g 
on  both  sides  of  the  equator. 

iEthiops,  opis,  m.  an  Ethio- 
pian. 

^tna,  86,  f.  «  volcanic  moun- 
tain in  Sicily. 

jEvum,  i,  n.  time  ;  an  age. 

Afer,  ra,  rum,  adj.  of  Africa. 

Affabre  adv.  (ad  &  faber,  an 
artist ;)  artfully ;  inge- 
niously ;  curiously ;  in  a 
workmanlike  manner. 

AfTectus,  a,  um,  part,  affected; 
afflicted. 

Affero,  afferre,.  attuli,  alla- 
tum,  tr.  irr.  (ad  &  fero,)  to 
bring  ;  to  carry. 

Afncio,-  icere,  eci,  ectum,  tr. 
(ad  &  facio,)  to  affect :  ine- 
dia,  to  aff^ect  loith  hunger  ; 
i.  e.  to  deprive  of  food : 
Ciadibus,  to  overthrow : 
pass,  to  be  affected:  gaudio, 
to  be  affected  with  joy  ;  to 
rejoice:  febri,  to  be  attack- 
ed loith  a  fever. 

Affigo,  aiTigere,  affixi,  affix- 
um,  tr.  (ad  &  figo,)  to  af- 
fix; to  fasten:  afHgere  cru- 
ci,  /o  o'ucify. 

Affinis,  e.  adj.  (ad  &  finis,"^ 


neighboring  ;  contiguous: 
hence 

AfTinis,  is,  c.  a  relation. 

Affirrfio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ad  &  firmo,)  to  affirm ;  to 
confirm. 

Affix  us,  a,  um,  part,  (affigo.) 

Afflatus,  us,  m.  (afflo,  to  blow 
against :)  a  blast ;  a  breeze; 
a  gale  ;  inspiration. 

Africa,  SB,  f.  Africa ;  also  a 
part  of  the  African  conti- 
nent^ lying  east  of  Numi- 
dia,  and  west  of  Cyrene. 

Africanus,  i,  m.  the  agnomen 
of  two  of  the  Scipios,  de- 
rived from  their  conquest 
of  Africa.     ( App.  II  4. ) 

Africus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Africa;  African.  Africus 
ventus,  the  southwest  wind. 

Agamemnon,  onis,  m.  a  king 
of  MycencB,  the  command- 
er-in-chief of  the  Grecian 
forces  at  the  siege  of  Troy. 

Agathyrsi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  bar- 
barous tribe  living  near  the 
palus  Maeotis. 

Agellus,  i,  m.  dim.  (ager,)  a 
small  farm. 

Agenor,  oris,  m.  a  king  of 
Phoenicia. 

Agens,  tis,  part,  (ago.) 

Ager,gri,m.  afield  ;  land  ;  a 
farm  ;  an  estate  ;  ground  , 
a  territory  ;  the  country. 

Agger,  eris,  m.  (aggero,  ad 
&  gero,  to  carry  to :)  a 
heap  ;  a  pile  ;  a  moitnd  ; 
a  bulwark ;  a  bank ;  a 
rampart ;  a  dam. 


190 


AGGREDIOR ALCINO  QS. 


Agorredior,  edi,  essus  sum,  tr. 
&  intr.  dep.  (ad  &  gradi- 
or,)  to  go  to  ;    to  attack. 

Agressus,  a,  uin,  part,  -having 
attacked. 

Agitator,  bYi^^va.  a  driver;  from 

Agito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(ago,)  <^88.  Obs  2.  to  drive; 
to  agitate  ;  to  revolve. 

Aglaus,  i,  m.  <z  poor  Arcadian. 

Agmen,  mis,  n.  (ago,)  a  train; 
a  troop  upon  the  march ; 
a  hand  ;  an  army. 

Agnitus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Agnosco,  agnoscere,  agnovi, 
agnitum,  tr.  (ad  &  nosco,) 
to  recog7iize  ;  to  know. 

Agnus,  i,  m.  a^lamh. 

Ago,  agere,  eg:,  actum,  tr. 
to  set  in  motion  ;  to  drive  ; 
to  lead  ;  to  act ;  to  do  ;  to 
reside  ;  to  live :  funus,  to 
perform  funeral  rites :  an- 
num vigesimum,  to  he 
spe7iding,  or,  to  he  in  his 
twentieth  year :  bene,  to 
hehavc  loell :  agere  gratias, 
to  thank. 

Agor,  agi,  actus  sum,  pass,  to 
he  led :  agitur,  it  is  deha- 
ted :  res  de  qua  agitur,  the 
point  ill  dehate :  pessum 
agi,  to  sink. 

Agricola,  se,  m.  (ager  &  colo,) 
a  hushandman  ;  a  farmer. 

Agricultura,  se,  (id.)  f.  agri- 
culture. 

Agrigentum,  i,  n.  a  tomnupon 
the  southern  coast  of  Sicily, 
now  Gir^enti, 


Agrippa,    sb,    m.     the    name 

of    several     distinguished 

Komans. 
Ahenum,  i,  n.  (scil.  vas  aene- 

um,)  a  hrazen  vessel;  a  ket 

tie;  a  caldron. 
Aio,  ais,  ait,  def.  verb,  ('^Sd  5j) 

I  say. 
Ajax,  acis,   m.   the  name  of 

two  distinguished  Grecian 

warriors  at   the  siege  of 

Troy. 
Ala,  SB,  f.  a  wing;  an  arm-pit; 

an  arm. 
Alacer,  or  acris,     acre,    adj. 

(comp.)  lively;  courageous; 

ready  ;  fierce ;  spirited. 
Alba,  96,  f.  Alba  Longa ;  a  city 

of  Latium,  huilt  hy  Asca- 

niics. 
Albanus,  i,  m.  an  inhabitant 

of  Alba  ;  an  Alban. 
Albanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Alhan . 

mons  Albanus,  mount  Al- 

hanus^  at  the  foot  of  ivhich 

Alha  Longa  was  huilt,   16 

miles  from  Rome. 
Albis,  is,  m.  a  large  river  of 

Germany,  now  the  Elbe. 
Albiila,  se,  m.  an  ancient  name 

of  the  Tiber. 
Albus,  a,  um,  adj.  white,  [a 

pale  lohite  ;  see  candid  us.) 
Alcestis,  idis,  f.  the  daughter 

of  Pelias,  and  wife  of  Ad» 

mltus. 
Alcibiades,  is,  m.  an  eminent 

Athenian,  the  pupil  of  So- 
crates. 
Alcinous,  i,  m.  a  king  ofPhcea- 


ALCYONE — ^ALPES. 


191 


aa  or  Corcyra,  whose  gar- 
dens were  very  celebrated. 

Alcyone,  es,f.  thedaughterof 
Molus^  and  loife  of  Ceyx  : 
she  and  her  husband  were 
changed  into  sea  birds ^  call- 
ed Alcyones,  king  fishers. 

A  ley  on,  is,  m.  kingfisher, 

Alcyoneus,  a,  um,  ^A].  halcyon, 

Alexander,  dri,  m.  Alexander 
surnamed  the  Great,  the 
son  of  Philip^  king  of  Ma- 
cedon. 

Alexandria,  ae,  f.  the  capital  of 
Egypt ;  founded  by  Alex- 
ander the  Great. 

Algeo,  algere,  alsi,  intr.  to  be 
cold. 

Alicunde,  adv.  (aliquis  &  un- 
de,)  from  some  place, 

Alienatus,  a,  um,  part,  aliena- 
ted ;  estranged ;  froni 

Alieno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
alienate;  to  estrange;  from. 

Alienus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or  be- 
longing to  another;  for- 
eign ;  another  mail's  ;  an- 
other's ;  m.  a  stranger. 

Alio,  adv.  to  another  place; 
elsewhere. 

Aliquandiu,  adv.  (aliquis  & 
diu,)  for  some  time, 

Aliquando,  adv.  (alius  &  quan- 
do,)  once;  formerly;  at  some 
time;  at  length;  sometimes, 

AHquantum,  n.  adj.  some- 
thing;  someiohat ;  a  little. 

Aliquis,  aliqua,  aliquod  &  ali- 
quid,  indef.  pron.  (^37,  3,) 
some;  some  one;  a  certain 
oTie, 


Aliquot,  ind.  adj.  some, 
Aliter,  adv.  (alius,)  otherwise  . 

aliter — aliter,  in  one  way — 

in  another. 
Alius,  a,  ud,  adj.  ^  20.  Note  2 ; 

another;  other:  alii — alii, 

some — others. 
AUatus,  a,  um,  part.  (afTero,) 

brought, 
Allectus,  a,  um,  part,  (allicio.) 
AUevo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 

&  levo,)  to  raise  up  ;  to  al- 
leviate ;  to  lighten. 
Alii  a,  ae,  f.  a   small   river  of 

Italy,  flowing  into  the  Ti" 

ber. 
Allicio,  -licere,  -lexi,  -lectum, 

(ad  &  lacio,  to  draw,)  tr.  to 

allure  ;  to  entice. 
Alligatus,  a,  um,  part,  bound; 

corfined ;  from 
Alligo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad 

&  ligo,)  to  bind  to  ;  tofas" 

ten  ;  to  bind  or  tie. 
Allocutus,  a,  um,  part,  speak- 
ing, or  having  spoken  to  ; 
from 
All6quor,-loqui,  -locutus  sum, 

tr.  dep.  (ad  &  loquor,)  to 

speak  to ;    to    address ;  to 

accost, 
Alluo,  -luere,  -lui,  tr.  (ad   & 

luo,)  to  flow  near  ;  to  wash; 

to  lave, 
Alo,  alere,  alui,  alitum  or  al- 
tum,  tr.  to  nourish ;  to  feed, 

to  support ;  to  increase  ;  to 

maintain  ;  to  strengthen, 
Aloeus,  i,  m.  a  giant,  son  of 

Titan  and  Terra, 
Alpes,  ium,  f.  pi.  the  Alps, 


192 


ALPHEUS — AMPHION. 


Alplieus,  i,  m.  a  river  ofPelo- 
po?i7iesus. 

Alplnus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or  be- 
lo7iging  to  the  Alps  ;  Al- 
pine :  Alp  mi  mures,  mar- 
mots, 

Alt?,  (ius,  issime,)  adv.  on 
high  ;  highly  ;  loudly  ; 
deeply  ;  loio. 

Alter,  era,  erum,  adj.  ^  20,  4, 
the  one  (of  two;)  the  other; 
the  second.     ^  24,  7. 

Alternus,  a,  um,  adj.  (alter) 
alternate  ;  hy  turns. 

Althaea,  as,  f.  the  ivife  of  (E- 
neus^  and  mother  of  Me- 
leager, 

Altitudo,  mis,  f.  height ;  from 

Altus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  high  ;  lofty  ;  deep  ; 
loxid. 

Alumnus, i,m.(alo,) a  pupil ;  a 
foster- son. 

Alveus,  i,  m.  a  channel;  from 

Alvus,  i,  f.  the  belly. 

Am,  insep.  prep.  §  91,  2. 

Amans,  tis,  part,  and  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  loving  ;  fond  of 

Amarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
bitter. 

Amatus,  a,  um.  part,  (amo.) 

Amazon,  onis ;  pi.  Amazones, 
um,  f.  Amazons^  a  nation  of 
female  warriors^  who  lived 
near  the  river  Don,  and 
afterwards  passed  over  into 
Asia  Minor. 

Ambitio,  onis,  f.  (ambio,)  am- 
bition. 

Ambitus,  us,  m.  (id)  a  going 
round  or  about  ;  compass  ; 


extent  ;  circuit;    circumfe* 
rence. 

Ambo,  a),  o,  adj.  pi.  ^24.  Obs. 
3 ;  both ;  [taken  together; 
see  uterque.) 

Ambulo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(dim  f.  ambio,)  to  walk. 

Amice,  adv.  -cius,  -cissime. 
(amicus,)  in  a  friendly 
manner^  kindly. 

Amicitia,  se,  i.  friendship;  from 

Amicus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(amo,)  friendly. 

Amicus,  i,  m.  (amo,)  a  friend, 

Amissus,  a,  um,  part.  from. 

Amitto,  amittere,  amisi,  amis- 
sum,  tr.  (a  &mitto,)  to  send 
a2vay;  to  lose;  to  relinqvish, 

Ammon,  onis,  m.  a  surname 
of  Jupiter,  who  vms  loor 
shipped  under  this  name^ 
in  the  deserts  of  Lybia,  un^ 
der  the  form  of  a  ram 

Amnis,  is,  d.  a  river. 

Amo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
lave ;  [viz.  cordially,  from 
the  impulse  of  natural  of' 
fection;  ^ee  diliofo.) 

Amoenus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,) pleasant,  agree 
able;  delightful;  fr.  amo. 

Amor,  oris,  m.  (amo,)  love. 

Amoveo,  vere,  vi,  tum,  tr.  (a 
and  moveo,)  to  more  away 
ox  from  ;  to  remove. 

Amphinomus,  i.  m.  a  Catanean 
distinguished  for  his  filial 
affection. 

Amphion,  onis,  m.  a  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Antiope,  and 
the  husband  of  Niobe,     He 


i 

^B  is  said  to  have  built  Thebes 
by  the  sound  of  his  lyre. 

Ample,  adv.  (iiis,  issime,)  am- 
ply ;  from  amplus. 

Amplector,  ecti,  exus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (am  &  plector,)  to  em- 
brace. 

Amplexus,  a  urn,  part,  having 
embraced;  embracing, 

Amplio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(amplus,)  to  enlarge. 

Amplius,  adv.  (ample,)  more. 

Amplus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp) 
great ;  abundant ;  large  ; 
spacious. 

Amulius,  i,  m.  the  son  of  Sil- 
vius  Procas,  and  brother  of 
Numitor. 

AmyclaB,  arum,  f,  pi.  a  town  on 
the  western  coast  of  Italy. 

Amycus,  i,  m.  a  son  of  Nep- 
tune, and  king  of  Bebrycia. 

An,  adv.  whether ;  or. 

Anacreon,  tis,  m.  a  celebrated 
lyric  poet  of  Teos,  in  Ionia. 

Anapus,  i,  m.  a  Catanean,the 
brother  of  Amphinomus. 

Anaxagoras,  ae,  m.  a  philoso- 
pher of  Clazomene,  in  Ionia. 

Anceps,  cipitis,  adj.  (ancipi- 
tior,)  (am  and  caput,)  un- 
certain; doubtful. 

Anchises,  ae,  m,  a  Trojan,  the 
father  of  Mneas. 

k\  :hora,  or  Ancora,  ae,  f.  an 
anchor. 

Ancilla,  ae,  f.  a  female  servant; 
a  maid. 

Ancus,  i,  m.  (Martius,)  the 
fourth  king  of  Rome. 

A.ndriscus,  i,  m.  a  person  of 


AMPLE ANIO. 


193 


mean  birth,  called  aao 
PseudophilippuSj  on  ac 
count  of  his  p'^et ending  to 
be  Philip,  the  son  of  Per- 
sis,  king  of  Macedon. 

Andromeda  ,gB,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Cephus  and  Cassiope, 
and  wife  of  Perseus. 

Ango,  angere,  anxi,  tr.  (to 
press  close  or  tight;  to  stran- 
gle;  hence,)  to  trouble  ;  to 
disquiet;  to  torment;  to  vex, 

Anguis,  is,  c.  (ango,)  a  snake; 
a  serpent. 

Angiilus,  i,  m.  a  corner. 

Angustiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  war- 
rowness ;  a  narrow  pass; 
a  defile  ;  from 

Angustus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp, 
(an  go , )  narrow  ;  limited  ; 
straitened ;  pinching. 

Anima,  ae,  f.  (animus,)  breath; 
life ;  the  soul. 

Animadverto,  vertere,  verti, 
versum,  ti.  (animus  ad  & 
verto,  to  turn  the  mind 
to;)  to  attend  to;  to  observe; 
to  notice  ;  to  punish. 

Animal,  alls,  n.  (anima)  an 
animal. 

Animosus,  a,  um,  adj./wZZ  of 
wind  or  breath;  spirited; 
courageous ;  bold;  from 

Animus,  i,  m.  wind;  breath, 
spirit ;  the  soul  or  mind; 
disposition  ;  spirit,  or  coiir- 
age ;  a  design;  uno  ani- 
mo,  unanimously  ;  mihi  est 
animus,  /  have  a  mind  ;  1 
intend.     See  mens. 

Anio,  enis,  m.  a  branch  of  the 


J  94 


ANFECTO APOLLO. 


Tiber y  which  enters  it  three 
7*iiles  above  Rome.  It  is 
now  called  the  Teverone. 

Annecto,-nectere,-nexui,-nex-' 
um,  tr.  (ad  &  necto,)  to  an- 
nex ;  to  tie  or  fasten  to. 

4nnona,  se.  f.  (annus,)  yearly 
produce  ;  corn  ;  provisions. 

Annul  us,  i,  m,  (dim,  fr.  an- 
nus,) a  small  circle ;  a 
ring. 

Annumero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ad  &  numero,)  to  reckon 
among  ;  to  number  ;  to 
reckon. 

Annuo,-nuere,-niii,  intr.  (ad  & 
nuG,  to  Twd^)  to  assent  ;  to 
agree. 

Annus,  i,  m.  a  circle  ;  a  year  ; 
hence 

Annuus,  a,  um,  adj.  annual ; 
yearly  ;   lasting  a  year. 

Anser,  eris,  m.  a  goose  ;  hence 

Anserinus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or 
belonging  to  a  goose :  ova, 
goose-eggs. 

Ante,  adv.  before  ;  sooner. 

Ante,  prep,  before. 

Antea,  adv.  (ante  &  ea  ace. 
pi.  n.  of  is,)  before  ;  here- 
tofore. 

Antecello,-cellere,  tr.  (ante  &: 
cello,  obsol.  to  drive,)  to 
drive  or  move  before ;  hence 
to  excel  ;  to  surpass ;  to  ex- 
ceed ;  to  be  superior  to. 

Antepono,-ponere,-posui,-pos- 
itum,  tr.  (ante  &  pono,)  to 
set  before ;  to  prefer. 

Antepositus,  a,  um,  part,  (an- 
tepono.) 


Antequam,  .adv.  before  thai  ; 

before. 
Antigonus,  i,  m.   ^^  king  of 

Macedonia. 
Antiochia,  se,  f.  the  capital  of 

Syria. 
Antiochus,  i,  m.   a   king  of 

Syria. 
Antiope,  es,  f.  the  wife  of  Ly- 

cus,   king  of  Thebes,  and 

the  mother  of  Amphion. 
Antiquus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 

simus,)  ancient ;   old  ;  of 

long  amtinuance  ;  fr.  ante. 
Antipater,  tris,  m.  a  Sidonian 

poet, 
Antium,  i,  n.  a  maritime  town 

of  Italy. ^ 
Antonius,  i,  m.   Antony,  the 

name  of  a  B.oman  family. 

Antrum,  i,  n.  a  cave. 

Apeiles,     is,  m.  a  celebrated 

painter  of  the  island  of  Cos. 

Apennmus,  i,    m.   the  Appe- 

nines. 
Aper,  apri,  m.  a  boar  ;  a  wild 

boar. 
Aperio,-perire,-perui,-pertum, 

ir.  (ad  &  pario,)  to  open  ; 

to  discover ;  to  disclose  ;  to 

make  known. 
Apertus,  a,  um,  part,  (aperio.) 
Apex,  icis,  m.   a  point ;    the 

top  ;  the  summit. 
Apis,  is,  f.  a  bee. 
Apis,  is,  m.  an  ox  worshipped 

as  a  deity  among  the  Egyp- 
tians. 
Apollo,  inis,  m.  tJte  son  of  Jw 

piter  and  Latona,  and  the 

god  of  music  and  poetry. 


A  PPARATUS ARCEO. 


]9/) 


Apparatus,  lis,  m.  (apparo,  to 
prepare  ;)  a  preparation  ; 
apparattis;  equipment;  ha- 
biliment, 

Appareo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (ad  & 
pareo,)  to  appear ;  to  he 
manifest  or  clear. 

Appellandus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Appello,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ad  &  pello,)  to  name  or 
call ;  to  address ;  to  call 
upon. 

Appendo,  -  pendere,  -  pendi, 
pensum,  tr.  (ad  &  pendo,) 
to  hang  upon  or   to  ;    to 
weigh  out  ;  to  pay. 

Appetens,  tis,  part,  seeking 
after  ;  from 

Appeto,  -  petere,  -  petivi,-peti- 
tum,  tr.  (ad  &  peto,)  to 
seek  to ;  hence,  to  desire ; 
strive  for  ;  to  aim  at  ;  to 
attack. 

Appius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  prseno- 
men  belonging  to  the  Clau' 
dian  gens  or  tribe. 

Appono,  -  ponere,  -  posui,-posi- 
tiim,  tr.  (ad  &  pono,)  to  set 
or  place  before ;  to  put  to  ; 
to  join. 

Appositus,  a,  um,  part,  (ap- 
pono.) 

Appropinquo,  are,  avi,  atum, 
intr.  (ad  &  propinquo,)  to 
to  approach  ;  to  draio  near. 

Apiicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
sunny  ;  serene  ;  warm  ;  {as 
if  nY>^ncus  fro?n  aperio.) 

^pto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  fit  ; 
to  adjust. 


Apud,  prep,  at  ;  in  ;  among  ; 
before ;  to  .  in  the  house 
of ;  in  the  writings  of. 

Apulia,  ae,  f.  a  country  in  the 
eastern  part  of  Italy,  near 
the  Adriatic. 

Aqua,  8B,  f.  water, 

Aquaeductus,  tis,  m.  (aqua  & 
duco,  to  lead:)  an  aque- 
duct ;  a  conduit. 

Aquila,  ae,  f.  an  eagle. 

AquTlo,  onis,  m.  the  north 
loind. 

Aquitania,  sb,  f.  a  country  of 
Gaul. 

Aquitani,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants of  Aquitania, 

Ara,  aB,  f.  an  altar. 

Arabia,  ae,  f.  Arabia :  hence, 

Arabicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Arabi- 
an^ of  or  belonging  to  Ara- 
bia.  Arabicus  sinus,  the 
Red  Sea. 

Arabius,  a,  um,  adj.  Arabiaiu 

Arabs,  abis,  m.  an  Arabian, 

Arbitratus,  a,  um,  part.  havi7ig 
thought;  from 

Arbitror,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (arbiter,)  to  believe;  to 
think. 

Arbor,  &  Arbos,  oris,  f.  a  tree. 

Area,  ae,  f.  a  chest. 

Arcadia,  ae,  f.  Arcadia^  a  Coven- 
try in  the  interior  of  Pelo- 
ponnesus. 

Areas,  adis,  m.  an  Arcadian  ; 
also  a  son  of  Jupiter  and 
Calisto. 

Arceo,  ere,  ui,  tr.  to  ivard  off; 
to  keep  from;  to  restrain. 


196 


ARCESSITUS ARMENTUM. 


Arcessitus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Afcesso,  ere,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ar- 
cio,  i.  e.  adcio,  ad  and  cio,) 
to  call;  to  send  for;  to  in- 
vite; to  summon. 

Archimedes,  is,  m.  a  fammis 
mathematician  and  mecha- 
nician  of  Syracuse, 

Architectus,  i,  m,  an  architect; 
a  builder, 

A.jchytas,  ae,  m.  a  Pythago- 
rean philosoyher  of  Taren- 
turn. 

A.rcte,  adv.(ii!is,  is^iTae^)  strait- 
ly;  closely;  from 

Arctus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  narrow;  close;  fr. 
arceo. 

Arcus,  {is,  m.  a  how;  an  arch. 

Ardea,  se,  f.  a  city  of  Latium, 
the  capital  of  the  Rutuli. 

Ardens,  tis,  part.  &;  adj.  burn- 
ing; hot;  from 

Ardeo,  ardere,  arsi,  arsum, 
intr.  to  glow;  to  be  on  fire; 
to  burn;  to  sparkle;  to 
shine;  to  dazzle. 

Arduus,  a,  um,  adj.  high; 
lofty;  steep;  arduous;  dif- 
ficult. 

Arena,  sb,  f.  (areo,  to  be  dry^ 
sand  ;  hence 

Arenosus,  a,  um,  adj.  sandy. 

Arethusa,  sb,  f.  the  name  of  a 
nymph  of  Elis,  who  was 
changed  into  a  fountain  hi 
Sicily. 

Argentum,  i,  n.  silver, 

Argias,  aB,  m.  a  chief  of  the 
Megarensians, 


Argivus,  a,  um,  adj  (Argos,) 
of  Argos;  Argive. 

Argivi,  orum,  m.  pi.  (id,)  Ar- 
gives;  inhabitants  of  Argos. 

ArgonautaB,  arum,  m,  pi.  (Argo 
&  nautoB,)  the  Argonauts; 
the  crew  of  the  ship  Argo. 

Argos,  i,  n.  sing.,  &  Argi, 
orum,  m.  pi.  a  city  in 
Greece^  the  capital  of  Av' 
golis. 

Arguo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  to  speak 
in  loud  or  shrill  tones; 
hence  to  argue;  to  accuse; 
to  prove;  to  shew;  to  con- 
vict, 

Ariminum,  i,  n.  a  city  of  Italy, 
on  the  coast  of  the  Adriatic, 

Aristobulus,  i,  m.  a  name  of 
several  of  the  high  priests 
and  ki?igs  of  Judea. 

Aristoteles,  is,  m.  Aristotle^  a 
Greek  philosopher,  born  at 
Stagtra,  a  city  f  Mace 
donia, 

Arma,  orum,  n.  pi.  arms. 

Armatus,  a,  um,  part,  of  ar- 
mo,  armed:  pi.  armati, 
orum,  armed  'iuen;  soldiers 

Armenia,  sb,  f.  .(Major,)  a 
country  of  Asia,  lying  be- 
tween Taurus  and  the  Cau^ 
casus. 

Armenia,  (Minor,)  a  small 
country  lying  betioeen  Ca- 
padocia  a7idthe  Euphrates. 

Armenius,  a,  um,  adj.  Arme- 
nian. 

Armentum,  i,  n.  {for  aramen- 
tum,  from  aro,)  a  herd. 


ARMILLA ASTUTTTS. 


lOT 


Armilla,  se,  f.  (dim.  fr.  armus, 
the  arm,)  a  bracelet,  or  ring 
worn  on  the  left  arm  by 
soldiers  loho  had  been  dis- 
tinguished in  battle. 

Armo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ar- 
ma,)  to  arm, 

Aro,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  tr.  to 
plough;  to  cover  with  the 
plough, 

Arreptus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Arripio,  -ripere,  -ripui,  -rep- 
tum,  tr.  (ad  &  rapio,  §80, 
5,)  to  seize  upon. 

AiTogo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ad. 
&rogo,)  to  demand  for  oneh 
self;  to  arrogate;  to  claim. 

Ars,  tis,  f.  art;  contrivance; 
skill;  employment;  occupa- 
tion-y  pursuit. 

Arsi.     See  Ardeo. 

Artemisia,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of 
Mausdlus,  king  of  Caria. 

Artifex,  icis,  c.  (ars.  &  facio,) 
an  artist. 

Arundo,  mis,  f.  a  reed;  a  cane. 

Aruns,  tis,  m.  the  eldest  son 
of  Tarquin  the  Proud. 

Arx,  cis,  f.  (arceo,)  a  citadel; 
a  fortress. 

Ascanius,  i.  m.  the  son  of 
jEneas  and  CreUsa. 

Ascendo  [or  adscendo,)  dere, 
di,  sum.  tr.  &  intr.  (ad  & 
scan  do,  to  climb  to;)  to 
ascend;  to  rise;  ascenditur 
imp.  it  is  ascended  or  they 
ascend;  §  85, 6.  &  1 67  Note. 

Asia,  ae,  f.  Asia;  Asia  Minor; 
also,  proconsular  Asia,  or 
the  Roman  province. 


Asiaticus,  i,  m.  an  agr^omen 

of  L.  Cornelius  Scipio,  on 

account  of  his  victories  in 

Asia.     App.  II.  4. 
Asma,  ae,  m.  a  cognomen  ot 

surname  of  a  part  of  the 

Cornelian  family. 
Asmus,  i,  m.  an  ass. 
Aspecturus,  a,  um,  part,  (as- 

picio.) 
Asper,  era,  erum,  adj.  (erior, 

erimus,)  raiigh;  rugged. 
Aspergo.     See  Adspergo. 
As-  or  ad-  spernor,  ari,  atus 

sum,  tr.  dep.  to  syiirn;  to 

despise;  to  reject. 
Aspicio.     See  Adspicio 
Aspis,  idis,  f.  an  asp. 
Assecutus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Assequor,     -sequi,     -secutus 

sum,    tr.    dep.    (ad  &  se- 

quor,)    to   come  up    to;  to 

overtake;  to  obtain. 
Asservo,    are,    avi,  atum,  tr. 

(ad  &  servo,)  to  take  care 

of;  to  preserve;  to  keep. 
Assigno,    are,  avi,    atum,   tr. 

(ad  &  signo,)  to  mark  with 

a  seal;  hence,  to  appoint; 

to  allot;  to  distribute. 
Assisto.     See  Adsisto. 
Assuesco,    -suescere,    -su6vi, 

-suetum,   intr.  inc.  (ad  & 

suesco,)  to  be  accustomed; 

to  be  ivont. 
Assurgo,    -surgere,    -surrexi, 

-surrectum,  intr.  (ad  &  sur- 

go,)  to  rise  up;  to  arise. 
Astronomia,  ae,  f.  astrmwmy. 
Astutus,  a  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 

mus,)  [from  astu  the  city 


198 


AS  VLUM AUGUSTUS. 


viz:  of  Athens,)  knowing; 
shrewd;  cunning;  crafty. 

Asylum,  i,  n.  an  asylum. 

At,  conj.  but. 

Atalanta,  ae,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Schcsneus,  king  of  Arca- 
dia, celebrated  for  her  swift' 
ness  in  running, 

Athenae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Athens, 
the  capital  of  Attica;  hence, 

Alheniensis,  is,  m.  an  Athe- 
nian, 

Atilius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  proper 
name, 

Atlanticus,  a,  um,  adj.  Atlan- 
tic; relating  to  Atlas:  mare 
Atlanticum,  the  Atlantic 
ocea7i. 

Atque,  conj.  and;  as;  than, 

Atrociter,  adv.  (iiis,  issim^,) 
(atrox, )  fiercely;  violently; 
severely, 

Attalus,  i.  m,  a  king  of  Per- 
gdmus, 

Attero,  -terere,  -trivi,  -tritum, 
(ad  &  tero,)  tr,  to  rub  close; 
to  ruh  off;  to  wear, 

Atthis,  idis,  f.  the  same  as  At- 
tica, 

Attica,  SB,  f.  Attica,  a  country 
in  the  saiUhern  part  of 
Greece  proper, 

Attingo,  -tingere,  -tigi,  -tac- 
tum,  tr.  (ad  &  tango,)  to 
touch;  to  border  upon;  to 
attain;  to  reach. 

Attollo,  ere,  tr.  (ad  &  tollo,) 
to  raise  up, 

Attritus,  a,  um,  part,  (attero,) 
rubbed  away;  loorn  off, 

Auctor,    oris,  c.  (augeo,)  one 


tvho  increases,  or  enlarges, 
hence,  an  author. 

Auctoritas,  atis,  f.  authority; 
influence;  reputation;  from 
auctor. 

Auctus,  a,  um,  part,  (augeo,) 
increased;  enlarged;  aug» 
mented, 

Audacia,  ge,  f.  audacity;  bold* 
ness;  from 

Audax,  acis,  adj,  (comp.)  bold; 
daring;  audacious;  despe- 
rate; from 

Audeo,  audere,  ausus  sum, 
neut.  pass,  to  dare;  to  at- 
tempt,    ^  78. 

Audio,  Ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  to 
hear, 

Auditus,  a,  um,  part. 

Auditus,  us,  m.  the  hearing, 

Aufero,  auferre,  abstuli,  abla- 
tum,  tr.  irr.  (ah  &  fero,)  to 
take  away;  to  remove. 

Aufugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  intr.  (ab  &  fugio,)  to 
fly  away;  to  run  off;  to  es- 
cape; to  flee, 

Augendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Augeo,  augere,  auxi,  auctum, 
tr.  to  cause  to  grow;  to  in- 
crease; to  augment;  to  en- 
large; intr.  to  grow;  to  in- 
crease; to  rise. 

Augurium,  i,  n.  (avis,  a  bird, 
and  garrio,  to  chirp,)  a 
foretelling  of  future  events 
from  the  siiiging  of  birds: 
hence,  augury;  divination, 

Auguste,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
nobly;   from 

Augustus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 


AUrJUSTUS AXENUS. 


IMH 


august;  grand;  venerable; 
(from  augeo.) 

Augustus,  i,  m.  an  honorary 
appellation  best  owed  by  the 
senate  upon  Ccesar  Octavi- 
amts;  suceeedhig  emperors 
took  the  same  name, 

A-ulis,  idis,  f.  a  seaport  town 
in  Bosotia, 

Aulus,  i,  m.  a  common  prasno- 
men  among  the  Romans. 
A  pp.  II. 

Aurelius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Romans. 

Aureus,  a,  um,  adj.  (aurum,) 
golden. 

Auriga,  86,  m.  (aurea,  Obsol. 
arein,  and  rego,  to  govern^) 
a  charioteer. 

Auris,  is,  f.  the  ear. 

Aurum,  i,  n.  gold. 

Auspicium,  i,  n.  (avis,  a  hird^ 
and  specie,  to  look  :)  a  spe- 
cies of  divination,  from  the 
flighty  ^c,  of  birds ;  an 
auspice;  the  guidance,  or 
protection  of  another. 

Ausus,  a,  um,  part,  (audeo,) 
daring  ;  having  dared. 

Aui,  conj.  or;  aut — aut,  ei- 
ther— or. 

Auteni,  conj.  but ;  yet. 

Autumn  us,  i,  m.  (augeo,)  au- 
tumn. 

Auxi.     See  Augeo. 

Auxilium,  i,  n.  (augeo,)  help  ; 
aid  ;  assistance. 

Avariria,  ae,  f.  avarice;  from 

Avarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
avaricious ;  covetofus  :  (fr. 
aveo,  to  long  for.) 


Aveho,-vehere,-  \'  exi,  -vectum, 
tr.  (a  &  veho,)  to  carry  off, 
or  away. 

Avello,-vellere,-velli  o?--vulsi, 
-vulsum,  tr.  (a  &  vello,)  to 
pull  of,  or  aivay;  to  pluck; 
to  take  away  ;  (forcibly). 

Aventinus,  i,  m.  mount  Aven- 
tine,  one  of  the  seven  hills 
on  which  Rome  ivas  built. 

Aversus,  a,  um,  part,  turned 
away :  cicatrix  aversa,  a 
scar  in  the  back  :   from 

Aver  to,  -  vert  ere,  -  verti,  -  ver- 
sum,  tr.  (a  &  verto,)  to 
turn  away ;  to  avert ;  lo 
tui'n. 

Aviciila,  ae,  f.  dim.  (avis,)  a 
small  bird. 

Avidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (aveo,) 
(ior,  issimus.)  desirous  : 
ravcTwus  ;  greedy  ;  eager. 

Avis,  is,  f.  a  bird. 

Av5co,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (a 
&  voco,)  to  call  away ;  to 
divert  ;  to  withdraio. 

Avolaturus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Avolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  (a 
&  volo )  to  fly  away,  or  off, 

Avulsus,  part,  (avello.) 

Avunciilus,  i,  m.  (dim.  of 
avus,)  a  moiher''s  brother  ; 
an  U7icle. 

Avus,  i,  m.  a  grandfather. 

Axenus,  i,  m.  (from  a  Greek 
word  signifying  inhospita^ 
ble:)  the  Euxine  sea;  an- 
ciently so  called,  on  account 
of  the  cruelty  of  the  neigh* 
boring  tribes. 


200 


BABYLON BENEFICUM. 


B. 

Babylon,  onis.  f.  the  metro'po' 
lis  of  Chaldea,  lying  wpon 
the  Eu'phrates. 

Babylonia,  ae,  f.  the  country 
about  Babylon, 

Bacca,  ae,  f.  a  berry 

Bacchus,  i.  m.  the  son  of  Ju- 
piter and  Seiiiele^  and  the 
god  of  wine, 

Bactra,  orum,  n.  the  capital 
of  Bactriana^  situated  wp- 
on the  sources  of  the  Oxus. 

Bactriani,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants of  Bactr'tana. 

Bactrianus,  a,  um,  adj.  Bac- 
trian,  pertaining  to  Bac- 
tra or  Bactriana. 

Baculus,  i,  m.  and  Baculum, 
i,  n.  a  staff. 

Baetica,  ob,  f.  a  country  in  the 
southern  part  of  Spain^ 
watered  by  the  river  Bcetis. 

Baetis,  is,  m.  a  river  in  the 
southern  part  of  Spain^ 
now  the  Guadalquiver, 

Bagrada,  as,  m.  a  river  of  Af- 
rica^ between  Utica  and 
Carthage, 

Ballista,  aB,  f.  an  engine  for 
throwing  stones, 

Balticus,  a,  um,  adj.  Baltic: 
mare  Balticum,  the  Baltic 
sea, 

Barbarus,  a,  um,  adj.  speaking 
a  strange  language;  [not 
Greek  or  Roman;)  foreign; 
hence,  barbarous  ;  rude  ; 
uncivilized ;  savage:  subs. 
barbari,  barbarians. 


Batavus,  a,  um,  adj.  Batavi^ 
an  ;  belonging  to  Batavia, 
now  Holla?id. 

Beatitudo,  inis,  f.  blessedness ; 
happiness  ;  from 

Beatus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  happy  ;  blessed  (fr. 
beo,  to  make  happy.) 

Bebrycia,  as,  f.  «z  country  of 
Asia, 

Belgae,  arum,  m.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants of  the  ruorth- 
east  part  of  Gaul ;  the 
Belgians, 

Belgicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or 
pertaining  to  the  Belgm, 

Bellerophon,  tis,  m.  the  son  of 
Glaucus,  king  of  Ephyra, 

Bellicosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issiraus,  (helium,)  ofawar- 
like  spirit  ;  given  to  loar, 

Bellicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (helium,) 
relating  to  war  ;  warlike, 

Belligero,  are,  avi,  atum,intr 
(helium  &  gero,)  to  wage 
war  ;  to  carry  on  war, 

Bello,   are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to   \ 
war ;    to    xoage   war ;    to 
contend;  to  fight, 

Bellua,  ae,  f.  a  large  beast ; 
a  monster, 

Bellum,  i.  n,  (duellum,)  war. 

Belus,  i.  m.  the  founder  of  the   \ 
Babylonish  empire. 

Bene,  adv.  (melius,  optim^,) 
well ;  finely  ;  very  :  bene 
pugnare,  to  fight  success- 
fully ;  (fr.  hen  us  obsol.  for 
bonus.) 

Beneficium,  i,  n.  (bene  &  fa» 
cio,)  a  benefit  ;  a  kindness. 


BENEVOLRNTIA BRIGANTINUS. 


201 


Benevolentia,  bb,  f.  (bene  &  vo- 
lo,)  benevolence  ;  good  will, 

Benigne,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
kindly;  from 

Benig-nus,  a  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
kind;  benign:  (benigenus  fr. 
benus  for  bonus,  &  genus.) 

Bestia,  ae,  f.  a  beast ;  a  tvild 
beast, 

Bestia,  ae,  m.  the  surname  of  a 
Roman  coitsul. 

Bias,  antis,  m.  a  philosopher 
born  at  Friene,  and  one 
of  the  seven  wise  men  of 
Greece, 

Bibliotheca,  ae,  f.  a  library, 

Bibo,  bibere,  bibi,  bibitum, 
tr.  to  drink^  (in  order  to 
quench  thirst :)  to  imbibe: 
See  poto. 

Bibulus,  i,  m.  a  colleague  of 
Julius  Ccesar  in  the  con- 
sulship,   ' 

Bini,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  ^  24.  Ill; 
two  by  two;  two,  two  each, 

Bipes,  edis,  adj.  (bis  &  pes,) 
tivo-footed,  with  two  feet. 

Bis,  num.  adv.  twice, 

Bithynia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of 
Asia  Minor,  east  of  the 
Propontis, 

Blanditia,  ae,  f.  «  complime)it' 
ing :  blanditiae,  pi.  bland- 
ishments ;  caresses ;  flat- 
tery :  from 

Blandus,  a,  um,  adji  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  courteous;  agreeable; 
flattering ;  enticing;  invi- 
ting; tevipting, 

BoBotia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of 
Greece,  north  of  Attica, 


Bonitas,  atis,  f.  goodness  ,  ex- 
cellence; from 

Bonus,  a,  um,  adj.  (melior^,  op- 
timus,)  good;  happy;  kind, 

Bonum,  i,  n.  a  good  thing;  an 
endowment;  an  advantage; 
profit :  bona,  n.  pi.  an  es" 
tate ;  goods:  (fr.  bonus.) 

Borealis,  e,  Sidj,no7'thern;  from 

Boreas,  ae,  m.  the  north  wi7id. 

Borysthenes,  ae,  m.,  a  large 
river  of  Scyihia,  flowing 
into  the  Euxine;  it  is  now 
called  the  Dneiper, 

Borysthenis,  idis,  f.  the  name 
of  a  town  at  the  mouth  of 
the  Borysthenes, 

Bos,  bovis,  c.  an  ox  ;  a  cow  ; 
^  15.  12. 

Bosphorus,  or  Bosporus,  i,  m. 
the  name  of  two  straits  be- 
tween Eu7'ope  and  Asia ; 
one  the  Thracian  Bospho- 
rus, now  the  straits  of  Con- 
stantinople ;  the  other  th& 
Cimmerian  Bosphorus,  now 
the  straits  of  Caffa, 

Brachium,  i,  n.  the  arm;  (viz 
from  the  hand  to  the  el- 
bow.) 

Brevi,  adv.  shortly;  briefly:  in 
short  time;  from 

Brevis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  short ; 
brief ;  hence, 

Brevitas,  atis,  f.  shortness ; 
brevity, 

Brigantinus,  a,  um,  adj.  be^ 
longing  to  Brigantium,  a 
1 07071  of  the  Vi7idelici : 
Brigantinus  lacus,  the  lake 
of  Co7istanf'e 


202 


BRITANNIA CALEFIO. 


Britannia,  sb,  f.  Great  Britai7i, 

Britannicus  a,um,  adj.  helong- 
iiig  to  Britain  ;  British. 

Britannus,  a,  um,  adj.  Brit- 
ish :  Britanni,  the  Britoiis. 

Bruma,  ae,  f.  the  winter  sol- 
stice ;  the  shortest  day. 

Bruttium,  i,  n.  a  projnontory 
of  Italy. 

Bruttii,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 
in  the  southern  part  of 
Italy, 

Brutus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illustrious  noble  family, 

Bucephalus,  i,  nn.  the  name  of 
Alexander  s  luar-horse, 

Bucephalos,  i,  f.  a  city  of  In- 
dia^ near  the  Hydaspes^ 
built  by  Alexander ^  in  me- 
mory of  his  horse. 

Buxeus,  a,  um,  adj.  (buxus, 
the  box-tree  :)  of  box;  of  a 
pale  yellow  color ^  like  box- 
wood. 

Byzantium,  i,  n.  now  Const an- 
tinopUy  a  city  of  Thrace^ 
situated  upon  the  Bospho- 
rus. 


C,  an  abbreviation  of  Caius. 
Cabira,  ind.  a  town  of  Pont  us. 
Cacumen,  inis,  n.  the  top;  the 

peak;  the  summit. 
Cadens,  tis,  part,  (cado.) 
Cadmus,  i,  m,  c  son  of  Age- 

7ior,  kijig  of  Phamicia. 
Cado,  cadere,  cecidi,  casum, 

intr.  to  fall. 
Caeciijus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  name. 


Caecubum,  i^w.a  town  of  Cam- 
pania^  famous  for  its  loine. 

Caecubus,  a,  um,  adj.  Ccbcu- 
ban;  of  Cmcubum. 

Caedes,  is,  f.  slaughter;  car- 
nage; homicide;  murder; 
from. 

Cagdo,  caedere,  cecidi,  caesum, 
tr.  to  cut;  to  kill;  to  slay; 
to  beat. 

Caelatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Caelo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
carve;  to  engrave;  to  sculp- 
ture; to  emboss. 

Caepe,  or  Cepe,  n.  indec.  a7i 
onion. 

Caepio,  onis,  m.  a  Roman  consul 
who  commanded  in  Spain. 

Caesar,  aris,m.  a  cognomen  or 
surname  given  to  the  Julian 
family. 

Casstus,  ills,  m.  (ca?do,)  a 
gauntlet;  a  boxing  glove. 

Caesus,  a,  um,  part,  (caedo,) 
cut;  slain;  beaten. 

Caius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  praeno- 
men. 

Calais,  is,  m.  a  son  of  Boreas. 

Calamitas,  atis,  f.  {a  Morm 
which  breaks  the  reeds  of 
stalks  of  corn^  hence,)  a 
calamity;  a  misfortune;  fr. 

Calamus,  i,  m.  a  reed.. 

Calathiscus,  i,  m.  (dim.  cala 
thus,)  a  small  basket. 

Calefacio,  calafacere,  calefeci, 
calefactum,  tr.  (caleo  &  f a 
cio,)  to  warm;  to  heat. 

Calef  10,  fieri,  factus  sum,  intr. 
irr.  ^  83,  Obs.  3  ;  to  he, 
warmed. 


CALEFACTUS CAPTIVUS 


203 


Calefactus,  a,  um,  part,  (cal- 
eflo,)  warmed. 

Calidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp. 
fr.  caleo,)  warm. 

Callidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (calleo 
from  callus,  hardness^  viz : 
of  skin  occasioned  hy  hard 
labor;  hence,)  'practiced; 
experienced;  shrewd  ;  cun- 
ning. 

Culor,  oris,  m.  warmth;  heat. 

Calpe,  es,  f.  <2  hill  or  mountain 
in  Spain,  opposite  to  Abyla 
in  Africa. 

Calpurnius,  i,  m.  tht  name  of 
a  Roman  family. 

Calydonius,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or 
belonging  to  Calydon,  a  ci- 
ty of  ^tolia;  Calydonian, 

Camelus,  i,  c.  a  camel. 

Camillus,  i,  m.  (M.  Furius,)  a 
Roman  general. 

Campania,  ae,  f.  a  pleasant 
country  of  Italy,  between 
Latium  and  Lucania. 

Campester,  tris,  tre,  adj.  even; 
plain;  level;  champaign; 
flat;  from 

Campus,  i,  m.  a  plain;  afield; 
the  Campus  Martins. 

Cancer,  cri,  m.  a  crab. 

Candidus,  a,  um,  adj. (comp.) 
ichite;  [a  bright  or  shining 
white;  see  alb  us.) 

Candor,  oris,  m.  (id.)  bright- 
ness; ichiteness;    clearness. 

Canens,  lis.  part,  of  cano, 
singing. 

Canis,  is,  c.  a  dog. 

Cannae,  arum,  f.  pi.  a  village 
in  Apulia  J  famxms  for   the 


defeat  of  the   Romam  by 

Hannibal. 
Cannensis,  e,  adj.  belonging 

to  Canrnce. 
Cano,  canere.  cecini,  cantum, 

tr.    to   sing;    to   sound   or 

play  upon  an  instrument, 
Cantans,  tis,  part,  (canto.) 
Cantharus,  i.  m.   a  beetle;  a 

knot  under  the  tongue  of 

the  god  Apis. 
Cantium,  i.  n.  now  the  county 

of  Kent,  England. 
Canto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 

(cano,)    to  sing;  to  repeat 

often. 
Cantus,  6s,  m.  (id.)  singing; 

a  song;   cantus    galli,  the 

crowing  of  the  cock. 
Caper,  pri,  m.  a  he-goat. 
Capesso,    ere,   ivi,    itum.    tr, 

(capio,)  ^  88,  5.  to  take;  to 

take  the  management   of , 

fugam  capessere,  to  flee. 
Capiens,  tis,  part,  from 
Capio,*"  capere,  cepi,  captum, 

tr.  (properly,  to  hold;  to  con" 

tain;  commonly,)  to  take; 

to  capture;  to  take  captive; 

to  enjoy;  to  derive. 
Capita  lis,  e,  adj.  (caput,)  rela* 

ting   to  the   head  or  life; 

capital;    mortal;    deadly; 

pernicious;     capitale,    (sc, 

crimen,)  a  capital  crime. 
Capitolium,  i,  n.  (id.)  the  cap" 

itol;  the  Roman  citadel  on 

the  Capitoline  hill. 
Capra,  as,  f.  a  she-goat, 
Captlvus,  a,  um,  adj.  ^capioj) 

captive. 


204 


CAPTO CASUS. 


Capto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
.     ^  SS,  1,  (capio,)  to  catch  at; 

to  seek  for;  to  hunt  for. 
Captus,  a,  uin,  part,  (capio,) 

taken;  taken  captive, 
Capua,  SB,  f.  the  principal  city 

of  Campania; 
Caput,  itis,   n.    a  head;  life; 

the  skull;  a  capital  city : 

capitis    damnare,    to    con- 

demn  to  death. 
Carbonarius,  i,  m.   (carbo,    a 

coal; )  a  collier;  a  maker  of 

charcoal. 
Career,  eris,  m.  a  prison. 
Careo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr.  to  he 

without;  to  be  free  from; 

to  be  destitute;  not  to  have; 

to  luant. 
Cares,   ium,  m.  pi.  Carians; 

the  inhabitants  of  Caria. 
Caria,  se,  f.  a  country  in  the 

southeastern  part   of  Asia 

Mitwr. 
Carica,  ae,  f.  a  fig;  (properly, 

carica  ficus.) 
Carmen,   inis,   n.    a  song;  a 

poem. 
Carneades,  is,  rn.   a  philoso- 
pher of  Cyr€ne. 
Caro,  carnis,  Lfiesh. 
Carpentum,  i,  n.  a  chariot;  a 

wagon. 
Carpetani,  orum,  m.  pi.  <z  peo- 
ple of  Spain,  on  the  bor- 
ders of  the  Tagus. 
Carpo,  carp  ere,  carpsi,  carp- 

tum,  tr.  to  pluck;  to  gather; 

to  tear. 
Carrae,  arum,  f.  pi.  a  city  of 


Mesopotamia^  near  the  Eu 
phrates. 

Carthaginiensis,  e.  adj.  of  cr 
belonging  to  Carthage , 
Carthaginian:  subs,  a  Ca?  - 
thaginian. 

Carthago,  mis,  f.  Carthage^  a 
maritime  city  in  Africa  ; 
Carthago  Nova,  Cartha- 
gena^  a  town  of  Spain. 

Carus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  dear;  precious;  costly. 

Casa,  ae,  f.  «  cottage;  a  hut. 

Casca,  ae,  m.  the  surname  of 
P.  Servilius,  one  of  the  con- 
spirators against  Coisar. 

Caseus,  i,  m.  cheese. 

Cassander,  dri,  m.  the  name  oj 
a  Macedonian. 

Cassiope,  es,  f.  thewifeofCe- 
pheus^  king  of  Ethiopia^ 
and  mother  of  Andromeda. 

Cassius,  i,  m,  the  name  of  sev^ 
eral  Romans. 

Castaiius,  a,  um,  adj.  Casta- 
lian;  of  Cast  alia  ^  a  foun- 
tain of  Phocis^  at  the  foot 
of  mount  Parnassus. 

Castigatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Castigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
chastise;  to  punish;  to  cor- 
rect. 

Castor,  oris,  m.  the  brother  of 
Pollux  and  Helen. 

Castrum,  i,  n.  (casa,)  a  castle: 
castra,  orum,  pi.  a  camp. 
castra  ponere,  to  pitch  a 
camp;  to  e7icamp. 

Casus,  us,  m.  (cado,)  a  fall; 
accident;  chance;  an  eve/U; 


i 


CATABTHMUS — CELTJE. 


205 


a   misfortune;   a  dAsaster; 
a  calamity. 

Catal^athmus  i,  m.  a  declivity; 
a  gradual  descent;  a  val- 
ley betioeen  Egypt  and 
Africa  proper, 

Catana,  ae,  f.  now  Catania,  a 
city  of  Sicily,  near  mount 
Etna, 

Jatanensis,  e.  adj.  belonging 
to  Catana;  Catanean. 

Catienus,  i,  m.  Catienus  Plo- 
tinus,  a  Roman  distin,- 
guished  for  his  attachment 
to  his  patron. 

Catilina,  ae,  m.  a  conspirator 
against  the  Roman  govern- 
ment, lohose  plot  was  detect- 
ed and  defeated  by  Cicero. 

Cato,  on  is,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family, 

Catiilus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family, 

Catiilus,  i.  m.  (dim.  canis,)  a 
little  dog;  a  whelp;  the 
young  of  beasts, 

Caucasus,  i.  m.  a  mwintain  of 
Asia,  between  the  Black 
and  Caspian  seas, 

Cauda,  se,  f.  a  tail, 

Caudmus,  a,  um,  adj.  Cau- 
dine;  of  or  belonging  to 
Caudium,  a  town  of  Italy. 

Caula,  88,  f.  a  fold;  a  sheep 
cote. 

Causa,  se,  f.  a  cause;  a  reason; 
a  law  suit:  in  causa  est,  or 
causa  est,  is  the  reason: 
causa,  for  the  sake  of, 

Cautes,  is,  f.  a  sharp  rock  ; 
a  crag  ;  a  cliff :  from 


Caveo,  cavere,  cavi,  cau  turn, 

intr.   &  tr.   to  beware  ;  to 

avoid ;    to   shun :    cavere 

sibi  ab,  to  secure  themselves 
from  ;  to  guard  against, 
Caverna,  ae,  f.  (cavus,)  a  cave; 

a  cavern, 
Cavus,  a,  um,  adj.  hollow. 
Cecidi.     See  Csedo. 
Cecidi.     See  Cado. 
Cecini.     See  Cano. 
Cecropia,    ae,    f.    an   ancient 

name  of  Athefns  ;  ftom 
Cecrops,  opis,  m.  the  first  king 

of  Athens, 
Cedo,  cedere,  cessi,  cessum, 

intr.  to  yield;  to  give  place; 

to  retire ;    to   retreat ;    to 

submit. 
Celeber,  bris,  bre,  adj .  (celebri- 

or,  celeberrimus,)  crowded; 

much   visited ;    renowned  ; 

famous  ;  distinguished. 
Celebratus,  a,  um,  part,  (cele- 

bro.) 
Celebritas,  atis,  f.   (celeber,) 

a  great  crowd;  fame;  glo' 

ry;  celebrity;  renoion. 
Celebro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

visit;  to  celebrate;  to  make 

famous;  to  perform, 
Celeritas,     atis,     f.      (celer, 

svjift,)     speed;    swiftness, 

quickness, 
Celeriter,    adv.    (ius,    rime,^ 

swiftly, 
Celeus,  i,  m.  a  king  ofEleuszs 
Celo,   are,   avi,    atam,  tr.   to 

hide;  to  conceal, 
Celtae,  arum,  m.  pi.  the  Celts, 

a  people  of  Gaul, 


206 


CENSEO CETUS. 


Censeo,  ere,  ui,  um,  tr.  1o  es- 
tijiiate;  to  judge;  to  believe; 
to  count;  to  reckon. 

Censor,  is,  m.  (censeo,)  a  cen- 
sor; a  censurer;  a  critic. 

Censor! nus,  i,  m.  (L.  Manli- 
us,)  <2  Roinan  co7isul  in  the 
third  Funic  war. 

Censorius,  i,  m.  (censor,)  one 
who  has  heen  a  ce7isor;  a  sur- 
name of  Cato  the  elder. 

Census,  us,  m.  (censeo,)  a  cen- 
sus; an  e7iumeration  of  the 
'people;  a  registeriiig  of  the 
peophy  their  ages^  <^c. 

Centeni,  sb,  a,  num,  adj.  pi. 
distrib.  (centum,)  every 
hundred;  a  huiidred. 

Centesimus,  a,  um,  num,  adj. 
ord.  (id.)  the  hundredth. 

Centies,  num,  adv.  a  hundred 
times;  from 

Centum,  num,  adj.  pi.  ind.  a 
hundred. 

Centurio,  onis,  m.  (centuria,) 
a  centurion;  a  captain  of  a 
hundred  men. 

Cephallenia,  as,  f.  an  island 
in  the  Ionian  sea,  now  Ce- 
phalonia. 

Cepe.     See  Caepe. 

Cepi.     See  Capio. 

Cera,  ae,  f.  wax. 

Cerberus,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
the  three-headed  dog  which 
guarded  the  entrance  of 
the  infernal  regions. 

Cercasorum,  i,  n.  a  tovm  of 
Egypt. 

Ceres  eris,  f.  Ceres^  the  god- 
dess of  corn. 


Cerno,  cernere,  crevi,  cretum, 
tr.  properly,  to  sift;  to  dis- 
tinguish; hence,  to  see;  to 
perceive. 

Certamen,  mis,  n.  (certo,)  a 
contest;  a  battle;  zeal;  ea- 
gerness; strife;  comteidimi; 
debate;  a  game  or  exercise; 
Olympicum  certamen,  the 
Olympic  games. 

Certe,  adv.  iiis,  issime,  (cer- 
tus,)  certainly.^  at  least 

Certo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  & 
intr.  (certus,)  to  determine^ 
or  make  sure;  to  contend; 
to  strive;  to  fight, 

Certus,  a,  um,  adj.  (cerno,) 
(ior,  issimus,)  certain;  fix- 
ed:  certiorem  facere,  to 
inform. 

Cerva,  ae,  f.  «  female  deer;  a 
hind;  hence, 

Cervinus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  a  stag  or  deer. 

Cervix,  icis,  f.  [the  hinder  part 
of)  the  neck;  an  isthmus, 

Cervus,  i,  m.  a  male  deer;  a  ^ 
stag. 

Cessator,  is,  m.  a  loiterer;  a 
lingerer;  an  idler;  from 

Cesso,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
freq.  (cedo,)  to  cease;  to 
loiter. 

Ceterus,  [a7id  ceter,  seldom 
used,)  cetera,  ceterum,  adj. 
other;  the  other;  the  rest; 
hence, 

Ceterum,  adv.  but;  however; 
as  for  the  rest, 

Cetus,  i,  m.  (&  cete,  is,  n.)  a 
whale;  any  large  sea  fish. 


CEYX CITH-ERON- 


207 


I 


Ccyx,  ycis,  m.  the  son  of  Hes- 
pe-n/s,  and  husband  of  Al- 
cyone. 

Uhalcedon,  onis,  f.  a  city  of 
Biihynia^  opposite  Byzan- 
tium. 

Chaldaicas,  a,  um,  adj.  (Chal- 
daea,)  ChaMean. 

Charta,  sb,  f.  payer. 

Chersiphron,  onis,  m.  a  dis- 
tinguished architect^  under 
whose  direction  the  temple 
of  Ephesus  was  built. 

Cliersonesus,  i,  La  peninsula. 

Chilo,  onis,  m.  a  Lacedcsmo- 
nian  philosopher^  and  one 
of  the  seven  wise  men  of 
Greece. 

Christus,  i,  m.  Christ, 

Cibus,  i,  m.food;  nourishment. 

Cicatrix,  icis,  f.  a  wmind;  a 
scar;  a  cicatrice. 

Cicero,  onis,  m.  a  celebrated 
Roman  orator. 

Ciconia,  se,  f.  a  stork. 

Cilicia,  ae,  f.  a  country  in  the 
southeast  part  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor. 

Cimbri,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  nation 
formerly  inhabiting  the 
northern  part  of  Germany. 

Cinctus,  a,  um,  part,   (cingo.) 

Cineas,  ae,  m,  a  Thessalian^ 
the  favorite  minister  of 
Pyrrhus. 

Cingo,  cingere,  cinxi,  cinc- 
tiiin,  tr.  to  surround ;  to 
encompass;   to  encircle;  to 

Cinis,  eris,  d.  ashes:  cinders. 
Cinna,  ae,  m    (L.  Cornelius,) 


a  consul  at  Rome^  in  the 
time  of  the  civil  loar. 

Cinnamum,  i,  n.  cinnamon. 

Circa  &  Circum,  pr.  &  adv. 
about  ;  around ;  in  the 
neighborhood  of. 

Circuitus,  us,  m.  (circumeo,) 
a  ciracit;  a  circumference. 

Circumdatus,  a,  um, part,  from 

Circumdo,  dare,  dedi,  datum, 
tr.  (circum  &  do,)  to  put 
around;  to  surround;  to 
e7iviro7i;  to  invest. 

Circumeo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  intr. 
irr.  (circum  &  eo,  ^  83, 3,) 
to  go  rou7id;  to  visit. 

Circumfluo,  -fluere,  -fluxi, 
-fluxum,  intr.  (circum  & 
fluo,)  to  flow  round. 

Circumiens,  euntis,  part,  (cir- 
cumeo.) 

Circumjaceo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (cir- 
cum &jaceo,)  tolie  around; 
to  border  upon. 

Circumsto,  stare,  steti,  intr. 
(circum  &  sto,)  to  stand 
round. 

Circumvenio,  -venire,  -veni, 
-ventum,  tr.  (circum  &  ve- 
nio,)  to  go  round;  to  sut' 
round;  to  circumvent. 

Circumventus,  a,  um,  part. 

Ciris,  is,  f.  the  name  of  the, 
fish  into  which  Scylla  teas 
changed. 

Cisalpinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (cis  & 
Alpes,)  Cisalpine;  on  this 
side  of  the  Alps;  that  is, 
071  the  side  nearest  to 
Rome. 

Cithaeron,    onis,  m.  a  moun" 


208 


CITO C(ELUM. 


tainof  BcBotia^near  Thebes, 
sacred  to  Bacchus. 

Cit6,  adv.  (ius,  issimey)  quick- 
ly; from 

Citus,  a,  um,  adj.  (citus,  part. 
cieo,){ior,  issimus,)  quick. 

Citia,  pr.  &  adv.  on  this  side. 

Civicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (civis,) 
civic :  corona  civica,  a  ci- 
vic crown  given  to  him  who 
had  saved  the  life  of  a  citi- 
zen by  killing  an  enemy, 

Civilis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  of  or 
belonging  to  a  citizen;  civil; 
courteous;  from 

Civis,  is,  c.  (cio,  or  cieo,)  a 
citizen. 

Civitas,  atis,  f.  (^civis,)  a  city; 
a  state;  the  inhabitants  of 
a  city;  the  body  of  citizens; 
a  coTistitution;  citizenship; 
freedom  of  the  city. 

Clades,  is,  f,  loss;  damage; 
defeat;  disaster;  slaughter. 

Clam,  pr.  without  the  know- 
ledge of: — adv.  privately; 
secretly. 

Clamo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
&  tr.  to  cry  out;  to  call  on; 
hence. 

Clamor,  oris,  m.  a  clamor;  a 
cry. 

Clandestlnus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(clam,)  secret;  clandestine. 

Clari'tas,  atis,  f.  celebrity; 
fame;  from 

Claras,  a,  um.  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) clear;  famous;  re- 
nowned; celebrated;  loud. 

CI  ass  is,  is  f.  a  class;  a  fleet. 


Claudius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Romans,  belonging 
to  the  tribe  hence  called 
Claudian. 

Claudo,  claudere,  clausi,  clau- 
sum,  tr.  to  close;  to  shut, 

Claudus,  a,  um,  adj.  lame. 

Clausus,  a,  um,  part,  'claudo,) 
shut  up, 

Clavus,  1,  m.  a  nail ;  a  spike, 

Clemens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) merciful;  hence, 

Clementer.  adv.  (ius,  issime  ) 
gently;  kindly. 

Clementia,  se,  f.  (id.)  clemency, 
mildness. 

Cleopatra,  ae,  f.  an  Egyptian 
queen  celebrated  for  beauty. 

Cloaca,  33,  f.  a  drain;  a  com- 
mon sewer. 

Clod  ius,  i,  m.  c  Roman  of  il- 
lustrious family,  remarka- 
ble for  his  licentiousness. 

Cluentius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Romans. 

Clusium,  i,  n.  a  city  ofEtrurta, 

Clypeus,  i,  m.  a  shield, 

Cneius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  prseno- 
men;  abbreviated  Cn. 

Coactus,  a,  um,  part,  (cogo,) 
collected;  assembled;  com 
pelled. 

Coccyx,  ygis,  m.  a  cuckoo. 

Codes,  itis,  m.  a  Roman  dis' 
tinguished  for  his  bravery, 

Coctilis,  e,  adj.  (coquo,)  baked' 
dried;  burnt. 

Coctus,  a,  um,  part,  (coquo,) 
baked;  burnt;   boiled. 

Coelum,  i,  n.  sing.  m.  pi.  §  18, 


CCENA COLO 


209 


4,  heaven;  the  climate;  the 
sky;  the  air;  the  atmos- 
phere. 

C(Ena,  as,  f.  a  supper. 

Ccepi,  isse,  def.  <^  84,  Obs.  2, 
1  begin^  or  I  began, 

CoBptLis,  a,  um,  part,  begun, 

Coerceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (con 
&  arceo,)  to  surround;  to 
restrain;  to  check;  to  con- 
trol, 

Cogitatio,  onis,  f.  (cogito,)  a 
thought;  a  reflection, 

Cogitatum,  i,  n.  a  thought; 
from 

Cogito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (for 
coagito,  con  &  agito,)  to 
revolve  in  the  mind;  to 
think;  to  consider;  to  med- 
itate. 

Cognitus,  a,  um,  part,  (cog- 
nosco.) 

Cognomen,  mis,  n.  (con  &  no- 
men,)  a  surname,     App.  II. 

Cognosco,  -noscere,  -novi,  -nl- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  nosco,)  to 
investigate;  hence,  to  know; 
to  learn :  de  causa,  to  try 
or  decide  a  suit  at  lata, 

Cogo,  cogere,  coegi,  coactum, 
tr.  (coigo,  con  &  ago,)  to 
drive  together;  to  drive;  to 
compel;  to  force;  to  urge; 
to  collect;  agmen,  to  bring 
up  the  rear, 

Cohaereo,  -haerere,  -hssi,  -hae- 
sum,  intr.  (con  &  haereo,) 
to  stick  together;  to  adhere; 
to  be  united;  to  be  joined  to. 

Cohibeo,  -hibere,  -hibui,  -hi- 
,,bitum,  tr.  (con  &  habeoj 


to   hold   together;  to  hoi  a 

back;  to  resirai?i, 
Cohors,   tis,   f.    a  cohort;    the 

tenth  part  of  a  legion. 
Colchi,  orum,   m.  the  ptoyte 

of  Colchis, 
Colchis,  idis,  f.  a  coavitry   of 

Asia,  east  of  the  Euxine, 
Collabor,   -labi,  -lapsus  sun:., 

intr.  dep.  (con  &  labor,)  to 
fall  together;  to  fall  down; 

to  fall, 
Collare,  is,  n.  (collum,)  a  col" 

lar;  a  necklace. 
Collatinus,  i,  m.  a  surname  of 

Tarquinius,    the   husband 

of  Lucretia, 
Collectus,  a,  um,  part.(colligo.) 
Collega,  8B,  m.   (con  &   lego, 

-are,)  one  who  has  charge 

along   with   a7iother,  i.  e. 

a  colleague. 
Collegium,  i,  n.  (collega,)  a 

college;  a  company, 
Colligo,-ligere,-legi,  -lectum, 

tr.  (con  &  lego,)  to  collect. 
Collis,  is,  m.  a  hill, 
Collocatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Colloco,    are,    avi,    atum,   tr. 

(con   &   loco,j    to    place : 

statuam,  to  erect;  to  set  up. 
Colloquium,  i,  n.  conversation; 

an  interview;  from 
Colloquor,-loqui,-locutus  sum 

intr.  dep.  (con  &  loquor,)  to 

speak  together;  to  converse, 
Collum,  i,  n.  the  neck, 
Colo,  colere,  colui,  cultum,  tr. 

to  care  for;  to  cultivate;  to 

exercise ;    to    pursue ;    to 

practise  ;  to  respect ;  to  re* 


210 


COLONIA COMMOROR. 


srard  ;  to  venerate  ;  to  wor- 
9 hip;  lo  inhabit. 

Colon ia,  se,  f.  a  colony;  from 

Colonus,  i,  m.  (colo,)  a  colo- 
nist. 

Color,  &  Colos,  oris,  m.  a  color. 

Coluniba,  ae,  f.  a  dove;  a 
pig  eon. 

Col uni bare,  is,  n.  a  dovecote. 

Columna,  ae,  f.  (coliimen,  a 
prop;)  a  pillar ;  a  column. 

CombQro,-urere,-ussi,  -ustum, 
tr.  (con  &  uro,  80,  5,)  to 
burn  up  ;  to  coiisume. 

Comedendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Comedo,  edere,  edi,  esum  & 
estum.,  tr.  (con  &  edo,)  to 
eat  up;  to  devour. 

Comes,  itis,  c.  (con  &  eo,)  one 
loho  gives  with  a?iotker  ;  a 
cxjinpanion. 

Cometes,  ae,  m.  a  comet  ;  ^  9, 
Gr.  N. 

Comissor,  or  Commissor,  ari, 
atus,  sum,  intr.  dep.  to 
revel  as  Bacchanalians ; 
to  riot  ;  to  banquet  ;  to  ca- 
rouse. 

Comitans,  tis,  part,  (comitor.) 

Comitatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Comitor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (comes,)  to  accompa- 
ny; to  attend;  to  Jolloio. 

Commemoro,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  (con  &  memoro,)  to'com- 
me/morate;  to  mention. 

Commendo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &:  mando,)  to  commit 
to  one^s  tare;  to  commend; 
to  recommend. 

Commeo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 


(con  &  meo,)  to  go  to  and 
fro ;  to  go  and  come ;  to 
pass, 

Commercium,  i,  n.  (con  & 
merx,)  commerce;  exchange\ 
traffic  ;  intercourse. 

Commigro,  are,  avi,  atum, 
intr.  (con  &  migro,)  to  emi- 
grate; to  remove. 

Comminua,  -minuere,  -minui, 
-minutum,  tr.  (con  &  mi- 
nuo,)  to  dash  or  break  in 
pieces;  to  crush;  bruise. 

Commintitus,  a,  um,  part,  bro-' 
ken  in  pieces;  diminished. 

Committo,-mittere,-mTsi,  mis- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  mitto,)  to 
bring  or  jnit  together;  to 
commit  ;  to  entrust ;  to  be- 
gin: pugnam,  to  join  bat- 
tle; to  commence  or  to  fight 
a  battle. 

Commissus,  a,  um,  part,  in- 
trusted; perpetrated;  com- 
mitted; commenced:  proeli- 
um  commissum,  a  battle 
begun  or  fought;  copiis 
commissis,  forces  being  en- 
gaged^ 

CTommoditas,  atis,  f.  (commo- 
dus,)  aptness;  fitness;  a 
convenience ;  commodious- 
ness, 

Commodum,  i,  n.  (id.)  an  ad- 
vantage; gain. 

Commorior,  -mori  &  moriri, 
-njortuus  sum,  intr.  dep, 
(ccn  &  morior,)  to  die  to- 
get  her. 

Commoror,  ari,  atus  sum, 
intr.  dep.   (con  &  moror.) 


COMMOTUS —  C  ONCIPIO. 


211 


to  reside  with;  to  stay  at; 
to  remain;  to  continue. 

Commotus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Commoveo,   -movere,    -mo\n, 

■   -motum,  tr.  (con  &  moveo,) 

to  move  together  or  wholly; 

to  move  ;  to  excite;  to  stir 

up;  to  influence;  to  induce. 

Communico,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  to  communicate;  to  im- 
part; to  tell;  from 

Communis,  e,  adj.  (comp.) 
common :  in  commune  con- 
sulere,  to  consult  for  the 
common  good, 

Commuto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
con  &  muto,)  to  change;  to 
^         alter;  to  exchange. 

ComcBclia,  ae,  f.  a  comedy. 

Comparo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  paro,)  to  pre'pare; 
to  get  together ;  to  gain; 
to  procure;  to  compare. 

Compello,  -pell ere,  -puli,-pu1- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  pello,)  to 
drive;  to  compel ;  to  force  : 
in  fugam,  to  put  to  flight. 

Compenso,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con&penso,)  to  loeigh  to- 
gether ;  to  compensate ;  to 
make  amends  for. 

Comperio,  -perire,  -peri,  -per- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  pario,)  to 
find  out;  to  learn;  to  dis- 
cover. 

Complector,  -  plecti,  -  plexus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (con  & 
plector,)  to  embrace;  to 
comprise;  to  comprehend; 
to  reach;  to  extend:  com- 
plect i  amore,  to  love. 


Compono,  -ponere,-posui,  -po- 
situm,  tr.  (con  &  pono  'i  to 
put  together;  to  compose, 
to  arra?ige;  to  construct;  to 
finish;  to  compare  ;  hence, 

Compositus,  a,  uin,  pari,  fin- 
ished; composed;  quieted. 

Comprehendendus,  a,  um,  fr. 

Comprehendo,    -prehendero, 
-prehendi,  -prehensum,    tr. 
(con  &  prehendo,)  to  grasp 
or  hold  together;  to  compre- 
hend; to  seize;  to  apprehend, 

Comprehensus,  a,  um,  part. 

Compulsus,  a,  um,  part,  (com- 
pello.) 

Conatus,  a,  um,  part,  (conor,) 
having  endeavored. 

Concedo,-cedere,  -  cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr,  &  tr.  (con  &  ce- 
do,)  to  step  aside',  to  yield; 
to  permit;  to  grant. 

Conceptus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
cipio,)  conceived;  couched; 
expressed. 

Concessus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
cedo.) 

Concha,  se,  f.  <2  shell-fish. 

Conchylium,  i,  n.  a  shell-fish. 

Concilio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
join  together;  to  conciliate; 
to  reconcile;  to  acquire  for 
one\  self ;  to  gain;  to  oh" 
tain;  from 

Concilium,  i,  n.  a  council. 

Concio,  onis,  f.  (concieo,)  an 
assembly  ;  an  assembly  of 
the  people. 

Concipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,.  -cep- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  capio,)  to 
take  together;  to  conceive; 


'2V^ 


CONCITO CONGERO. 


to  imagine;  to  form;  to 
draw  up;  to  cornyrehend, 

Coiicito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
ireq.  (con  &  citoj  to  set  in 
motion;  to  excite;  to  raise, 

Concitor,  oris,  m.  one  who  ex- 
cites; an  exciter;  a  mover; 
a  disturber. 

Concoquo,  -coquere,  -coxi, 
-coctum,  tr,  (con  &coquo,) 
to  boil;  to  digest, 

Concordia,  ae,  f.  (concors,)  oon- 
cord;  agreement;  harmony, 

Concredo,  -credere,  -credidi, 
-creditum,  tr.  (con  &  credo,) 
to  cojisign;  to  trust;  to  in- 
trust, 

Concremo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  cremo,)  to  burn 
with;  to  burn;  to  consume, 

Concurro,  -currere,  -curri,-cur- 
sum,  intr.  (con  &  curro,)  to 
run  together:  concurritur, 
pass.  imp.  a  crowd  assem- 
ble,  t  67.  Note. 

Concussus,  a,  um,  part,  sha- 
ken; moved;  from 

Concutio,  cutere,  cussi,  cus- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  quatio,)  to 
shake;  to  agitate;  to  tremble. 

Conditio,  -onis,  f.  (condo,)  con- 
dition; situation;  a  propo- 
sal; terms, 

Conditus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Condo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(con  &  do,)  to  put  together; 
to  lay  up;  to  found;  to 
build;  to  make;  to  form;  to 
hide;  to  bury;  to  coliceal, 

Conduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (con &  duco,)  tolead 


together;  to  conduct;  to 
hire. 

Confectus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
ficio.) 

Confero,  conferre,  contiili,  col- 
latum,  tr.  irr.  (con  &  fero,) 
to  bring  together;  to  heap 
up;  to  bestow;  to  give :  se 
conferre,  to  betake  orient 
self;  to  go, 

Conficio,-ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
(con  &  facio,  to  do  tho* 
roughly;)  to  make;  to  fin- 
ish; to  waste;  to  loear  out; 
to  terminate;  to  consume; 
to  ruin;  to  destroy;  to  kill, 

Confiigo,  -fligere,  -flixi,  -flic- 
tum,  (con  &  fiigo,)  to  strikt 
or  dash  together;  to  con- 
'  tend;  to  e7igage;  to  fight, 
(viz  :  in  close  combat,)  See 
dimico. 

Conflo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.(con 
&  iio,)  to  blow  together; 
to  melt;  to  unite;  to  com- 
pose. 

Confiuo,-fluere,-fluxi,  -fluxum, 
intr.  (con  &  fluo,)  to  flow  to- 
gether; toflock;  to  assemble, 

Confodio,-  fodere,  -fodi  -fos- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  fodio,)  to 
dig  through  and  through; 
to  pierce;  to  stab. 

Confossus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
fodio.) 

Confugio,  -fugere,  fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  intr.  (con  &  fugio,)  to 
flee  to;  to  fee  for  refuge, 
to  flee. 

Congero,  -gerere,  -gessi,  -ges- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  gero,)  to 


t. 


CONGREDIOR CONSILIUM. 


213 


bring  together;  to  collect; 
to  heap  up. 

Congredior,  -gredi,  -gressus 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (con  &  gra- 
dior,)  to  meet;  to  encoun- 
ter; to  engage;  to  fight, 

Congrego,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  grex,)  to  assemble 
in  flocks;  to  assemble, 

Conjectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Conjicio,-jicere,-jeci,  -jectum, 
tr.  (con  &  jacio,)  to  cast; 
to  throio  forcibly;  to  con- 
jecture, ♦ 

Conjugium,  i,  n.  (con  &  jugo,) 
marriage, 

Conjungo,  -jungere,  -junxi, 
-junctum,  tr.  (con  &;  jungo,) 
to  unite;  to  bind;  to  join, 

Conjuratus,  a,  um,  part,  con- 
spired: conjurati,  subs. 
conspirators;  from 

Oonjuro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  juro,)  to  sweur  to- 
gether; to  combine;  to  con- 
spire :  conjuratum  est,  a 
conspiracy  was  formed, 

Conjux,  ugis,  c.  (con  &  jugo,) 
a  spouse;  a  husban'd  or  ivife, 

Conor,  ari,  atus  sum. intr.  dep. 
to  attempt;  to  venture;  to 
ejideanor;  to  strive. 

Conqueror,  queri,  questus, 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (con  &  que- 
ror,)  to  complain;  to  lament, 

Conscendo,-scendere,-  scendi, 
-scensum,  tr.  (con  &  scan- 
do,)  to  climb  up;  to  ascend, 

Conscensus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
scendo.) 

Conscisco,    -sciscere,     -scivi. 


-scitum,  tr.  (con  &  scisco,) 
to  investigate;  to  vote  to- 
gether; to  agree;  to  decree; 
to  execute:  sibi  mortem  con- 
sciscere,  to  lay  violent  hands 
on  one^s  self;  to  commit 
suicide, 

Consecro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  sacro,)  to  consecrate: 
to  dedicate;  to  devote. 

Consedi.     See  Consido. 

Consenesco,  senescere,  senui, 
intr.  inc.  (con  &  senesco,) 
to  grow  old. 

Consentio,-sentire,-sensi,-sen- 
sum,  intr.  (con  &  sentio,)  to 
think  together;  to  agree; 
to  consent;  to  unite, 

Consequor,  -sequi,  -secutus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (con  h,  se- 
quor,)  to  follow  closely;  to 
gain;  to  obtain, 

Consecutus,  a,  um,  part,  hav' 
ing  obtained, 

Consero,  -serere,  -serui,  -ser- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  sero,)  to 
join;  to  put  together :  pug- 
nam,  to  join  battle;  to  fight, 

Conservandus,  a,  um,  part, 
from 

Conservo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  servo,)  to  preserve; 
to  maintain;  to  perpetuate, 

Considens,  tis,  part,  from 

Consido,  -sidere,  -sedi,  -ses- 
sum,  intr.  (con  &  sido,)  to 
sit  doion;  to  encamp;  to  take 
one^s  seat;  to  perch;  to  light. 

Consilium,  i,  n.  (consulo,) 
cou7isel;  design;  intentio7i, 
a  council;  deliberation:  ad  • 


214 


CONSISTO CONTEMPLOR. 


ince;  a  plan;  judgmeiit ;  dis- 
cretion; pnidence;  ivisdovi. 

Consisto,  -sistere,  -stiti,  intr. 
(con  &  sisto,)  to  stand  to- 
get  her;  to  stand;  to  con- 
sist. 

Consoler,  ari,  atiis,  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (con  &  solor,)  to  con- 
-  sole;  to  comfort. 

Conspectus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
spicio,) 

Conspectus,  6s,  m.  (id.)  a  see- 
ing; a  sight;  a  view, 

(Jonspicatus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
spicor.) 

Conspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi, 
-spectum,  tr.(coii  &  specio,) 
to  behold;  to  see. 

Conspicor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (id.)  to  behold;  to  see, 

Conspicuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (id.) 
co7ispicuous;  distinguished. 

Constans,  tis,  part.  &  adj. 
(com p.)  Jirm  ;  constant  ; 
steady, 

Constituo,-stituere,-stitui,-sti- 
lutum,  tr.  (con  &statuo,)  to 
cause  to  stayid ;  i.  e.  to 
place;  to  establish;  to  ap- 
point; to  resolve. 

Consto, -stare, -stiti,  intr.  (con 
&  sto,)  to  stand  together; 
to  consist  of\  constat,  imp. 
it  is  certain;  it  is  evident. 

Construo,  -stuere,  -struxi,- 
strnctum,  tr.  (con  &  struo,) 
to  pile  together ;  to  con- 
struct ;  to  build  ;  to  com- 
pose; to  form, 

Consuesco,  -suescere,  -suevi, 
-suetum,  intr.  (con  &  sues- 


co,)     to     be    accustomed, 
hence, 

Consuetudo,  inis,  f.  habit;  cus* 
torn. 

Consul,  ulis,  m.  a  consul^ 
hence, 

Consularis,  e,  adj.  of  ox  per' 
taining  to  the  co?isul;  con" 
sular :  vir  consularis,  o7ie 
who  has  been  a  consul ;  a 
man  of  consular  dignity, 

Consulatus,  us,  m.  (consul,) 
the  consulship, 

gfJonsulo,  -sulere,  -sului, -sul- 
tum,  tr.  to  advise;  to  con-^-, 
suit, 

Consulto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  & 
intr.  freq.  (consulo,)  to  ad' 
vise  together;  to  consult, 

Consumo,  -sumere,  -sumsi, 
-sumptum,  tr.  (con  &  su- 
mo,) to  take  together^  oi; 
at  once;  hence,  to  consume, 
to  wear  out;  to  exhaust;  to 
v'aste;  to  destroy;  hence 

Consumptus,  a,  urii,  part. 

Contagiosus,  a,  um,  adj. 
comp.  (contingo,)  co7ita- 
gious, 

Contemnendus,  a,  um,  part, 
from 

Contemno,  -temnere,  -tempsi, 
-temptum,  tr.  (con  &  tem- 
no,)  to  despise ;  to  reject 
icith  scorn. 

Contemplatus,  a,  um,  pari. 
observing;  regarding;  con- 
sidering;  from 

Contemplor,  ari,  atus  sum,  ti. 
dep.  (con  &  templum,  a 
quarter  in  the  heavens^)  to 


CONTEMPTIM CONTUSUS. 


215 


look  attentively  at  the 
heavens ;  (said  originally 
of  the  augurs ;  hence,)  to 
contemplate;  to  regard;  to 
consider;  to  look  at;  to  gaze 
uyon, 

Contemptim,  adv.  with  con- 
tenfft  ;  contemptuously  ; 
scornfully  ;  from 

Contemptus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
temno.) 

Contemptus,  ^s,  m.  (id.)  con- 
tempt. 

Contendo,  dere,  di,  turn,  tr.  & 
intr.  (con  &  tendo,  to 
stretch,  or  draw  or  strive 
together,  hence,)  to  dis- 
pute; to  fight;  to  contend; 
to  go  to;  to  direct  one's 
course;  to  request  ;  hence, 

Contentio,  onis,  f.  contention; 
a  debate;  a  controversy;  ex- 
ertion: an  effort;  a  strife, 

Contentus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
content;  satisfied:  fr.  con- 
tineo. 

Contero,  -terere,  -trivi-,tritum, 
tr.  (con  &  tero,)  to  break; 
to  pound;  to  waste, 

Continens,  tis,  part.  &  adj. 
(comp,)  holding  together ; 
hence,  joinirig;  continued; 
uninterrupted;  temperate: 
subs.  f.  the  continent,  or 
main  land :  from 

Contineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
turn,  tr.  (con  &  teneo,)  to 
hold  together,  or  in;  to  con- 
taiii, 

Contingo,  -tingere,  -tigi,  -tac- 
tum,  tr.  (con  &  tango,)  to 


touch ;  contigit,  imp.  it 
happens :  mihi,  it  happens 
to  me;  I  have  the  foi  tune. 

Continuo,  adv.  immediately; 
forthwith;  in  succession; 
from 

Continuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (con- 
tineo,) continued;  adjoin- 
ing; incessant;  uninPer- 
rupted;  conti^iual;  without 
intermission;  in  close  suc- 
cession: continuo  alveo,  ^>^ 
one  entire  or  undivided 
channel. 

Contra,  prep,  against;  oppO" 
site  to :  adv.  on  the  other 
hand. 

Contractus,  a,  um,  part,  (con- 
traho.) 

Contradico,  -dicere,-  dixi,  -dic- 
tum, tr.  (contra  &  dico,)  to 
speak  against;  to  contra- 
dict; to  oppose. 

Contradictus,  a,  um,  part,  cxm* 
tradicted;  opposed. 

Contraho,-trahere,-traxi,-trac- 
tum,  tr.   (con  &  traho,)  to 
drau)  together;  to  contract 
to  assemble;  to  collect. 

Contrarius,  a,  um,  adj.  (con- 
tra,) contrary;  opposite. 

Contueor,  -tueri,  -tuitus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (con  &  tueor,)  to 
regard;  to  behold;  to  vieio; 
to  gaze  upo7i;  to  survey. 

Contundo,  -tundere,  -tudi,  -tfi- 
sum,  tr.  (con  &  tundo,)  to 
beat  together;  to  beat;  to 
bruise;  to  crush;  to  put' 
verize. 

Contusus,  a,  um,  part. 


216 


CONVALESCO CORROSUS. 


Convalesce,  -valescere,-valui, 
intr.  inc.  (con  &  valesco, 
from  valeo,)  to  grow  well; 
to  recover. 

Convenio,  -venire, -veni,  -ven- 
tum,  intr.  (con  &  venio,)  to 
come  together;  to  meet;  to 
assemble. 

Cotiverto,  -vertere,-verti,  -ver- 
sum,tr.(con,verto.)  to  turn; 
to  resort  to;  to  appropriate; 
to  convert  into;  to  change; 
se  in  preces,  to  turn  one's 
self  to  entreating. 

Convicium,  i,  n.  (con  &  vox,) 
loud  noise;  scolding;  re- 
proach; abuse. 

Convivium,  i.  h.  (con  &vivo,) 
a  feast;  a  bajiquet;  an  en- 
tertainment. 

Convoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(con  &  voco,)  to  call  to- 
gether; to  assemble. 

Con  vol  vo,  -volvere,  -volvi,-vo- 
lutum,  tr.  (con  &  volvo,)  to 
roll  together;  pass,  to  he 
rolled  together:  se,  to  roll 
one's  self  up. 

Cooperio,  -perire,  -perui,  -per- 
Tum,  tr.  (con  &  operio,)  to 
cover. 

Copia,  ae,  f.  an  abundance;  a 
multitude;  a  swarm:  co- 
piae,  ^\.  forces;  troops. 

Copiose,  adv.  (ius,  issime,)  co- 
piously; abundantly;  from 
copiosus,  from  copia. 

Coquo,  coquere,  coxi,  coctum, 
tr.  to  cook;  to  bake;  to  boil; 
to  roast;  hence, 


Coquus,  i,  m.  a  cook. 
Cor,  cordis,  n.  the  heart. 
Coram,  prep,  tn  the  presence 

^fj  l>€fore;  adv.  openly. 
Corc.yra,  se,  f.  an  island  on  the 

coast  ofEpiniSy  now  Corfu. 
Corinthius,  a,  um,  adj.  Corin 

thian ;    belonging   to    Co- 
rinth. 
Corinthius,  i,  m.  a  Corinthian. 
Corinthus,  i,  f.  Corinth,  a  city 

of  Achaia,  in  Greece. 
Corioli,  Drum,  m.   pi.  a  town    | 

of  Latium. 
Coriolanus,  i,  m..  a  distinguish^ 

ed  Roman  general. 
Corium,  i,  n.  the  skhi;  the  skin 

or  hide  of  a  beast;  leather 
Cornelia,  ae,  f.  a  noble  Roman 

lady. 
Cornelius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 

an  illvstrious  tribe^  or  clan^ 

at  Rome.  adj.  Cornelian, 
Cornix,  icis,  f.  a  crow. 
Cornu,  n.ind.  in  Sing.   ^   16 ; 

a  horn. 
Corona,  ae,  f.  a  crown. 
Corpus,  oris,  n.  a  body;  a  corpse. 
Correptus,a,um,part.(corripio.) 
Corrigo,-rigere,-rexi,  -rectum, 

tr.  (con  &  rego,)  to  set  right, 

to  straighten  ;  to  make  bet- 
ter; to  co7'rect. 
Corripio,  -ripere,  -ripui,  -rep- 

tum,  tr.   (con  &  rapio,)  tn 

seize. 
Corrodo,  rodere,  rc^si, -rosum, 

tr.  (con  &  rodo,)  to  gnaw, 

to  corrode. 
Corrosus,a,um,  part,  (corrodo,) 


CORRUMPO CRUDELIS. 


217 


p. 


Corrumpo,  -rumpere,  -rupi, 
-ruptum,  tr.  (con&rumpo,) 
to  break  up, {or  thoroughly;) 
to  corrupt;  to  bribe;  to  hurt; 
to  violate;  to  seduce;  to  im- 
pair; to  destroy; 

Corruo,  -ruere,  -rui,  intr.  (con 
&  ruo,)  to  fall  down;  to  de- 
cay. 

Corruptus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
(corrumpo,)  bribed;  vitia- 
ted; foul;  corrupt. 

Corsica,  ae,  f.  an  island  in  the 
Mediterranean  sea,  north 
of  Sardinia. 

Corvinus,  i,  m.  a  surname  gi- 
ven to  M.  Valerius,  from 
an  incident  in  his  life;  from 

Corvus,  i,  m.  a  raven. 

Corycius,  a,  um,  adj.  Cory- 
dan;  of  Corycus. 

Corycus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
city  and  mountain  ofCilicia 

Cos.,  an  abbreviation  of  con- 
sul ;  Coss.,  of  consules ; 
Gr.  p.  308. 

Cotta,  se,  m.  a  Roman  cogno- 
men, belonging  to  the  Au- 
relian  tribe. 

Crater,  eris,m.  a  goblet;  a  cra- 
ter; the  mouth  of  a  volcano. 

Crates,  etis,  m.  a  Thebanphi- 
losopher. 

f'rassus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  family  of  the  Lu- 
cinian  tribe. 

Creatus,  a,  um,  part,  (creo.) 

Creber,  crebra,  crebrum,  adj. 
(crebrior,creberrimus,)/re- 
quent. 


Crebro,  adv.  (crebriiis,  creber- 
rimo,)  (cveher,) frequently. 

Credo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
to  believe;  to  trust. 

Credulus,  a,  um,  adj.  (credo,) 
easy  of  belief;  credulous. 

Cremera,  ae,  f.  a  river  of  Eti^C' 
ria,  near  lohich  the  Fabian 
family  were  defeated  and 
destroyed. 

Cremo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
burn;  to  consume. 

Creo,  arc,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
make;  to  choose;  to  elect. 

Cresco,  crescere  crevi,  cre- 
tum,  intr.  (creo,)  to  spring 
up;  to  increase;  to  grow, 

Creta,  se,  f.  Crete,  now  Can-' 
dia,  an  island  in  the  Med- 
iterranean sea,  south  of 
the  Cyclddes. 

Cretensis,  e,  adj.  belonging  to 
Crete,  Cretan. 

Crevif     See  Cresco. 

Crimen,  inis,  n.  a  crime;  a 
fault;  an  accusation :  alicui 
crimini  dare,  to  charge  as 
a  crime  against  one. 

Crinis,  is,  m.  the  hair. 

Crixus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a  cele- 
brated gladiator. 

CrocodTlus,  i,  m.  a  crocodile. 

Cruciatus,  a,  um,  part,  (crucio.) 

Cruciatus,  us,  m.  (id.)  torture; 
distress;  trouble;  affliction. 

Crucio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(crux,)  to  crucify;  to  tor- 
inent;  to  torture. 

Crudelis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
cruel;  (fr.  crudus,)  hence, 


19 


218 


'^^       CRUDELITER CYCLADES. 


Ciudeliter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
cruelly. 

Crudus,  a,  um,  adj.  (cruor,) 
properly,  full  of  blood; 
crude;  raw;  unripe, 

Cruor,  oris,  m.  blood;  gore. 
^rus,  cruris,  n,  the  leg;  (from 
the  knee  to  the  ankle.) 

Crux,  crucis,  f.  a  cross. 

Cubitus,  i,  m.,  &  Cubitum,  i, 
n.  (cubo,  to  recline^)  the 
arm,  from  the  elbow  to  the 
wrist;  a  cubit, 

Cucurri.     See  Curro. 

Cui,&Cujus,  iSee  Qui,  &  Quis. 

Culex,  icis,  m.  a  gnat. 

Culpa,  aB,  f.  a  fault ;  guilt; 
blame;  hence, 

Culpo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
blame. 

Cultellus,  i,  m.  (dim,  from  cul- 
ler,) a  lit  tie  knife;  a  knife. 

Cultus,a,  um,  part,  (colo,)  cul- 
tivated; improved;  dressed. 

Cum,  prep,  with :  adv.  the 
same  as  quum,  when: 
cum — turn,  7iot  only —  but 
also;  as  well  —  as  also. 

Cunctatio,  onis,  f.  (cunctor,) 
delaying;  a  delaying;  hesi- 
tation. 

Cunctus,  a,  um,  adj.  all;  the 
whole. 

Cumculns, i,m. a  rabbit;  a  cony. 

Cupiditas,  atis,  f.  (cupio,)  a 
wish  ;  a  desire ;  cupidity ; 
(with  moderation.) 

Cupido,  inis,  f.  desire;  (with 
eagerness.) 

Cupidus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(id.)  desirous. 


Cupiens,  tis,  part,  from 
Cupio,    ere,   ivi,  itum.    tr.  tt 

desire;  to  ivish;  to  long  for. 
Cur.      adv.    (abbreviated    for 

quare,)  why;  wherefore. 
Cura,  as,  f.  care;  anxiety. 
Cures,  ium,  f.  pi.  a  city  of  the 

Sabines. 
Curia,  ae,  f.  a  curia  or  ward; 

one   of    thirty    parts   into 

which    the   Roman   people 

were    divided;    the    senate 

house, 
Curiatii,    orum,     m.    pi.,    the 

name  of   an   Alban  tribe. 

Three    brothers    belonging 

to  this  tribe  fought  with  the 

Horatii. 
Curo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  f'^ura,) 

to  take  care  of;  to  care*  to  be 

concerned ;  to  cure  or  heal, 
Curro,   currere,   cucurri    cur- 
sum,  intr.  to  run  ;  hence, 
Currus,  us,  m.  a  chariot:  and 
Cursor,  oris,  m.  (curro,)  arun- 

ner;  also  <z  surname  yiven 

to  L,  Fapirhis. 
Cursus,  us,m.  (id.)  arunning; 

a  course; 
Curvus,  a,  um,  adj.  crooked. 
Custodia,     ae,    f.     (custos,)    a 

watch;  a  guard;  a  prison. 
Custodio,    ire,    ivi,     itum,   tr. 

(id.)   to    guard;  to  woJch; 

to  preserve;  to  keep  safely. 
Custos,  odis,  c.  a  guard;    a 

keeper. 
Cutis,  is,  f.  the  skin. 
Cyaneus,  a,  um,  adj .  dark  blue, 
Cyclades,  um.  f.  pi.  a  dustei 

of  islands  in  the  Archipela' 


CYCLOPES — DEBELLO. 


219 


go^  which  derive  their 
tiaviejroin  lying  in  a  circle. 

Cyclopes,  um.  m,  pi.  the  Cy- 
clops^  giants  of  Sicily,  liv- 
ing near  Mtna, 

Cydrius,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Cilicia. 

Cyllene,  es,  f.  a  mountain  in 
Arcadia. 

Oymba,  a3,  f.  a  boat;  a  skiff;  a 
canoe. 

Cymbalum,  i,  n.  «  cyvihal. 

Cynicus  i,  m.  a  Cynic.  The 
Cynics  were  a  sect  of  phi- 
losophers founded  by  Antis- 
thenes. 

Cynoceplialge,  arum,  f.  pi. 
small  hills  near  Scotussa, 
in  Thessaly. 

Cynocephali,  orum,  m.  pi.  a 
people  of  India  with  heads 
like  dogs. 

Cynocephalus,  i,  m..  an  Egyp- 
tian deity. 

Cynossema,  atis, n.  apromon- 
tory  of  Thrace,  near  Sestos, 
where  queen  HecUba  was 
buried. 

Cynthus,  i,  m.  a  hill  near  the 
town  of  Delos. 

Cyrenae,  arum,  f,  pi.  Cyrene,  a 
city  of  Africa,  the  capital 
of  Cyreriaica. 

Cy^enaica,  £e,  f.  a  country  in 
the  northern  part  of  Africa, 
so  called  from  its  capital, 
Cyrence.. 

Cyrenasus,  a,  um,  adj.  Cyre- 
nean;  belonging  to  CyrencB. 

Cyrenensis,  e,  adj.  Cyrenean; 
of  CyrlTicB. 


Cyrnus,  i,  f.  a  Greek  name  of 
the  island  of  Corsica. 

Cyrus,  i,  m.  Cyrus,  the  name 
of  a  Persian  king, 

Cyzicus,  i,  f.  the  name  of  an 
island,  near  Mysia,  contain- 
ing a  town  of  the  same 
name, 

D. 

Daedalus,  i,  m.  an  ingenious 
Athenian  artist,  the  son  of 
Euphemus. 

Damno,  are,  avi,  alum,  tr 
(damnum,  loss;)  to  adjudge 
to  loss  of  any  kind;  to  cou' 
demn. 

Damnosus,  a,  um,  adj.  injuria 
ous;  hurtful. 

Danaus,  i,  m.  an  ancient  king 
of  Argos,  and  brother  of 
^Egyptus. 

Dandus,  a,  um,  part,  (do.) 

Dans,  tis,  part,  (do.) 

Danubius,  i,  m.  the  Danube, 
a  large  river  of  Germany, 
called  also  the  Ister,  af- 
ter its  entrance  into  Illy- 
ricum. 

Daps,  dapis,  f.  a  feast;  a  meaL 

Dardania,  se,  f.  a  country  and 
city  of  Asia  Mi?ior,  near 
the  Hellespont. 

Daturus,  a,  um,  part,  (do.) 

Datus,  a,  um,  part,  (do.) 

De,  prep,  from;  of;  concern 
ing;  on  account  of 

Dea,  se,  f.  ^  9,  4.  a^  goddess. 

Debello,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (tie 


220 


DEBEO DEDUCO. 


&  bello,)  to  'put  down  by 
war;  hence,  to  conquer;  to 
subdue, 

Debeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (de  & 
habeo,)^o  02ve;  tobeobliged; 
with  an  infinitive,  oi^^A^,  or 
should, 

Debeor,  eri,  itus  sum,  pass,  to 
be  due, 

Debilito,  are,  Svi,  atum,  tr. 
(debilis,)  to  weaken;  to  en- 
feeble, 

Debitus,  a,  um,  part,  (debeo,'^ 
due;  deserved;  owing, 

Decedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr.  (de  &  cedo,)  to 
depart;  to  retire;  to  with- 
draw; to  yield;  to  die. 

Decern,  num.  adj.  ten. 

Decemviri,  orum,  m.  pi.  de- 
cemvirSy  ten  men  appointed 
to  prepare  a  code  of  laws 
for  the  Ro7nans,  and  by 
whom  the  laws  of  the  twelve 
tables  were  formed. 

Decerno,  -cernere,  -crevi,  -cre- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  cerno,)  to 
separate  one  thi^ig  from 
another;  to  judge;  to  de- 
cide; to  fight;  to  contend; 
to  discern;  to  decree :  hel- 
ium decretum  est,  the  ma- 
nagement of  the  war  was 
decreed, 

Decerpo,  -cerp^re,  -cerpsi, 
-cerptum,tr.  (de&carpo,)^© 
pluck  off;  to  pick;  to  gather. 

Decido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  intr.  (de 
&c  cado,)  to  fall,  [yvL'.from^ 
or  doum:)  denies  decidunt, 
the  teeth  fail^  or  come  oat. 


Decimus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 
ord.  (decem,)  the  i&tith, 

Decius,  i,  m,  the  name  of  sev- 
eral Romans  distinguished 
for  their  patriotism, 

Declaro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(de  &  claro,  to  make  clear;) 
to  declare;  to  show, 

Decoctus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Decoquo,  -coquere,  -coxi,-coc- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &:  coquo,)  to 
boil  down;  to  boil, 

Decorus,a,um,  adj.  (decor,)  5e- 
coming;  handsome:  adorn* 
ed;  decorous;  beautiful, 

Decretus,  a,  um,  part,  (de- 
cerno.) 

Decresco,-crescere,-crevi,  intr. 
(de  &cresco,)  to  sink  downA 
or  subside;  to  decrease;  to'^ 
diminish;  to  fall  to  decay, 

Decumbo,  -cumbere,  -cubui, , 
intr.(de  &  cubo,)  to  lie  doivn,^ 

Decurro,  -currere,  -curri,  -cur-' 
sum,  intr.  (de  &  curro,)  to\ 
run  down;  to  flow  doivn. 

Decus,  oris,  n.  (deceo,)  an  or-j 
nament, 

Dedi.     See  Do. 

Dedidi.     See  Dedo. 

Deditio,  on  is,  f.  (dedo,)  a  giv'\ 
ing  up;  a  surrender. 

Deditus,  a,  um,  part,  (dedo.) 

Dedo,  ded  ere,  dedidi,  deditum, I 
tr.  (de  &  do,)  to  give  up;  to\ 
surrender;  to  deliver  up;  to\ 
addict  or  devote  one^s  sdf\ 

Deduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -due- 
turn,  tr.  (de  &  diico,)  to  ha(i\ 
or  draio  downivards;  to  lead\ 
forth;    to   bring:  to   Lad, 


DEFATIGO — DELINQUO. 


221 


Defati^o,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 
»fe  fatigo,)  to  weary  out;  to 
fatigue. 

Defendo,  -fendere,  -fendi,-fen- 
sum,tr.(de&fendo,obsol,  to 
hit;)  to  defend;  to  protect. 

Defensus,  a,  um,  part,  (de- 
fendo.) 

Defero,  -ferre,  -tiili,  -latum, 
tr.  irr.  (de  &  fero,)  to  bring, 
(viz :  down,  or  along;)  to 
convey;  to  proffer;  to  con- 
fer; to  give. 

Deficiens,  tis,  part,  from, 

Deficio,  -j&cere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
tr.  &  intr.  (de  &  facio,)  to 
fail;  to  abandon;  to  be 
wanting;  to  decrease;  to  be 
eclipsed;  to  revolt. 

Defieo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  (de  & 
fleo,)  to  deplore;  to  bewail; 
to  lament;  to  weep  for, 

Defluo,  -flu ere,  -fluxi,  -fluxum, 
intr.  (de  &  fluo,)  to  flow 
down, 

Defodio,  -fodere,  -fodi,  -fos- 
sum,  tr.  (de  &  fodio,  to  dig 
down;)  to  bury;  to  inter. 

Deforinitas,  atis,  f.  (deformis,) 
deformity;  ugliness. 

Defossus,a,  um,  part.(defodio.) 

Defunctus,  a,  um,  part,  firi- 
ished :  defunctus  or  defunc- 
tus vita,  dead;  from 

Defungor,-fungi,-functus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (de  &  fungor,)  to 
execute;  to  perform;  to  be 
free  from;  to  finish. 

Degens,  tis,  part,  from 

Dego,    degere,    degi,    tr.    & 


intr.  (de  &  ago,)  to  lead;  to 

to  live;  to   dwell:  degere 

astatem,  to  live. 
Degusto,  are,  avi,atum,  tr.  (de 

&  gusto,)  to  taste. 
Deinde,  adv.(de  &  inde,)  then; 

further;  after  that;  next. 
Deiotarus,  i,  m.   a  man  who 

was  made  king  of  Galatia^ 

by     the     Roman     senate, 

by  the  favor  of  Pompey, 
Dejectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Dejicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 

tr.  (de  &  jacio,)  to  throw 

or  cast  down. 
Belabor,    -labi,  lapsus    sum, 

intr.  dep.  (de  &  labor,)  to 

fall;  to  glide  down;  to  flow, 
Delatus,    a,  um,  part.(defero,) 

carried  down;  conferred, 
Delecto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 

&  lac  to,)  to  allure;  to  de-' 

light;  to  please. 
Delectus,  a,  um,  part,  (deligo,) 
Delendus,  a,  um,  part  to  be  de^ 

stroyed;  from 
Deleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (de 

&  leo,  to  daub;)  to  extin" 

guish;  to  destroy, 
Deliciae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (delicio,) 

delights;  diversions;  plea* 

sures. 
Delictum,  i,  n.  (delinquo,)  a 

neglect  of  duty;  a  fault; 

crime. 
Deligo,  -ligere,  -legi,  -lectum, 

tr.  (de  &  lego,)  to  select;  to 

choose. 
Delinquo,-linquere,  -nqui,-lic- 

tum,  tr.  ^de  &  linquo,)  to 


222 


DELPHICUS — DEPULSO. 


fail  in  duty;  to  offend;  to 
do  wrong, 

.Delphicus, a, um,  adj.  Delphic, 
belonging  to  Delyhi. 

Delphi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  town  of 
Phocis,  famous  for  the  tem- 
ple and  oracle  of  Apollo, 

Delphinus,  i,  m.  a  dolphin. 

Delta,  88,  f.  a  part  of  Egypt, 
so  called  from  its  resem- 
blance to  the  Greek  letter 
delta,  A. 

Delubrum,  i,  n.  (deluo,  to  pu- 
rify;) a  temple;  a  shrine, 

Delus  or  -os,  i,  f.  an  island  in 
the  Mgean  sea;  the  birth 
place  of  Apollo  and  Diana, 

Demaratus,  i,  m.  a  Corinthian, 
father  of  the  elder  Tarquin. 

Demergo,  -mergere,  -mersi, 
-mersum,  tr.  (de  &  mergo,) 
to  plunge;  to  sink, 

Demersus,  a,  um,  part. 

Demetrius,  i,  m.  a  Greek  pro- 
per name. 

Demissus,  a,  um,  part,  cast 
down;  descending;  from 

Demitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (de  &  mitto,)  to 
send  down;  to  let  down;  to 
drop, 

Democritus,  i,  m.  a  Grecian 
philosopher, born  at  Abdera, 

Demonstro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(de  &  monstro,)  to  point 
out;  to  shew;  to  demon- 
strate; to  prove, 

Demosthenes,  is,  m.  the  most 
celebrated  of  the  Athenian 
orators, 

Demum,  adv.  at  length;  rwt 


till  then;  at  last;  ojily;  in 

fine. 
Deni,  se,  a,  dis.  num.  adj.  pi 

every  ten;  ten;  by  tens, 
Dexiique,  adv.  finally;  at  last. 
Dens,  tis,  m.  a  tooth, 
Densus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 

thick, 
Dentatus,  i,  m.   (Siccius,)   a 

brave  Roman  soldier, 
Denuntio   or   -do,    are,    avi, 

atum,  tr.   (de    &   nuntio,) 

prop,  to    make    known;   to 
foreshow;    to  proclaim;  to 

declare;  to  de7iounce, 
Depascor,  -pasci,  -pastus  sum, 

tr.  dep.  (de  &  pascor,)  to 
feed  upon;  to   eat  up;    to 
feed. 
Depingo,-  pingere,-pinxi,-pic- 

tum,  tr.  (de  &  pingo,)  to 

paint;    to   depict;   to    de- 
scribe; to  exhibit. 
Deplore,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 

&   ploro,)    to   deplore;    to 

weep  for;  to  mourn, 
Depono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 

tum,  tr.   (de  &;  pono,)  to 

lay  down  or  aside, 
Depopulatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Depopulor,    ari,    atus    sum, 

tr.  dep.  (de  &  popiilus,)  to 

lay  waste, 
Deporto,  are,    avi,  atum,  tr. 

(de  &  porto,)  to  carry  down, 
Deprehendo,-prehendere,-pre- 

hendij-prehensum,  tr.    (de 

and  prehendo,)  to  seize;  to 

catch;  to  detect, 
Deprehensus,  a,  um,  part. 
Depulso,  are,   avi,  atum,  tr. 


DESCBNDO DEVOLO. 


223 


freq.  (de  &  pulso,)  to  -push 
away;  to  keep  off;  to  repel. 

bescendo,  -scendere,  -scendi, 
-scensam,  intr.  (de  &  scan- 
do,)  to  descend  :  in  certa- 
men  descendere,  to  ejigage 
in  a  contest :  descenditur 
imp,  one  descends;  we  de- 
sz.z7id;  t76.  Note. 
V  Describo,  -scribere,  -scripsi, 
scriptum,  tr.  (de  &  scribo,) 
prop,  to  write  down;  to  de- 
scribe; to  divide;  to  order, 

Desero,-serere,-serui,-sertum, 
tr.  (de  &  sero,)  to  desert;  to 
forsake;  to  abandon :  (op- 
posite of  sero,  §  91,  3.) 

Desertum,  i,  n.  a  desert :  from 

Desertus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
(comp.)  deserted;  waste; 
desolate;  desert. 

Desiderium,  i,  n.  (desidero  to 
desire:)  a  longing  for;  a 
desire;  love;  affection;  re- 
gret; grief 

Desino,  sinere,  sivi,  and  sii 
sTturn,  intr.  (de  &  sino,)  to 
leave  off;  to  terminate;  to 
cease;  to  end;  to  renounce. 
Note — An  ace.  after  this 
verb  is  governed  by  an  in- 
finitive understood. 

Desperatus,  a,  um,  part.  & 
adj.  comp.  despaired  of; 
past  hope;  desperate;  hope- 
less :  from 

Despero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(de  &  spero,)  to  despair : 
^  91,  3. 

Desponsatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Desponso,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 


freq.  (despondeo,)  to  pro^ 
mise  in  marriage;  to  be* 
troth;  to  affiance, 

Destino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
prop,  to  fix;  to  destine;  to  ap- 
point; to  resolve;  to  aim  at. 

Desum,  -esse,  -fui,  intr.  irr. 
(de  &;sum,)  to  be  wanting; 
^91,3. 

Deterior,  adj.  com  par.  (sup. 
deterrimus,  §  26,4,)  worst. 

Deterreo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (de 
&  ieueo,)  to  frighten  from, 
to  deter, 

Detestor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (de  &  tester,)  to  call 
to  vjitness;  to  wish  (as  a 
curse):  to  deprecate;  to  dC" 
test, 

Detractus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Detraho,  -trahere,  -traxi,-trac- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  traho,)  to 
draw  down  or  aivay;  to 
draw  off;  to  take  from, 

Detrimentum,  i,  n.  (detero,) 
detriment;  damage;  harm* 
loss, 

Deus,  i,  m.  God;  a  god,   . 

Deveho,  -vehere,  -vexi,  -vec- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  veho,)  to 
carry  down,  or  away, 

Devexus,  a,  um,  adj.  sloping; 
inclining, 

Devictus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Devinco,  -vincere,  -vici,  -vic- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  vinco,)  to 
conquer;  to  subdue;  to  over* 
come. 

Devolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(de  &  volo,)  to  fly  down;  to 
fly  away. 


1>24 


PEVORO DILIGO. 


Devoro.  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (de 
and  voro,)  to  devour;  to 
eat  up, 

Devotus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Devoveo,  -vovere,  -vovi,  -vo- 
tum,  tr.  (de  &  v('Veo,)  to 
vow;  to  devote;  to  conse- 
crate. 

Dexter,  era,  erum,  or  ra,  rum, 
§  20,  3.  adj.  right;  on  the 
right  hand.     See  §  26,  2. 

Dextra,  se,  f.  the  right  hand. 

Diadema,  atis,  n,  a  diadem  ; 
a  white  fillet  worn  upon 
the  heads  of  kings. 

Diagoras,  ae,  m.  a  Rhodian 
ivho  died  of  excessive  joy^ 
because  his  three  sons  were 
victorious  at  the  Olympic 
games. 

Diana,  se,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Jupiter  and  LatOna,  and 
sister  of  Apollo. 

Dico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
consecrate;  to  dedicate;  from 

Dico,  dicere,  dixi,  dictum,  tr. 
to  say;  to  name;  to  call. 

Dictator,  oris,  m.  a  dictator; 
a  chief  magistrate^  elected 
on  special  occasions,  and 
vested  with  absolute  autho- 
rity; from 

Dicto,  are,  avi,  atum,  freq. 
to  say  often;  to  dictate. 

Dictum,  i,  n.  (dico,)  a  word; 
an  expressio?u 

Dictus,  a,  um,  part,  (dico.) 

Dies,  ei,  m.  or  f.  in  sing.,  m. 
in  pi.,  a  day;  in  dies,  dai- 
ly; every  day. 


Differens,  tis,  adj.  different, 
differing;  from 

Djifero,  difFerre,  distuli,  dila- 
tum,  tr.  &  intr.  irr.  (dis  & 
fero,)  to  carry  apart,  or  in 
different  directions  *  to  car- 
ry up  and  down;  lo  scat- 
ter; to  disperse;  to  spread 
abroad:  to  publish;  to  de- 
fer; to  be  different. 

Difficile,  adv.  (ius,  lime,)  diffi- 
cultly; with  difficulty;  from 

Difficiljs,  e,  adj.  comp.  (dis 
&  facilis,)  difficult;  ^Ql,  2. 
Obs.  1,  hence, 

Difficultas,  atis,  f.  difficulty, 
trouble;  poverty. 

Digitus,  i,  m.  a  finger;  a  fin 
ger''s  breadth. 

Dignatus,  a,  um,  part,  (dig 
nor,)  vouchsafing;  thought 
worthy. 

Dignitas,  atis,  f.  (dignus,)  dig^ 
nity;  office;  honor. 

Dignor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  think  worthy;  to  vouch- 
safe; to  deign;  from 

Dignus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issT- 
mus,)  worthy. 

Dilanio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(dis  &  lanio,)  to  tear  or 
rend  in  pieces. 

Diligenter,  adv.  (iiis,  issTm^,) 
diligently  ;  carefully  ;  fr. 
diiigens. 

Diligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum,tr. 
(dis  &  lego,)  to  select  care- 
fully; to  esteem  a  thing  for 
its  value;  hence,  to  love. 
See  amo. 


niMICATlO DISSERU. 


225 


W 


Dimicafio,  5nis,  f.  a  fight;  a 
contest;  a  battle;  from 

Dimico,  are,  avi,  (or  ui,) 
atum,  intr.  (dis  &  mico, 
to  glitter^  to  fight:  viz., 
with  swords  gleaming : 
dimicatum  est,  a  ia^^Ze  Zi?a5 
fofiight. 

Dimiss'is,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Eimitto  -mittere,  mlsi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (dis  &  mitto,)  to 
send  away;  to  dismiss;  to 
let  go, 

Diogenes,  is,  m.  an  eminent 
Cynic  'philosopher^  horn  at 
SinOpe,  a  city  of  Asia  Mi- 
nor, 

Diomedes,  is,  m.  a  Grecian 
warrior;  also,  a  cruel  king 
of  Thrace, 

Dionysius,  i.  m.  the  name  of 
tivo  tyrants  of  Syracuse, 

Dirempttirus,  a,  um,  part, 
dirimo,)  about  to  decide, 

Direptus,  a,  um,  part,  (diripio.) 

Dirimo,-  imere,-emi,-emptum, 
tr.  (dis  &  emo,)  properly, 
to  take  one  thing  frora  an- 
other :  to  divide;  to  part; 
to  separate;  to  decide, 

Diripio,-ripere,-ripui,- reptum, 
tr.  (dis  &  rapio,)  to  tear 
asunder;  to  rob;  to  plunder; 
to  pillage;  to  destroy. 

Diruo,-  ruere,-  rui,-  riitum,  tr. 
(dis  &  ruo,)  to  pull  down; 
to  overthrovj;  to  raze;  to 
destroy. 

Dirus,  a,  urc,  adj.  frightful; 
terrible;  direful;  ominous, 

Diriitus,  a,  um,  part,  (diruo.) 


Discedo,-cedere-cessi  cessum. 
intr.  (dis  &  cedo,)  to  go 
aioay;  to  depart, 

Discerpo,  -cerpere,  -cerpsi, 
cerptum,  tr.  (dis  &  carpo,^ 
to  tear  asunder,  or  in 
pieces, 

Discerptus,  a,  um,  part,  (dis- 
cerpo.) 

Discipulus,  i,  m.  (disco,)  a 
pupil;  a  scholar. 

Disco,  discere,  didici,  tr.  to 
learn, 

Discordia,  se,  f.  (discors,  dis  & 
cor,)  discord;  disagreemeiit; 
the  Goddess  Discord, 

Discordo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(id.)  to  differ  in  feeling;  to 
he  at  variance;  to  differ, 

Discrepo,  are,  avi,  or  ui,  itum, 
intr.  (dis  &  crepo,)  to  dif- 
fer in  sound;  to  differ;  to 
disagree, 

Disert^,  adv.  (i^s  issime,) 
clearly;  eloquently. 

Disputatio,  onis,  f.  a  dispute, 
a  discourse;  a  discussion; 
from 

Disputo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(dis  &  puto,)  to  he  of  oppo- 
site sentiments;  hence,  to 
dispute;  to  discuss;  to  dis* 
course, 

Dissemino,  are,  Svi,  atum,  tr. 
(dis  &  semino,)  to  spread 
abroad;  to  scatter;  to  pro' 
mitigate, 

Dissero,  -serere,  -serui,  -ser» 
tum,  tr.  (dis  &  sero,  to 
plait;)  to  unplait;  ^  91,  2. 
to   disentangle;  hence,   to 


220 


DISSIDIUM DOMICILTUM. 


explain;  to  disccnirse;  to 
reason;  to  debate;  to  say.  . 

Dissidium,  i,  n.  (dissideo,)  a 
disagreement;  a  dissension. 

Dissimilis,  e,  adj.  (comp.  <5>  26, 
1,)  U7ilike;  dissimilar;  fr. 
dis  &  similis. 

Distans,  tis,  part.(disto,)5^a?2^- 
ing  asunder;  differing;  dis- 
tant; bei?ig  divided. 

Distinguo,  -stinguere,  -stinxi, 
stinctum,  tr.  (di  &  stinguo,) 
to  distinguish,  (viz :  by 
marks;)  to  mark;  to  adorn; 
to  variegate;  to  spot;  to 
sprinkle. 

Disto,  stare,  intr.  (di  &  sto,) 
intr.  to  stand  apart;  to  be 
distant;  to  be  divided;  to 
differ. 

Distribuo,-tribuere,-tribui,-tri- 
butum,  (dis  &  tribuo,)  to 
distribute;  to  divide. 

Ditis,  e,  adj  ,(ior,  issimus,)  rich. 

Diu,  adv.  (utius,  utissimti,) 
(dies,)  long;  for  a  long  time. 

Diurnus,a,um,adj.(id.)  daily. 

Diutinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (diu,) 
continual;   long  continued. 

Diuturnitas,  atis,  f.  lo7ig  con- 
tinuance; duration;  from 

Diuturnus,  a,  um,  adj.  (diu,) 
Jong;  lasting;  ior,  ^  26,  6. 

Divello,  -vellere,-velli,  or  -vul- 
si,  -vulsum,  tr.  (di  &  vello,) 
to  pull  asunder;  to  sepa- 
rate; to  disjoin;  to  tear  off. 

Diversus,  a,  um,  adj.  part.  (fr. 
diverto,)  turned  different 
ways;  different. 


Dives,  itis,  ^di].  rich;  wealthy, 
fertile;  fruitful. 

Divido,  dividere,  divisi,  divi- 
sum,  tr.  (di  &  iduo,  obsol.  to 
divide;)  to  divide;  tosepa" 
rate;  to  distribute. 

Divinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp/ 
divine;  heavenly;  from  divus. 

DivTsus,  a,  um,  part,  (divido.) 

Divitias,  arum,  f.  pi.  (dives,) 
riches;  wealth. 

Divulsus,  a,  um,  part,  (divello.) 

Do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  tr.  to 
give;  to  grant;  to  surren- 
der :  poenas,  to  suffer  pun- 
ishment .-crimini,  to  impute 
as  a  crime;  to  accuse :  finem, 
to  terminate:  nomen,  to 
give  name. 

Doceo,  ere,ui,  tum,  tr.  toteach, 

Docilitas,  atis,  f.  (doceo,)  do- 
cility; teachableness. 

Doctrina,  ae,  f.(doceo,)  instruc- 
tion; education;  doctrine. 

Doctus,  a,  um,  part  &  adj. 
comp.  (doceo,)  taught; 
learned, 

Dodona,  as,  f.  a  toion  and  for- 
est of  EplruSj  where  were  a 
temple  a7id  oracle  of  Jupiter, 

Doleo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  grieve, 
to  sorrow;  to  be  in  pain. 

Dolor,  oris,  m.  (doleo,)  pain; 
sorrow;  grief. 

Dolus,  i,  m.  a  device;  a  trick; 
a  stratagem;  guile;  artifice. 

Domesticus,  a,  um,  adj.  (do- 
mus;)  domestic. 

Domicilium,  i,  n.  (id.)  a  habi- 
tation; a  house;  an  abode. 


DOMINA ECCE. 


227 


Domina,  ae,  f.  (dominus,)  a 
inistress. 

Dommatio,  onis,  f.  govern- 
ment; absolute  power;  do- 
ininion;  usurpation;  despo- 
tism; from 

Dominus,  i,  m.  (domus,)  mas- 
ter; owner;  lord, 

Domitus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Domo,  are,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to  sub- 
due; to  tame;  to  overpower; 
to  conquer;  to  vanquish, 

Domus,  us,  &  i,  f.  ^IQ',  a 
house :  domi,  at  home;  do- 
mo, from  home :  domum, 
home. 

Donee,  adv.  until;  as  long  as. 

Dono,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr,  (do- 
num,)  to  give  freely;  to 
preseiit. 

Donum,  i,  n.  (do.)  a  free  gift; 
an  offering;  a  present. 

Dormio,  ire,  Ivi,  itum,  intr.  to 
sleep. 

Dorsum,  i,  n.  the  back. 

Dos,dotis,  f.  aportion;  a  dowry. 

Draco,  onis,  m.  a  dragon;  a 
species  of  serpent. 

Druid  ae,  arum,  m.  pi.  Druids^ 
priests  of  the  ancient  Bri- 
tons arid  Gauls. 

Dubitatio,  onis,  f,  a  doubt; 
hesitation;    question;  from 

Dubito,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(dubius,)  to  hesitate;  to 
doubt. 

Ducenti,  ae,  a,  num.  adj.  pi. 
two  hundred. 

Duco,  cere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  to 
lead;  to  conduct :  uxorem, 
to  take  a  loife  ;  to  marry  : 


exequias,  to  perform.  fuTie^ 

ral  rites :  murum,  to  build 

a  wall. 
Ductus,    a,  um,  part.  led. 
Duillius,  i,  m.  (Caius,)  a  Ro' 

man  commander^  who  first 

conquered  the  Carthagini' 

ans  in  a  naval  engagement, 
Dulcis,  e,  adj.  (ior,   issimus,) 

sweet;  pleasant. 
Dum,    adv.    &    conj.    while; 

whilst;  as  long  as;  until. 
Duo,  ae,  o,  num,  adj.  pi.  ^  24, 

3.  two. 
Duodecim,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi. 

(duo    &    decem,)    twelve; 

hence, 
Duodecimus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 

ord.  the  twelfth. 
Duodeviginti,  num.  adj.  ind. 

pi.  (duo,  de  &  viginti,§24, 

1,)  eighteen. 
Duritia,  ae,  &  Durities,  ei,  f. 

hardness;  from 
Durus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) hard;  severe;  harsh; 

unfavorable. 
Dux,  cis,  c.  (duco,)  a  leader; 

a  guide;  a  commander, 

E. 

E,  ex,   prep,   out  of;  from; 

of;  among. 
Ea. '   See  Is. 
Ebibo,  -bibere,  -bibi,  -bibitum, 

tr.  (e  &  bibo,)  to  drink  up, 
Ebrietas,    atis,     f.     (ebrius,) 

drunkenness. 
Ebur,  oris,  n,  ivory. 
Ecce,  int.  See!  lot  behold! 


228 


EDICO ELE  U  SI  Nil. 


Edico,  -dicere,  -dixi,  -dictum, 
ir.  (e  &  dico,)  to  proclaim; 
to  announce;  to  publish;  to 
order. 

Edidi.     See  Edo. 

Editiis.  a,  urn,  part,  puhlished; 
uttered;  produced;  from 

Edo,-dere,-didi,-ditum,  tr.  (e 
&  do,)  to  give  out;  to  pub- 
lish; to  cause;  to  occasion; 
to  produce;  to  make  :  spec- 
taculum  edere,  to  give  an 
exhibition, 

Edo,  edere  or  esse,  edi,  esum, 
tr.  irr.  ^  83,  9,  to  eat;  to 
consume, 

Educatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Educo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (e  & 
duco,)  to  bring  up;  to  edu- 
cate; to  instruct, 

Educo,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,tr.  (e  &  duco,)  to  lead 
forth,  to  bring  forth;  to 
produce;  to  draw  out. 

Efficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
tr.  (e  &  facio,)  to  effect;  to 
make;  to  form;  to  cause;  to 
accomplish. 

Effigies,  iei,  f.  (efRngo,)  an 
image;  an  effigy. 

Efflo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (e  & 
&  flo,)  to  breathe  out:  ani- 
mam,  to  die;  to  expire, 

Effugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  tr.  &  intr.  (e  &  fugio,) 
to  fly  from;  to  escape;  to  flee. 

EfTundo,  -fundere,  -fudi,  -fu- 
sum,  tr.  (e  &  fundo,)  to 
pour  out;  to  spill;  to  dis- 
charge; to  waste;  to  over- 
Jlow;  to  extend  or  spread. 


Effusus,  a,  um,  part,  poured 
out;  toasted. 

Egeria,  as,  f.  a  nymph  of  the 
Aricinian  grove  ^  and  from 
whom  Numa  pi'ofessed  to 
receive  iiistructions  respect' 
ing  religious  rites, 

Egero,-gerere,-gessi,-gestura., 
tr.  (e  &  gero,)  to  carry  out; 
to  cast  forth;  to  throw  out. 

Egestus,  a,  um,  part. 

Egi.     See  Ago. 

Ego,  mei,  subs.  pro.  /;  ^  28. 

Egredior,-gredi,-gressus  sum, 
intr.  dep.(e&gradior,)  to  go 
out;  to  overflow;  to  go  beyojidj 

Egregie,  adv.  in  a  distin- 
guished manner;  excellent- 
ly; famously;  from 

Egregius,   a,  um,  adj.   (e  & 
grex,)  properly,  chosen  from 
the  flock;    hence,    distin- 
guished; eminent;  choice, 

Egressus,  a,  um,  part,  (egre- 
dior.) 

Ejusmodi,  pro.  (genitive  of  is 
&  modus,)  such;  such  like; 
of  the  same  sort, 

Elabor,-labi,-lapsus  sum,  intr. 

dep.  (e  &  labor,)   to  glide 

away;  to  escape, 

E  laps  us,  a,  um,  part,  having 
passed, 

Elephantis,  idis,  f.  an  island 
and  city  in  the  southern 
part  of  Egypt, 

Elephantus,  i  &  Elephas  an- 
tis,  m.  an  elephant, 

Eleusinii,    orum,    m.  pi.    the 
EleusiniaTis;    the   inhabit 
ants  of  Eleusis, 


ELEUSIS — EPISTOLA. 


229 


Eleusis  &  -in,  inis,  f.  a  town 
of  Attica^  sacred  to  Ceres. 

Elido,  -lidere,  -llsi,  -lisum,  tr. 
(e  &  Isedo,)  to  strike  out;  to 
dash  in  'pieces;  to  crush. 

E]igo,-ligere,-legi,-lectum,  tr. 
(e  &  lego,)  to  pick  out;  to 
choose;  to  select. 

Eloquens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
musj  (eloquor,)  eloquent. 

Eloqueiitia,  ae,  f.  (id.)  elo- 
quence. 

Eloquor,  '15qui,  -locutus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (e  &  loquor,)  to 
speak  out;  to  say;  to  de- 
clare; to  tell. 

Eluceo,-lucere,-luxi,  intr.  (e 
&  luceo,)  to  shine  forth. 

Emergo,  -mergere,  -mersi, 
-mersum,  intr.  (e  &  mer- 
go^)to  emerge;  to  come  out; 
to  rise  up. 

Emineo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (e  & 
mineo,  obsol.  to  stand  or 
appear  above;  hence,)  to  he 
eminent;  to  rise  above;  to 
be  conspicuous;  to  be  dis- 
tinguished; to  appear. 

Emitto,  -inittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (e  &  mitto,)  to 
send  forth;  to  discharge. 

Emo,  emere,  emi,  emptum, 
tr.  primarily,  to  take  :  com- 
monly, to  bicy;  to  purchase. 

Emorior,-m6ri,  or  moriri,-mor- 
tuus  sum,  intr.  dep.  to  die. 

Emptus,  a,  um,  part,  (emo.) 

Enascor,  -nasci,  -natus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  spring  from, 
or  up;  to  he  horn;  to  arise. 


Enatus,  a,  um,  part,  born  of. 
Eneco,-necare,-necavi  or  -ne- 

cui,-necatun),  tr.  (e  &  ne- 

co,)  to  kill  [outright.) 
Enervo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

unnerve,  or  enervate;  to  en* 

feeble;  to  iveaken. 
Enim,  conj.  for;  but;   truly; 

indeed, 
Enna,  ae,  f.  a  toivn  of  Sicily. 
Ennius,  i,   m.  a  very  ancient 

Roman  poet. 
Enuntio,  or-cio,  are,  avi,  atum, 

tr.  (e  &  nuntio,  or-cio,)  to 

say,   or    tell   out;    to  pro- 
claim;   to  disclose;    to  di' 

vulge. 
Eg,   ire,   ivi„   itum,  intr.  irr. 

«  83,,3,  to  go. 
E6.  adv.  (i.  e.  eo  loco,)  thither; 

to    that   degree;    to    that 

pitch;    to   that    degree  of 

eminence. 
Eous,  i,  m.  the  morning  star. 
Eous,  a,  um,  adj.  eastern;  the 

eastern. 
Epaminondas,  ae,  m.  «  distiw 

guished  Theban  general. 
Ephesus,  i,   m.  a  city  on  the 

western  coast  of  Ionia,  near 

the  river  Cayster. 
Ephialtes,  is.  a  giant,  the  son 

of  Neptune,  or  of  Aloeiis 

and  brother  of  Otos. 
Epimenides,  is,  m.  a  poet  of 

Gnossus,  in  Crete. 
Epirus,  i,  i.  a  caicntry  in  the 

western  part  of  Greece. 
Epistola,    se,  f.  an  epistle;  a 

letter. 


20 


230 


Ef'ULOR EURO?  A. 


Epulor,  an,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep,  to  feast;  to  feast  wpon; 
to  eat;  from 

Epulum,  i,  n.  sing.,  &  Epiilae, 
arum,  f.  pi.  a  solemn  feast ; 
a  banquet;  a  feast,  k  18,  6. 

Eques,  itis,  m.  (equus,)  a 
knight;  a  liorseman :  equi- 
tes,  pi.  knights;  horsemen; 
cavalry. 

Eqindem,  conj.  (ego  &  qui- 
dem,)  indeed;  I  for  my 
part;  (joined  mostly  with 
verbs  of  the  first  person.) 

Equitatus,  us,  m.  (equito,)  cav- 
alry. 

Equus,  i,.,m.  a  horse. 

Eram,  Ero,  &c.  See  Sum,  ^  54. 

Ereptus,  a,  um,  part,   (eripio.) 

Erga,  prep,  towards. 

Ergo,  conj.  therefore. 

Erinaceus,  i,  m.  a  hedgehog. 

Eripio,  -ripere,  -ripui,  -reptum, 
tr.  (e  &  rapio,)  to  tear  from; 
to  take  from;  to  rescue;  to 
take  away;  to  deliver. 

Erro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
wander:  to  err;  to  stray; 
to  roam. 

Erodo,  -rodere,  -rosi,  -rosum, 
tr.  (e  &  rodo,)  to  gnavj 
away;  to  consume;  to  eat 
into. 

Erudio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (e  & 
rudis,)  to  free  from  a  rude 
state;  hence,  to  instruct;  to 
form;  hence, 

Eruditio,  onis,  f.  instruction; 
learning.  ^''- 

Eruditus,  a,  um,  part,  (erudio.) 

Esse.  Essem,  &c.     See  Sum. 


Esuriens,  tis,  part,  hungry,  de^ 
ing  hungry;  from 

Esurio,  ire,  ivi,  Itum,  intr.  to 
he  hungry. 

Et,  conj.  and;  also;  even  :  et 
—  et,  both  —  and. 

Etiam,  conj.  (et  &  jam,)  also, 
especially;  with  an  adjec- 
tive or  adverb  in  the  com- 
parative degree,  even. 

Etruria,  as,  f.  a  country  of  It- 
aly^  north  a?id  west  of  the 
Tiber;    Tuscany. 

Etrusci,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  peo- 
ple of  Etruria;  the  Tuscans 
or  Etrurians. 

Etruscus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong' 
ing  to  Etruria;  Tuscan  or 
Etrurian. 

Euboea,  se,  f.  a  large  island  in 
the  Mgean  sea,  near  Bmotia. 

Eumenes,  is,  m.  a  general  in 
Alexander  s  army;  also,  the      ? 
name  of  several  kings  of 
Pergamus. 

Euns,  for  iens,  part,  of  eo. 

Euphemus,  i,  m.  the  father  of 
Bceddlus. 

Euphrates,  is,  m,  a  large  river 
ivhich  forms  the  western 
boundary  of  Mesopotamia. 

Euripides,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  tragic  poet. 

Euripus,  i,  m.  a  narrow  strait 
between  Bosotia  aiid  Euboea. 

Europa,  ae,  f.  Europe,  one  of  the 
quarters  of  the  earth,  sup- 
posed to  have  been  named 
from  Europa,  the  daughter 
of  Agenory  king  of  Fh(£- 
nicia. 


EUEOTAS — EXCOLO 


231 


Eurotas,  as,  m.  a  river  of  'La- 
coma^  near  Sparta. 

Euxinus,  i,  m.  hova  Mv^Eivog, 
(hospitable^)  (pontus,)  the 
Euxine,  now  the  Black  Sea, 

Evado,  -vadere,  -vasi,  -vasum, 
tr.  &  intr.  (e  fevaflo,)  to  go 
out;  to  escape;  to  become, 

Everto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sum,  tr.  (e  &  verto,)  to 
overturn;  to  destroy, 

Eversus,  a,  um,  part,  over' 
turned;  destroyed, 

Evoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (e  & 
voco,)  to  call  out;  to  sum- 
vion;  to  implore. 

Evolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  (e 
&  volo,)  tojiy  out  or  away, 

Ev6mo,-vomere,-vornui,-vom- 
itum,  tr.  (e  &  vomo,)  to 
vomit  forth;   to  discharge. 

Ex, prep,  (before  a  vowel)  See  E 

Exactus,  a,  um,  part,  (exigo,) 
banished;  driven  away, 

Exasquo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 
&  aequo,)  to  make  equal;  to 
equal, 

Exanimo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  anima,)  to  deprive 
of  life;  to  kill;  to  render 
lifeless, 

Exardesco,  -ardescere,  -arsi, 
intr.  inc.  to  burn;  to  become 
inflamed;  to  kindle;  to  be- 
come excited;  to  be  enraged : 
bellum  exarsit,  a  war  broke 
out, 

Exaspero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  and  aspero,  to  make 
rough;  fr.  asper,)  to  exas- 
perate; to  incense. 


Excaeco,   are,    avi,    atum,    tr. 

(ex&caBCUS,)  tomakeblind; 

to  blind, 
Excedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 

sum,  intr.    (ex  &  cedo,)  to 

go  forth ^  or  out;  to  depart; 

tr.  to  exceed;  to  surpass;  to  go 

beyond, 
Excello,  -cellere,  -cellui,  -eel- 
sum,  intr.  (ex  &  cello,  ob- 

sol.  to  move;)  to  be  high; — 

to  excel;  to  be  eminent. 
Excelsus,  a,  um,  adj.    (comp. 

excelsior,)  high;  lofty, 
Excidium,   i,    n.    destruction; 

ruin;  from 
Excido,-cidere,-cidi,  intr.  (ex 

&  cado,)  ^0  fall  out  ox  from; 

to  fall;  to  drop;  to  perish, 
Excido,  -cidere,  -cidi,    cisum, 

tr.  (ex  &  caedo,)  to  act  out; 

to  cut  down;  to  hew  out, 
Excisus,  a,  um,  part. 
Excipio,  -cipere,   -cepi,  -cep- 

tum,   tr.    (ex  &  capio,)  to 

take  out;   to  except;  to  re- 

ceive;  to  support;  to  follow; 

to  succeed;  to  sustaifri, 
Excitandus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
ExcTto,    are,    avi,    atum,    tr. 

freq.    (excieo,)    to   excite ; 

to  aivaken;    to    arouse;   to 

stir  up, 
Exclamo,  are,   avi,  atum,  tr. 

(ex  &  clamo,)   to  cry  out; 

to  exclaim, 
Excludo,  -cludere,  -clusi,-clu- 

sum,  tr.  (ex  &  claudo,)  to 

shut  out;   to   exclude;   to 

hatch, 
,  Excoloj-colere,  -colui,-Gultum, 


232 


EXCRUCIO EXPEDIO. 


tr.  (ex  &  colo,)  to  cultivate; 
to  exercise. 

Excrucio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  crucio,)  to  torture; 
to  torment;  to  trouble; 
^91,4. 

Exciibiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (excu- 
bo,)  a  guard;  a  ivatch;  a  sen- 
tinel; (generally  by  night.) 
See  vigilia  &  statio. 

Excusatio,  onis,  f.  (excuso,) 
an  excusing;  an  excuse;  an 
apology. 

Exedo,  -edere  &  esse,  -edi, 
-esum,  tr.  irr.  (ex  &  edo, 
^  83,  9)  to  eat;  to  eat  up; 
to  devozir. 

Exemplum,  i,  n.  an  example; 
an  i7istance. 

Exequiae.     See  ExsequiaB. 

Exerceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (ex 
&  arceo,)  to  exercise;  to 
train;  to  discipline;  to 
practice  :  agrum,  to  culti- 
vate the  earth. 

Exercitus,  {is,  m.  an  army;  {a 
body  of  discipliiied  troops.) 

Exhaurio,  -haurire,-  hausi, 
-haustUKi,  tr.(ex  &  haurio,) 
to  draw  out;  to  exhaust;  to 
drain;  to  wear  out;  to  im- 
poverish. 

Exigo,  -igere,  -egi,  -actum,  tr. 
(ex  &  ago,)  to  drive  away; 
to  banish. 

Exiguus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
little;  small;  scanty;  see 
parvus. 

Exilis,  e,  adj.(exilior,  ^  26,  1,) 
slender;  small;  thin. 

Exilium,  and   exsilium,  i,  n. 


(ex  &  solum,)  exile;  banish* 
ment. 

Eximie,  adv.  remarkably;  ve- 
ry; from 

Eximius,  a,  um,  adj.  (eximo,) 
extraordinary;  remarkable, 

Existimatio,  onis,  f.  opinion; 
reputation;  respect;  from 

Existimo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  Eestimo,)  to  judge^  ox 
think;  to  imagine;  to  sup' 
pose. 

Exitium,  i,  n.  (exeo,)  properly 
issue;  end:  usually  destruc- 
tioji;  ruin. 

Exitus,  {is,  m.  (id.)  an  exit; 
the  eve7it;  the  issue;  an 
outlet. 

Exoratus,  a,  um,  part,  (exoro,) 
entreated;  influenced;  in- 
duced. 

Exorior,-oriri,-ortus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  (ex  &  orior,)  to  rise 
up,  or  out  of;  to  arise;  to 
appear. 

Exorno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 
&  orno,)  to  adorn;  to 
deck. 

Exoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 
&  oro,)  to  entreat  or  be- 
seech earnestly.  ^  91,  4. 

Exortus,  a,  um,  part,  (exorior,) 
risen;  having  arisen. 

Expecto,  or  -specto,  are,  avi, 
atum,  tr.  (ex  &  specto,)  to 
look  for;  to  wait  for. 

Expedio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ex 
&  pes,)  properly  ?'f  take  the 
foot  out  of  confinement, 
hence,  to  free;  to  extricate, 
to  expedite :  expedit,  imp 


EXPEDITIO EXTORQUEO 


23:^ 


tt  is  fit;  it  is  expedient; 
hence, 

Expeditio,onis,f.  an  expedition 

Expel lo,  -pellere,  -puli,  -pul- 
sum,  tr.  (ex  &  peilo,)  to 
drive  out;  to  expel;  to  ban- 
ish. 

Expers,  tis,  adj.  (ex  &  pars,) 
having  no  part  i7i;  hence, 
without;  devoid;  void  of; 
destitute  of; 

Expeto,  ere,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ex 
&  poto,)  to  ask;  to  demand; 
to  strive  after;  to  seek  ear- 
nestly, 

Expio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ex 
&  pio,)  to  free  from  the  pol- 
lution of  some  crime  or  of- 
fence; to  expiate;  to  ap- 
pease, 

Expleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (ex 
&  pleo,)  to  fill  up,  to  fill 
full 

Explico,  are,  avi,  &  ui,  atum 
&  itum,  tr.  (ex  &  plico,)  to 
unfold;  to  spread;  to  ex- 
plain, 

Explorator,  oris,  m.  (exploro,) 
a  spy;  a  scout, 

Expolio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (ex  & 
polio,)  to  polish;  to  adorn; 
to  improve;  to  finish,  §  91,4. 

Expono,  ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr.  (ex  &  pono,)  to  set 
forth;  to  expose;  to  explain. 

Exprobro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  probrum,)  to  upbraid; 
to  blame;  to  reproach;  to 
cast  in  one^s  teeth, 

Expugno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ex  &  pugno,)    to  take  by 


assault:  to  conque? ;  to  vai- 
quish;  to  subdue;  to  take 
by  storm,     ^  91,  4. 

Expulsus,a,um,  part.(rxpe''o.) 

Exsequiae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (exse- 
quor, )  fimeral  rites. 

Exsilio,  or  Exilio,  ire,  ii  &Tii, 
intr.  (ex  &c  salio,)  to  spring- 
up  or  out;  to  leap  forth. 

Exspiro,  or  Expiro,  are,  avi, 
atum,  tr.  (ex  &  spiro,)  to 
breathe  forth;  to  expire;  to 
die. 

Exstinctus,  or  Extinctus,  a, 
um,  part,  dead;  from 

Exstinguo,  -stinguere,  -stinxi, 
-stinctum,  tr.  (ex  &  stin- 
guo,)  to  extiiiguish;  to  kill, 
to  put  to  death;  to  destroy, 

Exstructus,  or  Extructus,  a, 
um,  part,  from 

Exstruo,  or  Extruo,  -struere, 
struxi,  -structum,  tr.  (ex  & 
struo,)  to  build,  or  pile  up; 
to  construct, 

Exsurgo,  -surgere,  -surrexi, 
-surrectum,  intr.  (ex  &  sur- 
go,)  to  rise  up;  to  arise;  to 
swell;  to  surge, 

Exter,  or  Exterus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(exterior,  extimus  or  ex- 
tremus,  §  26,  2.)  foreign; 
strange;  outward, 

Exto,  extSre,  extiti,  intr.  (ex  & 
sto,)  to  stand  out  or  forth; 
usually  to  be;  to  remain: 
to  be  extant, 

Extorqueo,  -torquere,  -torsi, 
-tortum,  tr.  (ex  &  torqueo,) 
to  extort;  to  wrest  frovi;  to 
obtain  by  force. 


234 


EXTKA FAMILIARITAS. 


ExiTa,  prep,  (for  extera,  scil. 
pane,)  beyorid;  loithout;  ex- 
cept. 

Extractus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Extraho,  -trahere,  traxi,  -trac- 
tum,  tr.  (ex  &  traho,)  to 
draw  out;  to  extract;  to 
extricate;  to  free;  to  res- 
cue;  to  liberate, 

Extremus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup  of 
exterus,)  extreme;  the  last; 
the  farthest, 

F. 

Faba,  ae,  f.  a  bean. 

Fabius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illustriaiis  Roman  family. 

Fabricius,  i,  m.  a  Roman,  dis- 
tinguished for  his  i7Ltegrity. 

Fabnco,  are,  avi,  alum,  tr. 
(faber,)  to  make;  to  forge; 
to  manufacture, 

Fabula,  ae,  f.  (fari,)  a  story; 
a  fable;  a  tradition;  a 
play. 

Fabulosus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
( fab  u  la,)  fabulous. 

Faciendus,  a,  um,  part,  (fa- 
cio.) 

Faciens,  tis,  part,  (facio.)  • 

Facies,  iei,  f.  (facio,)  a  face; 
appearance. 

Facilfc,  adv.  (ius,  lime,)  easily; 
willingly ;  clearly ;  un- 
doubtedly; from 

Facilis,  e,  adj.  (facio,)  (comp. 
§  26,  1,)  easy. 

FacTnus,  oris,  n.  any  action;  a 
bold  deed;  a  crime;  an  ex- 
ploit; from 


Facio,  facere,  feci,  factum, 
tr.  to  do;  to  make;  to  va- 
lue :  {spoken  of  individual 
things ;)  facere  iter,  to 
travel:  male  facere,  to  in- 
jure; to  hurt :  sacra  face- 
re, to  offer  sacrifice :  face- 
re pluris,  to  value  higher: 
certiorem,  to  iyform:  fac, 
take  care;  cause;  hence, 

Factum,  i,  n.  an  action;  a 
deed. 

Facturus,  a,  um,  part,  (facio.) 

Factus,  a,  um,  part,  (facio,) 
made;  done:  facta  obvi- 
am,  meeting:  praeda  facta, 
booty    having  been  taken. 

Facundus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issunus,)  eloquent ;  from 
fari. 

Falerii,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  town 
of  Etruria. 

Falernus,  i,  m.  amou7itainof 
Campania  famous  for  its 
wine. 

Falermis,a,um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Falerrius;  Falernian. 

Falisci,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants  of  Falerii. 

Fama,  ae,  f.  fame;  reputatim; 
report. 

Famelicus,  a,  um,  adj.  hun- 
gry; famished;  from 

Fames,  is,  f.  hunger-  famine, 

Familia,  as,  f.  (famulus,)  a 
family;  servants;  hence, 

Familiaris,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  of 
the  same  family;  familiar, 
hence, 

Familiaritas,  atis,  f.  friend- 
ship; intimacy;  corifldence. 


FAMILIARITER FEROX. 


235 


Familiariter,  adv.  (ius,  is- 
slnie,)  {\di.)  familiarly;  on 
terms  of  intimacy. 

Famula,  £e,  f.  (famulus,  aserv- 
aiit ;)  a  maid;  a  female 
servantrox  slave. 

Fas,  n.  ind.  (for,)  right;  (by 
the  laws  of  religion  or  of 
God  :)  a  laioful  thing, 

Fascis,  is,  m.  a  bundle;  a  fa- 
got :  fasces,  pi.  hujidles  of 
birchen  rods,  carried  before 
the  Roman  magistrates, 
with  an  axe  bound  up  in 
the  middle  of  them, 

Fatalis,  e,  adj.  (fatum,)  jTa^aZ; 
ordained  by  fate, 

Fateor,  fateri,-fassus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  confess, 

Fatidicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (fatum 
&  dico,)  prophetic, 

Fatigatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Fatigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
weary, 

Fatum,  i,  n.  (for  \i,e,a  thing 
declared  or  determined;) 
fate;  destiny :  fata,  pi.  the 
fates, 

Fauce,  f.  (in  the  abl.  only,  in 
the  sing.  ^  18,  10,)  the 
throat:  pi.  fauces,  the 
throat;  the  jaws;  the  straits. 

Faustiilus,  i,  m.  the  shepherd 
by  lohom.  Romulus  and  Re- 
mits loere  brought  up. 

Faveo,  favere,  favi,  fautum, 
mtr.  to  favor;  hence. 

Favor,  oris,  m.  favor;  good 
will;  partiality;  applause. 

Febris,  is,  f.  (for  ferbis,  fr. 
ferveo,)  a  fever. 


Feci.     See  Facio. 

Felicitas,  atis,  f.  (felix,)  feJi^ 
city;  good  fortune;  happi^ 
ness. 

Feliclter,  adv.  (ius,  issTme,) 
fortunately;  successfully; 
happily, 

Felis,  is,  f.  a  cat, 

Felix,  icis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
happy ;  fortunate;  fruitful; 
fertile;  opulent;  auspicious; 
favorable, 

Femina,  ae,  f.  a  female;  a  wo" 
man, 

Femineus,  a,  um,  adj.  (femi- 
na,) female;  feminine;  per-' 
taining  to  females, 

Fera,  ae,  f.  «  ivild  beast, 

Ferax,  acis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
(iero,)  fruitful ;  productive; 
fertile;  abounding  in. 

Fere,  adv.  almost;  nearly; 
abov^t :  fere  nullus,  scarcely 
any  one. 

Ferens,  tis,  part,  (fero.) 

Ferinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (fera,)  of 
wild  beasts, 

Ferio,  ire,  tr.  to  strike^  or 
beat, 

Fero,  ferre,  tuli,  latum,  tr.  irr. 
to  bear;  to  carry;  to  relate, 
to  bring;  to  produce :  ferre 
manum,  to  stretch  forth;  to 
extend  :   ferunt,  they  say. 

Feror,  ferri,  latus  sum,  pass. 
to  be  carried;  to  fioio;  to 
move  rapidly;  to  fly:  fer- 
tur,  imp.  it  is  sail :  hence, 

Ferox,  ocis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) wild;  fierce;  savage; 
ferocious. 


236 


FKRREUS FLAGRO. 


Feneus,  a,  um,  adj.  iron ;  oh- 

d urate  ;  from 
Fernun,  i.  n.  iron;  a  sword; 

a  knife. 
Pert il is,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 

(fero,)  fertile;   fruitful; 

hence, 
Fertilitas,    atis,    f.  fertility ; 

richness;  fruitfalness. 
Ferula,  ae,  f.  (ferio,)  a  staff;  a 

reed, 
Ferus,  a,  um,  adj.  wild;  rude; 

uncultivated  ;  uncivilized; 

savage, 
Ferveo,  fervere,  ferbui,  intr. 

to  hoil;  to  seethe;  to  foam; 

to  he  hot;  to  glow, 
Fessus,  a,  um,  adj.  (fatiscor,) 

weary;  tired;  fatigued, 
Festum,  i,  n.  a  feast;  from 
Festus,  a,    um,   adj.  festive; 

joyful;  merry, 
Ficus,  i  &  us,  f.  a  fig-tree;  a 

Fidelis,  e,  adj.  (comp.) /aeVA- 
ful;  from 

Fides,  ei,  f.  fidelity;  faith: 
in  fid  em,  hi  confirmation  : 
in  fidem  accipere,  to  re- 
ceive U7ider  one's  protec- 
tion, 

Figo,  figere,  fixi,  fixum,  tr.  to 
fix;  to  fasten, 

Filia,  ae,  f.  §  9,  4 ;  «  daughter, 

Filius,  i,  m.  ^  10,  Exc.  5 ;  a 
son, 

Filum,  i,  n.  a  thread, 

Findo,  findere,  fidi,  fissum,  tr. 
to  split;  to  cleave, 

Fingens,  tis,  part,  feigning; 
pretending;  from 


Fingo,  fingere,  finxi,  fictum, 
tr.  to  form:  to  make;  to  de- 
vise; to  'pretend;  to  feign, 

Finio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  tj 
end;  to  finish;  to  terminattf 
from 

Finis,  is,  d.  the  end;  a  houn 
dary;  a  limit :  fines,  m.  pi. 
the  limits  of  a  country^  6cc. 

Finitus,  a,  um,  part,  (fmio.) 

Finitimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (finis,) 
neighboring, 

Fio,  fieri,  factus  sum,  irr.  pass. 
§  83,  8;  (facio,)  to  be 
made;  to  become;  to  hap" 
pen :  fit,  it  happens :  fac- 
tum est,  it  happened;  it 
caine  to  pass, 

Firmatus,  a,  um,  part,  (firmo.) 

Firmiter,  adv.  (iiis,  issime,) 
{firmnSj)  firmly ;  securely, 

Firmo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
make  firm;  to  confirm;  to 
establish;  from 

Firmus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
firm:  strong;  secure, 

Fissus,  a,  um,  part,  (findo.) 

Fixus,  a,  um,  part,  (figo,) 
fixed;  permanent, 

Flagello,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
whip;  to  scourge;  to  lash, 

Flagitiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issTmus,)  shameful;  infa^ 
mous;  outrageaics;  from 

Flagitium,  i,  n.  a  shameful  ac- 
tion; an  outrage,;  a  crime, 
a  dishonor;  villany, 

Flagro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  burn;  to  be  on  fire;  to 
suffer;  to  be  oppressed;  to 
be  violent. 


FLAMINIUS FOSSA. 


237 


Flaminius,  i,  m.  a  Roman. 
Flavus,  a,  iim,  adj.  yellow. 
Flam  ma,  96,  f.  a  flame. 
Flecto,    flectere,    flexi,    flexum, 

tr.  to  bend  ;  to  hoio  ;  to  tarn  ; 

to  move  ;   to  prevail  upon. 
Fleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  &  intr. 

to  weep  ;   to  lament. 
Fletiis,  us,  m,  weeping  ;   tears. 
Flevo,  onis,  m.  a  lake  near  the 

mouth  of  the   Rhine,    now 

the  Zuyder-Zee. 
Flexus,  a,   urn,   part,    (flecto,) 

hent ;  changed;  turned. 
Floreo,  ere,  ui,   intr.  (flos,)    to 

bloom  ;  to  blossom  ;  to  flour- 
ish ;   to  be  distinguished. 
Flos,  floris,  m.  a  flower  a  blos-- 

som. 
Fluctus,  us,  m.  (fluo,)  a  wave. 
Fluo,  fluere,  fluxi,  fluxum,  intr. 

to  flow  ;  lience, 
fluvius,     i,     m.     properly,     a 

river. 
Flumen,    mis,     n.     (fluo,)     an 

abundant  flowing  ;  viz.,  of 

waters,    or    of    any     thing 

else  ;  as,  flumen  verborum, 

orationis.    Cic.     Usually,  a 

river. 
Fodio,     fodere,    fodi,    fossum, 

tr.    to   dig ;    to  pierce;    to 

bore. 
Foecunditas,    atis,    f.  fruitful- 

ness  ;    from 
Foecundus,    a,    um,    adj.     (ior, 

issimus,)  fruitful ;  fertile. 
Foedus,    eris,  n.   a   league;    a 

treat}/. 
Folium,  i,  n.  a  leaf. 


Fons,  tis,  m.  a  fountain;  a 
source  ;  a  spring. 

Forem,  def.  verb,  §  84,  5; 
would  or  should  be :  fore, 
to  be  about  to  be  ;  it  ivould 
or  will  come  to  p)ciss. 

Foris,  adv.  abroad. 

Forma,  ge,  f.  a  form ;  shape, 
flgure  ;  beauty. 

Formica,  se,  f.  an  ant. 

Formido,  inis,  f.  fear  ;  dread  ; 
terror  ;  lience 

Formidolosus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(comp.)  fearful ;  timorous. 

Formositas,  atis,  f.  beauty; 
elegance;  from 

Formosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
Sim  us,)  beau  t  ifu  I ;  hand- 
some ;  from  forma. 

Fors,  tis,  f.  (fero,)  chance  ;  for- 
tune. 

Fortasse,  adv.  (fors,)  perhaps; 
(applied  to  what  may  hap- 
pen.) 

Forte,  adv.  (abl.  fr.  fors.)  acci- 
dentally;  by  chance ;  (ap- 
plied to  what  did  happen.) 

Fortis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
hold;  brave;  courageous. 

Fortiter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
bravely  ;  from  fortis. 

Fortitudo,  inis,  f.  (fortis,)  bold- 
ness ;  bravery. 

Fortuna,  se,  f.  (fors,)  fortune ; 
chance. 

Forum,  i,  n.  the  market  place  ; 
the  forum  ;  the  court  of  jus- 
tice. 

Fossa,  ae,  f.  (fodio,)  a  ditch ;  a 
trench  ;  a  moat. 


f>38 


FOVEA FUNESTUS. 


Fovea,  ae,  f.  a  pit. 

Foveo,  fovere,  fovi,  fotum,  tr. 

to  keep  warm;  to  cherish. 
Fractus,  a,  um,  part,  (frango.) 
Fragilis, e,  adj.(frango,)/ra27; 

perishable. 
Fragilltas,    atis,  f.    (fragilis,) 

frailty;  weakness. 
Fragmentum,  i,  n.  (frango,)  a 

fragment;  a  piece. 
Frango,  frangere,  fregi,  frac- 

tum,  \x.  to  break;  to  break 

in  pieces;  to  weaken;  to  de- 
stroy. 
Frater,  tris,  m.  a  brother, 
Fraudulentus,    a,    um,     adj. 

coiiip.  (fraiis  )  fraudulent; 

deceitful;  treacherous. 
Frequens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 

\xm'$,^)  frequent;  numerous. 
F  re  turn,  i,  n.  a  strait;  a  sea. 
Frico,   fricare,  fricui,  frictum 

&  fricatum,  tr.  to  rub. 
Frigidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 

mus  cold;  from 
Frigus,  oris,  n.  cold. 
Frons,  frondis,  f.  a  leaf  of  a 

tree;  a  branch  vnth  leaves. 
Fructus,    us,  m.  (fruor,)  use; 

enjoyment;    hence,-  fruit; 

produce;  advantage. 
Frugis,    gen.    f.    (frux,   nom. 

scarcely    used,)    properly, 

all  that  the  earth  produces 

for  our   subsistence;  corn; 

iruges,  um,  ^^l.  fruits;  the 

various  kinds  of  corn. 
Frumentum,  i,  n.  (fruor,)  corii; 

wheat. 
Fruor,  frui,  fruitus  &  fructus, 

intr.  dep.  to  enjoy. 


Frustra,    adv.    (frudo,  id.   ac 

fraudo,)  in  vain;  to  no  pur' 

pose. 
Frustratus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Frustror,  ari,   atus  sum,  dep. 

(frustra,)    to  frustrate;  to 

deceive. 
Frutex,  icis,  va.  a  shrub;  a  hush, 
Fuga,  86,  f.  a  flight, 
Fugax,  acis,  adj.(acior,  acissi- 

mus,)  swift;  fleeting;  from 

fugio. 
Fugiens,  tis,  part,  from 
Fugio,  fugere,  fugi,  fugitum, 

intr.  &  tr.  to  fly;  to  escape, 

to   avoid;    to  fee;  to  fiet 

from. 
Fugo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  put 

to  flight;    to  drive   off;  to 

chase. 
Fui,  Fueram,  &c.     See  Sum. 
Fulgeo,  fulgere,  fulsi,  intr.  to 

shine. 
Fuligo,  inis,  f.  (fumus,)  soot, 
FuUo,  onis,  m.  a  fuller 
Fulmen,  mis,  n.  (i.   e.  fulgi- 

men,  fr.  fulgeo,)  thunder; 

a  thunderbolt;  lightning, 
Funale,  is,  n.  (funis,)  a  torch. 
Funditus,  adv.  (fundus,)  from 

the  foundation;  utterly. 
Fundo,  fundere,  fudi,  fusum, 

Xr.  to  pour  out:  lacrymas, 

to   shed   tears :   hostes,    to 

scatter;  to  rout;  to  discomfits 
Fundus,  i,  m.  the  bottom  of 

any  thing  :  also  a  farm;  a 

field :    imus    fundus,     the 
very  bottom. 
Funestus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  :*s-     J 

simus,)  (funus,)  polluted  by     " 


PUNGOR GENITUS. 


239 


a  dead  body;  fatal;  de- 
structive, 

Fungor,  fungi,  functus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to 'perform  or  dis- 
charge an  office;  to  do;  to 
execute :  fato,  to  die. 

Funis,  is,  d.  a  rope;  a  cable. 

Funus,  eris,  n.  a  funeral;  fu- 
neral obsequies. 

Fur,  furis,  c.  a  thief 

Furcula,  se,  f.  dim.  (furca,)  a 
little  fork:  Furculse  Cau- 
dinsB,  the  name  of  a  narroio 
defile  in  the  conintry  of  the 
Hirplni,  in  Italy  ^  vjhere 
the  Romans  were  defeated 
by  the  Samnites. 

Furiosus,  a  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
furious;  mad;  from  furo. 

Furius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  sev- 
ral  Romans, 

Fusus,  a,  um,  part,  (fundo.) 

Futurus,  a,  um,  part,  (sum,) 
about  to  be;  future. 

G. 

Gades,  ium,  f.  pi.  the  name  of 
an  island  and  tovm  in 
Spain,  near  the  straits  of 
Gibraltar,  now  Cadiz, 

Gaditanus,  a,  um,  adj.  of 
Gades  or  Cadiz :  fretum 
Gaditanum,  the  straits  of 
Gibraltar, 

G alalia,  ae,  f.  a  countrij  in  the 
interior  of  Asia  Minor, 

GnUia,  2^,i.  Gaul,  now  France, 

Galliae,  pi.  the  divisions  of 
Gold. 


Gallicus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong* 
i?ig  to  Gaul;  Gallic. 

Gallina,  ae,  f.  a  hen. 

Gallinaceus,  i,  m.  a  cock. 

Gallus,  i,  m.  a  cock, 

Gallus,  i,  m.  an  inhabitant  of 
Gallia;  a  Gaul;  also  a  cog- 
nomen of  several  Romaiis, 

Ganges,  is,  m.  the  name  of  a 
large  river  in  India, 

Garumna,  se,  f.  the  Garonne^ 
a  river  of  Aquitania. 

Gaudeo,gaudere,gavisus  sum, 
n.  pass.  §  78  ;  ^o  rejoice;  to 
delight;  to  be  pleased  with. 

G'dudmm,i,n.  joy;  gladjiess.. 

Gavisus,  a,  um,  part,  (gau- 
deo,)  rejoicing;  having  re- 
joiced. 

Geminus,  a,  um,  adj.  double: 
gemini  filii,  tioin  sons. 

Gemitus,  {is,  m,  (gemo,)  a 
groan;  a  sigh. 

Gemmatus,  a,  um,part.  adorU" 
ed  with  gems;  gemmed; 
glittering;   from 

Gemmo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(gemma,)  to  adorn  with 
gems, . 

Gener,  eri,  m.  a  son-in-law. 

Genero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. (ge- 
nus,) to  beget;  to  produce. 

Generositas,  atis,  nobleness  of 
mind;  magnanimity;  from 

Generosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  (genus,)  noble; 
spirited;  brave;  generofiis; 
fruitful;  fertile. 

Genitus,  a,  um,  part,  (gigno, 
born;  produced. 


240 


GENS GRASSOR. 


Gens,  tis,  f.  a  nation;  a  tribe; 
a  family;  a  clan. 

GeiTii.      See  Gigno. 

Genus,  eri?,  n.  a  race;  a  fam- 
ily; a  sort  or  kind. 

Goometria,  se,  f.  geometry, 

Gerens,  tis,  part,  (gero,)  hear- 
ing ;  conduct  ing. 

(jrermanus,  i,  rn.  a  German; 
an  inhabitant  of  Germany. 

Germania,  ae,  f.  Germany. 

German icus,  a,  um,  adj.  Ger- 
man; of  Germany. 

Gero,  gerere,  gessi,  gestum, 
tr.  to  bear;  to  carry;  (viz: 
a  load  or  burden;)  to  do;  to 
conduct  or  manage;  (spo- 
ken of  one  who  has  the 
charge  ;  ^ee  ago  and  facio  ;) 
res  eas  gessit,  performed 
such  exploits :  odium,  lo 
hate :  onus,  to  bear  a  bur- 
den: helium,  to  wage  or 
carry  on  loar. 

Geryon-i:?,m.a  giant  ivho  was 
slain  by  Herades^and  whose 
oxen  were  driven  into  Greece. 

Gestans,  tis,  part,  from 

Gesto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(gero,)  to  bear;  to  carry 
about. 

Gestus,  a,  um,part.  borne;  per- 
formed :  res  gestae,  see  Res. 

Getae,  arum,  m.  pi.  a  savage 
people  of  Dacia,  north  of 
the  Danube. 

Gigas,  antis,  m  a  giant.. 

Gigno,  gignere,  genui,  geni- 
tum,tr.  to  beget;  to  bring 
forth;  to  bear;  to  produce. 

Glaber,  bra,  brum.  adj.  (bri- 


er, berrimus,)  bald;  hare^ 
smooth. 

Glacialis,  e,  adj.  icy;  freezing; 
from 

Glacies,  ei,  f.  ice. 

Gladiator,  oris,  m.  (gladius,)  a 
gladiator 

Gladiatorius,  a,  um,  adj.  be- 
longing   to   a    gladiator 
gladiatorial;  from 

Gladius,  i,  m.  a  sword. 

Glans,  dis,  f.  mast;  an  aco^'Tu 

Glisco,  ere,  intr.  to  increase^ 

Gloria,  as,  f.  glory;  fame. 

Glorior,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  boast. 

Gnavus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
active;  industrious. 

Gorgias,  ae,  m,  a  celebrated 
sophist  and  orator. 

Gracilis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  limus, 
^26,  l,)sle7ider;  lean;  del- 
icate. 

Gracchus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illust rious  Kom an  fam ily. 

Gradior,  gradi,  gressus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  go;  to  walk;  fr. 

Gradus,  us,  m.  a  step;  a  stair. 

GraBcia,  ae,  f.  Greece. 

Graecus,  a,  um,  adj.  Grecian; 
Greek  : — subs,  a  Greek. 

Grandis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
large;  great;  (  in  a  higher 
sense  than  magnus.) 

Granicus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  My- 
sia,  emptying  into  the  Pro- 
pontis. 

Grassor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  freq,  (gradior,)  to  ad- 
vance;  to  march;  to  pro- 
ceed; to  make  an  attack. 


ORATES — HANNIBAL. 


241 


Grates,  def.  f.  pi.  (gratas,) 
thmiks :  agere  grates,  to 
thank.  ^  IS,  12. 

<jrat'a,  ae,  f.  (gratus,)  grace; 
favor;  thanks;  return;  re- 
quital; gratitude :  habere, 
to  feel  indebted  or  obliged; 
to  be  grateful :  in  gratiam, 
in  fa  vo  r  of :  gratia ,  for  the 
sake. 

Gratulatus,  a,  um,  part,  hav- 
ing congratulated;  from 

Gratulor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  congratulate;  from 

Gratus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  acceptable;  pleasing; 
grateful. 

Gravis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
heavy;  severe;  great;  grave; 
important;  violent;  noxious; 
unwholesoine :  gravis  som- 
nus,  sound  sleep;  hence, 

Gravitas,  atis,  f.  heaviness; 
gravity;  weight. 

Graviter,  adv.,  (ii^s,  issime,) 
hardly;  heavily;  grievous- 
ly; severely;  from  gravis. 

Gravo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (gra- 
vis,) to  load;  to  oppress;  to 
burden. 

Gregatim,  adv.  (grex,)  in 
herds. 

Gressus,  us,  m.  (gradior,)  a 
step;  a  pace;  a  gait, 

(yrex,  gis,  c.  a  flock;  a  herd;  a 
company. 

(jrus,  gruis,  c.  a  crane. 

Gubernator,  oris,  m.  (guberno, 
to  govern;)  a  pilot;  a  ruler. 

Gyarus,  i,  f.  one  of  the  Cy- 
clddes. 


Gyges,  is,  m.  a  rick  king  of 
Lydia. 

Gymnosophistae,  arum,  m 
Gymnosophists;  a  sect  of 
Indian  philosophers, 

H. 

Habens,  tis,  part.  from. 

Habeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to 
have;  to  possess;  to  hold; 
to  esteem;  to  suppose;  to 
take;  habere  consilium,  to 
deliberate. 

Habito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  & 
intr.  to  inhabit;  to  dwell. 

Habiturus,  a,  um,  part,  (ha- 
beo.) 

Habitus,  a,  um,  part,  (habeo.) 

Habitus,  us,  m.  (habeo,)  hab' 
it ;  form  ;  dress  ;  attire; 
manner. 

Hactenus,  adv.  (hie  &  tenus,) 
hitherto;  thus  far. 

Hadrianus,  i,  m.  Adrian,  the 
fifteenth  emperor  of  Rome. 

Hsemus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Thrace,  from  whose  top, 
both  the  Euxine  and  Adri" 
atic  seas  can  be  seen. 

Halcyon,  or  Alcyon,  onis,  f. 
the  halcyon  or  kingfisher. 
See  Alcyone.  . 

Halicarnassus,  i,  f.  a  maritime 
city  of  Caria,  the  birth- 
place of  Herodotus. 

Hamilcar,  aris,  m.  a  Cartha- 
ginian  general. 

Hannibal,  aHs,  m.  a  brave 
Carthaginian  general^  the 
son  of  Hamilcar. 


21 


242 


llAINiNO HESPERUS. 


Haiaio,  onis,  m.  a  Carthagi- 
nian general. 

Harmonia,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of 
Cadmus,  and  daughter  of 
Mars  and  Venus. 

IJarpyice,  arum,  f.  pi.  the 
Harpies;  winged  monsters, 
having  the  faces  of  loomen, 
and  the  todies  of  vultures. 

Haruspex,  icis,  m.  (ara  & 
spec  10,)  a  soothsayer;  a  di- 
viner; one  who  pretended 
to  a  knowledge  of  future 
events  from  i7ispecting  the 
entrails  of  victims. 

Hasdrubal,  alls,  m.  a  Cartha- 
ginian general,  the  brother 
of  Hannibal. 

Hasta,  9B,  f.  a  spear;  a  lance. 

Haud,  adv.  7iot. 

Haurio,  haurire,  hausi,  haus- 
tum,  tr.  to  draw  out;  to 
dri7ik;  to  swallow. 

Haustus,us,  m.  (id.)  a  draught. 

Hebes,  etis,  adj.(comp.)  blunt; 
obtuse;  dion. 

Hebesco,  ere,  intr.  inc.  (hebeo ) 
to  grow  blunt,  dim,  or 
dull. 

Hebrus,  i,  m.  a  large  river  of 
Thrace. 

Hecuba,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of  Pri- 
am, king  of  Troy, 

Hedera,  se,  f.  ivy. 

Hcgesias,  ae,  m.  a7i  eloquent 
philosopher  of  Cyrene. 

Helena,  ae,  f.  Helen,  the  daugh- 
ter of  Jupiter  and  Leda, 
and  wife  of  Menelaus. 

Helicon,  onis,  m.  a  mountain 
of  Bosotia,  7iear  Parnassus, 


a7id  sacred  to  Apollo  and 
the  Muses. 

Helvetia,  ae,  f.  a  count7y  in 
the  eastei'n  'part  of  Gaul, 
now  Sivitzarland. 

Helvetii,  orum,  m.  pi.  Helveti- 
ans; the  i7ihabitants  of  Hel* 
vetia. 

Helleborum,  i,  n.  or  Hellebo- 
rus,  i,  m.  the  herb  helle- 
bore. 

Hellespontus,  i,  m.  a  st7'ait 
betiveen  Thrace  a7id  Asia 
Minor,  now  called  the  Lar- 
da7ielles. 

Heraclea,  ae,  f.  the  name  of 
several  cities  in  Mag7ia 
GrcEcia,  in  Pontus,  in  Sy- 
ria, &c. 

Herb  a,  ae,  f.  an  herb;  grass; 
hence,. 

Herbidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
grassy;  full  of  he7'bs  or 
grass. 

Hercules,  is,  .m.  a  celebrated 
hero,  son  of  Jupiter  and 
A  lcml7ia. 

Herc3mius,  a,  um,  adj.  Hercy- 
7iia7i :  Hercynia  silva,  a 
large  forest  in  Ger7nany, 
now  the  Black  Forest. 

Heres,  or  Hasres,  edis,  c.  an 
heir. 

Herennius,  i,  m.  a  ge7ieral  of 
the  Sanniites. 

Hero,  us,  (^15, 13,)  f.  a  priest- 
ess of  Ve7ius,  who  resided 
at  Sestos,  a7id  ivho  was  be- 
loved by  Lea7ider,  a  youth 
of  Abydos. 

Hesperus,  i,  m.  a  so7iof  lap^- 


HEU HORIllDUS. 


243 


tvs^  who  settled  m  Italy ^ 
and  from  whom  that  cotm- 
try  ivas  called  Hespcria; 
also  the  eve?iing  star, 

Heu  !  int.  alas  !  ah  ! 

Hians,  tis,  part,  (hio.) 

Hiatus,  us,  m.  (hio,)  an  open- 
ing; a  chasm;  aii  aperture, 

Hibernicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Irish: 
(probably  from  Hiber7ia, 
the  winter  quarters  of  the 
Roman  soldiers.) 

Hibernus,  a,  um,  adj.  (hiems,) 
of  winter;  wintry. 

Hie,  adv.  here;  in  this  place. 

Hie,  haee,  hoe,  pro.  §  31, 
this;  he;  she,  &:c. 

Hiempsal,  alis,  m.  a  king  of 
Nu7nidia, 

Hiems,  emis,  f.  winter. 

Hiero,  onis,  m.  tyrant  of  Sy- 
racuse, 

Hiersolyma,  se,  f.  &  Hiersoly- 
n)a,6rum,  n.  pi.  Jerusalem, 
the  capital  of  Judea, 

Hinc,  adv.  hence;  from  hence; 
from  this;  from  this  time, 

Hinnio,  ire,  Ivi,  Ttum,  intr.  to 
7ieigh;  hence, 

Hiniiitus,  us,  m.  a  neighing, 

Hinnuleus,  i,  m.  (hinnus,)  a 
fawn, 

Hio,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  gape; 
toy  awn;  to  open  the  mouth; 
to  long  for, 

Hipparchus,  i,  m.  the  son  of 
Fisistrdtus,  a  tyrant  of 
Athens, 

Hippolytus,  i,  m.  the  son  of 
Theseus, 

Hippomenes,  is,  m.  the  son  of 


Megaretts,  and  husband  of 
Aialanta, 

Hippopotamus,  i,  m.  the  hip* 
popotamus,oi  river-horse, 

Hispania,  se,  f.  Spain, 

Hispanus,a, um,  adj.  Spanish: 
subs.  m.  a  Spaniard, 

Hodie,  adv.  (i.  e.  hoc  die,)  to- 
day; at  this  time;  now-a- 
days, 

Hodieque,  (for  hodie  quoque,) 
adv.  to  this  day;  to  this 
time, 

Hoedus,  i,  m.  a  kid;  a  young 
goat, 

Homerus,  i,  m.  Homer,  the 
most  ancient  and  illustri- 
ous of  the  Greek  poets. 

Homo,  mis,  c.(humus,)  a  man; 
a  person;  one, 

Honestas,  atis,  f.  honor;  vir* 
tue;  dignity;  from 

Honestus,  a,  um,  adj.  honora- 
ble; noble;  from 

Honor  &  -os,  oris,  m.  honor;  re- 
spect; an  honor:  an  office, 

Honorifee,  adv.  (centius,  cen- 
tissime,.  from  honorificus, 
^  26,  3,)  ttorwrably :  parum 
honorif i<ie,  .^slightingly ; 
with  little  respect, 

Hora,  SB,  f.  an  hour,  ^^ 

Horatius,  i,  m.,  Horace;  the 
name  of  several  Ronio/ns : 
Horatii,  pi.  ^Aree  Roman 
brothers,  who  fought  ivith 
the  three  Curiatii, 

Hortensius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Romans, 

Horrid  us,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(horreo,    to    bristle    up ;) 


244 


HORTATUS ID^US. 


7'ougk;  lugged;  rude;  un- 
'polished;  harharous. 

Hortatus,  us,  m.  an  exhorta- 
tion;  instigation;  advice;  fr. 

Hortor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  exhort, 

Hortus,  i,  m.  a  garden, 

Hospes,  itis,  c.  a  stranger;  a 
visitor;  a  guest;  a  host, 

Hospitiura,  i,  n.  (hospes,)  hos- 
pitality :  hospitio  acci- 
pere,  to  entertain. 

Hustia,  aB,  f.  (hostis,)  a  victim, 

Hostilius,  i,  m.  (Tullus,)  t?ie 
third  king  of  Rome  :  a  cog- 
nomen    among  the  Romans, 

Hostis,  is,  c.  an  enemy. 

Hue,  adv.  (hoc,)  hither :  hue 
—  illue,  hither  —  thither; 
now  here  —  noio  there, 

Hujusmodi,  adj.  ind.  (gen.  of 
hie  &  modus,)  of  this  sort 
or  kind, 

Humanitas,  atis,  f.  humanity; 
kindness;  gentleness;  from 

Human  us,  a,  um,  adj^^comp. 
(homo,)  human,   ^"^ 

Humerus,  i,  m.  th'^' shoulder, 

Humilis,  e,  adj.  (humi,)  (ior, 
limus,  ^  26',  1.)  humble :  hu- 
mili  loeo  natum  esse,  to  he 
lorn  in  a  humhle  station^  or 
of  obscure  parents, 

Huriior,  oris,m.(humeo,)  mois- 
'  ture;  pi.  liquids;   humors. 

Humus,  i,  f.  the  ground  :  hu- 
mi, on  the  ground,  ^  130, 
Obs.  7. 

Hyeena,  se,  f.  the  hye?ia, 

Hydrus,  i,  m.  a  water  snake. 


Hymnus,  i,  m.  a  hymn;  a  song 
of  praise. 

Hyperboreus,  a,  um,  adj.  (u-Trsp 
§opsac:,)  properly,  living  be- 
yond the  source  of  the  north 
wind;  northern :  Hyper- 
borei,  orum,  m.  pi.  people 
inhabiting  the  northern  re* 
gions;  beyond  Scythia, 

Hystrix,  icis,  f.  a  porcupine. 


lapetus,  the  son  of  CcbIus  and 

.  Terra, 
Iberus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Spain, 

now  the  Elro, 
Ibi,  adv.  there;  here;  then. 
Ibidem,  adv.  in  the  same  place. 
Ibis,  idis,  f.  the  ibis,  the  Egyp 

tian  stork, 
Icarus,  i,  m.  thesonof  Bceddlus 
Icarius,  a,  um,  adj.  of  Icdiiis, 

Icarian, 
Ichneumon,  onis,  m.  the  ich- 
neumon or  Egyptian  rat, 
lehnusa,  ae,  f  an  ancient  Greek 

7iame  of  Sardinia, 
Ico,    icere,    ici,    ictum,  tr.  to 

strike:    fffidus,    to    make, 

ratify  or  conclude  a  league 

or  treaty,  ^ 

Ictus,  a,  um,  part. 
Ictus,  lis,  m.  (ico,)  a  hloio;  a 

stroke, 
Ida,  SB,  f  «  mountain  of  Troas, 

near  Troy. 
Idaeus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 

to  Ida  :  mons  Idaeus,  mount 

Ida, 


kdem,  eadem,  idem,  pro.  ^31, 
the  same, 
doneus,a,um,adj.^^;  suitable, 
igitur,  conj.  therefore;  then, 

Ignarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  &  gna- 
rus,)  ignorant, 

Ignavus,  a,  urn,  adj.  comp. 
(in  &  gnavus,)  inactive;  idle; 
cowardly. 

Ignis,  is,  m.,fire;  flame, 

Ignobilis,  e,  adj.  (in  & nobilis,) 
unknoion;  ignoble;  mean, 

Ignoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ig- 
narus,) to  be  ignjorant;  not 
to  know, 

Ignotus,  a,  um,  part  &  adj. 
(in  &  notus,)  unknown. 

Ilium,  i,  n.  Uium  or  Troy, 
the  princi'pal  city  of  Troas, 

Hiatus,  a,  um,  part,  (from  in- 
fero,)  brought  in;  inferred, 

lUe,  a,  ud,  pro.  ^  31 ;  that;  he; 
she;  it;  the  former;  pi. 
they,  those, 

Illecebra,  ae,  f.  (illicio,)  an  al- 
lurement; an  enticement, 

Illico,  adv.  (in  &  loco,)  in  that 
'place ;  immediately ;  in- 
stantly, 

Illuc,  adv.  (illoc,)  thither :  hue 
—  illuc,  now  here  —  now 
there, 

Illustris,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
illustrious;  famous;  cele- 
brated; from 

Illustro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  lustro,)  to  enlighten;  to 
illustrate;  to  render  fa- 
motcs;  to  celebrate;  to  make 
renowned. 

lUyria,  ae,  f.  «  country  opposite 


IDEM — IMMOLO. 


245 


to  Italy  J  and  bordering  on 
the  Adriatic, 

Imago,  inis,  f.  an  image;  a 
picture;  a  figure;  aresem^ 
blance, 

Imbecillis,  e,  adj.  (in  &  bac- 
illus, as  if  leaning  on  a 
staff:)  (lior,  limus,  §  26, 1,) 
weak;  feeble, 

Imber,bris,  m.  a  shower;  a  rain. 

Imitatio,  onis,  f.  imitation :  ad 
imitationem,  in  imitation; 
from 

Imitor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  imitate;  to  copy. 

Immanis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
ladigmxs,)  very  great;  huge; 
monstrous;  cruel;  dreadful, 

Immensus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
mensus,)  immeasurable ; 
boundless  ;   immoderate. 

Immeritus,  a,  um,  part,  (in  & 
meritus,)  not  deserving , 
undeserved, 

Imminens,  tis,  part,  hanging 
over;  threatening;  from 

Immineo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (in  & 
mineo,)  to  hang  over;  to 
impend;  to  threaten;  to  be 
near, 

Immissus,  a,  um,  part,  admit- 
ted; sent  in;  darted  in;  from 

Immitto,  -mitt ere,  -mlsi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (in&  mitto,)  to  let 
in;  to  send  to^  into,  agaiTist 
or  upon;  to  throw  at, 

Immobilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  mobilis,)  immovable ; 
steadfast, 

Immolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(in  &  mola,)  properly,  to 


?46 


IMMORT  ALIS —  IMPONO. 


S'prtnhle  with  the  viola  or 
salted  cake;  hence,  to  sa- 
crifice; to  immolatt, 

Immortalis,  e,  adj.  (in  &  mor- 
lalis,)  immortal, 

Immotus,  a,  um,  part,  (in  & 
motus,)  unmoved ;  still ; 
motionless. 

Immutatus,  a,  um,  part,  alter- 
ed; changed;  (sometimes, 
exchanged;)  from 

Immuto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(in  &  muto,)  to  change;  to 
alter. 

Impatiens,  tis,  adj.  (in  and  pa- 
tiens,)  iiii'patient ;  not  able 
to  endure. 

Impeditus,  a,  um,  part,  im- 
peded; hindered;  encum- 
bered; entangled;  ixovct 

Impedio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (in 
&  pes,)  properly,  to  fetter; 
hence,  to  impede;  to  ob- 
struct; to  check;  to  delay; 
to  prevent;  to  disturb. 

Impendeo,  -pendere,  wants 
pret.  &  sup.  iiiir.  (in  &  pen- 
deo,)  to  hang  over;  to  im- 
pend; to  threaten. 

Impenetrahilis,  e,  adj.  (in  & 
penetrabilis,)  ^;?^pe'/^e?r<ziZe. 

Impense,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
exceedingly;  greatly;  from 
impensus. 

Imperator,  oris,  m.  (impero,) 
a  commander;  a  general. 

Imperito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (impero,)  to  command; 
to  rule;  to  govern. 

Imperitus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior 
issimus,  (in  &  perltus,)  in- 


experianced;  unacquainted 

with. 
Imperium,  i,   n.   a  command; 

government ;    reign ;    SU" 

preme    authority;    power; 

(imperium,   military  com* 

mand; — potestas,  ciml  a"L' 

thority;)  from 
Impero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

command;  to  order;   to  di' 

rect;  to  govern;  to  rule  over 
Impertiens,  tis,  part,  from 
Impertio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (in 

&  partio,)    to   impart;   to 

share;  to  give. 
Impetro,   are,   avi,    atum,  tr. 

(in  &  patro,)   to  obtain;  to 
finish. 
Impetus,   us,  m.  (in  &  peto,) 

an  attack;  onset;  force;  vio' 

lence;  impetuosity. 
Impius,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  &  pi- 

us,)  impious;  undutiful. 
Impleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (in 

and  pleo;)    to  fill;   to  ao- 

complish;  to  perforin. 
Implicitus,   a,    um,    part,   en- 
tangled; attacked;  from 
Implico,  are,  avi,  or  ui,  atum 

or  ilum,  tr.  (in  &  plico,)  to 

infold;  to  entangle;  to  ini' 

plicate. 
Implicor,    ari,     atus    or   itus 

sum,  pass,  to  be  entangled : 

morbo,  to  be  attacked  with 

sickness. 
Imploro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 

&  ploro,)  to  implore;  to  be" 

seech;  to  beg. 
Impono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -posi- 

tum,  tr.  (in  &  pono,)  to  lay 


IMPORTUNUS INCOLO. 


247 


or  place  upon;  to  impose; 
to  put, 

ImporlQnus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
dangerous;  perilous;  trou- 
blesome; cruel;  outrageous; 
restless;  ungovernable, 

Iiiiposi'tus,  a,  um,  part,  (im- 
pono.) 

Jmpritnis,  adv.  (in  &  prim  is, 
from  primus,)  arnmig  the 
first;  especially;  eminently. 

Improbatus,  a,  um,  part,  (im- 
probo,)  disallowed;  disap- 
proved. 

Improbo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr 
(in  &  probo,)  to  disap- 
prove; to  reject, 

Improbus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
*(in  &;  probus,)  not  good; 
ivicked;  bad. 

Imprudens,  tis,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  prudens,)  imprudent; 
inconsiderate, 

Impugnaturus,  a,  um,  part.  fr. 

Iiupagno,  are, avi,  atum,  tr.fo 
fight  against;  to  attack, 

Impune,^adv.  (in  &  poena,) 
with  impunity ;  without 
hurt;  ivithout  punishment. 

Imus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of  in- 
ferus,  §  26,  2,)  the  lowest: 
the  deepest. 

In,  prep,  with  the  accusative, 
signifies,  into  ;  towards  ; 
upo7i;  until;  for;  against : 
with  the  ablative,  iii;  up- 
on; among;  at :  in  dies, 
from  day  to  day :  in  eo 
esse,  to  be  on  the  point  of: 
in  sublime,  aloft. 


Inanis,  e,  adj.  (comp.)  empty; 

vaiji;  ineffectual;  foolish, 
Inaresco,-arescere,  -arui,  intr 

inc.  ^  88,"  2,  to  grow  dry, 
Incedo,-cedere,-cessi,-cessum, . 

intr.  (in  &  cedo,)  to  go  on; 

to  go;  to  walk;  to  come, 
Incendo,  dere,  di,  sum,  tr.  (in 

&   candeo,)    to    light;    to 

kindle;    to   set  fire  to;  to 

inflame, 
Incensus,  a,  um,  part,  lighted; 

kindled;  burning;  inflamed, 
Incertus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior  issi- 

mus,)  (in  &   certus,)   UU' 

certain. 
Inchoo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

begin. 
Incidens,  tis,  part,  from 
IncIdo,-cidere,-cidi,   intr.   (in 

&  cado,)    to  fall  into  or 

upon;    to   chance   to   meet 

with, 
Incipio,  -ciperej-cepi,  -ceptum, 

tr.   (in  &   capio,)    to  com^ 

mence;  to  begin. 
Incito,  are,   avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 

&  cito,)  to  stir  up;  to  in^ 

stigate;    to   encourage;    to 

animate. 
Includo,  dere,  si,  sum,  tr.  (in 

&  claudo,)  to  shut   iii;  to 

include;   to  inclose;  to  en* 

circle;  to  encompass, 
Incltisus,  a,  um,  part. (includo.) 
Inclytus,  a,  um,  adj.  (issimuG, 

§  26,  5,)  famous;    celebra^ 

ted;  renowned, 
Incola,  93,  c.  an  inhabitant;  fr. 
Incolo,  colere,  coiui,  cultum, 


1^48 


iNCOLtTMIS INERTIA. 


tr.  (in  &  colo,)  to  ^well  in ' 

a  'place;  to  inhabit, 
[ncolumis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 

coiumis,)  unhurt;  safe;  un- 

punished, 
Incompertus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in 

&   compertus,)    not  found 

out;   unknown;  uncertain. 
Inconsiderate,  adv.  (iiis,  issi- 

me,)  inconsiderately;  rash- 

ly- 

Incredibilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  credibilis,)  incredible; 
wonderful;  hence 

Incredibiliter,  adv.  (iiis,  issi- 
me,)  incredibly. 

Incrementum,  i,  n.  (incresco,) 
an  increase, 

Increpo,  are,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (in 
&  crepo,)  to  make  a  loud 
noise;  to  reprove;  to  chide; 
to  blame. 

Incruentus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
cruor,)  bloodless. 

Inculte,  adv.  (ius,  issime,) 
rudely;  plainly;  from 

Incultus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
comp.  (in  &  colo,)  unculti- 
vated; uninhabited;  desert, 

Incumbo,  -cumbere,  -cubui, 
-cubitum,  intr.  (in  &  cubo,) 
to  lean;  to  lie;  to  rest  or 
recline  upon;  to  apply  to  : 
gladio,  to  fall  upon  one's 
sword. 

Incursio,  onis,  f.  (incurro,)  a 
running  against;  an  attack; 
an   incursion;    an   inroad. 

Inde,  ^dv.  thence;  from  thence. 

Index,  icis,  d.  (indico,)  an  in- 
dex; a  mark;  a  sign. 


India,  se,  f.  a  country  of  Asia^ 
named  fromtheriver  hidus, 

Indico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  dico,  are,)  to  shew;  to 
discover. 

Indico,  cere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  (in 
&  dico,)  to  indicate;  to  an- 
nounce; to  declare;  to  pro- 
claim;  to  ajjpoint;  hence, 

Indictus,  a,  um,  part. 

Indicus.  a,  um.  adj.  of  Indian 
Indian. 

Indigena,  se,  c.  (in  &  geno,) 
one  born  in  a  certain  place, 
a  native. 

Indoles,  is,  f.  (in  &  oleo,  to 
grow,)  the  natural  disposi- 
tion; nature;  inherent  qual- 
ity.    See  ingenium. 

Induco,  cere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  (in 
&  duco,)  to  lead  in;  to  in- 
duce; to  persuade;  hence, 

Inductus,  a,  um,  part. 

Induo,  -duere,  -dui,-dutum,  tr. 
to  put  on;  to  dress;  to  clothe, 

Indus,  i,  m.  a  large  river  in 
the  western  part  df  Lidia. 

Industria,  sb,  f.  (industrius,) 
industry;  diligence. 

Indutus,  a,  um,  part,  (induo.) 

Inedia,  ae,  f.  (in  &  edo,)  want 
of  food;  fasting;  hunger, 

Ineo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  tr.  &  intr. 
irr.  (in  &  eo,)  to  go  or  enter 
into;    to    enter    %t.pon;    t^      | 
make;  to  form.  ^ 

Inermis,  e,  adj.  (in  h  armji,) 
unarmed;    defencelc*-^. 

Inertia,  ae,  f.  (iners,)  wo'^^t  of 
art;  laziness;  sloth  idle- 
ness. 


INFAMIS INGRUO. 


249 


Infamis,  e,  adj.  (in  &  fama,) 
ill  spoken  of;  infaTnous; 
disgraceful, 

Infans,  tis,  c.  (in  &  fans,)  one 
who  camiot  speak;  an  in- 
fant; a  child, 

Inferi,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  infer- 
nal regions;  Hades;  Orcus; 
the  infernal  gods. 

Inferior,  us,  adj.     jSeelnferus. 

Infero,  inferre,  intiili,  illatum, 
tr.  irr.  (in  &  fero,)  to  bring 
tn  or  against;  to  bring  up- 
on; to  inflict  upon :  bellum, 
to  make  war  upon. 

Infer  us,  a,  um,  adj.  (inferior, 
inf  imus,  or  imus,  ^  26,  2,) 
lovr,   humble, 

Infesto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
infest;  to  disturb;  to  mo- 
lest; to  vex;  to  plague;  to 
trouble;  to  annoy;  from 

Infest  us,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (in  &  festus,)  not 
pleasant;  hostile;  inimical, 

Infigo,  gere,  xi,  xum,  tr.  (in 
&  figo,)  to  fix;  to  fasten; 
to  drive  in, 

Infinitus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
finio,)  infinite;  unbcntnded; 
vast;  immense :  infinitum 
argenti,  an  immense  quan- 
tity of  silver  :  infinlta  no- 
bilitas,  a  vast  number  &c. 

Infirmus,  a,  um,  adj.  ior,  issi- 
mu3>  (in  &  firmus,)  weak; 
i7ifir7n, 

Infixus,  part,  (infigo.) 

Iiiflammo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  set  on  fire;  to  inflame; 
to  excite;  to  animate. 


Inflatus,  a,  um,  part,  (inflo,) 
blotvn  upon;  puffed  up^ 

Infligo,  gere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  (in 
&  fligo,)  properly,  to  strike 
one  thiiig  against  another; 
hence,  to  inflict, 

Inflo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in  & 
flo,)  to  blow  upon. 

Infra,  prep,  beneath;  bdoiv, 

Infrendeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  (in  & 
frendeo,)  to  gnash  with  the 
teeth, 

Infringo,-fringere,-fregi,-frac- 
tum,  tr.  (in  &  frango,)  to 
break  or  rend  in  pieces;  to 
disannul;  to  make  void, 

Infundo,  -fundere,  -fudi,  -fu- 
sum,  tr.  (in  &  fundo,)  to  * 
pour    in  :    infunditur,     it 
empties;    (said  of  rivers.) 

Ingenium,  i,  n.  (in  &  geno,) 
judgment;  sagacity;  pene- 
tration; natural  disposi- 
tion; genius;  talents;  cha- 
racter, 

Ingens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  ^  26,  6,) 
great;  very  great;  huge; 
(in  a  much  higher  sense 
than  magnus.) 

Ingenuus,  a,um,adj.(ingeno,) 
natural ;  free-born  ;  free  ; 
noble;  ingenuous, 

Ingredior,-gredi,-gressus  sum, 
tr.  &  intr.  dep.  (in  &  gra- 
dior,)  to  go  in;  to  enter;  to 
come  in;  to  walk;  to  walk 
upon;  to  go, 

Ingressus,  a,  um,  part. 

Ingruo,  -gruere,  -grui,  tr.  to 
invade;  to  assail;  to  paicr 
dovxii;  to  fall  upon  suddenly 


2b0 


INHJEREO INSIDEO. 


xnhsereo,  -haerere,  -haesi,  -hae- 

sum,  intr.  (in  &  haereo,)  to 

cleave  or  stick  to  or  i7i :  co- 

gitationibus,  to  be  fixed  or 

lost  in  thought, 
Inhio,  are,    avi,   atum,  tr.  & 

intr.   (in    &   hio,)  to  gape 

for;  to  desire, 
Inimicus,  a,  um,  adj.    comp. 

(in    &  amicus,)    inimical; 

hostile, 
Inimicus,  i,  m.  subs,  an  enemy, 
Inique,  adv.  ius,  issime,  (ini- 

quus,     in    &    aequus,    not 

equal;)  unequally;  unjustly, 
Initium,  i,  n.   (ineo,)  a  com- 

mencement;  a  heginning, 
'Initurus,  a,  um,  part,  (ineo,) 

about  to  enter  wponoT  begin. 
Injicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 

tr.  (id-  &  jacio,)  to  throw 

in  or  uyon. 
Injuria,  as,  f.   (injurius,  in  & 

jus,)  an  injury;  an  insult, 
Jnnato,   are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 

(in  &   nato,)    to  sioim  or 

float  upon, 
Innitor,  -niti,  -nisus  or  nixus 

sum,  intr.  dep.  (in  &  nitor,) 

to  lean  or  depend  upon;  to 

rest  upon. 
Innocentia,   ae,    f.    (in  &  no- 

cens,)  harmlessness;  inno- 

cence, 
Innotesco,  -notescere,  -notui, 

intr.    inc.   (in  &  notesco,) 

to    become    knoiun;    to   be 

known, 
Innoxius.  a,  um,  adj.   comp. 

(in  &  noxius,)  harmless. 


Innumerabllis,  e,  adj.  (in  & 
numerabilis,)  innumerable, 

Innumerus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
numerus,)  without  number, 

Inopia,  ae,  f.  (inops,)  want; 
scarcity, 

Inopus,  i,  m.  a  fountain  or 
river  of  Delos,  near  which 
Apollo  and  Diana  were 
said  to  have  been  born, 

Inprimis,  and  in  primis,  adv. 
same  as  imprimis. 

Inquam,  or  Inquio,  def.  I  say; 
^  84,  2. 

[nqumo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
pollute;  to  stain;  to  soil, 

InquIro,-quirere,-quisIvi,  -qui- 
situm,  tr.  (in  &  quaero,)  to 
seek  for;  to  inquire;  to  in* 
vestigate. 

Insania,  ae,  f.  (insanus,)  mad- 
ness, 

Insanio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr.  (in- 
sanus,) to  be  mad, 

Inscrlbo,  -scribere,  -scripsi, 
-scriptum,  tr.  (in  &scribo,) 
to  lorite  upon;  to  inscribe, 

Inscriptus,  a,  um,  part. 

Insectum,  i,  n.  (inseco,)  an 
insect, 

Insequens,  tis,  part,  succeed' 
ing;  subsequent;  following; 
from 

Insequor,-sequi,-secutus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (in  &  sequor,)  to 
follow  after;  to  follow. 

Insidens,  tis,  part,  from 

Insideo,  -sidcre,-sedi,-sessum, 
intr.  (in  &  sedeo,)  to  sit 
upon 


INSIDIJE INTERCIPIO. 


251 


InsidiaB,  arum,  f.  pi.  (insideo,) 
art  ambush ;  ambuscade  ; 
treachery;  deceit :  per  insi- 
dias,  treacherously, 

Ifisidians,  tis,  part,  from 

liisidior,ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(insidice,)  to  lie  in  wait;  to 
lie  in  ambush;  to  deceive, 

Ifisigne,  is,  n.  a  mark;  a  to- 
ken; an  ensign;  from 

[nsignis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
sigxiMm^)  distinguished  {by 
some  mark;)  eminent. 

[nsisto,  -sistere,  -stiti,  -stitum, 
intr.  (in  &  sisto,)  to  stand 
icpon;  to  insist, 

Insolabiliter,  adv.  (in  &  solor,) 
incon^olably , 

Insolens,  tis,  adj.  (in  &  so- 
lens,)  (ior,  issimus,)  Twt 
usval;  indolent;  haughty; 

Insolenter,  adv.  (insolens,) 
(ius,  issime,)  haughtily; 
insolently, 

Inspectans,  tis,  part,  from 

Inspecto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (in  &  specto,)  to  look 
upon;  to  inspect, 

Instaturus,  a,  um,  part,  (insto,) 

[nstituo,-stituere,-stitui,-stitu- 
tum,  tr.  (in  &  statuo,)  to 
set,  or  put  into;  to  appoiiit; 
to  resolve;  to  make;  to  or- 
der, 

Iiistitutum,  i,  n.  an  institution; 
a  doctrine;  from 

Institutus,  a,  um,  part,  (in- 
stituo.)  ^ 

Insio, -stare,  stiti,  intr.  (in  & 
sto,)  to  stand  near  to;  to 
urge;    to    persist;    to  ha- 


rass; to  pursue  closely,   to 

beg  earnestly, 
Instrumentum,  i,  n.  (instruo,) 

an  instrument;  uteiisil;  im- 

plement, 
Instruo,-struere,-struxi,-struc- 

tiim,  tr.   (in   &   struo,)  to 

put  together,  or  in  order; 

to  arrange;  to  prepare;  to 

supply  with;  to  instruct, 
Insiibres,  um,  m.  pi.   a  people 

living  north  of  the  Po,  in 

Cisalpine  Gaul, 
Insuesco,-suescere,-suevi,-  suS 

tum,  intr.  inc.  (in  &  sues- 

co,)  to  groio  accustomed. 
Insula,  33,  f.  an  island, 
Insijper,  adv.    (in    &   super,) 

moreover. 
Integer,  gra,  grum,  adj.  (in& 

tago,  whence   tango,)  (ri- 

or,  errimus,)  7ioi  touched; 

whole;  entire;  unhurt;  just; 

uncorrupted, 
Intego,  -tegere,  -texi, -tectum, 

tr.  (in  &  tego,)  to  cover, 
Integritas,   atis,    f.    (integer.) 

integrity;  probity;  honesty, 
Inteilectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Intelligo,-ligere,-lexi,-lectum, 

tr.  (inter  &  lego,)  to  choose 

between;  hence,   to  under" 

stand;  to  'perceive;  to  dis* 

cern;  to  know;  to  learn. 
Inter,  prep,  between;  among: 

inter  se,  mutually ,  occur- 

rentes    inter    se,    meeting 

each  other, 
Intercipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 

tum,  tr.  (inter  &  capio,)  to 

seize  by  surprise;  to  inter* 


252 


INTERDICO INTREPIDUS. 


vcpt;    to   usurp ;    to    take 
away  fraudulently, 

Imerdico,  -dicere,  -dixi,  -dic- 
tum, tr.  (inter  &  dico,)  to 
tnteiyose  a  command;  to 
forbid;  to  'prohibit; 

Interdictus,  a,  um,  part. 

Interdiu,  adv.  (inter  &  ddu,) 
by  day;  in  the  day-time, 

Interdum,  adv.  (inter  &  dum,) 
sometimes, 

Interea,  adv.  (inter  &  ea,)  in 
the  mean  time,  * 

Interemptus,  a,  um,  part,  (in- 
terimo.) 

Intereo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  intr.  irr. 
(inter  &;eo,^  83,3,)  toperish. 

Interest,  imp.  (intersum,)  it 
concerns :  mea,  zY  concerns 
me. 

Interfector,  oris,  m.  a  murder- 
er; a  slayer;  a  destroyer, 

Interfectus,  a,  um,  part,  killed. 

Interficio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fec- 
tum,  tr.  (inter  &  facio,)  to 
destroy;  to  kill;  to  slay. 

Interim,  adv.  (inter  &im,  the 
■  old  ace.  of  is,)  in  the  mean 
time, 

Interimo,  -imere,  -emi,  -emp- 
tum,  tr.  (inter  &  emo,)  to 
take  from  the  midst;  to  kill; 
to  put  to  death;  to  slay. 

Interior,  us, adj.  (sup.  intimus, 
^  26,  2,)  inner;  the  interior, 

Interius^  adv.  (mixo,)  farther 
in  the  interior, 

Interjectus,  a,  um,  part,  cast 
between)  anno  interjecto, 
a  year  having  intervened; 
a  year  after;  from 


Interjicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jec- 
tum,  tr.  (inter  &;  jacio,)  to        ■ 
throw  between, 

Internecio,  onis,  f.  (interneco,) 
rui7i;  destruction:  ad  in- 
ternecionem,  with  a  gent' 
ral  massacre, 

Internodium,  i,  n.  (inter  &  no- 
dus,) the  space  between  tivo 
knots;  a  joint. 

Internus,  a,  um,  ^di],  internal; 
mare  internum,  the  Medi- 
terranean sea, 

Interpres,etis,c.«?^^7^^er39reifer 

Interregnum,  i,  n.  (inter  &reg- 
num,)  an  interregnum;  a 
vacancy  of  the  throne, 

Interrogo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(inter  &  rogo,)  to  ask, 

Intersum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr. 
(inter  &  sum,)  to  be  pre- 
sent at,  between,  with,  or 
among, 

Intervallum,  i,  n.  (inter  &  val- 
lus,)  an  interval;  a  space; 
a  distance, 

Interveniens,  tis,  part,  from 

Intervenio,  venire,  veni,  ven- 
tum,  intr.  (inter  &  venio,) 
to  come  between;  to  inter- 
vene, 

Intexo,  ere,  ui,  tum,  tr.  (in  & 
texo,)  to  interweave, 

Intimus,  a,  um,  adj.  sup.  (in- 
terus,  interior,  ^  26,  2,)  in* 
nermost;  inmost;  intimate; 
familiar;  much  beloved. 

Intra,  preg,  within  : — adv.  in- 
ward, 

Intrepidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  & 
trepidus,)/(2arZe55;  intrepid       \ 


INTRO — IRE. 


253 


Intro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (intro, 
&  eo,)  to  enter. 

Introduco,-ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tuiii,  tr.  (intro  &  daco,)  to 
lead  in;  to  introduce, 

Introitus,  us,  m.  (introeo,)  an 
ent  ranee. 

Intuens,  tis,  part,  from 

Intueor,  eri,  itus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(in  ^  tueor,)  to  look  wpon; 
to  consider;  to  behold;  to 
gaze  at. 

Intus,  adv.  within, 

Inusitatus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(in  &  usitatus,)  unaccus- 
tomed, unusual;  extraor- 
dinary, 

Inutilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in  & 
utilis,)  useless, 

Invado,  -vadere,  -vasi,  vasum, 
tr.  (in  &  vado.)  to  invade; 
to  attack;  to  assail, 

Invenio,-venire,veni.-ventum, 
tr.  (in  &  venio,)  to  come  to^ 
or  upon;  to  find;  to  get;  to 
procure;  to  obtain;  to  in- 
vent; to  discover, 

InventuSj  a,  um,  part. 

Investigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(in  &  vestigo,)  to  trace  or 
jfind  out;  to  investigate;  to 
discover, 

Invicem,  adv.  (in  &  vicis,)  mu- 
tually; in  turn:  se  invi- 
cem occiderunt,  they  slew 
one  another, 

Invictus,  a,  um,  part,  (in  & 
vie t us,)  unconquerable;  im- 
penetrable; invulnerable, 

Invidia,  ae,  f.  (invidus,)  envy; 
hatred. 


Invisus,  a,  um,  adj.  (in video,) 
envied;  hated;  hateful;  ob- 
noxious :  plebi,  unpopular, 

Invitatus,  a,  um,  part,  invited, 
entertained: — ^whs.  a  guest. 

Invito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
invite, 

Invius,  a,  um,  adj.  (in  &  via,) 
impassible;  inaccessible;  im- 
penetrable, 

Invoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in 
&  voco,)  to  call  upon;  to 
invoke, 

lones,  um,  m.  pi.  Io7iians;  the 
inhabitants  of  Ionia, 

Ionia,  ae,  f.  Ionia;  a  country  on 
the  western  coast  of  Asia 
Mi7wr, 

lonius,  a,  um,  adj.  of  Ionia; 
Ionian :  mare,  that  part 
of  the  Mediterranean  which 
lies  between  Greece  and  the 
south  of  Italy, 

Iphicrates,  is,  m.  an  Athenian 
general, 

Iphigenia,  £e,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Agamemnon  and  Chj" 
temnestra^  and  priestess  of 
Diana, 

Ipse,  a,  um,  pro.  ^  32,  he  him- 
self; she  herself;  itself;  or 
simply  he;  she;  it :  et  ipse, 
he  also  ;  before  a  verb  of 
the  first  or  second  person, 
/;  tho^t :  ego  ipse,  I  myself: 
tu  ipse,  tho2i  thyself  6cc. 

Ira,  ae,  f.  anger;  rage.hence, 

Irascor,  irasci,  intr.  dep.  to  be 
angry,  hence. 

Iratus,  a,  um,  adj.  angry. 

Ire.     See  Eo. 


22 


254 


IRREPAEABILIS ^JACULOR. 


Irreparabilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (in 
&  reparabilis,)  iiTcparahle; 
irrecoverable.  • 

^rretio,  Ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (in  & 
rete,)  to  enclose  in  a  net;  to 
entangle;  to  ensnare. 

Irridens,  lis,  part,  from 

Irrideo,  dere,  si,  sum,  tr.  (in  & 
rideo,)  to  laugh  at;  to  de- 
ride. 

Irrigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (in  & 
rigo,)  to  water;  to  bedew; 
to  moisten. 

Irrito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (hirrio, 
to  snarl  like  a  dog;) to  irri- 
tate; to  provoke;   to  incite. 

Irruens,  tis,  part,  from 

Irruo,  uere,  ui,  (in  &  ruo,)  intr. 
to  rush  in^  into^  or  wpon; 
to  rush;  to  attack. 

Is,  ea,  id.  pro.  §  31,  this;  he; 
she;  it :  in  eo  esse,  i.  e.  in 
eo  statu,  to  be  in  that  state; 
to  be  ziyon  the  yohit. 

Issus,  i,  f.  a  maritime  city  of 
Cilicia. 

Issicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or  be- 
longing  to  Issus. 

Isocrates,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  orator. 

Iste,  a,  ud,  pro.  ^  31,  tha  ; 
that  person  or  thing;  he; 
she^  it.  {The  demonstra- 
tive of  the  second  person^ 
and  used  to  indicate  a  thing 
near,  relating  to^  or  spoke?i 
of  by  the  person  addressed. 
^  2S.  Obs.  3,  3d.) 

Ister,  tri,  m.  the  name  of  the 
Daiiube,  after  it  enters  II- 
lyricum. 


Isthmicus,   a,   um,  adj.  Isth* 

mian;    belonging    to    the 

Isthmus  of  Corinth  :   ludi, 

games   celebrated   at   thai 

place. 
Isthmus,  i,  m.  an  isthmus. 
Ita,  adv.   (is,)   so;  in  such  a 

manner;  even  so;  thus. 
Italia,  3B,  f.  Italy. 
Italus,  a,  um,  adj.  Italian 
Itali,  subs,  the  Italians. 
Italic  us,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 

to  Italy;  Italian. 
Itaque,  adv.   (ita  &  que,)  and 

so;  therefore. 
Iter,  itineris,  n.   (eo,)  a  jour' 

ney;  a  road;  a  march. 
Iterum,adv.  (iter,)  again;  once 

more;  a  second  time. 
Ithaca,  ae,  f.  a  rocky  island  in 

the  Ionian  sea,  with  a  city 

of  the  same  name. 
Itidem,  adv.  (ita  &  idem,)  in 

like  manner;  likewise;  also, 
Iturus,  a,  um,  part,  (eo.) 
Ivi.     See  Eo. 


Jacens,  tis,  part,  from 
Jaceo,  ere,ui,itum,i6>  lie:m\x.to 

be  situated. 
Jacio,  jacere,  jeci,  jactum,  tr 

to  throw;  to  cast;  to  fling; 

to  hurl. 
Jacto,   are,    avi,    atum,   freq 

(jacio,)  to  throw  often;  ta 

toss;  to  agitate. 
Jactus,  a,   um,  part,   (jacio,,' 

cast;  thrown. 
Jaculor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep 


JAM — JUS. 


265 


(jaciilum,  from  jacio,)  to 
■L  kurly  to  dart;  to  shoot, 
K  Jam,  adv.  (a  stronger  term 
V  than  nunc,)  now;  already; 
B  'presently;  even:  jam  nunc, 
•  even  now :  jam  turn,  even 

,  then :  jam  inde,  ever  since : 

jam  primum,  in  the  first 
place, 

Jamdudum,  adv.   (jam  &  du- 
!  dum,  lately;)  long  ago, 

Janiculum,  i,  n.  one  of  the  se- 
ven hills  of  Rome, 

Jason,    onis,    m.    the   son  of 
\         jEson^  king   of  Thessaly, 
and   leader   of  the  Argo- 
nauts; also,  an  inhabitant 
of  Lycia, 

Jejunus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
fasting;  hungry, 

Jovis.     See  Jupiter. 

Juba,  ae,  f.  the  mane. 

Jubeo,  jubere,  jussi,  jussum, 
tr.  to  command;  to  hid;  to 
order;  to  direct, 

Jucundus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(jocus,)  agreeable;  delight- 
ful; pleasant;  sweet, 

Judaea,  se,  f.  Judea, 

Judseus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Judea : — subs,  a  Jew. 

Judex,  icis,  c.  (jndico,)  a 
judge. 

Judicium,  i,  n.  (judex,)  a 
judgment;  decision. 

Judico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (jus 
&  dico,)  to  judge;  to  deem; 
to  determine;  to  decide, 

Jugerum,  i,  n.  ^  18,  7,  {the 
quantity    ploughed    by   a 


yoke  of  oxen  in  one  day;) 
an  acre  of  land. 

Jugum,  i,  n.  (jungo,)  a  yoke  ^ 
a  ridge  or  chain  of  moan' 
tains;  in  war^  an  insiru- 
ment  consisting  of  two 
spears  placed  erect ^  and  a 
third  laid  transversely  up- 
ort  them. 

Jugurtha,  ae,  m.  a  king  of 
Numidia, 

Julius,  i,  m.  a  name  of  Ctssar^ 
ivho  belonged  to  the  gens 
Julia. 

Junctus,  a,  um,  part,  (jungo.) 

Junior,  adj.  (comparative  from 
juvenis,)  younger;  ^2^^  6. 

Junius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  tribe  which  include 
ed  the  family  of  Brutus, 

Jungo,  jungere,  junxi,  junc- 
tum,  tr.  to  unite;  to  con- 
nect;  to  join:  currui,  to 
put  in;  to  harness  to, 

Juno,  onis,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Saturn  and  ivife  of  Jupi' 
ter. 

Jupiter,  Jovis,  m.  ^  15,  12,  the 
son  of  Saturn  and  king  of 
the  gods. 

Jurgiosus.  a,  um,  adj.  (jurgi- 
um,)  quarrelsome ;  brawl' 
ing. 

Juro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
swear;  from 

Jus,  juris,  n.  right;  justice; 
natural  law:  jus  civitatis, 
the  freedom  of  the  city;  citi- 
zenship :  jure,  with  reason; 
rightly;  deservedly. 


256 


JUSSI — LANATUS. 


Jussi,     See  Jubeo. 
Jussus,  a,  um,  part,  (jubeo.) 
^ussu,  abl.  m.  (jubeo,)  a  com- 
ma/id, 
Justitia,  8B,  f.  justice;  from 
Justus, a, um, adj.  comp.  (jus,) 

just;  right;  full;  regular; 

ordinary;  exact, 
Juvenca,  se,  f.  (f.  of  juvencus, 

i.  e.  juvenicus,  fr.  juyenis,) 

a  cow;  a  heifer, 
Juvencius,    i,    m.    a    'Roman 

general^  conquered  by  An- 

driscus. 
Juvenis,  adj.  junior,  §  26,  6,) 

(fr.    juvo,)  young;   youth- 
ful. 
Juvenis,  is,  c.   a  yotmg  man 

or  woman;  a  youth;  hence, 
Juventus,  utis,  f.  youth, 
Juvo,  juvare,  juvi,  jutum,  tr. 

to  help;  to  assist, 
Juxta,    prep,    (jun^o,)    near; 

hav^     by :  —  adv.     alike  ; 

evc/.     ernally. 


L.,  an  abbreviation  of  Jjucius, 

Labor,  &  Labos,  oris,  m.  la- 
bor; toil. 

Labor,  labi,  lapsus,  intr.  dep. 
to  fall;  to  glide;  to  glide 
away;  to  flow  on. 

Laboriosus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(labor,)  laborious, 

Laboro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  2vork  or  labor;  to  suffer 
with;  to  be  distressed. 

Labyrinth  us,  i,  m.  a  labyrinth. 

Lac,  lactis,  n.  milk. 


LacedsBmon,  onis,  f.  LacedcB' 
7)1071,  or  Sparta,  the  capital 
of  Laconiii, 

Lacedaemonius,  a,  um,  adj. 
belonging  to  Lacedcemon; 
LacedcBnionian;  Spa?  ta7i, 

Laceratus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Lacero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr 
(lacer,  mangled;)  to  tear 
in  pieces. 

Lacessitus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Lacesso,  ere,  ivi,  jtum,  tr. 
(lacio,)  to  provoke-;  to  stir 
up;  to  disturb;  to  ti'ouble, 

L  aery  ma,  ge,  f.  a  tear, 

Lacus,  us,  m.  a  lake. 

Laconicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Lacon- 
ic; Spartan;  LacedcBmonian, 

Laedo,  laedere,  laesi,  laesum, 
tr.  to  iyijure;  to  hurt, 

Lsetatus,  a,  um,  part.  Isetor.) 

Laetitia,  ae,  f.  (Isetus,)  joy. 

Laetor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  rejoice;  to  be  glad; 
to  be  delighted  loith. 

Laetus,  a,  um,  adj.  (jor,  issi- 
mus,)  glad;  joyful;  full  of 
joy;  fortu7iate;  prosperous; 
fruitful;  abundant. 

Laevmus,  i,  m.  the  na7ne  of  a 
Roma7i  family ;  (P.  Vale- 
rius,) a  Roman  consul. 

Laevor,  oris,  m.  (laevis  or  le- 
vis,)  S7noothness. 

Lagus,  i,  m.  a  Macedo?iianj 
who  adopted  as  his  son  that 
Ptolemy  who  afterwards 
became  king  of  Egypt, 

Lana,  ae,  f.  loool, 

Lanatus,  a,  um,  adj.  bearing 
wool;  woolly. 


LANIATUS LEGATIO. 


257 


Lani^tus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Lanio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
*         tear-  in  pieces. 

Lapicidina,  se,  f.  (lapis  &  cse- 

do,)  a  quarry. 
Lapideus,  a,  um,  adj.  stony; 

from 
i^apis,  idis,  m.  a  stone. 
Lapsus,  a,  um,  part,  (labor.) 
Laqueus,    i,    m.    a  noose;    a 

snare. 
Largitio,  onis,  f.  (largior,  from 

largus,)  a  present. 
Late,  adv.  (ii^s,  issime,)  toide- 

ly;  extensively;  from  latus. 
Latebra,  a;,  f.  (lateo,)  a  lurk- 

ing'jtlace;   a  hiding-place; 

a  retreat. 
Latens,  tis,  part,  from 
Lateo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  he  hid- 
den; to  he  concealed;  to  he 

icnknown^  to  he  unknown  to. 
Later,  eris,  m.  a  hrick. 
Laterculus,  i,  m.  dim.  (later,) 

a  little  hrick;  a  hrick. 
Latinus,  i,  m.  an  ancient  king 

of  the  Laurentes,  a  people 

of  Italy, 
Latinus,  a,  um,  adj.  Latin;  of 

Latium  :  Latini,  subs,  the 

Latins. 
Latitudo,inis,  f, (latus) 5rea^^^. 
Latium,  i,  n.  Latium. 
Latmus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  in 

Caria,  near  the  horders  of 

Ionia. 

Latona,  se,  f.  the  daughter  of 

tht  giant  Ccsus,  and  nio- 

thet  of  Apollo  and  Diana. 

Latro  are,  avi,  atum,   intr  & 

tr.  to  hark;  to  hark  at. 


Latro,   onis    m.    properly,  a 

mercenary    soldier ;    co)n- 

moniy,  a  rohher. 
Latrocinium,  i,  n.   (latrocjn- 

or,)  7'obbery;  piracy. 
Laturus,  a,  um,  part,  (fero.) 
Latus,  a,   um,  adj.    (ior,  issi* 

mus,)  hYoad;  wide. 
Latus,  eris,  n.  a  side, 
Laudatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Laudo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

praise;  to  extol;  to  commends 
Laurentia,  ae,  f.     See  Acca. 
Laus,  dis,  f.  praise;  glory;  hon^ 

or;  fame;  repute;    estima^ 

tion;   value. 
Laute,  adv.  ius,  issime,  (lau- 

tus,  fr.  lavo,)  sumptuously; 

magnificently. 
Lavinia,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 

Latmus,    and    the    second 

wife  of  Mneas. 
Lavinium,  i,  n.  a  city  in  Italy ^ 

huilt  hy  Mnlas. 
Lavo,  lavare,  &  lavere,  lavi 

lotum,  lautum,  &  lavatum, 

tr.  to  wash;   to  hathe. 
Leaena,  ae,  f.  a  lioness. 
Leander,  &Leandrus,  dri,  m 

a  youth  of  Ahydos,  distin- 
guished for  his  attachment 

to  Hero. 
Lebes,  etis,  m.  a  kettle;  a  cal' 

dron. 
Lectus,  a,  um,    part,    (lego,) 

read;  chosen. 
Leda,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of  Tynda- 

rus,  king  of  Sparta^  and  the 

mother  of  Helena, 
Legatio,    onis,  f.  (lego,  &re,) 

an  emhassy. 


259 


LEGATUS — LIGO. 


Legatus,  i,  m.  (lego,  are,)  a 
deputy;  a  lieutenant;  an 
ambassador, 

Legio,  onis,  f.  (lego,  ere,)  o'Ze- 
gio7i;  ten  cohorts  of  soldiers. 

Legislator,  oris,  m.(lex&fero,) 
a  legislator;  a  law  giver. 

Lego,  iegere,  legi,  lectum,  tr. 
to  gather;  to  collect;  to 
choose;  to  read. 

Lemanus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
lake  in  Gaul^  borderiiig  up- 
on the  country  of  the  Helve- 
tiij  now  the  lake  of  Geneva. 

Leo,  onis,  m.  a  lion. 

Leonid  as,  ae,  m.  a  brave  king 
of  Sparta,  who  fell  in  the 
battle  of  Thermopylce. 

Leontinus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ijig  to  heontini^  a  city  and 
a  people  of  the  same  naniCy 
on  the  eastern  coast  of  Sicily. 

Lepidus,  i,  m.  the  name  of  an 
illustrious  family  of  the 
Mmilian  clan. 

Lepus,  oris,  m.  a  hare. 

Letalis,  e,  'd,^\.  fatal;  deadly; 
from 

Letum,  and  lethum,  i,  n.  death. 

Levis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
light;  trivial;  inconsidera- 
ble; smooth;  hence, 

Levitas,  atis,  f.  lightness. 

Levo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (le- 
vis,)  to  make  light;  to  ease; 
to  relieve;  to  lighten;  to  al- 
leviate. 

Lex,  gis,  f.  (lego,)  statute  or 
written  laio;  a  law;  a  condi- 
tion. Legem  ferre,  or  ro- 
gdiie,  to  propose  a  law.  See  jus. 


Libens,  tis,  part.  (Jibet,)  wil 
ling. 

Libenter,  adv.  (ius,  issime,  fr 
libens,)  willingly. 

Libet,  or  Lubet,  libuit,  imp.  it 
pleases. 

Liber,libera,liberum.adj./r6e; 
(liberior,  liberrimus.) 

Liber,  libri,  m.  the  inner  bark 
of  a  tree;  a  writing  on 
bark;  a  leaf;  a  book. 

Liberaliter,  adv.  (liberalis,) 
liberally:  kindly. 

Liberates,  a,  um,  part,  (libe- 
ro,)  liberated;  set  at  liberty. 

Libere,  adv.  ius,  rime,  (li- 
ber,) freely;  without  re- 
straint. 

Liberi,  orum,  m.  pi.  (liber,) 
persons  free  born;  children. 

Libero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
free;  to  liberate;  to  deliver. 

Libertas,  atis,  f.(liber,)  liberty. 

Libya,  se,  f.  properly  Libya,  a 
kingdo?n  of  Africa,  ^y^tig 
west  of  Egypt;  sometimes 
it  comprehends  the  whole 
of  Africa. 

Licinius,  i,  m.  a  name  common 
among  the  Romans. 

Licet,uit,  itum  est,  imp.  ^  86, 4. 
it  is  lauful;  it  is  permitted: 
tibi,    you   may:    mie  may 

Licet,  conj.  although. 

Lienosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (lieu, 
the  spleen,)  splenetic. 

Ligneus,  a,  um,  adj.  ti;oo<f  gn.fr. 

Lignum,  i,  n.  wood ;  a  log  of 
wood  ;  ,  timber  :  ligna,  pie- 
ces of  wood;  sticks. 

Ligo,  are, avi, atum, tr  toUnd, 


LIGURIA LL'CU  LLUS 


259 


Liguria,  se,  f.  Liguria^  a  coun- 
try in  the  west  of  Italy. 

Ligus,  tiris,  m.  a  Ligurzan. 

LigustTcus,  a,  urn,  adj.  Ligu- 
rian :  mare,  the  gulf  of 
Genoa. 

Lilybseum.  i,  n.  a  'promo7itory 
on  the  western  coast  of  Sic- 
ily.^ 

Limpidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,)  (lympha  or  limpa,) 
transparent;  limpid;  clear. 

Limus,  i,  m.  mud;  clay. 

Lingua,  86,  f.  (lingo,)  the 
tongue;  a  language. 

Linuni.  i,  n.flax;  li?ien. 

Liquidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (liqueo, 
to  inelt;)  (ior,  issimus,)  li- 
quid; clear;  jnire;  limpid. 

Lis,  litis,  f.  a  strife;  a  conten- 
tion; a  controversy. 

Littera,  or  Litera,  oe,  f.  (lino,) 
a  letter  of  the  alphabet : 
(pi.)  letters;  literature; 
learriing;  a  letter;  an  epis- 
tle; hence, 

Litterarius,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  letters;  literary. 

Littus,  or  Litus,  oris,  n.  the 
shore. 

Loco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
place,  set,  dispose,  or  ar- 
raiige;  to  give  of  dispose 
of  in  marriage;  from 

Locus,  i,  m.  in  sing. ;  loci  & 
loca,  m.  &  n.  in  pi.  a 
place. 

Locusta,  86,  f.  a  locust. 

Longe,  adv.  (ius,  issim^,)  (lon- 
gus,)/ar;  far  off.^ 

Longinquus,a,um,  adj.  (comp. 


ior,)  far;    distant;    long, 
foreign. 

Longitudo,mis,f.  length;  from 

Longus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) long;  applied  both 
to  time  and  space;  last" 
ing. 

Loctitus,  a,  um,part.  (loquor,) 
having  spoken. 

Locuturus,  a,  um,  part,  about 
to  speak;  from 

Loquor,  loqui,  locutus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  speak;  to  con- 
verse ,  tr.  to  say. 

Lorica,  se,  f.  a  coat  of  mail, 
corselet;  breast-plate;  cui- 
rass; (anciently  made  of 
thongs  ;)  from 

Lorum,  i,  n.  a  thong. 

Lubens,  tis,  part,  (lubet.) 

Lubenter,  adv.  (ius,  issime.) 
See  Libenter. 

Lubet.      See  Libet. 

Lubido,  or  Libido,  inis,  f.  lust; 
desire. 

Lubricus,*a,  um,  adj.  (labor,) 
to  slip;  slippery. 

Luceo,  lucere,  luxi,  intr.  to 
shine. 

Lucius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  pr^e- 
nomen. 

Lucretia,  se,  f.  a  Horn  an  mat- 
ron, the  wife  of  Collatlnus 

Lucretius,  i,  m.  the  father  of 
Lucretia. 

Luctus,  us,  m.  (lugeo,)  mourn- 
Z7ig;  sorroio. 

Lucullus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  cele- 
brated for  his  luxury,  his 
patronage  of  learned  men^ 
and  his  military  talents 


260 


LUCUS MACRO  BIT. 


Lucus,  i,  m.  a  wood^  consecra- 
ted to  some  deity;  a  grone. 

Ludo,  lutlere,  lusi,  lusum,  tr. 
to  play;  to  be  m  sport;  to 
deceive;  from 

Ludus,  i,  m.  a  game;  a  play; 
a  place  of  exercise;  a  school; 
gladiatorius,  a  school  for 
gladiators. 

Lugeo,  lugere,  luxi,  intr.  to 
mourn:  to  lament. 

Lumen,  inis,  n.  (luceo,)  light; 
an  eye, 

Luna,  aB,  f.  the  moon, 

Lupa,  JE,  f.  a  she-wolf 

Lupus,  i,  m.  a  wolf, 

Luscinia,  ae,  f.  a  nightingale, 

Lusitania,  se,  f.  a  part  of  His- 
pania,  now  Portugal, 

Lustro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
purify;  to  appease;  to  ex- 
piate: exercitum,  to  re- 
view; to  muster;  from 

Lustrum,  i,  n.  (luo  or  lavo,) 
purification;  a  sacrifice  of 
purification  offered  at  l:he 
conclusion  of  the  census  eve- 
ry five  years;  a  period  of 
five  years;  a  place  for  hath- 
i?ig;  hence  the  place  where 
swine  wallow;  a  den  or 
Lair  of  loild  beasts, 

uusus,  us,  m.  (ludo,)  a  game; 
a  play  per  lusum,  in  sport; 
sportively, 

Lutatius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
Roman  tribe  :  C.  Lutatius 
Catulus,  a  Roman  consul 
in  the  Punic  war, 

Lutetia,  ae,  f.  a  city  of  Gaul^ 
now  Paris, 


Lutum,  i,  n.  (luo,)  day. 

Lux,  lucis,  f.  light, 

Luxuria,  as,  f.  (luxus,  fr.  luo,) 
that  which  dissolves  or  loos- 
ens the  energies  of  body  and 
mind;  hence  luxury;  excess; 
voluptuousness. 

Lycius,  a,  um,  adj.  hucian; 
of  Lycia^  a  country  Ifj  Asia 
Minor, 

Lycomedes,  is,  m.  a  king  of 
Scyros, 

Lycurgus,  i,  m.  the  Spartan 
law  giver, 

Lydia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of  Asia 
Minor. 

Lysander,  dri,  m.  a  celebrated 
Lacedcemonian  general, 

Lysimachus,  i,  m.  one  of  AleX" 
ander^s  generals^  who  was 
afterioards  king  of  a  part 
of  Thrace, 

M. 

M.,  an  abbreviation  of  Marcus, 
Msicedo, onis^ra,  a  Macedonian 
Macedonia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of 
Europe,     lying    west    of 
Thrace,  and  north  of  TheS" 
saly  and  Eptrus, 
Macedonlcus,  a,  um,  adj.  of 
Macedonia,     Macedonian : 
also,  an  agnomen,  or  sur- 
name of  Q.  Metellus. 
Macies,  ei,  f.  (maceo,)  lean' 

ness;  decay, 
Macrohii,orum  m.  pi.  [a  Greek 
word      signifying     long- 
lived;)  a  name  given  to  cer^ 
tain  tribes  of  EthiopiaTis 


MACTATUS MALUM. 


261 


who  were  distinguished  for 
their  longevity, 

Mactatus,,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Macto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ma- 
gis  aucto.  from  augeo,)  to 
increase  with  honors;  to 
enrich;  to  hoTwr  with  sa- 
crifices; hence,  to  sacrifice; 
to  slay 

!I\Iacula.  83,  f.  a  sjiot;  a  stain, 

Madeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be 
moist;  to  he  wet, 

Masnades,  um,  f.  pi.  priestesses 
of  Bacchus;  bacchants;  bac- 
chanals. 

Moiotis,  idis,  adj.  Mceotian: 
pal  us  MfEOtis,  a  lake  or 
gulf  lying  north  of  the 
Kuxine^  now  called  the  sea 
of  Azoph, 

Magis,  adv.  (sup.  maxime, 
?  89,  III.)  more;  rather  ; 
better, 

Magister,  tri,  m.  (magis,)  a 
teacher;  a  master :  magis- 
ter equitum,  the  command- 
er of  the  cavalry^  and  the 
dictator's  lieutenant;  hence 

Magistratus,  us,  m.  a  magis- 
tracy; a  civil  office;  a  ma- 
gistrate. 

Magnesia,  aB,  f.  a  town  of 
Ionia, 

Magnif  ice,  adv.  (entius,  entis- 
sitne,)  (magnif icus,)  mag- 
nificently; splendidly, 

Magnificentia,  ae,  f,  (id.)  mag- 
nificence; splendor;  gran- 
deur; from 

Magnif  icus,  a,  um,  adj.  (en- 
tior,  entissimus,)  (magnus 


and  facio,)  magnificent ; 
splendid, 

Magnitudo,  mis,  f.  (magnus,) 
greatness;  magnitude;  size; 
(applied  chiefly  to  material 
objects.) 

Magnopere,  adv.  sometimes 
magno  opere,  (magnus  & 
opus,)  greatly;  very;  ear^ 
n^tly, 

Magnus,  a  um,  adj.  (major, 
maximus,  §  26,)  (the  gene- 
ral term  applied  to  great- 
ness of  every  kind;)  great; 
large. 

Major,  comp.  (magnus,)  great- 
er: the  elder;  hence, 

Majores,  um,  m.  ^\.  forefath' 
ers;  ancestors. 

Mais,  adv.  (pejiis,  pessim^,) 
(malus,)  badly;  ill;  hurt- 
fully, 

Maledico,  -dicere,  -dixi,  -dic- 
tum, intr.  (male  &  dico,)  to 
revile;  to  rail  at;  to  abuse; 
to  reproach, 

Maledicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (en- 
tior,  entissimus,  ^  26,  3,) 
reviling;  railing;  scurri- 
lous; abusive, 

Maleficus,  a,  um,  adj.  (en- 
tior,  entissimus,)  ^  26,  3,) 
(male  &  facio,)  wicked; 
hurtful;  mischievous;  inju- 
rious : — subs,  an  evil  doer, 

Malo,  malle,  malui,  tr.  irr. 
(magis  &  volo,)  ^  83,  6,  to 
prefer;  to  he  more  willing; 
to  wish. 

Malum,  i,  n.  an  apple. 

Malum,    i,   n.    (malus,)   evii; 


262 


MALUS MARS. 


misfortune;  calamity;  suf- 
ferings; evil  deeds, 

Malus,  a,  um,  adj.  (pejor,  pes- 
simiis,  ^  26,)  had;  wicked : 
mali,  bad  men. 

Mancinus,  i,  m.  a  Romaii  con- 
sul 2oho  made  a  disgraceful 
peace  with  the  Num.antians. 

Mando,  mandere,  mandi,  man- 
sum,  tr.  to  chew;  to  eat. 

Mando,  are,  avi,  atum,tr.1[man- 
ui  &  do,)  to  give  into  one'^s 
hand;  hence  to  command; 
to  intrust;  to  commit;  to 
hid;  to  enjoiil:  man  dare 
marmoribus,  toengravewp- 
on  marhle. 

Mane,  ind.  n.  the  morning ; 
adv.  early  in  the  morning. 

Maneo,  ere,  si,  sum,  intr.  to 
remain;  to  continue. 

Manes,  ium,  m.  pi.  the  manes; 
ghosts  or  shades  of  the  dead. 

Manlius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  pro- 
per name. 

Mano,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
flow. 

Mansuefacio,  -facere,  -feci, 
-factum,  tr.  (mansues  &  fa- 
cio,)  to  tame;  to  make  tame. 

Mansuef  10,  -fieri,  factus  sum, 
irr.  §  83.  Obs.  3,  to  he  made 
tame. 

Mansuefactus,  a,  um,  part. 

Mantinea,  ae,  f.  a  city  of  Ar- 
cadia. 

Manubise,  arum,  f.  pi.  (ma- 
nus,)  booty;  spoils;  plun- 
der. 

Mani^i missus,  a,  um,  part.  fr. 

Manumitto,    -mittere,  -misi, 


-missum,  tr.  (manus  & 
to,)  to  set  free;  at  liberty , 
to  free;  to  manumit. 

Manus,  us,  f.  a  hand;  tht 
trunk  of  an  elephant;  a 
hand  or  body  of  soldiers. 

Mapale,  is,  n.  a  hut  or  cottage 
of  the  Nuvjidians. 

Marcellus,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
a  Roman  family  lohich  pro- 
duced  many  illustrious 
men. 

Marcius,  i,  m.  «  Roman  name 
"    and  cognomen  or  surname. 

Marcus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  prae- 
nomen. 

Mare,  is,  n.  the  sea;  {a  gene- 
ral term :  agquor,  a  level 
surface :  pontus,  the  sea, 
so  called  from  Pontus,  an 
ancient  god  of  the  sea  :  pe- 
lagus,  the  deep  sea.) 

Margarita,  se,  f.  a  pearl. 

Mariandyni,  orum,  m.  pi.  a 
people  of  Bithynia. 

Marinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (mare,) 
marine;  pertaining  to  the 
sea :  aqua  marina,  sea'- 
water. 

Maritimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (id.) 
tnaritime;  on  the  sea- coast : 
copias,  naval  forces. 

Maritus,  i,  m.  (mas,)  a  hus- 
band. 

Marius,  i,  m.  (C.)  a  dzstin- 
gushed  Roman  general, 
who  was  seven  times  elect- 
ed consul. 

Marmor,  oris,  n.  marble 

Mars,  tis,  m.  the  son  of  Jupiter 
and  Juno,  and  god  of  war. 


MARSI MEGASTHENES. 


263 


Marsi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 
of  Latium^  upon  the  borders 
of  lake  Ticznus. 
•  Marsyas,  ae,  m.  a  celebrated 
Phrygian  musician  •  also, 
a  brother  of  Antigoniis^ 
the  king  of  Macedonia. 
i;     Massa,  ae,  f.  a  mass;  a  lump, 

Massicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Massic, 
of  Masstcus^  a  mountain 
in  Campania^  famous  for 
its  wine:  vinum,  Massic 
wine. 

Massilia,  se,  f.  a  maritime 
town  of  Gallia  Narbonen- 
sis,  now  Marseilles. 

Mater,  tris,  f.  a  mother;  a  ma- 
tron; hence, 

Materia,  a3,f.  a  material;  mat- 
ter; stuff;  timber. 

Matrimonium,  i,  n.  (id.)  ma- 
trimony; marriage. 

Matrona,  ae,  f.  a  river  of  Gaul^ 

Matrona,  ae,  f.  a  matron, 

Maturesco,  maturescere,  ma- 
turui,  intr.  inc.  to  ripen;  to 
groio  ripe;  from 

Maturus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  ri- 
mus  or  issimus,)  ripe;  ma- 
ture; perfect. 

Mauritania,  ae,  f.  «  country  in 
the  ivestern  part  of  Africa^ 
extending  from  Numidia  to 
the  Atlantic  ocean. 

Mausolus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Ca- 
ria. 

Maxilla,  ae,  f.  a  jaw;  a  jaw- 
bone. 

Maxime,  adv.  (sup.  of  magis.) 
most  of  all;  especially; 
greatly. 


Maximus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  sur^ 

name :  Qu.  Fabius  Maxi- 
mus, a  distinguished  Ro* 

man  general. 
Maximus,  a,  um,    adj.   (sup* 
iof  magnus,)  greatest;  eld- 

est :  maximus  natu,  oldest. 

See  Natu. 
Mecum,  (me  &  cum,)  with  me. 
Medeor,  eri,  intr.  dep.  to  acre; 

to  heal. 
Medicina,    ae,    f.    (medicus,) 

medicine. 
Medico,    are,   avi,    atum,   tr. 

(id.)  to  heal;  to  administer 

medicine;    to   medicate;  to 

prepare  medically;  to  em- 

balm. 
Medicus,  i,  m.  a  physician. 
Meditatus,   a,    um,    part,   dc' 

signed;  practised;  from 
Meditor,  ari,   atus  sum,tr.dep. 

to  meditate;    to  reflect;  to 

practise. 
Mediomatrici,  orum,  m.  pi.  a 

people  of  Belgic  Gaul. 
Medius,  a,  um,  adj.  middle; 

the   'midst :    medium,    the 

middle. 
Medusa,  ae,  f.  one  of  the  three 

Gorgons. 
Megara,  ae,  f.  the  capital  of 

Megaris. 
Megarenses,  ium,  m.  pi.  Me- 

garensians;  the  inhoMtants 

of  Megara. 
Megaris,  idis,  f.  a  small  cofunr 

try  of  Greece. 
Megasthenes,  is,  m.  a  Greek. 

hislorian^  ivhose  works  have 

been  lost. 


264 


MEHERCULE MERITTJJC. 


Mehercule,  adv.  hy  Hercules; 

truly;  certainly. 
Mel,  lis,  n.  honey. 
MeleagTus  &  -ager,  gri,  m.  a 


kin£ 


'  Calvdonia. 


]\Ielior,  us,  adj.  (comp.  of  bo- 
nus, §  26,)  better. 

Meliu?^,  adv.  (comp.  of  bene, 
§  89,  III,)  better. 

Membrana,  ae,  i.  a  thin  skin; 
a  memhrane;  yarchraent. 

Membrum,  i,  n.  a  limb;  a 
member. 

Memini,  def.  pret.  §  84,  2,  I 
remember;  I  relate. 

Memor,  oris,  adj.  mindful. 

Mer.orabilis,  e,  adj.  comp. 
(memor,)  memorable;  re- 
markable; worthy  of  being 
mentioned. 

Memoria,  ae,  f.  (id.)  memory. 

Memoro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  remember;  to  call  to  07ie''s 
memory;  to  say;  to  men- 
tion. 

Memphis,  is,  f.  a  large  city  of 
Egypt. 

Mendacium,  i,  n.  a  falsehood; 
from 

Mendax,  acis,  adj.  (mentior.) 
false;  lying. 

Menelaus,  i,  m.  a  king  of 
Sparta^  the  son  of  At  reus, 
and  husband  of  Helen. 

Menenius,  i,  m.  (Agrippa,)  a 
Konian,  distinguished  for 
his  success  in  reconciling 
the  plebeians  to  the  patri- 
cians. 

Mens,  tis,  f.  the  mind;  the 
understanding ;    {the  rea- 


soning faculty   as  distiio- 

guished  from  animus,  tht 

seat  of  feelings  and  pas- 

sio7is.)     Animo  et   mente, 

loith  the  whole  soul. 
Mensis,  is,  m.  a  month. 
Mentio,  onis,  f.  (memmi,)  a 

mention  or  a  speaking  of. 
Mentior,  iri,  itus  sum,  tr.  dep. 

to  lie;  to  assert  falsely;  to 

feign;  to  deceive. 
Mercator,  oris,  m.  (mercor,)  a 

merchant;  a  trader. 
Mercatura,  ae,  f.  (id.)  merchan- 
dise; trade. 
Mercatus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  mar^ 

ket;    a  mart;   a  Jair;   an     ^ 

emporium;  a  sale. 
Merces,  edis,  f.  (mereo,)  wa- 
ges; a  reward;  a  price. 
Mercurius,  i,  m.  Mercury,  the 

so?i  of  Jupiter  and  Maia. 

He  was  the  7?iesse7iger  of 

the  gods. 
Mereo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr.  Sc 

tr.  to  deserve;  to  gain;  to 

ac(piirc. 
Mereor,   eri,    itus    sum,   intr. 

be  tr.dep.^o  deserve;  to  earn. 
Mergo,  mergere,  mersi,  mer- 

sum,  tr.  to  sink;  to  dip  in, 

or  under. 
Meridianus,  a,  um,  adj.  south" 

er7i;    south;    at    noon- day, 

from 
Meridies,  iei,  m.  (medius  & 

dies,)  noon;  mid-day;  sorath. 
Merito,  adv.  with  reason;  with 

good  reaso7i;  deservedly. 
Merit  um,  i,  n.  (mereo,)  merit 
I       desert. 


MERSI MINIMUS. 


265 


Mersi      See  Mergo. 

Mersus,  a,  um,  part,  (mergo.) 

Merula,  se,  f.  a  blackbird. 

Merx,  cis,  f.  merchandise. 

Messis,  is,  f.  (meto,)  the  har- 
vest; a  reaping. 

Meta,  ae,  f.  (meto, -are,)  a  pil- 
lar in  the  form  of  a  cone; 
a  goal;  a  limit. 

Metagonium,  i,  n.  c  promon- 
tory in  the  northern  part 
of  Africa. 

Metallum,  i,  n.  metal;  a  mine. 

Metamra,  ae,  f.  the  wife  of  Ce- 
leus^  king  of  Eleusis. 

Metellus,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
an  illustrious  family  at 
Rome. 

Metior,  metiri,  mensus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  to  measure. 

Metiijs,  i,  m.  (Suffetius,)  an 
Alban  general^  put  to  death 
by  Tullus  Hostilius. 

Meto,  metere,  messui,  mes- 
sum,  tr.  to  reap;  to  moio. 

Metao,  meiuere,  metui,  tr.  & 
intr.  to  fear;  from 

Metus,  us,  m.  fear. 

Meus,  a,  um,  pro.  §  30;  (ego,) 
my;  mine. 

Micipsa,  ag,  m.  a  king  of  Nu- 
midia. 

Mico,  are,  ui,  intr.  to  move 
quickly  or  with  a  quiver- 
ings tremulous  motion^  as 
the  tongue  of  a  serpent;  to 
glance;  to  shine;  to  glitter. 
See  dimico. 

LVIidas,  ae,  m.  a  king  of  Phry- 
gia,  distinguished  for  his 
wealth. 


Migro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
remove;  to  migrate;  to  wan^ 
der. 

Mihi.  See  Ego. 

Miles,  itis,  c.  (mille,  proper- 
ly, one  of  a  thousarcd;)  a 
soldier;  the  soldiery. 

Miletus,  i,  f.  the  capital  of 
Ionia,  near  the  borders  of 
Caria. 

Militia,  as,  f.  (miles,)  war; 
military  service. 

Milito,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(id.)  to  serve  in  war. 

Mille,  n.  ind.  (in  sing.)  a  thou- 
sand :  millia,  um,  pi. — mil- 
le, adj.  ind.  ^  24,  5. 

Milliarium,  i,  n.  (mille  sc.  pas- 
su um,  App.  VI.  5,)  a  mile- 
stone; a  mile,  or  5000  feet  • 
ad  quintum  milliarium  ur- 
bis,  to  the  fifth  milestone 
of  the  city,  i.  e.  ivithinfive 
miles  of  the  city. 

Miltiades,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
Athenian  general,  who  con* 
quered  the  Persians. 

Milvius,  i,  m.  a  kite. 

Minae,  arum,  f.  pi.  (mineo, 
to  hang  over  ;)  projecting 
points;  battlements;  com- 
monly, threats. 

Minatus,  a,  um,  part,  (minor.) 

Minerva,  ae,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Jupiter,  and  goddess  of 
ivar  and  ivisdom. 

Minime,  adv.  (sup.  of  parum,) 
least;  at  least;  not  at  all. 

Minimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
parvus,  ^26,)  the  least;  the 
smallest. 


23 


206 


MINISTERIUM MODUS 


Ministerium,  i,  n.  (minister,) 
service;  labor. 

Minium,  i,  n.  red  lead;  ver- 
milion. 

Minor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
&:  intr.  to  project;  to  reach 
upwards;  to  threaten;  to 
vienace. 

Minor,  oris,  adj.  (comp.  of 
parvus,  ^  26,)  less;  small- 
er; weaker. 

Minos,  ois,  a  son  of  Euj'opa^ 
and  Mng  of  Crete. 

Minuo,  minuere,  minui,minu- 
tum,  tr.  (minus,)  to  dimi- 
nish. 

Minus,  adv.  (minor,)  (comp. 
of  parum,)  less:  quo  minus, 
or  quominus,  that — not. 

Miraculum,  i,  n.  (miror,)  a 
miracle;  a  wonder. 

Mirabilis,  e,  adj.  (id.)  wonder- 
ful; astonishing. 

Miratus,  a,  um,  part,  (mjror,) 
wondering  at. 

Mire,  adv.  (mirus,)  wonder- 
fully; remarkably. 

Miror,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
to  wonder  at;  to  admire; 
from 

Mirus,  a,  um,  adj.  wonderful; 
surprising. 

Misceo,  miscere,  miscui,  mis- 
tum  or  mixtum,  tr.  to  min- 
gle; to  mix. 

Miser,  era,  erum,  adj.  (erior, 
errimus,)  miserable;  unhap- 
py; wretched;  sad. 

Miseratus,  a,  um,  part,  (mise- 
ror.) 

Misereor,  miseieri,  miseritus, 


or  misertus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(miser,)  tohave  compassion^ 
to  pity. 

Miseret,  miseruit,  miseritum     ^ 
est,  imp.  (inisereo,  fr.   mi- 
ser,) it  pitieth  :  me  mise- 
ret, I  pity. 

Misericordia,  ae,  f.  (misericors 
from  misereo  &  cor,)  pity; 
compassion. 

Miserpr,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (miser,)  to  pity. 

Misi.     See  Mitto. 

Mistus  &  mixtus,  a,  um,  part, 
(misceo.) 

Mithridates,  is,  m.  a  celebra' 
ted  king  of  Pontus. 

Mithridaticus,  a,  um,  adj.  be- 
longing to  Mithridates ; 
Mithridatic. 

Mitis,  e,  adj.  §  21,  II.,  (ior  issi- 
mus,)  mild;  meek;  kind; 
humane. 

Mitto,  mittere,  misi,  missum, 
tr.  to  send;  to  throw;  to 
bring  forth;  to  produce:  to 
afford :  mittere  se  in 
aquam,  to  plunge  into  the 
water. 

Mixtus.  See  Mistus. 

Modicus,  a,  um,  adj.  (modus,) 
moderate;  of  moderate  size; 
small. 

Modius,  i,  m.  a  measure;  a 
half  bushel.     App.  VI.  4. 

Modo,  adv.  now;   only;  but . 
mo  do — modo,  sometimes —  . 
sometimes:     conj.    {for   si 
modo   or  dumniodo,)  pro- 
vided that;  if  only,  ' 

Modus,    i,    m.    a    meMJSure; 


MCExNlA — MUCIUS. 


267 


(App.  VI.  4,)  a  manner;  a 
way;  degree;  limit;  mode- 
ration. 

McBnia,  um,  n.  pi.  (munio,) 
the  walls  of  a  city,  fur- 
nished with  toivers  and  bat- 
tlements for  defence. 

Aloenus,  i,  m.  the  Maine,  a  riv- 
er of  Germany,  and  a 
branch  of  the  Rhine. 

Mosrens,  tis,  part,  from 

Moereo,  mocrere,  intr.  to  be 
sad;  to  piourn. 

Moeris,  is,  m.  %  lake  in  Egypt. 

Moles,  is,  f.  a  mass;  a  bulk;  a 
burden;  a  weight;  a  pile. 

Molestus,  a,  um,  adj.  (moles,) 
(ior,  issimus,)  irksome;  se- 
vere; troublesome;  oppres- 
sive; unwelcome. 

Mollio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  to 
soften;  to  moderate;  from 

Mollis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
soft;  tender. 

Molossi,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  Mo- 
lossians,  a  people  ofEplrus. 

Momordi.     See  Mordeo. 

Monens,  tis,  part,  from 

Moneo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  to 
advise;  to  remind;  to  warn; 
to  admonish:  hence, 

Monimentum  or  -umentum,  i, 
11.  (moneo,)  a  monument;  a 
memorial;  a  record;  and 

Monitor,  oris,  m.  a  monitor, 

Mons,  tis,  m.  a  mountain;  a 
mmmt. 

Monstro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(moneo,)  to  show;  point  out. 

Mora,  36,  f.  delay. 

Morbus,  i,  m.  a  disease. 


Mordax,  acis,  adj.  (comp.)  bi' 
ting;  sharp:  snappish;  from 

Mordeo,  mordeie,  momordi, 
morsum,  tr.  to  bite. 

Mores.     See  Mos. 

Moriens,  tis,  part,  from 

Morior,  mori  &  moriri,  mor- 
tuus  sum,  intr.  dep.  ^  82 ; 
to  die. 

Moror,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
to  delay;  to  tarry;  to  stay; 
to  remain  :U,n\\\\\T£iOxoi'y  I 
care  not  for;  I  value  not, 

Morosus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(mos,)  morose;  peevish; 
fretful. 

Mors,  tis,  f.  death. 

Morsus,  us,  m.  (mordeo,)  bite; 
biting. 

Mortalis,  e,  adj. (mors,)  mortaly 

Mortuus,  a,  um,  part,  (mori- 
or,) dead. 

Mos,  moris,  m.  a  manner;  a 
way;  a  custom :  more,  af- 
ter the  manner  of;  like: 
mores, conduct;  deportment; 
manners;  customs, 

Mossyni,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 
of  Asia  Minor,  near  the 
Euxine. 

Motus,  us,  m.  (moveo,)  mo- 
tion: terrae  motus,  an  earth- 
quake. 

Motus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Moveo,  movere,  movi,  motum, 
tr.  to  move;  to  stir;  to  excite. 

Mox,  adv.  S0071;  soon  after;  by 
and  by. 

Mucius,  i.  m.  (Scsevola,)  a 
Roman,  celebrated  for  his 
fortitude. 


2t5S 


MULIEBRIS — NARBONENSIS. 


Muhebris,  e,  adj.  womanly; ' 
female;  from 

Mulier,  eris,  f.  a  woman, 

Multittido,  mis,  f.  (multus,)  a 
multitude, 

Multo,  or  -cto,  are,  avi,  atum, 
tr.  (multa,  or  mulcta,  fr. 
mulgeo,)  to  'punish  hy  de- 
'privation;  to  fine;  to  im- 
pose a  fine;  to  sentence  to 
pay  a  fine, 

Multo,  &  Multi^m,  adv.  much: 
multo,  hy  far. 

Multus,  a,  um,  adj.  much; 
many, 

Mummius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  gen- 
eral, 

Mundus,  i,  m.  (mundus,  n^at, 
orderly,)  the  world;  the 
universe, 

Muniendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Munio,   ire,  ivi,    itum,   tr.  to 
build  a  ivall  or  fortress;  to 
fortify :  viam,    to  open  or 
prepare  a  road, 

Munus,  eris,  n.  an  office;  ser- 
vice; duty;  a  gift;  a  pre- 
se?it;  a  favor;  a  reujardfor 
service;  (distinguished  from 
donum,  a  free  gift,) 

Muralis,  e,  adj.  pertaining  to 
a  wall :  corona,  the  mural 
crown,  given  to  him  who 
first  mounted  the  loall  of  a 
besieged  town;  from 

Murus,  i,  m.  a  wall,  a  loall  of 
a  town,    garden,  or   other 
enclosed  place, 
Mas,  muris,  m.  a  mouse, 
Musa,  ffi,  f.  a  muse;  a  song, 
Musca,  ae,  f.  afi.y. 


Musculus,  i,  m.  dim.  (mus,)  a 
little  mouse, 

Musice,  es,  &  Musica,  ae,  f. 
(musa,)  music;  the  art  of 
7nusic;  hence, 

Musicus,  a,  um,  adj.  musical, 

Muto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (mo- 
veo,)  to  change;  to  trans- 
form, 

Mygdonia,  se,  f.  a  small  couu' 
try  of  Phrygia, 

M3rrmecides,  is,  m.  an  ingen' 
ious  artist  of  Miletus. 

Myndius,  i,  m.  a  Myndian;  an 
iyihabitant  ofMyndus, 

Myndus,  i,  i,  a  city  in  Caria^ 
near  Halicarnassus. 

Mysia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of  Asia 
Minor,  having  the  Pro- 
pontis  on  the  north,  and  tJie 
Mgean  sea  on  the  west 

N. 

Nahis,  idis,  m.   a  tyrant  of 

Lacedcemon, 

Nae,  adv.  verily;  truly. 

Nactus,  a,  um,  part,  (nancis- 
cor,)  having  found. 

Nam,  conj./<7r;  but, 

Nanciscor,  nancisci,  nactus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (nancio,  not 
used,)  to  get;  to  find;  to 
meet  with. 

Narhonensis,  e,  adj.  Narbo- 
nensis  Gallia,  one  of  the 
four  divisions  of  Gaul,  in 
the  south-eastern  part,  de- 
riving its  name  front  the 
city  of  Narbo,  now  Nar^ 
bonne. 


NARIS NEMO 


209 


Naris,  is,  f.  the  nostril, 

Narro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
relate;  to  tell;  to  say. 

Nascor,  nasci,  natus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  he  horn;  to  grow;  to 
he  "produced, 

Naslca,  as,  m.  a  surname  of 
Fuhlius  Cornelius  Scipio, 

t^asus,  i,  m.  a  nose, 

Nataiis,  e,  adj.  (nascor,)  na- 
tal :  dies  natalis,  a  hirth- 
day, 

Natans,  tis,  part,  from 

Nato,are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  freq. 
(no,)  to  swim;  to  float, 

Natu,  abl.  sing.  m.  hy  hirth: 
natu  minor,  the  younger : 
minimus,  the  you7igest : 
major,  the  elder;  :  maxi- 
mus,  the  oldest;  ^  26,  6. 

Nat  lira,  as,  f.  (nascor,)  na- 
ture ;  creation ;  power ; 
hence 

Naturalis,  e,  adj.  natural, 

Natus,  a,  um,  part,  (nascor,) 
horn  :  octoginta  annos  na- 
tus, horn  eighty  years;  i.  e. 
eighty  years  old;  hence, 

Natus,  i,  m.  a  son, 

Naufragium,  i,  n.  (navis  & 
frango,)  a  shipwreck, 

Nauta,  ae,  and  navita,  as,  (na- 
vis,) m.  a  sailor. 

Naval  is,  e,  adj.  (navis,)  naval; 
helonging  to  ships. 

Navigabilis,  e,  adj.  (navigo,) 
namgahle. 

Navigatio,  onis,  f.  (id.)  nam- 
gaiioiu  and 

Navigium,  i,  n.  a  ship;  a  ves- 
sel' from 


Navigo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (na- 
vis &;  ago,)  to  steer,  navi- 
gate, or  direct  a  ship;  to 
7iavigate;  to  sail. :  naviga- 
tur,  imp.  7iavigation  is  car- 
ried ou;  they  sail, 

Navis,  is,  f.  a  ship, 

Ne,  conj.  not;  lest;  lest  that; 
that — 7wt :  ne  quidem,  riot 
even;  §  121. 

Ne,  conj.  enclitic :  whether; 
or;  (In  direct  questions  the 
translation  is  commonly 
omitted,  t  56,  3d.) 

Nee,  conj.  (ne  &  que,)  and 
Twt;  hut  not;  neither;  nor, 

Necessarius,  a,  um,  adj.  (ne- 
cesse,)  necessary: — subs* 
a  friend, 

Necessitas,  atis,  f.  (id.)  weces- 
sity;  duty, 

Neco,  are,  avi,  or  ui,  atum, 
tr.  to  kill;  to  destroy;  to  slay, 

Nefas,  n.  ind.  (ne  &  fas,)  im- 
piety; wrong;  wickedness, 

Neglectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Negligo,-ligere,-lexi,  -lectum, 
tr.  (nee  &  lego,)  to  neglect; 
not  to  care  for;  to  disre- 
gard, 

Nego,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  {pro- 
bahlyyiie  6c  aio,)  to  deny;  to 
refuse :  equal  to  dico  ut 
non,  to  declare  that  nnt, 

Negotium,  i,  n.  (nee  &  oti- 
um,)  husiness;  labor;  pahis; 
difficulty :  facili  or  nullo 
negotio,  with  little,  or  no 
trouble;  easily. 

Nemo,  inis,  c.  (ne  &  homo,) 
no  one;  no  man. 


270 


NEMUS NOCEO. 


Nemus,   oris,   n.   a  forest;  a 

grove;  [hut  not  consecrated 

as  lucus.) 
Nepos,  Otis,  m.  a  grandson. 
Ncptunus,  i,  m.  the  god  of  the 

sea^  son  of  Satur7i  and  Ops. 
Nequaquam,  adv.  (ne  &  qua- 

quam,)  by  no  means. 
Neque,  conj.  (ne  &  que,)  a?id 

— 720^;  neither;  nor. 
Nequeo,  ire,   ivi,   itum,  intr. 

irr.  (ne  &  queo,  ^  83,  3,) 

/  cannot;  I  am  not  able. 
Nequis,  -qua,  -quod  or  -quid, 

pro.  (ne  &  quis,)  ^  35;  lest 

any  one;  that  no  one  or  7io 

thing. 
Nereis,  idis,   f.  a  Nereid;   a 

sea-nymyh.      The  Nereids 

ivere  the  daughters  of  Ne- 

reus  and  Doris. 
Nescio,  Ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.(ne.& 

scio,)  to  be  ignorant  of;  not 

to  know;  can  not. 
Nestus,  i.  ni.  a  river  in  the 

western  part  of  Thrace. 
Neuter,  tra,  truni,  adj.  (ne  & 

uter,)  neither  of  the  two; 

neither, 
Nicomedes,  is,  m.  a  king  of 

Bithynia. 
NidifTco,   are,avi,  atum,  intr. 

(nidus  and  facio,)  to  build 

a  nest. 
Nidus,  i,  m.  a  nest. 
Niger,  gra,  grum,  adj.  (nigri- 

or,  nigerrimus,)  black. 
Nihil,  n.  ind.  or  Nihilum,  i,  n. 

(ne  &  hilum,)  nothing:  ni- 
hil habeo  quod,  I  have  no- 


thing on  accoimt  of  whicK 

i.  e.  I  have  no  reason  ivhy, 
Nihilominus,  adv.  (nihilo  mi- 
nus, less  by  riothing;)  nev' 

erthcless. 
Nihis,  i,  m.  the  Nile;  the  larg' 

est  river  of  Africa. 
Nimius,   a,   um,  adj.  (nimis, 

too  much;)  too  great;  eX' 

cesive;  immoderate. 
Nimium,  &  Nimio,  adv.  (id.) 

too  much. 
Ninus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Assyria. 
Niobe,  es,  f.  the  wife  of  Am- 

pMon,  king  of  Thebes. 
Nisi,  conj.  (ne   &  si,)  unlesi, 

except;  if  not. 
Nisus,  i,  m.  <2  king  of  Mega- 

ris,  a7id  the  father  of  Sylla 
Nitidus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp.  (ni- 

teo,)  shining;  bright;  clear. 
Nitor,  oris,  m.  (niteo,)  splen" 

dor;  gloss;  brilliancy, 
Nitor,  niti,  nisus  &  nixus  sum, 

dep.  to  strive. 
Nix,  nivis,  f.  snow. 
No,  nare,  navi,   natum,  intr, 

to  swim. 
Nobilis,  e,  adj.   (ior,issimus,) 

(nosco,)  known;  noted;  no^ 

ble;  celebrated;  famous;  of 

high  rank;  hence, 
Nobilitas,  atis,  f.  nobility;  the 

nobility;  the  nobles;    a  no- 
ble spirit;  nobleness. 
Nobilito,  are,    avi,    atum,  tr 

(id.)    to   ennoble;    to  make 

fam.ous. 
Noceo,   ere,   ui,   itum,  intr.  ^(? 

injure;  to  harrtu 


NOCTU —  NUMANTIA. 


271 


Noctu,  abl.  sing,  monoptot, 
by  night;  in  the  night 
time, 

Nuccurnus,  a,  um,  adj.  (noc- 
tu,) nightly;  nocturnal. 

Nodus,  i,  m.  a  knot;  a  tumor. 

Nola,  ae,  f.  a  city  of  Cavi'pa- 
nia. 

Nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  intr.  irr. 
(non  &  volo,  ^  83,  5,)  to  he 
2tnivilling :  noli  facere,  do 
not :  noli  esse,  be?tot;  t  87. 

tVomades,  um,  m.  pi.  a  name 
given  to  those  tribes  who 
wajider  from  place  to  place^ 
with  their  flocks  and  herds^ 
having  no  fixed  residence, 

iS^omen,  mis,  n.  a  name;  fame. 

N^on,  adv.  not, 

Nonageslmus,  a,  um,  adj.  ord. 
the  ninetieth, 

iVonne,  adv.  (non  and  ne, 
a  negative  interrogative^ 
not  1  as,  nonne  fecit  ?  has 
he  not  done  it  ? 

Von  nihil,  n.  ind.  (non  nihil, 
7iot  nothing;  i.  e.)  some- 
thing, 

N'onnisi,  adv.  (noti  &  nisi,) 
only;  not;  except, 

Nonnullus,  a,  um,  adj.  (non& 
nullus,)  so7ne. 

Non  us,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  the 
ninth. 

Nos.     See  Ego. 

No-^co,  noscere,  novi,  notum, 
tr.  to  know;  to  understand; 
to  learn. 

Noster,  tra,    trum,    pro.  our; 

Nota,  a),  f.  (nosco,)  a  mark. 


Notans,  tis,  part,  from 

Noto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (no- 
ta,)  to  mark;  to  stigma- 
tize; to  observe. 

Notus,  a,  um,  part.  (fr.  nos- 
co,) known, 

Novem,  ind.  num.  adj.  pi. 
nine, 

Novus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  issi- 
mus,  ^  26,  5,)  new;  recent; 
fresh. 

Nox,  noctis,  f.  night :  de  noc* 
te,  %  night, 

Noxius,  a,  um,  adj.  (noceo,) 
hurtful;  injurious, 

Nubes,  is,  f.  a  cloud, 

Nubo,  nubere,  nupsi  &  nup- 
ta  sum,  nuptum,  intr.  to 
cover  with  a  veil;  to  mar- 
ry; to  be  married;  (used 
only  of  the  wife.) 

Nudatus,  a,  um,  part,  laid 
open;  stripped;  deprived; 
from 

Nudo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
make  naked;  to  lay  open, 
from 

Nudus,  a,  um,  adj .  naked;  hare, 

Nullus,  a,  um,  gen.  ius,  adj. 
(non  ullus,)  no;  no  one, 

Num,  interrog.  adv.  in  indi" 
rect  questions,  whether  ?  in 
direct  questions,  commonly 
omitted.  See  Ne,  and  t 
56,  8d. 

Numa,  se,  m.  (Pompilius,)  the 
second  king  of  Rome^  and 
the  successor  of  B,omulus. 

Numantia,  se,  f.  a  city  of  Spain 
besieged  by  the  Romans  for 
twenty  years. 


272 


NUMANTINI OBLIGO. 


Numantini,  orum,  m.  pi.  Nic- 

mantines;  the  people  ofNu- 

mantia. 
Numen,  mis,  n.  (nuo,)  a  deity; 

a  god, 
Numero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

amnt;  to  number;  to  reckon; 

from 
Nunierus,  i,  m.  a  number. 
Numidae,  arum,  m.  pi.  theNu- 

midians. 
Numidia,  ge,  f.  a  country  of 

Africa. 
Nuniitor,  oris,  m.  the  father 

of  Rhea  Silvia,  and  gra?-  L- 
father    of   Romulus    und 

Remus. 
Nummus,  i,  m.  money. 
Nunc,  adv.  noio ;  nunc  ctiam, 

even  noio;  still. 
Nuncupo,  are,  avi,  §  um,  tr. 

(nomen  &  capio,)  to  name; 

to  call. 
Nunquam,    (ne    &    unquam,) 

adv.  never. 
Nuntiatus,  a,  urr>,  part,  from 
Nuntio,  or  -cio,  ?ire,  avi,  atum, 

tr.   (nuntius,)  to  announce; 

to  tell. 
Nuptia3,  arum,  f.  pi.  (nubo,) 

nuptials;  marriage;  a  wed- 
ding. 
Nusquam,    adv.    (ne    &    us- 

quam,)   tw   lohere;    in    no 

place. 
Nutriend  IS,  a,  um,  part,  to  be 

nmiri^hed. 
Nulrio,    »re,    ivi,    itum,  tr.  ifo 

noun  k. 
Nutritus,  a,  um,  part. 
Nutrix,  i't:is,f  .(nutrio,)  a  nurse. 


Nympha,  se,  f.  a  nymph;  a 
goddess  presiding  over  foun- 
tains, groves,  or  rivers,  &c 

o. 

O!    nt.  0/  ah  I 

Ob  prep. /or;  on  account  cf» 
before. 

C  odormisco,  -dormiscere,-dor- 
mivi,  intr.  inc.  (ob  k,  dor- 
misco,)  to  fall  asleep;  to 
sleep. 

Obduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (ob  &  duco,)  to 
dravj  over;  to  cover  over. 

Obductus,  a,  um,  part,  spread 
over;  covered  over. 

Obedio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr, 
(ob  &;  audio,)  to  give  ear 
to;  to  obey;  to  comply  with; 
.    to  be  subject  to. 

Obeo,  ire,  ivi  &  ii,  itum,  tr.  & 
intr.  (ob  &  eo,)  to  go  to;  to 
discharge;  to  execute;  to 
die;  (i.  e.  mortem  or  su- 
premum,  diemobire.) 

Oberro,  are,  avi,  atum,  (ob  & 
erro,)  to  wander;  to  wander 
about. 

Obitus,  us,  m.  (obeo,)  death. 

Objaceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr. 
(ob  &  jaceo,)  to  lie  against 
or  before;  to  be  opposite. 

Objectus,  a,  um,  part,  thrown 
to  or  in  the  way;  exposed. 

Objicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,-jectum, 
tr.  (ob  &  jacio,)  to  throw 
before;  to  throw  to;  to  give; 
to  object;  to  expose. 

Obligo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ob 


OBLIQUE— -OCCIDO. 


273 


&;  ligo,)  to  hind  to;  to 
oblige;  to  obligate. 

Oblique,  adv.  indirectly;  ob- 
liquely; from 

Obliquus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ob  & 
liquis,)  oblique;  indirect; 
sidewise, 

Oblltus,  a,  um,  part,  forget- 
ti7ig;  having  forgotten;  fr. 

Obliviscor,  oblivisci,  oblitus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (ob  &  lino,) 
to  forget, 

Obnoxius,  a,  um,  adj.  (ob  & 
noxius,)  obnoxious;  subject; 
exposed  to;   liable. 

Obruo,  -ruere,  -rui,  -riitum,  tr. 
(ob  &  ruo,)  to  rush  down 
headlong  against;  to  over- 
whelm; to  cover;  to  bury, 

Obrutus,  a,  um,  part,  buried; 
covered;  overwhelmed. 

Obsctiro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(obscurus,)  to  obscure;  to 
darken. 

Obsecro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ob  be  sacro,)  to  beseech;  to 
conjure. 

Obsequor,  seqni,  sectitus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (ob  &  sequor,)  to 
follow;  to  serve;  to  obey;  to 
humor. 

Observo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (ob 
&  servo,)  to  keep  before  the 
mind;  to  observe;  to  loatch. 

Obses,  idis,  c.  (obsideo,)  a 
hostage. 

Obsessus.  a,  um,  part,  besieg- 
ed; from 

Obsideo,  -sidere,  -sedi,  -ses- 
sura,  tr.  (ob  &  sedeo,)  to 


sit  before  or  opposite; 
hence,  to  lesiege;  to  in- 
vest; to  blockade^  hence 

Obsidio,  5nis  f.  a  siege. 

Obsidionalis,  e,  adj.  belonging 
to  a  siege;  obsidional :  co- 
rona, a  crown  given  to  him 
ivho  had  raised  a  siege, 

Obstetrix,  icis,  f.  a  midivife. 

Obtestatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Obtestor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  (ob  &  testor,)  to  call 
solemnly  to  witness;  to  con- 
jure; to  beseech;  to  entreat, 

Obtineo,  -tinere,  -tii  ui,  -ten- 
tum,  tr.  (ob  &  teneo,)  to 
hold;  to  retain;  to  obtain : 
obtmet  sententia,  the  opi- 
nion prevails. 

Obtiilit.     See  OfTero. 

Obviam,  adv.  (ob  &  viam,)  i7i 
the  way;  meeting;  to  meet : 
fio  or  eo  obviam,  I  meet;  1 
go  to  meet. 

Occasio,  onis,  f.  (ob  &  cado,) 
a7i  occasion;  a  good  oppor- 
tunity, 

Occasus,  us,  m.  (id.)  the  de- 
scend.; the  setting  of  the 
heavenly  bodies;  evening; 
the  west, 

Occidens,  tis,  m.  (id.)  the  set- 
ting sun;  evening;  the  ivest, 

Occidentalis,  e,  adj.  (id.) 
loestern;  occidental. 

Occido,  occidere,  occidi,  occT- 
sum,  tr.  (ob  &  caedo,)  to 
beat;  to  kill;  to  slay;  to  put 
to  death. 

Occido,  occidere,  occidi,  occa- 


274 


OCCISURUS OLYMPICUS. 


.  sum,  iiitr.  (ob  &  cado,)  to 
Jail;  to  fall  down;  to  set. 

Occisurus,  a,  um,  part,  (oc- 
cido.) 

Occisus,  a,  um,  part,  (occido.) 

Occoecatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Occceco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ob  &c  coeco,)  to  blind;  to 
dazzle, 

Occulto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (occulo,)  to  conceal; 
to  hide. 

Occultor,  ari,  atus  sum,  pass. 
to  he  concealed;  to  hide 
one*s  self. 

Occupo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ob  &  capio,)  to  ocaipy;  to 
seize  upon;  to  take  posses- 
sion of  before  another. 

Occurro,-currere,-curri  &  -cu- 
curri,  -cursum,  intr.  (ob  & 
curro,)  to  meet;  to  go  to 
meet;  to  run  to  meet;  to 
encounter. 

Oceanus,  i,  m.  the  ocean;  the 
sea. 

Octavianus,  i,  m.  (Caesar,)  the 
nephew  and  adopted  son  of 
Julius  CcBsar,  called,  after 
the  battle  of  Actium,  Au- 
gustus. 

Octavus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 
(octo,)  eighth. 

Octingenti,  se,  a,  num.  adj. 
pi.  (octo  &  centum,)  eight 
hundred. 

Octo,  ind.  num.  adj.  pi.  eight. 

Octoginta,  ind.  num,  adj.  pi. 
(ccto,)  eighty, 

Oculus,  li  m.  an  eye. 


Odi,  odisse,  def.  pret.  ^  84,  1 

Obs.  2,  to  hate;  to  detest. 
Odium,  i,  n.  hatred. 
Odor,  oris,   m.   a   smell:    pi. 

odores",  odors;  perfumes. 
Odoror,    ari,    atus    sum,    tr. 

dep.  (odor,)  to  smell. 
CEneus,  ei  5c  eos,  m.  a  king 

of  Calydon,  and  father  of 

Meledger  and  Dejantra. 
CEnomaus,  i,  m.  the  name  of 

a  celebrated  gladiator, 
CEta,    se    m.    a   mountain  in 

Thessaly,  on  the  borders  of 

Doris. 
Offero,  offerre,    obtiili,  obla- 

tum,  tr.     irr.  (ob  &  fero,) 

to  bring  before;  to  offer;  to 

present. 
Officina,    35,    (opiiicTna,   from 

opifex,)    a   work-shop;   an 

office. 
Officio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 

tr.  (ob  &  facio,)  to  act  in 

opposition;  to  stand  in  tho 

way  of;  to  injure;  to  hurt, 
Officium,  i,  n.  (i.  e.  opificium, 

fr.  ops  &    facio,)    a  kind' 

ness  ;  duty;  an  obligation; 

polite7iess;    civility;  atten-' 

tion. 
Olea,  33,  f.  an  olive-tree. 
Oleum,  i,  n.  oil. 
0\im, adv.  formerly;  sometime 
Olor,  oris,  m.  a  swan. 
01  us,  eris,  n.  herbs;  pot-herbs, 
Olympia,  ag,  f.  a  town  and  dzs" 

trict  of  the.  F eloponnls^is 

upon  the  Alpheus. 
Olympicus,  a,  um,  adj.  Olym,- 


k 


OLYMPIUS ORANS. 


275 


pic;  pertaining  to  Olym- 
pia 

Olympius  a,  um,  adj.  Olym- 
pian; pertaining  to  Olym- 
pus or  to  Olympia, 

Olympus,  i,  m.  a  high  moun- 
tain between  Thessaly  and 
Macedon, 

Omen,  in  is,  n.  an  omen;  a 
sign, 

Omnis,  e,  adj.  all;  every;  ev- 
ery one :  omnes,  all :  om- 
nia, all  things  r  sine  om- 
ni  discordia,  without  any 
discord. 

Onus,  eris,  n.  a  burden;  a 
load, 

Onustus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(onus,)  laden;  full  of. 

Opera,  sb,  f.  (opus,)  labor; 
pains:  dare  operam,  to  do 
one''s  endeavor;  to  devote 
one's  self  to. 

Operor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  (opera,)  to  labor;  to 
work. 

OpTmus,  a,  ujn,  adj.  (ops,  is,) 
(ior,  sup.  wanting;  §  26,  6,) 
fat;  rich;  fruitful;  dainty. 

Oportet,  ere,  uit,  imp.  it  be- 
hoves; it  is  meet,  fit^  or 
proper;  it  is  a  duty;  we 
ought, 

Oppidum,  i,  n.  a  walled  town; 
a  tow7i. 

Oppono,-ponere,-posui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr.  (ob  &  pono,)  to 
place  opposite;  to  oppose; 
to  set  against, 

Opportunus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)    (ob  and  portus, 


with  a  harbor  near,  or  op- 
posite,  hence,)  seasonable, 
commodious  ;  convenient ; 
favorable, 

Oppositus,  a,  um,  part,  op- 
posite;  opposed, 

Opprimo,  -primere,  -pressi, 
-pressum,  tr.  (ob  &  pre- 
mo,)  to  press  down^  or 
agairtst;  to  oppress;  to  over- 
power ^  to  subdue, 

Oppugnatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Oppugno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(ob  &  pugno,)  to  fight 
against;  to  assault;  to  be- 
siege; to  attempt  to  take 
by  force;  to  storm. 

(Ops,  nom.,  not  in  use,  ^  18, 
12,)  opis,  gen.  f.  aid;  help; 
means;  assistance:  opes,  pi. 
wealth;  riches;  resources; 
power, 

Optime,  adv  (sup.  of  bene,) 
very  well;  excellently;  best. 

Optimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup  of 
bonus,)  (opto,)  most  desi- 
rable; best;  most  worthy, 

Optio,  onis,  f.  a  choice;  an  op- 
tion; from 

Opto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to  de- 
sire. 

Opulens,  &  opulentus,  a,  um, 
adj.  (ior,  issimus,)  rich, 
opulent;  wealthy;  fr.  ops. 

Opus,  eris,  n.  a  loork;  a  labour. 

Opus,  subs.  &adj.  ind.  need, 

Ora,  ae,  f.  a  coast;  a  shore. 

Ora,  pi.    See  Os. 

Oraculum,  i,  n.  (oro,)  an  ora- 
cle;  a  response, 

Orans,  tis,  part,  (opo.) 


276 


ORATIO PABULUM. 


Oralio,  onis,  f.  (oro,)  a  dis- 
course;  an  oration. 

Orator,  oris,  m,  (oro,)  an  ora- 
tor] an  ambassador. 

Orbatus,  a,  um,  part,  (orbo,) 
bereaved  or  deprived  of. 

Orbelus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Thrace  or  Macedoriia. 

Orbis,  is,  m.  an  orb;  a  circle: 
in  orbem  jacere,  to  lie 
round  in  a  circle:  orbis,  or 
orbis  terraram,  the  loorld. 

Orbo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (or- 
bus,)  to  deprive;  to  be- 
reave of 

Orcus,  i,  in.  Pluto,  the  god  of 
the  lower  world;  the  infer- 
nal regions. 

Ordino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
set  ill  order;  to  arrange;  to 
ordain. 

Ordo,  inis,  m.  order;  arrange- 
ment; a  row  :  ordines  re- 
morum,  banks  of  oars. 

Oriens,  tis,  m.  (orior,)  sc.  sol, 
the  place  of  sun-rising;  the 
east;  the  morning. 

Oriens,  part,  (orior.) 

Orientalis,  e,  adj.  (id.)  eastern. 

Origo,  in  is,  f.  source;  origin: 
originem  dncere,  to  derive 
one^s  origin;  from 

Orior,  oriri,  ortus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  §  82,  8 ;  to  arise;  to 
begin;  to  appear. 

Ornamentum,  i,  n.  (orno,)  an 
ornament. 

OrnKtus, us, m.an 07'nament ;  fr. 

Orno,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
adorn;  to  deck;  to  furnish; 
to  equip. 


Oro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (os,) 
to  bpg;  to  entreat. 

Orodes,  is,  m.  a  king  of  Par-' 
thia,  ivho  took  and  destroy- 
ed Crassus. 

Orpheus,  ei  &  eos,  m.  a  cele- . 
brated  poet  and  musician 
of  Thrace;  ^  15,  13. 

Ortus,  a,  um,  part,  (orior,) 
having  arisen;  risen;  born; 
begun. 

Ortus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  risiiig; 
east. 

Os,  oris,  n.  the  mouth;  the  face. 

Os,  ossis,  n.  a  bone. 

Ossa,  ae,  m.  a  high  mountain 
in  Thessaly. 

Ostendo,-tendere,  -tendi, -ten- 
sum  &  -tentum,  tr.  (ob  & 
tendo,)  to  stretch  or  hold 
before;  to  show;  to  poiiit 
out;  to  exhibit. 

Ostia,  ae,  f.  a  town,  built  by 
Ancus  Marcius,  at  the 
TTwuth  of  the  Tiber;  from 

Ostium,  i,  n.  a  rrumth  of  a 
river. 

Ostrea,  as,  f.  ostrea,  orum,  pi. 
n.  an  oyster. 

Otium,  i,  n.  leisure;  quiet, 
ease;  idleness. 

Otos,  i,  m.  a  son  of  Neptune^ 
or  of  Aloeus. 

Ovis,  is,  f.  a  sheep. 

Ovum,  i,  n.  an  egg. 


P.  an  abbreviation  of  Vixblma 
Pabulum,  i,  n.   (pasco,)  food 
for  cattle;  fodder. 


PACISCOR P.4T10PAMISUS. 


277 


Paciscor,  pacisci,  pact  us  sum, 
tr.  &  intr.  (pan go,  to  fix  or 
SPitle;  hence,)  to  make  a 
compact;  to  form  a  treaty; 
to  bargain;  to  agree, 

Pactolus,  i,  m.  a  river  of  Ly- 
dia,  famous  for  its  golden 
sa7ids. 

Pactum,  i,  n.  (paciscor,)  an 
agreement ;  a  contract : 
quo  pacto,  in  what  man- 
ner; how, 

Pactus,  a,  urn,  part,  (paciscor.) 

Pad  us,  i,  m.  the  largest  river 
of  Italy,  now  the  Po. 

Paene,  (See  Pene,)  adv.  almost, 

Palea,  se,  f.  chaff. 

Palma,  35,  f.  the  palm  of  the 
ha?id  ;  a  palm-tree, 

Palpebra,  se,  f.  (palpo)  the  eye- 
lid: pi.  the  eyelashes, 

Palus,  udis,  f.  a  marsh;  a 
swamp  ;  a  lake  ;  hence, 

Paluster,  palustris,  palustre, 
adj.  marshy. 

Pan,  Panis,  m.  (Ace.  Pana) 
the  god  of  shepherds. 

Pando,  pandere,  pandi,  pan- 
sum  and  passum,  tr.  to  open; 
to  expand;  to  spread  out. 

Panionium,  i,  n.  a  sacred  place 
near  mount  My  cole  in  Io- 
nia. 

Panis,  is,  m.  bread. 

Panthera,  ss,  f.  a  panther, 

Papirius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
several  Rornans. 

Papyrus,  d.  and  Papyrum,  i,  n. 
a7i  Egyptian  plant  or  reed, 
of  lohich  paper  loas  made  ; 
the  papyrus 


Par,  paris,  adj,  equal;  even; 
suitable,  i» 

Paratus,  a,  urn,  part,  and  adj. 
(ior,  issimus,)  (paro,)  pre- 
pared;  ready, 

Parcae,  arum,  f.  pi.  the  Fates, 

Parco,  parcere,  peperci  or  pai- 
si,  parsum,  or  parcitum, 
intr.  to  spare, 

Pardus,  i,  m.  a  male  panther. 

Parens,  tis,  c.  (pario,)  a  parent, 
father  ;  mother  ;  creator  ; 
author  ;  inventor, 

Pareo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  come 
near;  to  be  at  hand;  hence, 
to  obey;  to  be  subject  to. 

Paries,  etis,  m.  a  wall,  (of  a 
house.) 

Pario,  parere,  peperi,  partuiii, 
tr.  to  bear;  to  bring  forth; 
to  cause;  to  produce;  to  ob- 
tain ;  to  gain :  ovum,  to 
lay  an  egg. 

Paris,  idis  07'  idos,  m.  (§  15, 13) 
a  son  of  Priam,  king  of 
Troy,  and  brother  of  Hector, 

Pariter,  adv.  (par.)  in  like 
manner  ;  equally ;  at  the. 
same  time, 

Parnassus,  i,  m.  a  mountain  of 
Phocis,  whose  tioo  summits 
were  sacred  to  Apollo  and 
Bacchus,  and  upon  which 
the  Muses  toere  fabled  to 
reside. 

Paro,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
prepare;  to  provide;  to  pro' 
acre  ;  to  obtain  ;  to  equip  : 
parare  insidias,  to  lay  plots 
agaijist, 

Paropamisus,  i,  m.  a  ridge  of 


24 


278 


PARS— PATRIMONIUM. 


mminrahis  in  the  north  of 
hcdia. 

Pars,  tis,  f.  a  part;  a  share;  a 
portion;  a  region;  a  party: 
in  utraque  parte,  on  each 
side :  magna  ex  parte,  in 
a  great  measure;  for  the 
most  part. 

Parsirnonia,  ce,  f.  (parco,)  fru- 
galify.^ 

Parthus,  i,  m.  an  inhabitant 
of  Parthia;  a  Farthian, 

Particula,  oe,  f.  dim.  (pars,)  a 
particle  ;  a  small  part, 

Partiendus,  a,  um,  part,  (par- 
tior.) 

Partim,  adv.  (pars.)  partly; 
in  part, 

Partior,  iri,  itus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(pars,)  to  divide ;  to  share. 

Partus,  a,  um,  part,  (pario.) 

Partus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  birth;  off- 
spring. 

Parum,  adv.  (minus,  minime, 
^  89,  III.,)  little;  too  little, 

Parvulus,  a,  um,  dim.  adj. 
small;  very  small ;  from 

Parvus,  a,  um,  adj.  (minor, 
minimus,  ^  26,)  small  or 
y         little  ;  less  ;  the  least, 

Pasco,  pascere,  pavi,  pastum, 
tr.  &  intr.  to  give  food  to  ; 
to  feed  ;  to  graze. 

Pascor,  pasci,  pastus  sum,  tr.  & 
intr.  dep.  to  feed;  to  graze; 
to  feed  upon. 

Passer,  eris,  m.  a  sparrow. 

Passim,  adv.  (passus  fr.  pan- 
do,)  here  and  there;  every 
cohere  ;  in  every  direction, 

Passurus,  a,  um,  part,  (patior.) 


Passus,  a,  um,  part,  (patior,) 
having  suffered, 

Passus,  a,  um,  part,  (pando,) 
stretched  out ;  hung  up  ; 
dried  :  uva  passa,  a  raisin, 

Passus,  us,  m.  (id.)  a  pace;  a 
measure  of  5  feet :  mille 
passu  um,  a  mile  or  5000 
feet,     App.  VI.  5. 

Pastor,  oris,  m.  (pasco,)  a 
shepherd. 

Patefacio,  facere,  feci,  factum, 
tr.  (pateo  &  facio,)  to  open  ; 
to  disclose  ;  to  discover  ;  to 

,     detect. 

Patef  10,  fieri,  factus  sum,  pass, 
irr.  §  83,  Obs.  3,  to  be  laid 
open  or  discovered* 

Patefactus,  a,  um,  part,  open- 
ed ;  discovered. 

Patens,  tis,  part.  &  adj.  lying 
open ;  open  ;  clear ;  from 

Pateo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  open, 
to  stand  open  ;  to  extend. 

Pater,  tris,  m.  a  father:  pa- 
tre^, fathers;  senators:  pa- 
terfamilias, patrisfamilias, 
^  18,  9,  the  master  of  a 
family  ;  a  hofiiseheeper ; 
hence, 

Paternus,  a,  um,  adj.  paternal, 

Patientia,  oe,  {.patience;  har- 
diness; from 

Patior,  pati,  passus  sum,  tr. 
dep  to  suffer;  to  endure; 
to  let  ;  to  allow, 

Patria,  se,  f.  (patrius,  fr.  pater,) 
one^s  native  country  ;  one's 
birthplace, 

Patrimonium,  i,  n.  (pater,)  pa^ 
trimony  ;  inheritance. 


PATROCINIUM — ^PENINSULA. 


279 


Patrocinium,  i,  n.  'patronage  ; 
from 

Patronus,  i,  m.  (pater,)  a  pa- 
tron ;  protector* 

Patruelis,  is,  c.  (patruus,)  a 
caiisin  [by  the  father^  s  side.) 

Pauci,  SB,  a,  adj.  pi.  (paucus 
sing,  seldom  used,)  few;  a 
few. 

Paulatim,  adv.  (paulus,)  gra- 
dually ;  little  by  little. 

Paulo,  or  Paullo,  adv.  (id.)  a 
little. 

Paululum,  adv.  a  little. 

Paullus,  or  Paulus,  i,  m.  a 
cognomen  or  surname  in 
the  Mmilian  tribe. 

Pauper,  eris,  adj.  (ior,  rimus,) 
poor;  hence, 

Pauperies,  ei,  f.  poverty;  and 

Paupertas,  atis,  f.  poverty;  in- 
digence. 

Paveo,  pavere,  pavi,  intr.  to 
fear;  to  be  afraid. 

Pavo,  onis,  c.  a  peacock. 

Pax,  pacis,  f.  peace. 

Pecro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
do  wrong;  to  commit  a  fault; 
to  sin. 

Pecto,  pectere,  pexi  &  pexui, 
pexum,  tr.  to  comb ;  to 
dress. 

Pectus,  oris,  n.  the  breast. 

Pecunia,  se,  f.  (pecus,  the  first 
coin  in  Kome  being  stamped 
with  a  sheep;)  money;  a  sum 
of  money. 

Pecus, udis,  {.a  sheep;  a  beast. 

Pecus,  oris,  n.  cattle[ofa  large 
size;)  a  herd;  a  flock. 

Pedes,  itis,  c.  (pes  &  eo,)  one 


loho  goes  on  foot;    a  foot- 
soldier. 
Pelagus,  i,  n.  the  sea. 
Peleus,  i,  m.  «  king  of  Thes- 

saly,  the  son  of  ^dacs,  and 

father  of  Achilles. 
Pelias,  ae,  m.  a  king  of  Thes- 

saly^  and  son  of  Neptune. 
Peligni,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 

of  Italy ^  whose  country  lay 

between   the   At  emus    and 

the  Sagrus. 
Pelion,,  i,  n.  a  lofty  mountain 

in  Thessaly. 
Pellicio,  -licere, -lexi, -lectum, 

tr.  (per  &  lacio,)  to  allure; 

to  entice;  to  iiwite. 
Pellis,  is,  f.  the  skin. 
Pello,  pellere,  pepiili,  pulsum, 

tr.  to  drive  away;  to  banish; 

to  expel ;  to  dispossess  ;  to 

beat. 
Peloponnesus,  i,  f.  a  peninsula 

of  Greece^  now  called  the 

Morea. 
Pelusiu  m,  i,n.  a  town  of  Egypt. 
Pendens,  tis,  ^^diVt.^hayiging , 

impending. 
Pendeo,     pendere,     pependi, 

pensum,  intr.  to  hang. 
Pene,  adv.  almost;  nearly. 
Penetrale,  is,  n.  the  inner  part 

of  a  house^  fr.  penetralis  fr. 
Penetro,  are,   avi,  atum,  (pe- 

mtus,)  tr.  to  go  within;  to 

penetrate;  to  enter. 
Peneus,   i,    m.    the  principal 

river  of  Thessaly^  flowing 

between  Ossa  and  Olympus, 
Peninsula,  ae,  f.  (pene  &;  insu- 
la,) a  peninsula. 


280 


PENNA PERICULUM. 


Peiina,  ae,  f.  a  feather;  a  quill; 
a  wing, 

Pensilis,  e,  adj.(pendeo,)Aiz?z^- 
ing;  pendent, 

Penuria,  ae,  f.  want;  scarcity, 

Peperci.     See  Parco. 

Pepiili.     See  Pello. 

Peperi.     See  Pario. 

Per,  prep,  hy  ;  through;  for; 
during;  along. 

Pera,  as,  f.  a  wallet;  a  hag. 

Peragro,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(per  &  ager,)  to  travel 
through;  to  go  through  or 
over^  (sc.  (he  field  or  cmin- 
try.) 

Percontor&-cunctor,  ari,atus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (per  and  con- 
tor,)  to  ask;  to  inquire. 

Percunctaius,  a,  urn,  part, 
(percunctor.) 

Percussor,  oris,  m.  one  who 
wounds;  a  murderer;  an 
assassin;  from 

Percutio,  -cutere,  cussi,  -cus- 
sum,  tr.  (per  &  quatio,)  to 
strike;  io  wound:  securi, 
to  behead, 

Perditv^,  adv.  very;  vehement- 
ly; exceediiigly:  desperate- 
ly; from 

Perdltus,  a,  um,  part.  &  adj. 
(perdo,)  ruined;  lost;  un- 
done; desperate. 

Pcrdix,  icis,  f.  a  'partridge. 

Perdo,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(per  &  do,)  to  ruin;  to  lose; 
to  destroy. 

Perduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -d ac- 
tum, tr.  (per  &  duco,)  to 
lead  to^  or  through  to. 


Perductus,  a,  um,  part. 
brought;  led;  conducted. 

Peregrinatio,  onis,  f.  foreign 
travel ;  a  residence  in  a 
foreign  country;  from 

Peregrinus,  a,  um,  adj.  (pere- 
gve,and  that  from  per  & 
ager,)  foreign. 

Perennis,  e,  adj.  (per  &  an- 
nus,) lasting  through  the 
year;  continual;  lasting; 
unceasing;  everlasti7ig ;  pe- 
rennial. 

Pereo, -ire, -ii.,-itum,  intr.  irr. 
(per  &  eo,)  to  perish;  to  he 
slain;  to  be  lost. 

Perfidia,  ae,  f.  perfidy;  from 

Perfidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (per  & 
fides,)  breaking  faith;  per- 
fidious. 

Pergamuro,  i,  n.,  &  -us,  i,  f., 
-a,  orum,  pi.  n.  the  citadel 
of  Troy;  also,  a  city  of 
Mysia,  situated  upon  the 
river  Calais,  where  parch- 
ment was  first  made,  hence 
called  Pergamena. 

Pergo,  pergere,  perrexi,  per- 
rectum,  intr.  (per  &;  rego,) 
to  go  straight  on;  to  ad- 
va?ice;  to  continue. 

Pericles,  is,  m.  an  eminent  ora- 
tor and  statesman  of  Athens. 

Periculosus,a,um,  adj.  (comp.) 
full  of  danger;  dangerous; 
perilous;  hazardous;  from 

Periculum,  &;  PerTclum,  i,  n. 
(perior,  obsol.  whence  ex- 
perior,  to  try;  hence,)  an 
experiment;  a  trial;  dan- 
ger; peril. 


PK  RITURUS —  PERTINEO. 


2SJ 


Feriturus,  a,  urn,  part,  (pereo.) 

Peritus,  a,  urn,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
m'js,)  (perior,)  experienced; 
skilful. 

Permeo  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(per  &  meo.)  to  go  through; 
tofiow  through;  to  pene- 
trate; to  'permeate. 

Permisceo,  -miscere,  -miscui 
-mistum  &  -niixtum,  tr. 
(per  &  misceo,)  to  mix 
thoroughly;  to  mingle. 

Permistus,  a,  um,  part,  mixed; 
mingled;  confused. 

Permitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (per  &  mitto,)  to 
grant;  to  allow;  to  permit; 
to  commit;  to  intrust;  to 
give  leave  to;  to  grant. 

Permut3tio,  onis,  f.  exchange; 
change;  from 

Permuto.  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(per  &  muto,)  to  change; 
to  exchayige. 

Pernicies,  ei,  f.  (perneco,)  de- 
struction ;  extermination ; 
hence, 

Perniciosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  pernicious;  hurt- 
ful. 

Perpendo,  -pendere,  -pendi, 
-pensum,tr.  (per  &  pendo,) 
to  loeigh;  to  ponder;  to  con- 
sider. 

Perperam,  adv.  wrong;  amiss; 
rashly;  unjustly;  absurd- 
ly; falsely. 

Perpetior,  -peti,  -pessus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (per  &  patior,)  to 
endure;  to  bear;  to  suffer. 


Perpetuus,  a,   um,  adj.  (per- 

pes,)  perpetual;  constant 

Perrexi.      See  Perg-o. 

Persa,  ae,  m.  a  Persian;  an 
inhabitant  of  Persia. 

Persecutus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Persequor,  -sequi,  -secutus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (per  &  se- 
quor,)  to  folloio  closely;  to 
pursue;  to  folloio;  to  con- 
tinue; to  persevere  in;  to 
persecute. 

Perseus,  ei  &  eos,  m.  the  son 
of  Jupiter  and  Dande;  al- 
so, the  last  king  of  Mace- 
don. 

Persicus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  Per' 
sia;  Persia7i. 

Perspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi, 
-spectum,  tr.  (per  &  spe- 
cio,)  to  see  thraiigh;  to  dis- 
cern; to  become  acquainted 
with;  to  discolor. 

Persuadeo,  -saudere,  -suasi, 
-suasum,  tr.  (per  &  sua- 
deo,)  to  persuade. 

Perterreo,-terrere,-terrui,-ter- 
ritum,  tr.  (per  &  terreo,)  to 
frighten  greatly. 

Perterritus,  a,  um,  part,  of 
frighted;  discouraged. 

Pertinaciter,  adv.  (ius,  issi- 
me,)  obstinately ;  constant- 
ly; perseveringly;  from 

Pertinax,  acis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) (per  &  tenax,)  obsti 
7iate;  wilful. 

Pertineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  intr. 
(per  &  teneo,)  to  extendi 
to  reach  to. 


282 


PERVENIO PHOC  jEI  . 


Pervenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 
tuni,  intr.  (per  &  venio,)  to 
cnnie  to;  to  ari'ive  at;  to 
reach. 

Pervenitur,  pass.  imp.  07ie 
comes;  they  come;  ive  co?ne, 
&c.  t  67,  Note. 

Pervius,  a,  um,  adj.  (per  & 
via,)  pervious;  which  may 
be  passed  through;  passable, 
.  Pes,  pedis,  m.  afoot, 

Pessum,  adv.  dotvn;  under 
foot;  to  the  bottom :  ire 
pessum,  to  si7ik, 

Pestilentia,  ae,  f.  (pestilens,  fr. 
pestis,)  a  pestilence;  U 
plague, 

Peleris,  tis,  part,  (peto.) 

Petitio,  onis,  f.  a  petition;  a 
canvassing  or  soliciting  for 
an  office;  from 

Peto,  ere,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  to  ask; 
to  request;  to  attack;  to  as- 
sail; to  go  to;  to  seek;  to 
go  for;  to  bring, 

Petra,  se,  f.  the  metropolis  of 
Arabia  Petrcea. 

Petraea,  ae,  f.  (Arabia,)  Arabia 
PetrcBa,the  northern  part  of 
Arabia^  south  of  Palestine, 

Petulantia.  ae,  f.  (petiilans, 
forward^  fr.  peto,)  petu- 
lance ;  insolence  ;  mischie- 
vousness;  wantonness. 

Phaeax,  acis,  m.  a  Phceacian 
or  iithabitant  of  Phceacia^ 
now  Corfu.  ThePhceacians 
were  famous  for  luxury. 

Phalerae,  arum,  f.  pi.  thetrap- 
pings  of  a  horse;  habili- 
vients. 


Pharos,  i,  f.  a  small  island  at 
the  luesiern  mouth  of  ihe. 
JSile^  on  ivhich  ivas  a  totuer 
or  light-house^  esteemed  one 
of  the  seven  wonders  of  the 
world, 

Pharsalus,  i,  m.  a  city  of 
Thessaly, 

Pharnaces,  is,  m.  a  son  of 
Mithridates,  king  of  Ponr 
tus, 

Phasis,  idis  &  is,  f.  a  town  and 
river  of  Colchis ^  on  the  east 
side  of  the  Euxhie, 

Phidias,  ae,  m.  a  celebrated 
Atheyiian  statuary, 

Philaeni,  orum,  m.  pi.  tioo 
Carthaginian  brothers,  who 
suffered  themselves  to  be  bu- 
ried alive,  for  the  purpose 
of  establishing  the  contro- 
verted boundary  of  their  -\ 
country, 

Philippi,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  city 
of  Macedon,  on  the  confines 
of  Thrace. 

Philippicus,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
i7ig  to  Philippi, 

Philippides,  aB,m.  a  comic  poet, 

Philippus,  i,  m.   Philip;  the    i 
father  of  Alexander;   also 
the  son  of  Demetrius, 

Philomela,  ^,L  a  nightingale. 

Philosophia,  as,  f.  philosophy, 

Philosophns,  i,  m.  a  philoso^    \ 
pher;  a  lover  of  learning 
and  wisdom. 

Phineus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Area 
dia,  and  priest  of  Apollo, 

PliocaBi,  orum,  m.  pi.  the  Pho' 
cceans;  inhabitants  of  Pho* 


PHOCIS — 'PLECTO. 


2S3 


C(Ba,  a  maritime  city  of  Io- 
nia. 
Phocis,  id  is,  f.  a  country  of 

Greece, 
PhcEnice,  es,  f.   PhoBnicia^  a 

maritime  country  of  Syria ^ 

north  of  Palestine. 
Phoenix,  icis,  m.  a  PhoBnician. 
Phryx,  ygis,  m.  a  Phrygian; 

an  inhabitant  of  Phrygia. 
Picentes,  ium,  m.  pi.  the  in- 
habitants of  Picenum, 
Picenum,    i,    n.  a  country  of 

Italy. 
Pictus,  a,  um,  part,  (pingo,) 

'painted;  embroidered:  picta 

tabula,  a  picture;  a  paint- 

ing. 
Pietas,    atis,  f.  (pius,)  piety; 

filial  duty, 
Pignus,  oris,  n.  a  pledge ;  a 

pawn;  security;  assurance. 
Pila,  as,  f.  a  ball. 
Pileus,  i,  m.  a  hat;  a  cap. 
Pi  las,  i,  m.  the  hair. 
Pindarus,  i,m.  Pindar^  a  The- 

ban^    the  most   eminent  of 

the  Greek  lyric  poets. 
Pingo,  pingere,  pinxi,  pictum, 

tr.  to  represent  by  lines  and 

colors;  to  paint;   to  depict; 

to  delineate;  to  draw;  acu, 

to  embroider, 
Pinguis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issTmus,) 

fat;  fertile;  rich. 
Pinna,  as,  f.  «  wiiig;  a  fin, 
Piraeeus,  m.  the  principal  port 

and  w^senal  of  Athens. 
Pirata,  se,  m.  a  pirate; 
Piscator,  oris,  m.  (piscor,  from 

piscis,)  a  fisherman. 


Piscis,  is,  m.  a  fish. 
Pisistratus,  i,  m.  an  Athenian 

tyrant^    distinguished  for 

his  eloquence. 
Pistrlnum,    i,    n.     (pinso,    to 

bruise;)  a  mill. 
Pius,  i,  m.    an  agnomen,  or 

surname  of  Metellus. 
Pius,  a,  um,  adj.  dutiful,  or 

affectionate  to  parents;  pi- 

aits, 
Placeo,  ere,  ui,   iturn,  intr.  to 

please :  sibi,   to  be  vain  or 

proud   of,    to  plume  one's 

self. 
Placet,   placuit,    or   placitum 

est,  imp.   it  pleases;  it  is 

determined;  it  seems  good 

to, 
PlacTdus,   a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 

simus,)    (placeo,)    placid ; 

quiet;  still;  tranquil;  mild; 

gentle. 
Plaga,  ae,  f.  <2  bloio;  a  wound : 

plagaB,  pi.  nets;  toils. 
Flane,  adv.  (planus,)  entirely, 

totally;  plainly;  clearly, 
Planta,  ae,  f.  a  plant. 
Platanus,  i,  f.  the  plane-tree, 
Platea,  f.   a  species   of  bird, 

the  spoo7ibill,  the  heron. 
Plato,  on  is,  m.  an   Athemam., 

one  of  the  most  celebrated 

of  the  Grecian  philosophers, 
Plaustrum,i,n.a  cart;  a  loagori, 
Plebs,  and   Plebes,  is,  f.   the 

people;  the  common  people; 

the  plebeians 
Plecto,  plectere,   tr.  to  strike; 

to  punish. 
.Plecto,   plectere,   plexui  and 


2S4 


PLERUSQ  TIE P  OPULOR . 


plexi,  plexum,  tr.  to  plait; 
to  twist;  to  weave. 

Plerusque.  pleraque,  pleruni- 
que,  adj.  (mostly  used  in 
the  pi.)  most;  the  most; 
many. 

Pleriimque,  adv.  commonly; 
generally ;  for  the  most 
part;  sometimes. 

Plinius,  i,  m.  Pliny;  the  name 
of  two  distinguished  Ro- 
man authors. 

PlotiniuSj'i,  in.    See  Catienus. 

Plumbeus,  a,  um,  adj.  of  lead; 
leaden;  from 

Plumbum,  i.  n.  lead. 

Pluo,  pluere,  plui  or  pluvi, 
intr.  to  rain;  pluit,  it  rains. 

Plurimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
multus,)  very  much;  most; 
very  many. 

Plus,  uris,  adj.  (n.  in  sing-., 
comparativeofmultus,§21, 
4  Exc.)  more  :  pi.  many. 

Plus,  adv.  (comparative  of 
multum,)  more;  longer. 

Pluto,  onis,  m.  a  son  of  Sa- 
turn, and  king  of  the  in- 
fernal regions, 

Poculum,  i,  n.  <2  cup. 

Poema,  atis,  n.  a  poem. 

Poena,  ae,  f.  satisfaction  given 
or  taken  for  a  crime;  pun- 
ish?nent;  a  pu7iishment.    ^ 

Poenitet  ere,  nit,  imp.  (poeni- 
teo,  and  that  from  poena,) 
it  repents  :  poenitet  me,  / 
repe7it. 

PcEnus,  a,  um,  adj.  belonging 
to  Carthage;  Carthaginian: 
subs,  a  Carthas^inian, 


Poeta,  33,  m.  a  poet. 

Pol,  adv.  Ijy  Pollux;  truly. 

Pollex,   icis,  m.    (polleo.)   the 

thumb;  the  great  toe. 
Polliceor,    eri,    itus    sum,    tr. 

dep.    (liceor,)    to  promise; 

hence, 
Pollicitus,  a,  um,  part. 
Pollux,  ucis,  m.  a  son  ofLeda, 

and  twin  brother  of  Castor. 
Polyxena,  ae,  f.  a  daughter  of 

Priam  and  Hecuba. 
Pomifer,   era,  erum,  adj.  (po- 

mum  &fero,)  bearing  fruit: 

pomiferae    arbores,   fruit- 
trees. 
Pompa,    ae,   f.    a  procession ; 

pomp;  parade. 
Pompeianus,  a,  um,  adj.  ht- 

longing  to  Pompey, 
Pompeius,  i,  m,  Pompey;  the 

name  of  a  Roman  gens,  or 

clan. 
Pompilius,  i,  m.     See  Numa. 
Pomum,  i,  n.  an  apple;  any 

fruit  fit  for  eating  grow* 

ing  upon  a  tree. 
Pondus,    eris,  n.    (pendo,)    a 

weight, 
Pono,  ponere,  posui,  positum, 

tr.  to  place;  to  put;  to  set,    ^ 
Pons,  tis,  m,  a  bridge.  " 

Pontius,  i,  m.  (Thelesinus,)  a 

general  of  the  Samnites. 
Pont  us,  i,  m.  a  sea;  the  deep 

sea:    by    synecdoche,    the 

Euxine  or  Black  sea;  also, 

the  kiiigdom  of  Pontus,  on 

the  south  side  of  the  Euxine 
Poposci.     See  Posco. 
Populor,  ari,atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 


POPULl/S — POTIOR . 


285 


(popiilo  for  depopiilo,  fr. 
popiilus,)  to  lay  waste;  to 
depopulate;  from 

Populus,  i,  m.  the  people;  a 
7iatio7i;  a  tribe:  pi.  nations; 
tribes. 

Porrectus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Porrigo,  igere,  exi,  ectum,  tr. 
^porro  or  pro  &  rego,)  to 
reach  or  spread  out;  to  ex- 
tend; to  offer, 

Porsena,  as,  m.  a  king  ofEtru- 
ria. 

Porta,  ae,  f.  (porto,)  a  gate, 

Portans,  tis,  part,  (porto.) 

Portendo,-tendere,-tendi,-ten- 
tum,  tr.  (porro  or  pro  & 
tendo,)  to  show  what  will 
be  hereafter;  to  presage;  to 
forbode;  to  portejid;  to  be- 
token, 

Porticus,  {is,  f.  (porta,)  a  por- 
tico; a  gallery;  a  porch, 

Porto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
carry;  to  bear;  hence, 

Portus,  us,  m.  a  port;  a  har- 
bor, 

Posco,  poscere,  poposci,  tr.  to 
deviand;  to  request  earnest- 
ly; to  ask  as  wages, 

Positus,  a,  um,  part,  (pono,) 
situated, 

Possessio,  onis,  f.  possession;  & 

Possessor,  oris,  m.  a  possessor; 
an  occupant;  from 

Possideo,-sidere,-sedi-sessum, 
tr.  (potis  &  sedeo,)  to  pos- 
sess. 

Possum,  posse,  potui,  intr.  irr. 
(potis  &  sum,  ^  83,  2,)  to 
be  able;  I  can. 


Post,  prep,  after : — adv.  after ^ 
after  that;  afterwards, 

Postea,  adv.  (post  &  ea,  after 
these  things;)  afterwards. 

Posterus,  (m.  not  used,)  era, 
erum,  adj.  §  26,  2,  (erior, 
rem  us,)  (post,)  succeeding; 
subsequent;  next :  in  pos- 
terum,  (52^2?2?Z2/tempus,)/or 
the  future:  posteri,  orum, 
posterity, 

Postis,  is,  m,  (positus,  fr.  po- 
no,) (Z  thing  set  up;  a  post, 

Postquam,  adv.  (post  &  quam,) 
after;  after  that;  since. 

Postremd,&  -i!im,  adv.  at  last; 
finally;  from 

Postremus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup. 
of  posterus,)  the  last :  ad 
postremum,  at  last. 

Postiilo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(posco,)  to  ask;  to  ask  for; 
to  demand,  (as  a  right.) 

Postumius,  i,  m.  the  name  of 
a  Roman  gens  or  clan, 

Posui.     See  Pono. 

Potens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
being  able;  powerful;  (pos- 
sum.) 

Potentia,  ae,  f.  (potens,)  pow* 
er;  authority;  government, 

Potestas,  atis,  f.  (potis,)  pow- 
er; {civil  power,  as  distin- 
guished from  imperium, 
military  command.) 

Potio,  onis,  f.  (poto,)  a  drink; 
a  draught. 

Potior,  iri,  itus  sum,  intr.  dep 
(potis,)  to  get;  to  possess^ 
to  obtain;  to  enjoy;  to  gain 
possession  of. 


286 


POTISSIMUM Pll  FLATUS. 


Potissimum,  adv.  (sup.  of  po- 
tiijs,)  yrinciyalhj ;  chiejiy; 
especially. 

Politus,  a,  um,  part,  (potior,) 
ha  mng  oh  I  ahied. 

Potius,  adv.  comp.  (sup.  po- 
tissimum,) rather, 

Poto,  potare,  potavi,  potatum 
or  potum,  tr.  to  drink;  to 
drink  hard;  (see  bibo.) 

Potuisse.     See  Possum. 

Potus,  us,  m.  (poto,)  drink. 

Prae,  prep,  before;  for;  in  com- 
parison  of  or  loith. 

Prsealtus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(pras  &  altus,)  very  high; 
very  deep,  (comparatively.) 

Prsebeo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  tr.  (prae 
&  habeo,)  to  offer;  to  sup- 
ply; to  give;  to  afford :  spe- 
ciem,  to  exhibit  the  appear- 
ance of :  usum,  to  serve  for. 

Praicedens,  tis,  part,  from 

Pragcedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,intr.(prse  &  cedo,)  to 
go  before;  to  precede. 

Prfficeptor,  oris,  m.  (praeci- 
pio,)  a  preceptor,  master, 
or  teacher. 

Praeccptum,  i,  n.  (prsBcipio,)  a 
precept;  a  doctrine;  advice. 

Praecido,  -cidere,  -cidi,  -cisum, 
tr.  (prae  &  caedo,)  to  cut  off. 

Praecipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
tur.i,  tr.  (pras  &;  capio,)  to 
seize  or  take  before;  hence, 
to  prescribe;  to  command. 

Frascipito,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(prseceps,)  to  throw  down 
headlong;  to  precipitate; 
to  throw. 


Praecipue  adv.  especially;  par 
ticularly;  from 

Praecipuus,  a,  um,  adj.  (praeci 
pio,)  especial;  distinguish 
ed;  the  chief;  the  prind 
pal. 

Praeclare,  ^.diV.  excellently ;  fa 
mously;  gloriously;  from 

Praeclarus,  a,  um,  adj.  (pra 
&  clarus,)  very  clew,  oi 
bright;  famous. 

Praecludo,-cludere,-clusi,  -clu- 
sum,  tr.  (prae  &  claudo,)  to 
close  beforehand;  to  stop;  to 
shut  up. 

Praeco,  onis,  m.  a  herald. 

Praeda,  ae,  f.  booty;  the  prey. 

Praedico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(prae  &  dico,)  ^o  tell  openly; 
to  publish;  to  declare;  to 
assert;  to  affirm;  to  praise. 

Praedico,  cere,  .xi,  ctum,  tr. 
(prae  &  dico,)  to  predict;  to 
foretell. 

Praedictus,  a,  um,  part,  fore- 
told. 

Praedor,ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(praeda,)  to  plunder. 

Pragfans,  tis,  part,  from 

Praefari,  f  atus,  def.  §  84,  4, 
to  tell  before,  oi  foretell;  to 
announce;  to  predict. 

Preefero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 
tr.  irr.  leprae  &  fero,)  to  bear 
before;  to  sheiv;  to  prefer, 

Praefinio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr. 
(prae  &  finio,)  to  appoint 
beforehand;  to  deter7m?ie, 

Prsefinitus,  a,  um,  part. 

Praslatus,  a,   um,  part,  (prae- ; 
fero,) 


PRJELIANS PRAVITAS 


287 


Prselians,  tis,  part,  (praelior.) 

Prseliatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Praelior,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  give  battle;  to  en- 
gage; to  fight, 

Praelium,  i,  n.  a  battle. 

ProBmium,  i,  n.  a  reioard,  a 
'price;  a  recom'peyise. 

Praemitto,-mittere,-misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (pras  &  mitto,)  to 
send  before. 

Praeneste,  is,  n.  a  city  of  La- 
tium. 

Praenuntio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(prse  &  nuntio,)  to  tell  be- 
forehand; to  announce;  to 
signify;  to  give  notice. 

Prseparo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(prae  &  paro,)  to  get  before- 
hand; to  make  ready;  to 
•prepare;  to  make. 

PraBpono,-ponere,-posui,  -posi- 
tum,  tr,  (pras  &  pono,)  to 
set  before;  to  value  more; 
to  place  over;  to  prefer. 

Prassens,  tis,  adj.  present;  im- 
minent; part,  of  praesum. 

Praesepe,  is,  n.  praesepes  & 
praesepis,  is,  f.  (praesepio,) 
a  manger;  a  crib. 

Praesidium,  i,  n.  (praesideo,) 
a  garrison;  defeyice. 

Prasstans.  tis,  part.  &adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  (praesto,)  stand- 
ing before;  hence,  excel- 
lent; distinguished;  hence, 

Proestantia,  ae,  f.  superiority; 
an  advantage;  a  preemi- 
nence. 

Praesto,  stare,  stiti,  stitum  and 
statum,  intr    &  tr.  (prae  & 


sto,)  to  stand  before:  to  ex- 
cel; to  be  superior;  to  su7' 
pass;  to  perform;  to  pay; 
to  grant;  to  give;  to  ren- 
der; to  execute;  lo  cause:  se, 
to  shoio  or  prove  one'^s  self: 
praestat,  imp.  it  is  better. 

Praesum,  -esse,  -fui,  -intr.  irr. 
(prae  &  sum,)  to  be  over;  to 
preside  over;  to  have  the 
charge  or  command  of;  to 
rule  over. 

Praetendo,  -tendere,  -tendi, 
-tensum  or  tum,  tr.  (prae  & 
tendo,)  to  hold  before;  to 
stretch  or  extend  before;  to 
be  opposite  to;  to  pretend. 

Praeter,  prep.  tez^Ze^;  except; 
contrary  to. 

Praeierea,  adv.  (praeter  &  ea,) 
besides;  moreover, 

Praetereo,  ire,  ii,  itum,  tr.  irr. 
^  83,  3,  (praeter  &  eo,)  to 
to  pass  aver  or  by;  to  go 
beyond;  to  omit;  not  to  men 
tion. 

Praetereundus,  a,  um,  part. 
(praetereo.) 

Prasteriens,  euntis,  part,  (prae- 
tereo.) 

Praeteritus,  a,  um,  part,  (prae- 
tereo.) past. 

Praeterquam,  adv.  except;  be' 
sides:  praeterquam  si,  eX' 
cept  in  case. 

Praetorius,  i,  m.  (vir.)  a  man 
who  has  been  a  prcetor;  one 
of  prcBtorian  dignity. 

Pratum,  i,  n.  a  meado2v;  a 
pasture. 

Pra vitas,  atis,  f.  depravity;  h 


IJSS 


PRAVUS — PRO€URO. 


Pravus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
miis,)  depraved;  bad. 

Precatus,a,um,  part,  (precor.) 

Freci,  -em,  -e,  f.  (prex  not 
used,  §  18,  12,)  a  'prayer  : 
pi.  preces,  (entire.) 

Precor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 
(preci,)  to  pray;  to  entreat, 

Premo,  premere,  pressi,  pres- 
sum,  tr.  to  press;  to  urge; 
to  grieve. 

Pretiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,)  precious;  valuable; 
costly;  from 

Pretium,  i,  n.  a  price;  a  ran- 
som; a  reward:  in  pretio 
esse,  to  be  valued;  to  be  in 
estimation :  pretium  ope- 
ras, ivoi'th  lohile. 

Priam  us,  i,  m.  Priam^  the  last 
king  of  Troy. 

Pridie,  adv.  (pri  for  priori  and 
die,)  the  day  before. 

Priene,  es,  f.  a  maritime  town 
of  Io7iia. 

Primo  &  -um,  adv.  (sup.  of 
priijs,  <5>  89,  III,)  first;  at 
first :  quam  primum,  as 
S0071  as  possible. 

Primoris,  e,  adj.  (primus,)  the 
first;  the  foremost:  dentes, 
the  f rout  teeth. 

Primus,  a,  um,  num.  adj. 
(sup.  of  prior.)  the  first. 

Princeps,  ipis,  adj.  (primus  & 
capio,)  the  chief ;  the  first : 
princTpes,  ?/^e  princes;  the 
chiefs;  chief  men;  hence, 

Principatus,  us,  m.  a  govern- 
me?it;  principality. 

Prior,  us,   adj.   (sup.   primus. 


^  26,4,)  the  former;  prloi, 

first. 
Priscus,  i,  m.  a  cognomen  nr 

surname  of  the  elder  Tar- 

quin. 
Prius,    adv.    (prior,)     before^ 

first. 
Priusquam,    adv.    (priias   and 

quam,)  sooner  than;  before 

that;  before. 
Privatus,  a,  um,  adj.  (privo,) 

private;   secret : — subs,    a 

private  man. 
Pro,  prep. /or;  instead. 
Probabilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (pro- 
bo,)  that    may   be  proved; 

probable;  commendable 
Proboscis,   id  is,    f.    proboscis; 

the  trurck  of  an  elephant. 
Procas,  93,  m.      See  Silvius. 
Procedens,  tis,  part,  from 
Procedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,-ces- 

sum,  intr.  (pro  &  cede,)  to 

go  forth;  to  proceed;  to  go 

forward;  to  advance;  to  go 

out. 
Proceritas,    atis,    f.    stature; 

height;    tallness;    length: 

from 
Procerus,   a,    um,  adj. (comp.) 

tall;  long. 
Proclamo,  are,  avi,  atum,     tr. 

(pro  &  clamo,)  to  cry  out; 

to  proclaim. 
Proconsul,  iilis,  m.  (pro  &  con- 
sul,) a  procons2il. 
Procreo,    are,    avi,  atum,    tr. 

(pro  &  creo,)  to  beget. 
Procu],  adv.  jfttr. 
Procuro,    are,    avi,  atum,   tr. 

(pro  &  euro,)   to  take  cart 


PROCURRO PKOPAaO. 


289 


ofj  to  manage;  (viz.  for 
another, 

r'rocurro,  currere,  curri  &  cu- 
curri,  cursum,  intr.  (pro  & 
curio,)  to  run  forward;  to 
extend. 

IVjcligium,  i,  n.  (prodico,)  a 
prodigy. 

Proditor,  oris,  m.  (prodo,)  a 
traitor. 

Proditus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Pmdo,  -dere,  -didi,  ditum,  tr. 
(pro  &  do,)  to  give  out;  to 
betray;  to  relate;  to  discov- 
er; to  disclose;  to  manifest. 

Prcelior.      See  Praelior, 

Prcslium,  i,  n.     See  Prselium. 

Profectus,   a,  um,  part,  also, 

Proficiscens,  tis,  part,  from 

Proficiscor,  icisci,  ectus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  (pro  &  faciscor, 
from  facio,)  to  go  forward; 
to  march;  to  travel;  to  de- 
part; to  go. 

Profiteor,  -fiteri,  -fessus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  (pro  &  fateor,)  to 
declare;  to  avoio  publicly; 
to  profess;  sapientiam,  to 
profess  wisdom;  to  profess 
tq  be  a  philosopher. 

Profu^rin^  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  intr.  (pro  &  fugio,)  to 
fee  (scil.  before  or  from.); 
to  escape;  hence, 

Pjnfiigus,  a,  um,  ^di]. fleeing; 
escaping: — subs,  a  fugi- 
tive; an  exile. 

Pt  "^gredior,  -gredi,  -gressus 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (pro  &  gra- 
dior,)  to  go  forward;  to 
proceed;  to  advance. 


Progressus,  a,  um,   part.  Aa?- 

hig  advanced. 
Prohibeo,   ere,    ui,    itum,    ir. 

(pro  &  habeo,)  to  keep  off. 

or   away;    to   prohibit;   to 

hinder;  to  forbid;  hence, 
Prohibitus,  a,  um,   part. 
Projicio,-jicere,  -jeci,  -jectum, 
tr.  (pro  &  jacio,)  to  throw 

away;  to  throw  down;    to 

throvh 
Prolabor,  -labi,  -lapsus  sum, 

intr.  dep.  (pro  &  labor,)  to 

fall  doion;  to  fall  forward^ 

hence, 
Prolapsus,  a,  um,  part,  having 

fallen. 
Prolato,    are,    avi,    atum,    tr. 

(profero,)  to  carry  forivard^ 

to  enlarge;  to  extend;  to  am" 

Proles,  is,  f.  a  race;  offspring, 
Prometheus,  i.  m.  the  son  of 

lapetus  and  Clymene. 
Promittens,  tis,  part,  from 
Prommitto,     -mittere,     -misi, 

missum,  tr.  (pro  &  mitto,) 

to  let  go^  or  send  forward; 

to  promise;  to  offer. 
Promontorium,    i.    n.   (pro  & 

mons,)    a  promontory;    a 

headland;  a  cape. 
Promoveo,    -movere,    -movi, 

motum,  intr.  &  tr.  (pro  & 

moveo,)  to  move  forward; 

to  enlarge. 
Pronus,  a,  um,  adj.  inclined; 

bending  forward. 
Propago,  are,    avi,    atum,   tr. 

(pro  &  pago,)  to  propagate; 

to  prolong;  to  continue. 


25 


290 


PROPE PROVEKIO. 


Frope,  adv.  &  prep,  (propius, 
proximd,)  near;  near  to; 
nigh. 

Propero,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(properus,)  to  hasten. 

Propinquus,  a,  um,  adj.comp. 
(prope,)  7iear;  related  :  pro- 
piriqui,  subs,  relations; 
kinsmen. 

Propior,  us,  adj.  comp.  §  26,  4 
(sup.  proximus,)  nearer. 

Propius,  adv.  nearer;  comp. 
of  prope. 

Propouo,  -ponere,  posui,  -pos- 
itum,  tr.  (pro  &  pono,)  to  set 
before;  to  propose;  to  offer. 

Proponor,  -poni,  -posit us  sum, 
pass,  to  he  set  before:  pro- 
positum  est  mihi.  It  is  pro- 
posed by  me;  i.  e,  7  intend 
or  purpose. 

Propontis,  idis,  f.  the  sea  of 
Marmora. 

Propositus,  a,  um,  part,  pro- 
posed; put. 

Proprie.  adv.  particularly; 
properly;  strictly;   from 

Proprius,  a,  um,  adj.  peculiar; 
proper;  one^s  own;  special. 

Propter, prep./or;o/z  account  of. 

Propulso,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (propello,)  to  drive  a- 
way;  to  ward  off;  to  repel. 

Propylaeum,  i,  n,  the  porch  of 
a  tp.nple;  an  entrance;  the 
ryws  of  columns  leading 
to  the  Acropolis  at  Athens. 

Prora.  ^,  ^,  the  proio  of  a  ship. 

Prop^ribo,  -scribere,  scripsi, 
-scriptum,  tr.  (pro&scribo,) 
to  publish  by  loriting;  to 


proscribe;  to  outlaw;  to 
doom  to  death  arid  confisca- 
tion of  goods. 

Prosecutus,  a,  um,  pait.  hav- 
ing accompanied. 

Prosequor,  -sequi,  -secutus 
sum,  tr.  dep.  (pro  &  se- 
quor,)  to  follow  after;  to 
accompany;  to  attend;  to 
follow;  to  celebrate;  Lono- 
ribus,  to  heap  or  load  toith 
honors;  to  honor. 

Proserpina,  se,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Ceres  and  Jupiter^  and 
ivife  of  Pluto. 

Prospectus,  us,  m.  (prospicio,) 
a  prospect;  a  distant  view. 

Prospere,  adv.  (prosper,)  pros- 
perously; successfully. 

Prosterno,  -sternere,  -stravi, 
stratum,  tr.  (pro  &  sterno,) 
to  prostrate;  to  throw  doion. 

Prostratus,  a,  um,  part,  (pros- 
terno.) 

Prosum,  prodesse,  profui,  intr. 
irr.  (pro  &  sum,  ^  83,  1,) 
to  do  good;  to  profit. 

Protagoras,  se,  m.  a  Greek 
philosopher. 

Protenus,  adv.  (pro  &  tenus,) 
immediately ;  directly. 

Protero,  -terere,  -trivi,  -trltum, 
tr.  (pro  &  tero,)  to  trample 
upon;  to  tread  down;  to 
crush. 

Protractus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Protrabo,-trahere,-traxi,  -trac- 
tum,  tr.  (pro  &  traho,)  to 
protract;  to  prolong 

Proveniens,  tis,  part,  from 

Provenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven* 


PROVINCIA — PUNIO. 


29] 


turn,  intr.  (pro  &  venio,)  to 
()f)we  forth. 

Provincia,  as,  f.  (pro  &  vinco,) 
a  'province, 

Provocatio,  onis,  f.  a  calling 
forth;  a  challenge;  a  provo- 
cation; from 

Provoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(pro  &  voco,)  to  call  forth; 
to  call  out;  to  defy  or  chal- 
lenge; to  appeal. 

Proxime,  adv.  (sup.  of  prope,) 
nearest;  very  near;  7iext  to. 

Proximus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 
propior,)  nearest;  next. 

Prudens,  tis,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (providens,  fr.  ^^lo- 
YidiQO^)  for  eseeiiig;  prudent; 
ivise;  expert;  hence, 

Prudentia,  8b,  f.  piiidence; 
knowledge. 

Pseudophilippus,  i,  m.  a  false 
or  pretended  Philip^  a  name 
given  to  Andriscus. 

Psittacus,  i,  m.  a  parrot. 

Psophidius,  a,  um,  adj.  of  or 
belonging  to  Psophis;  Pso- 
phidian. 

Psophis,  idis,  f.  a  city  of  Ar- 
cadia. 

Ptolemaeus,  i,  m.  Ptolemy; 
the  name  of  several  Egyp- 
tian kings. 

Publice,  adv.  (publicus,)  pub- 
licly; at  the  public  expense; 
by  public  authority. 

I*ublic61a,  ae,  m.  (populus  & 
colo, )  a  sur7iame  given  to 
P.  Valerius^  on  account  of 
his  love  of  popularity. 

l^ublicus,  a,  um,   adj.  (popu- 


lus,) public:  in  publicum 
procedens,  going  abroad  or 
appearing  in  public :  subs, 
publicum,  the  public  trea- 
sury. 

Publius,  i,  m.  the  praenomen 
of  several  Romans. 

Pudibundus,  a,  um,  adj.  (pu- 
deo,)  ashamed;  bashful; 
modest. 

Puer,  eri,  m.  a  boy;  a  servant, 

Puerilis,  e,  adj.  (puer,)  puer- 
ile; childish :  aetas,  boy- 
hood;  childhood. 

Pueritia,  as,  f.  (id.)  boyhood; 
childhood. 

Pugna,  ae,  f.  (pugnus,  the  fist;) 
a  battle  with  fists;  a  close 
fight;  a  battle. 

Pugnans,  tis,  part,  (pugno.) 

Pugnatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Pugno,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(pugna,)  to  fight  :  pugna- 
tur,  pass.  imp.  a  battle  is 
fought;  they  fight. 

Pulcher,  ra,  rum,  adj.  (chrior, 
cherrimus,)  fair,  beauti- 
ful; glorious:  hence, 

Pulchritudo,  mis,  f.  fairness: 
beauty. 

Pullus,  i,  m.  the  young  of  any 
animal. 

Pulsus,  a,  um,  part,  (pello.) 

Pulvillus,  i,  m.  (Horatius,)  a 
Roman  consul  in  the  first 
year  of  the  republic. 

Punic  us,  a,  um,  adj.  Punic  ^ 
belonging  to  Carthage ; 
Carthaginian. 

Punio,  Ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  (poe^* 
na,)  to  publish 


292 


PUNTTTTS QUJESTOR. 


Punitus,  a,  um,  part,  (punio.) 
Piipilliis,  i,  m.  (dim.  fr.  pupu- 

lus  and  that  fr.  pupus,)  a 

young   hoy;    a   pupil;    a 

ward;  an  orphan. 
Puppis,   is,  f,  the  stern  of  a 

ship, 
Purgo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

purge;  to  purify;  to  dear; 

to  clean;  to  excuse. 
Purpura,    ae,    f.    the    pnirple 

muscle;  purple;  hence, 
Purpuratus,  a,  um,   adj.  clad 

in  purple:    purpurati,    pi. 

cmcr tiers;  rwhles, 
Purpureus,  a,  um,   adj.  (id.) 

purple, 
Purus,  a,  um,  adj.   (ior,  issT- 

mus,)  pure;  clear, 
Pusillus,  a,  um,  adj.  (dim.  fr. 

pusus,)  small;  weak;  little; 

very  small. 
Puteus,  i,  m.  a  well;  a  pit, 
Puto,  are,    avi,   atum,    tr.  to 

think, 
Putresco,    putrescere,  putrui, 

intr.  inc.  (putreo,)  to  rot;  to 

decay. 
Pydna,  03,  f.  a  townof  Macedon. 
Pygmssi,  orum,  m.   the  Pyg- 
mies, a  race  of  divarfs  in- 
habiting a  remote  part  of 

India  or  Ethiopia. 
Pyra,  hb,  f.  a  funeral  pile. 
Pyramis,  idis,  f.  a  pyramid. 
Pj^enagus,  i,  m.,  &  Pyrensei, 

orum,     m.    pi.    Pyrenees, 

mountains  dividing  France 

and  Spain. 
Pyrrhus,  i,  m.  a  king  of  Ejn- 


Pythagoras,  ae,  m.  a  Grecian 
philosopher,  horn  at  Santos. 

Pythagoreus,  i,  m.  a  Pytha- 
gorean; a  follower  or  disci' 
pie  of  Pythagoras. 

Pythia,  se,  f.  the  priestess  of 
Apollo  at  Delphi. 

Pythias,  ae,  m.  a  soldier  of 
Philip,  king  of  Macedon, 

Q. 

Q.,  or  Qu.,  an  abbreviation  of 
Quintus. 

Quadragesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  ofd.  the  fortieth;  from 

Quadraginta,  num.  adj.  pi. 
md.  forty. 

Quadriennium,  i,  n.  (quatuor 
&  annus,)  the  space  of  four 
years. 

Quadriga,  se,  &  pi.  ae,  arum, 
f.  (quadrijugae,  quatuor  & 
jugum,)  a  four  horse  cha- 
riot; a  team  of  four  horses, 

Quadringentesimus,  a,  um, 
num.  adj.  pi.  the  four  hun- 
dreth. 

Quadringenti,  ae,  a,  num.  adj. 
pi.  jour  hundred. 

Quadrupes,  pedis,  adj.  (qua- 
tuor &  pes,)  having  four 
feet;  four-footed, 

Quserens,  tis,  part,  from 

Quasro,  quaerere,  quaesivi, 
quaesitum,  tr.  to  ask;  to  seek 
for;  to  inquire;  to  search; 
quaeritur,  it  is  asked;  the 
inquiry  is  made;  hence 

Quaestio,  onis,  f.  a  question. 

Quaestor,    oris,   m.    (quaesitor 


QtT-aaSTUS — QUINGENTESIMUS. 


293 


id.)  aqucBstor;  a  treasurer; 
an  infeHor  military  officer 
who  att elided  the  consuls, 

Quaestus,  us,  m.  (id.)  gain;  a 
trade, 

Qualis,  e,  adj.  of  wliat  kind; 
as;  snch  as;  what, 

Quam,  conj.  &  adv,  as;  how; 
after  comparatives,  than. 

Quamdiu,  or  Quandiu,  adv. 
(quam  &  diu,)  as  long  as, 

Quamquam,  or  Quanquam, 
conj.  though;  although. 

Quant  vis,  conj.  (quam  &  vis, 
fr.  volo.)  although, 

Quando,  adv.  when;  since, 

Quanto,  adv.  hy  how  much;  as, 

Quantopere,  adv.  (quanto  & 
op  ere,)  how  greatly;  how 
much. 

Quantum,  adv.  how  much;  as 
much  as. 

Quantus,  a,  um,  adj.  hov^ 
great;  as  great;  how  admi- 
rable; how  sti'iking. 

Quantuslibet,       quantallbet, 
quantumlibet,  adj.  (quan- 
tus &  libet,)  how  great  so- 
ever;    ever  so  great, 

Quapropter,  adv.  (qua  and 
propter,)    wherefore;   why. 

Quare,  adv.  (qua  &  re,)  where- 
fore; for  which  reason; 
whence;   therefore, 

Quartus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  ord. 
the  fourth. 

Quasi,  adv.  [for  quamsi,)  as 
if;  as. 

Quatriduum,  i,  n.  (quatuor  & 
dies,)  a  space  of  four  days. 

Q  uatuor,  num.  adj .  ipl.iud. four 


Quatuordecim,  num.  adj.  pi. 
ind.  (quatuor  and  decem,) 
fourteen. 

Que,  enclitic  conj.  (always 
joined  to  another  word  and 
draws  the  accent  to  the 
syllable  preceding  it,)  and; 
also; 

Queo,  Ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr.  iiT. 
^  83,  3;  to  be  able  ;  I  can, 

Quercus,  us,  f.  an  oak, 

Queror,  queri,  questus  sum, 
tr.  dep.  to  complain, 

Questus,  a,  um,  part,  complain- 
ing;  having  comylained. 

Qui,  quae,  quod,reL  pro.  v  33 ; 
IV ho  ;  which;  what;  used  in- 
terrogatively, who^  which  ? 
what  ? 

Qui,  adv.  how;  in  what  man' 
?ier. 

Quia.  conj.  because. 

Quicunque,  quajcunque,  quod* 
cunque,  rel.  pro.  §  37.  1. 
whosoever;  whatsoever;  eve^'y 
one, 

Quidam,  qua^dam,  quoddam 
and  quiddam,  pro.  ^  37,  1, 
a  certain  one;  a  certain  per- 
son  or  thing:  quidam  hom- 
ines, certain  men, 

Quidem,  adv.  iiideed;  truly; 
at  least, 

Quin,  conj.  but;  but  that, 

Quinctius,  i,  m.  (Titus,)  a  Ro' 
man  general. 

Quindecim,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
(quinque  &  diecem)  fifteen, 

Quingentesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  ord.  the  five  hundredth^ 
from. 


SIM 


QfJINGENTl RAPTOR. 


Quingcnti,  se,  a,  num.  adj.  pi. 
(quinque  and  centum^)  five 
hundred. 

Quinquageni,  as,  a,  num.  adj. 
pi.  dist.  (quinquaginta,)  ev- 
ery fifty;  fifty, 

Quinquagesimus,  a,um,  num. 
adj.  [idi.) fiftieth, 

Quinquaginta,  num,  adj.  pi. 
ind.  fifty, 

Quinque,  num.  adj.pl.ind.^ije. 

Quinquies,  num.  adv.  five 
times, 

Quinto,  adv.  the  fifth  time, 

Quintus,a,  um,  ord.  num,  adj. 
the  fifth, 

Quintus,  or  Quinctius,  i,  m.  a 
Roman  surname, 

Quippe,  con],  for;  since. 

Quis,  quae,  quod,  or  quid,  in- 
terrog.  pro.  who?  what? 
quid?  why? 

Quisnam,  or  Quinam,  quae- 
nam,  quodnam,o?*  quidnam 
pro.  ^  37,  2,  who;  what, 

Quisquam,  qusequam,  quod- 
quam,  or  quidquain,or  quic- 
quain,  pro.  any  one;  any 
thing:  nee  quisquam,  aiid 
no  07ie, 

Quisque,  quseque,  quodque,or 
quidque,  pro.  each;  every; 
whosoever;  whatsoever, 

Quisquis,  quidquid,  or  quic- 
quid,  rel.  pro.  ^  37,  Obs.  1, 
V)hoever;  whatever, 

Quivis,  qusevis,  quodvis,  or 
quidvis,  pro.  (qui  and  vis) 
whosoever;  whatsoever;  any 
one. 

Quo,  adv.  that,  to  the  efid  that; 


whither:  qu6—  eo,  foi 
quanto  —  tanto,  by  hou 
much;  by  so  much;  or  the 
more  —  the  more. 

Quod,  conj.  that;  because, 

Quomini^is,  adv.  (quo  and  mi- 
nus,) that — not, 

Quomodo,  adv.  (quo  and  mo- 
do.)  how;  by  what  means. 

Quondam,  didiv.  formerly;  once, 

Quoniam,  conj.  (quum  and 
jam,)  since;  because, 

Quoque,  conj.  also, 

Quot,  adj.  ind.  pi.  how  many. 

Quotannis,  adv.  (quot  &  an- 
nus,) annually;  yearly, 

Quotidie,  adv.  (quot  &  dies,) 
every  day;  daily. 

Quoties,  adv.  as  often  as;  liow 
often, 

Quum,  or  Cum,  adv.  when : 
quum  jam.,  as  soon  as  :—- 
conj.  si7ice;  although. 

R. 

Radius,  i,  m.  a  staff;  a  ray; 

a  rod. 
Radix,  icis,  f.  a  root;  the  foot 

or  base  of  a  mountain. 
Ramus,   i,    m.    a   branch ;   a 

bough. 
Ran  a,  £e,  f.  a  frog, 
Rapina,   ae,   f.   rayine;    flun- 

der;  from 
Rapio,  rapere,  rapui,  raptum, 

tr.  to  hurry  away  by  force; 

to  rob;  to  seize;  to  plunder. 
Raptor,  oris,    m.   (rapio,)  oni 

who  seizes  or  takes  away 

by  violence;  a  robber* 


RAPTURUS — REDIMENDUS. 


295 


Rapturus,  a,um,  part,  (rapio.) 

Rnptus,  a,  um,  part,  (rapio,) 
seized;  robbed;  carried  off. 

Raritas,  atis,  f.  (rarus,)  rarity. 

Raro,  adv.  rarely;  seldom;  fr. 

Rarus,  a,  um,  adj.  rare;  few. 

Ritio,  onis,  f.  (reor,)  a  reason. 

Ratis,  is,  f.  a  raft;  a  shijp;  a 
boat. 

"Ratus,  a,  um,  part,  (reor,) 
thinhhig;  hamng  thought. 

ReDello,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(re  &  bello,)  to  renew  a 
loar;  to  rebel;  to  revolt. 

Recedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 
sum,  intr.  (re  &  cedo,)  to 
recede;  to  yield;  to  retire; 
to  withdraw. 

Recens,  tis,  adj.  comp.  new; 
recent  ;  fresh  : — adv.  re- 
cently; lately;  newly :  re- 
cens nati,  new-born  chil- 
dren. 

Receptus,  a,  um,  part,  (reci- 
pio.) 

Recepturus,  a,  um,  part,  (re- 
cipio.) 

Recessus,  us,  m.  (recedo,)  a 
recess;  a  corner. 

Recipio,-cipere,-cepi,-ceptum, 
tr.  (re  &  capio,)  to  take 
hack;  to  receive;  to  take; 
to  recover :  an  imam,  to 
come  to  one^s  self  again;  to 
recover  one^s  senses  :  se,  to 
return. 

Recognosco,  -noscere,  -novi, 
-nitum,  tr.  (re  &  cognos- 
co,)  to  recognize;  to  know 
agai?i;  to  betake  one^s  self. 

Recoliigo,  -ligere,  -leg:i,  -lec- 


tum,  tr.  (re,  con,  &  lego,) 
to  gather  up  again;  to  re 
collect;  to  recover. 

Reconditus,  a,  urn,  part,  from 

Recondo,  dere,  didi,  ditum,  tr. 
(re  &  condo,)  to  put  toge- 
ther again;  to  lay  up;  to 
hide;  to  conceal. 

Recorder,  an,  atus.  tr.  dej). 
(re  &  cor,)  to  call  back  to 
mind;  to  recollect;  to  re* 
member. 

Recreo,  are  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(re  &  creo,)  to  bring  to  life 
agai7i;  to  restore;  to  refresh, 

Recte,  adv.)  iiis,  issime,) 
right;  rightly;  from 

Rectus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (rego,)  straight;  up- 
right; right;  direct. 

Recupero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(recipio,)  to  recover;  to  re- 
gain. 

Redditus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Reddo,-dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(re  &  do,)  to  give  back;  to 
return;  to  give;  to  make, 
to  render;  to  restore;  to 
cause :  verba,  to  repeat : 
animam,  to  die  :  voces,  to 
imitate, 

Redeo,-ire,-ii,-itum,  intr.  irr. 
(re  &  eo,)  to  go  back;  to 
return. 

Rediens,  euntis,  part,  return^ 
ing. 

Redigo,-igere,-egi,-actum,  tr, 
(re  &  ago,)  to  bring  back; 
to  reduce:  in  potestatem, 
to  bring  into  oneh  poiver. 

Redimendus,  a,  um,  part,  from 


296 


REDIMO — HEMITTO. 


ReJiiiio,  -imere,  -emi,  -emp- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  emo,)  to  take 
hack;  to  buy  hack;  to  re- 
deem; to  rajisom, 

Reduccndus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Reduco,  -ducere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  duco,)  to 
lead  or  hring  hack :  in  gra- 
tiam,  to  reconcile. 

Ref  erens,  tis,  part,  requiting; 
returning;  referring;  from 

Refero,-ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  tr. 
irr.  (re  &  fero,)  to  hring 
hack;  gratiam,  or  gratias, 
to  requite  a  favor;  to  show 
gratitude  :  beneficium,  to 
requite  a  hefiejit :  victori- 
am,  to  hring  hack  victory, 
1.  e.  to  return  victorious  : 
imaginem,  to  reflect  the 
image;  to  resemhle. 

Refluens,  tis,  part,  from 

Refisjo,-fluere,  -fluxi,  -fiuxum, 
intr.  (re  &  fluo,)  to  flow 
hack, 

Refugio,  -fugere,  -fugi,  -fugi- 
tum,  intr.  (re  &  fugio,)  to 
fly  hack;  to  flee;  to  retreat. 

Regia,  £8,  f.  (sc.  domus,  from 
regius,)  a  palace, 

Reglna,  ae,  f.  (rex.)  a  queen. 

Regio,  onis,  f  (rego,)  a  region; 
a  district;  a  country. 

Regius,  a,  um,  adj.  (rex,)  roy- 
al; regal;  the  king^s. 

Regnaturus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Regno,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
regnum,)  to  rule;  to  govern. 

Regnatur,  pass.  imp.  it  is  ruled 
by  kijigs. 

Regimm,  i,  n,  (rex,)  a  king- 


dom ;  empire  ;  dominion  , 
reign;  government;  rule, 

Rego,  regere,  rexi,  rectum,  tr. 
to  direct  or  lead  in  a 
straight  course;  to  rule, 

Regredior,  -gredi,  -gressns 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (re  &  gia- 
dior,)  to  turn  hack;  to  re- 
turn. 

Regressus,  a,  um,  part,  hav- 
ing returned, 

ReguluSji,  m.  a  distinguished 
Roman  general  in  the  first 
Punic  war, 

Relatus,  a,  um,  part,  (refero,) 

Relicturus,  a,  um,  part,  (rel in- 
quo.) 

Relictus,  a,  um,  part,  (id.) 

Religio,  onis,  f.  (religo,)  tvhat 
is  hindiiig  or  obligatory; 
religious  scruple  or  hin- 
drance ;  hence,  religion ; 
sacredness;  sanctity;  rev- 
erence; religious  rites. 

Relinquo,-linquere,-liqui, -lic- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &:  linquo,)  to 
leave  behind;  to  desert;  to 
quit;  to  abandon. 

Reliquiae,  arum,  f  pi.  the  rel- 
ics; the  remains;  from 

Reliquus,a,  um,adj.(relinquo,) 
the  rest;  the  remainder;  the 
other. 

Remaneo,  -manere,  -mansi, 
-mansum,  intr.  (re  &  ma- 
neo,)  to  remain  behind. 

Remedium,  i,  n.  (re  &  me- 
deor,)  a  remedy. 

Remitto,  -mittere,  -misi,  -mis- 
sum,  tr.  (re  &  mitto,)  fo 
send  hack;  to  remit. 


REMOVEO RESPOISDEO. 


2*J7 


Rc'moveo,-movere,-movi,-m6- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  moveo,)  to 
move  hack,  or  away;  to  re- 
move, 

Remus,  i,  m.  an  oar, 

Remus,  i,  m.  the  twin  brother 
of  Romulus, 

Renovatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Renovo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
and  novo,)  to  77iake  anew; 
to  reneiv. 

Renuntio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(re  &  nuntio,)  to  hri7ig  hack 
word;  to  inform;  to  re'port; 
to  declare;  to  announce. 

Reor,  reri,  ratus  sum,  intr. 
dep.  to  think,  to  suppose; 
to  believe, 

Reparo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  paro,)  to  get  or  procure 
again;  to  renew;  to  repair, 

Repente,  adv.  (repens  fr.  repo) 
suddenly, 

Reperio,  -per ire,  -peri,  -per- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &pario,)  to  find; 
to  discover;  to  invent, 

Repeto,  -petere,  -petivi,  -peti- 
tum,  tr.  (re  &  peto,)  to  de- 
Tnand  hack, 

Repleo,  ere,  evi,  etum,  tr.  (re 
&  pleo,)  to  fill  again;  to  fill 
up;  to  replenish. 

Repono,  -ponere,  -posui,  -po- 
situm,  tr.  (re  &  pono,)  to 
place  back  or  again;  to  re- 
store; to  replace, 

Reporto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  porto,)  to  bring  back;  to 
gain  or  obtain, 

Reprassento,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(re  &  praesento,)  to  make 


present  again;  to  represent 
to  paint;  to  depict, 

Repudio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(repudium)fo  repudiate;  to 
reject;  to  slight;  to  dts- 
regard:  uxorem,  to  di" 
vorce, 

Requiro,  -quirere,  -quisivi, 
-quisitum,  tr.  (re&  quaero,) 
to  seek  again;  to  demand; 
to  require;  to  need. 

Res,  rei,  f.  a  thing;  an  affair; 
a  way;  a  kingdom;  a  gov- 
ernment;  a  subject :  res 
gestae,  actio7is;  exploits : 
res  familiaris  or  domesti- 
ca,  domestic  affairs;  prop- 
erty, 

Reservo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  servo,)  to  keep  back;  to 
reserve;  to  keep  for  a  future 
time, 

Resideo,  -sidere,  -sedi,  intr. 
(re  «fe  sedeo,)  to  sit;  to  sit 
down;  to  remain, 

Resimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (re  &  si- 
mus,)  bent  back;  crooked, 

Resisto,  -sistere,  -stiti,  -stitum, 
intr.  (re  &  sisto,)  to  hold  or 
keep  back;  to  resist;  to 
withstand, 

Resolvo,  -solvere,  -solvi,  -so- 
lutum,  tr.  (re  &  solvo,)  to 
untie  again;  to  loosen;  to 
unbind;  to  U7iloose;  to  dis- 
solve, 

Respondeo,  -spundere,  -spon- 
di, -sponsum,  tr.  (re  &  spon- 
deo,)  to  a7iswer  again;  to 
ansioer;  to  reply;  to  cor- 
respo7dd :  respond etur,  pass. 


29S 


RESPONSUM RIGEO. 


imp.  tt  is  a7isivered^  or  the 
Ttply  is  made. 

Responsum,  i,  n.  (respondeo,) 
an  aiiswer;  a  reply. 

Respublica,  reipublicse,  f, 
^  18,  9,  (res  publica,)  the 
state;  the  government;  the 
covimonwealth, 

Kespuo,  -spuere,  -spui,  tr.  (re 
&  spuo,)i'o  spit  out;  tor  eject. 

Restituo,  -stituere,  -stitui,  -sti- 
tutum,  tr.  (re  &  statuo,)  to 
put  or  set  up  again;  to  re- 
store; to  replace;  to  re- 
build:  aciem,  to  cause  the 
a.rmij  to  rally. 

Ketineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -ten- 
turn,  tr.  (re  &  teneo,)  tohold 
hack;  to  retain;  to  detain; 
to  hinder. 

Eever4,  adv.  (res  &  verus,) 
truly;  in  very  deed;  in  re- 
ality; in  good  earnest. 

Reverentia,  ae,  f.  (revereor,) 
reverence. 

Reversus,  a,  um,  part,  having 
returned:  from 

Reverto,  -vertere,  -verti,  -ver- 
sum,  intr.  (re  &  verto,)  to 
turn  hack;  to  return. 

Reverter,  -verti,  -versus  sum, 
intr.  dep.  to  return. 

Reviresco,  -virescere,  virui, 
intr.  inc.  (revireo,)  to  grow 
green  again. 

Revoco,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (re 
&  voco,)  to  call  hack;  to  re- 
call. 

Bevolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(re  &  volo,)  tojiy  hack;  to 
fiV  off  again. 


Rex,  regis,  m.  (rego,)  a  ki7ig. 

Rhadamanthus,  i,  m.  a  law- 
giver, of  Crete,  a?id  subse- 
quently one  of  the  three 
judges  of  the  infernal  rc- 
gions. 

Rheeti,  Drum,  m.  pi.  the  in^ 
habitants  of  Rhcetia,  twv) 
the  Griso7is. 

Rhea,  ae,  f.  (Silvia,)  themother 
of  Romulus  a7id  Remus. 

Rhenus,  i.  m.  the  river  Rhine, 

Rhinoceros,  Otis,  m.  a  Rhino- 
ceros. 

RhipaBus,  a,  um,  adj.  Rhipce- 
an  or  Riphcsan:  montes, 
7nountai7is,  which,  accord- 
i7ig  to  the  a7icients,  were 
found  in  the  7iorth  of  Scy- 
thia. 

Rhodanus,  i,  m.  the  river 
Rhone. 

Rhodius,  i,  m.  an  inhahita7it 
of  Rhodes;  a  Rhodian. 

Rhodope,  es,  f.  a  high  moun- 
tain in  the  western  part  of 
Thrace. 

Rhodus,  i,  f.  Rhodes;  a  cele- 
brated toion,  .a7id  isla7id  in 
the  Mediterranean  sea. 

Rhojteum,  i,  n.  a  city  and 
promontory  of  Troas. 

Rhyndacus,  i,  m.  a  river  of 
Mysia. 

Ridens,  tis,  part,  smiling; 
laughing  at;  from 

Rideo,  dere,  si,  sum,  intr.  & 
tr.  to  laugh;  to  laugh  at; 
to  mock;  to  de7'ide. 

Rigeo,  ere,  iii,  intr.  to  be 
cold. 


RIGIDUS SA.CRA. 


299 


Rigid  us,  a,  um,  adj.(comp.) 
(rigeo,)  stiff  icith  cold'  ri- 
gid; severe. 

Rigoj  are,  avi,  a  turn,  tr.  to  v^a- 
ter;  to  irrigate;  to  hedew; 
to  wet. 

Ripa  86,  f,  a  hank,  (of  a  river.) 

Risi.     See  Rideo. 

Ri^us,  iis,  m.  {ndieo,)laughing; 
laughter. 

Rixor,  ari  atus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
(rixa,)  i^:  quarrel. 

Robur,  oris,  n.  oak  of  the  hard- 
est kind,  hence,  strength  : 
robur  militum,  the  flower 
of  tlie  soldiers. 

Rogatus,  a,  um,  part,  heing 
ask^d;  from 

Rogo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
ask;  to  request;  to  beg;  to 
eidi'eat. 

Rogus,  i,  m.  a  funeral  pile. 

Roma,  39,  f.  Rome,  the  chief 
city  of  Italy,  situated  up- 
on the  Tiber;  hence, 

Romanus,  a,  um,  adj.  Roman, 

Romanus,  i,  m.  a  Roman. 

Romulus,  i,  m.  the  founder 
•  and  first  king  of  Rome : 
Romulus  Silv^ius,  a  king 
of  Alba. 

Rostrum,  i,  n.  (rodo,)  a  beak; 
a  bill;  a  snout;  also,  the 
beak  of  a  ship;  a  stage,  or 
pulpit. 

Rota,  se,  f.  a  lolieel. 

Rotundus,  a,  um,  adj.  (rota,) 
round. 

Ruber,  rubra,  rubrum,  adj. 
(rior,  emmus,)  red.. 

Rudis,  e,  adj.  (ior,   issimus,) 


rude;  unwr ought;  unculti- 
vated; new;  u/icivilized. 

Ruina,  ae,  f.  (ruo,)  a  ruin;  a 
downfall;  a  fall. 

Rullianus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  gen- 
eral, who  commanded  the 
cavalry  in  a  war  with  the 
Saimiites. 

Rumpo,  rumpere,  rupi,  rup- 
tum,  tr.  to  break  or  burst 
asunder;  to  break  off;  to 
break  down;  to  violate. 

Ruo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  intr.  & 
tr.  to  run  headlong;  to  fall; 
to  be  ruined;  to  hasten 
down;  to  rush;  to  throw 
down;  to  tear  up. 

Rupes,  is,  f.  a  rock;  a  cliff, 

Ruptus,  a,  um,  part,  (rumpo,) 
broken;  violated, 

Rursus,  adv.  again. 

Riis,  ruris,  n.  the  country;  a 
far 771;  hence, 

Rusticus,  a,  um,  adj.  rustic, 
belonging  to  the  country. 

Rusticus,  i,  m.  a  countryman, 

Rutilius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  con' 
sul. 

S. 

Sabini,  orum,  m.  the  Sahi?ies 

a  people  of  Italy. 
Sacer,    sacra,    sacrum,    adj. 

(sup.    errimus,    s^   26,    5,) 

sacred;  holy;  divine;  consC" 

crated. 
Sacerdos,   otis,    c.    (sacer,)  a 

priest;  a  priestess. 
Sacra,  orum,  n.   pi.  (id.)  reZa- 

gious  service;  sacrifice;  sa- 


300 


SACRIFICANS SATIS. 


cred  riles;  religious  oh- 
servances. 

Sacrif  leans,  tis,  part,  (sacrif  i- 
co,)  sacrificing;  offering  sa- 
crifices. 

Sacrificium,  i,  n.  a  sacrifice; 
from 

Sacrif  ICO,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(sacer  &  facio,)  to  sacrifice, 

Scgpe,  adv.  (ius  issime,)  of- 
ten; frequently, 

SaBvio,  ire,  ii,  itum,  intr.  (sae- 
vus,)  to  rage;  to  he  cruel, 

SaevTtas,  atis,  f.  cruelty;  seve- 
rity; savageness;  barbarity; 
from 

Saevus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  cruel;  severe;  fierce; 
inhuman;  violent, 

Saginatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Sagino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
fatten, 

Sagitta,  JB,  f.  an  arrow, 

Saguntini,  orum,  m.  pi.  the 
Sagu7itines;  the  inhabit- 
ants of  Saguntum, 

Saguntum,  i,  n.  a  town  of 
Spain. 

Salio,  salire,  salui  &  salii, 
intr.  to  spring;  to  leap, 

Salsus,  a.  um,  adj.  (sallo,  to 
salt;  Obsol.  from  sal,)  salt; 
sharp. 

Salto,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
freq.  (salio,)  to  dance. 

Saluber,-bri3,-bre,  adj.  (brior, 
berrimus,)  (salus,)  whole- 
some; salubriofv.s;  healthy; 
hence, 

Salubritas,  atis,  f.  salubrity; 
healthf Illness. 


Salum,  i,  n.  properly,  the  agi- 
tated motion  of  the  sea: 
hence,  the  sea. 

Salus,  utis,  f.  safety;  solva- 
tion; health;  hence, 

Saluto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
wish  health  to;  hence,  to 
salute;  to  call. 

Salvus,  a,  um,  adj.  (salus,) 
safe;  preserved  ;unp^inishtd. 

Samnltes,  ium,  m.  pi.  the  Sa?n- 
7iites,  a  people  of  Italy. 

Sanctus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(sancio,)  holy;  bla?neless. 

Sanguis,  inis,  m.  blood. 

Sapiens,  tis,  (part,  sapio,  pro- 
perly, tasting;  hnoioing  hy 
the  taste;  hence,)  adj.  (ior, 
issimus,)  wise  : — subs,  a 
sage;  a  wise  man;  hence, 

Sapientia,  ae,  f.  vnsdom,  philo- 
sophy. 

Sapio,  ere,  ui,  intr.  [to  taste;  to 
discern;  hence,)  to  be  vnse, 

Sarcina,  ae,  f.  (sarcio,)  a  pack; 
a  bundle. 

Sardinia,  ae,  f.  flj  large  island 
in  the  Mediterranean  sea, 
west  of  Italy. 

Sarmatae,  arum,  m.  the  Sar- 
matians,  a  people  inhabit- 
ing the  7uorth  of  Eairope 
and  Asia, 

Sarpedon,  onis,  m.  a  son  of 
Jupiter  and  Europa. 

Satelles,  itis,  m.  a  satellite;  a 
guard;  a  body-guard. 

Satiatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Satio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  t 
satiate;   to  satisfy:  from 

Satis,  adj.  &  adv.  (comp.  sa 


SATUR — SECTOR. 


801 


tius,  better;)  enough;  suf- 
ficient; S2ifficiently;  very; 
quite. 

Satiy,  ura,urum,adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  (sdiiio ^)satiated;  full. 

Saturnia,  ae,  f.  a  name  given 
to  Italy;  also, «  citadel  and 
toimi  near  Janiadum. 

Saturnus,  i,  m.  the  father  of 
Jwpiter. 

Saucio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(saiicius,)  to  wound. 

Saxum,  i,  n.  a  rock;  a  stone. 

Scasvola,  se,  m.  (Mucius,)  a 
brave  Konian  soldier, 

Scateo,  ere  intr.  to  gush  forth 
like  water  from  a  spring; 
hence,  to  be  full;  to  abound. 

Scamander,  dri,  m.  a  river  of 
Troas,  which  flows  from 
Mount  Ida  into  the  Helles- 
po7it. 

Scaurus,  i,  m.  the  surname  of 
several  Komans. 

Scelestus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  is- 
simus,)  wicked;  from 

Scelus,  eris,  n.  an  imyious  ac- 
tion; a  criine;  ivickedness  : 
by  metonymy,  a  wicked 
'person.     See  facinus. 

Scena,  83,  f.  a  scene;  a  stage. 

Schceneus,  i,  m.  a  ki7ig  of 
Arcadia^  or  Scyros,  and 
father  of  Atalanta. 

Scheria,  ae,  f.  an  ancient  name 
of  the  island  Corcyra,  or 
Corfu. 

Scientia,  se,  f.  knowledge;  from 

Scio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  to 
knx)w;  to  understand. 

Scipio,  on  is,  m.  a  distinguish- 


ed Roman  family :   Scipio- 

nes,  the  Scipios. 
Scopulus,  i,  m.  a  high  rock;  a 

cliff. 
Scorpio,  onis,  m.  a  scorpion, 
Scotia,  86,  f.  Scotland. 
Scriba,  se,  m.  a  writer;  a  se* 

cretary;  a  scribe;  from 
Scribo,  scribere,  scripsi,  scrip- 

tum,  tr.  to  write :  scribere 

leges,  to  p?  epare  laios. 
Scriptor,  oris.  m.  a  writer;  an 

author, 
Scripttirus,  a,um,  part.(scribo.) 
Scriptus,  a,  um,  part,  (scribo.) 
Scrutor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 

(scruta,)  to  search  into;  to 

trace  out. 
Scutum,  i,  n.  a  shield. 
Scylla,  SB,  f.  the   daughter  of 

Nisus. 
Scyros,  i,    f.  a7i  islarid  in  the 

Mgeo,7i  sea. 
Scythes,  ae,  m.  a7i  inhabitant 

of  Scythia;  a  Scythian, 
Scythia,  se,  f.   a  vast  country 

in  the  north  of  Europe  and 

Asia, 
ScythTcus,a,  um,adj.  Scythian, 
Seco,  secare,  secui,  sectum,  tr. 

to  act. 
Secedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ces- 

sum,  intr.  (se  &cedo,)  to  go 

aside; to  secede; to  lait  idraw. 
Sectatus,  a,  um,  part.  havi7ig 

followed  or  attended;  from 
Sector,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 

freq.  (sequor,  §  88,  Obs.  1.) 

to  follow;  to  pursue;  to  ac- 

compa7iy;     to    attend;    to 

strive  after. 


26 


302 


SECULCTM SEPES. 


Secillum  and  Sasculum,  i,  n. 
an  age  ;  a  period  of  time. 

Secum,  (se  &  cum,  ^  90,  2,) 
with  himself ;  loith  herself; 
withitself;  with  themselves, 

Secundus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(sequor,)  the  second;  pros- 
perous :  res  secundaB,  pros- 
perity, 

SecQris,  is,  f.  (seco,)  an  axe, 

Secutus,  a  um,  part,  (sequor.) 

Sed,  conj.  lui. 

Sedecim,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi. 
(sex  &  deoem,)  sixteen, 

Sedeo,  sedere,  sedi,  sessum, 
intr.  to  sit ;  to  light  upon. 

Sedes,  is,  f.  (sedes)  a  seat ;  a 
residence;  a  settlement;  reg- 
ni,  the  seat  of  government, 

Seditio,  onis,  f.  (se  aside^  and 
eo,)  sedition;  a  rebellion; 
an  insurrection, 

Sedulus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sedeo) 
diligent, 

Seges,  etis,  f.  a  crop;  a  harvest, 

Segnis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus.) 
dull;  slow;  slothful;  slug- 
gish, 

Sejungo,  -jungere,  -junxi, 
-junctum,  tr.  (se  &  jungo,) 
to  divide  ;  to  separate, 

Seleucia,  sb,  f.  a  town  of  Sy- 
ria, near  the  Orontes, 

Semel,  adv.  o/zce:  pliis  semel, 
more  than  once. 

Semele,  es,  f.  a  daughter  of 
Cadmus  and  Hermione^  and 
mother  of  Bacchus, 

Semen,  mis,  n.  seed. 

Semiramis,  idis,  f.  a  quee?i  of 
Assyria,  and  wife  of  Ninus, 


Semper,  adv.  always;  hence 
Senipiternus,  a,  um,  adj.  ev- 
erlasting. 
Sempronius,  i,  m,  the  name  of 

a   Roman   gens    or     clan; 

Sempronius    Gracchus,    a 

Roman  general, 
Sena,  ae,  f.  a  town  of  Picenum, 
Senator,    oris,    m.   (senex,)  a 

Senator. 
Senatus,  us,  &  i,  ra.  (senex,) 

a  se7iate. 
Senecta,  se,  or  Senectus,  litis, 

f.  (senex,)  old  age. 
Senescens,  tis,  part,  from 
Senesco,     senescere,     senui, 

intr.  inc.  to  grow  old;  to 

wane;    from    seneo,    and 

that  from 
Senex,   is,   c.  an  old  man  or 

woman: — adj.  old  :  (comp. 

senior,    sometimes    major 

natu,)  ^  26,  6. 
Senones,  um,  m.  pi.  a  people 

of  Gaul. 
Sensi.     See  Sentio. 
Sensus,  us,  m.  (sentio.)  sense; 

feeling, 
Sententia,  ae,  f.  an  opinion;  a 

proposition;    a  sentiment; 

from 
Sentio,  sentire,  sensi,  sensum, 

tr.  to  feel ;  to  perceive;  to 

he  sensible  of ;  to  observe  ; 

to  suppose. 
Separo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (se 

&  paro)  to  separate;  to  di- 
vide. 
Sepelio,  sepelire,  sepelivi,  se 

pultum,tr.  to  bury;  to  inter 
Sepes,  is,  f.  a  hedge;  a  fence 


SEFTEM SEXAGESIMUS. 


30J^ 


Sept  em,   num.    adj.    ind.   pi. 

seven. 
Septentrio,  onis,  m.  the  North- 
ern Bear;  the  riorth, 
Septies,  num.  adv.  sexentimes. 
Septimus,    a,  urn,  num.  adj. 

ord.  (septem,)  the  seve?ith. 
Septingeatesimus,a,  um,  num. 

adj.  the  seven  hundredth. 
Septuagesimus,  a,  um,  num. 

adj.  the  seventieth;  from 
Septuaginta,    num.    adj.  ind. 

pi.  seve7ity, 
Sepulcrum,   i,  n.  (sepeiio,)  a 

sepulchre;  a  tomh. 
Sepultura,   ae,  f.  (id.)   hurial; 

interment. 
Sepultus,a,um,  part.(sepelio,) 

buried. 
iSequana,   as,  m.  the   Seine^  a 

river  in  France. 
Sequens,  tis,  part,  from 
Sequor,  sequi,  sectitus  sum,  tr. 

dep.  to  follow;  to  pursue. 
Secutus,  a,  um,  part,  (sequor.) 
Serenus,   a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 

sere7ie;      tranquil;      clear; 

fair;  bright. 
Sergius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  se- 
veral Romans. 
Sermo,  onis,m.  (sero,)  speech; 

a  discourse;  conversatio7i. 
Sero, (seTi\is,)ixdv. late;  toolate. 
Sero,  serere,  sevi,   satum,  tr. 

to  sotv;  to  plant. 
Serpens,    tis,    c.    (serpo,    to 

creep,)  a  serpent;  a  sriake. 
Sertorius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  gen- 
eral. 
Serus,    a,    um,    adj.    (comp.) 

late,. 


Servilius,  i,  m.  the  navte  of  a 

Roman  family  :   Servilius 

Casca,  one  of  the  nmrd*ir' 

ers  of  CcBsar. 
Servio,    ire,    ivi,    itum,    intr. 

(servus,)   to  be  a  slave;  to 

serve ^  (as  a  slave.) 
Servitium,   i,  n.  or  ServTtus, 

tit  is,  f.  (id.)  slavery;  bond' 

age. 
Servius,   i,  m.  (Tullius,)  the 

sixth  king  of  Ro??ie. 
Servo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

preserve ;     to    guard ;    to 

watch;  to  keep;  hence, 
Servus,  i,   m.   a  slave;  a  ser- 

vant. 
Sese,  pro!  ace.  &  abl.   ^  28, 

Obs.  4 ;  himself;  herself , 

themselves. 
Sestertium,  i,  n.  a  sestertium^ 

or    a    thousand    serterces, 

App.  VI. 
Sestertius,  i,  m.  a  sesterce,  or 

tivo  and  a  half  asses.    App, 

VI. 
Sestos,  i,  or  -us,   i,   f.  a  town 

of  TJirace^  on  the  shores  of 

the  Hellespont,  opposite  to 

Abydos. 
Seta,  SB,  f.  a  bristle. 
Setinus,   a,  um,  adj.  Setine; 

belonging  to  Selia,  a  city 

of    Campania,     near    the 

Pontine  Marshes,  famous 

for  its  wine. 
Setosus,  a,   um,   adj.    (seta,) 

full  of  bi'isiles;  bristly. 
Sex,  num.  adj.  ind.  pi.  six, 
Sexagesimus,    a,    um,    num. 

adj.  ord.  (sex,)  the  sixtieth. 


304 


SEXAGINTA SlNGULARlo. 


Sexaginta,  num,  adj.  ind.  pi. 
(sex,)  sixty, 

Sexcentesimus,  a,  urn,  num. 
adj.  ord.  (sex  &  centum,) 
the  six  hundredth. 

Sextus,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  ord. 
(sex,)  the  sixth. 

Si,  conj.  if;  whether  :  si  quan- 
do,  if  at  any  time. 

Sic,  adv.  so;  thus;  in  such  a 
manner, 

Siccius,  i,  m.  (Dentatus,)  the 
name  of  a  brave  Roman 
soldier. 

Siccus,  a,  um,  adj.  dry;  sic- 
cum,  dry  land:  in  sicco, 
(loco,)  in  a  dry  'place: 
(arid us,  thoroughly  dry; 
parched.) 

Sicilia,  SB,  f.  Sicily^  the  larg- 
est island  in  the  Mediter- 
ranean, 

Siciilus,  a,  um,  adj.  Sicilian: 
fretum,  the  straits  of  Mes- 
sina. 

Sicut,  &  Siciiti,  adv.  (sic  ut,) 
as;  as  if. 

Sidon,  onis,  f.  a  maritime  city 
of  Phcsnicia. 

Sidon ius,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  Sidon;  Sidooiian. 

Sidus,  eris,  n.  a  star. 

Significo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(signum  &  facio,)  to  make 
or  give  a  sign;  to  desig- 
nate; to  mark;  to  express; 
to  signify;  to  give  riotice; 
to  imply  or  mean, 

.Signum,  i,  n.  a  sign;  a  token; 
a  statue;  a  standard;  co- 
lors. 


Silens,  tis,  part,  (sileo,)  silent; 
keejnng  silence. 

Silentium,  i,  n.  (sileo,)  silenct* 

Silenus,  i.  rn.  the  foster -father 
and  instructor  of  Bacchus, 

Sileo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  sile?it; 
to  co7iceal, 

Silva,  or  Sylva,  se,  f.  a  forest; 
a  wood. 

Silvia,  £B,  f.  (Rhea,)  the  mother 
of  Romulus, 

Silvius,  i,  m.  a  son  of  3LneaSy 
the  second  king  of  Alba: 
Silvius  Procas,  a  king  of 
Alba^  the  father  of  Numi- 
tor  and  Amulius. 

Simia,  ffi,  f.   (simus,)  an  ape, 

Similis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  limu$, 
<5>  26,  1,)  similar;  like: 
hence. 

Similiter,  adv.  (similius  simi- 
lime,)  in  like  manner. 

Simplex,  icis,  adj.  comp.  (si- 
ne plica,  without  a  fold; 
oipen;  plain;  hence,)  simple; 
artless;  open;  plain;  single. 

Simois,  entis,  m.  a  river  of 
Troas,  flowing  into  the 
Scamander. 

Simonides,  is,  m.  a  Greek  po- 
et^ born  in  the  island  of 
Cca. 

Simul,  adv.  at  the  same  thne; 
at  once;  together;  as  soon 
as:  simul — simul — as  soon 
as^  or  no  sooner  than. 

Simulacrum,  i,  n.  (simiilo,)  an 
image;  a  statue. 

Sin,  conj.  hit  if. 

Sine,  prep,  without. 

Singular  is,  e,  adj.  single,  sin" 


SINGULI— SOLVO. 


305 


gular;  distinguished;  ex- 
traordinary: certamen  sin- 
gulare,  a  single  combat; 
from 

Singuli,  ce,  a,  num.  adj.  pi. 
each;  one  by  one;  every : 
singulis  mensibus,  every 
month, 

Sinister,tra,trum,  adj.  (comp. 
irr,  §  26,  2,.)  left;  from 

Sino,  sinere,  sivi,  situm,  tr. 
(for  sio.  obsol.)  to  permit. 

Sinus,  us,  m.  a  bosom;  a  bay; 

Siquis,  siqua,  siquod  or  si- 
quid,  pro,  if  any  oTie;  if 
any  thing, 

Siquando,  adv.  (si  &  quando,) 
if  at  any  time;  if  ever. 

Sitio,  ire,  ii,  intr.  &  tr.  to  thirst; 
to  be  thirsty;  to  desire  ear- 
nestly. 

Sit  is,  is,  f.  thirst. 

Situs,  a,  um.  part.  &  adj.  (si- 
no,)  placed;  set;  situated; 
permitted, 

Sive,  conj.  or;  or  if;  whether, 

Soboles,  is,  f.  (suVoles,  sub  & 
oleo,)  a  sprig  or  shoot;  off- 
spring, 

Sobrius,  a,  um,  adj.  sober; 
temperate, 

Socer,  eri,  m.  a  father-in-law, 

Socialis,  e,  adj.  (socius,)  per- 
taining to  allies;  social; 
confederate, 

Societas,  atis,  f.  society;  alli- 
ance; i?itercourse;  partner- 
ship; from 

Socius,  i,  m  an  ally;  a  com- 
panion. 


Socordia,  se,  f.  (socors,  fr.  se 
&;  cor,)  negligeiice;  sloth 

•Socrates,  is,  m.  the  most  enn- 
nent  of  the  Athenian  phi- 
losophers, 

Sol,  solis,  m.  the  sun, 

Soleo,  ere,  itus  sura,  n.  pass, 
^  78,  to  be  wont;  to  be  ac- 
customed :  sole  bat,  icsed. 

Solidus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
irius,)  whole;  solid;  entire, 

Solitudo,  inis,  f.  (solus,)  a  des- 
ert; a  wilderness;  a  solita- 
ry place, 

Solitus,  a,  um,  part,  (soleo,) 
accustomed;  usual, 

Sollers,  tis,  adj.  (sollus  whole, 
not  used,  k,  ^t^^)  ingenious , 
inventive;  cunning;  skil- 
ful; shrewd, 

Sollertia,  ae,  f.  (sollers,)  saga- 
city; skill;  shrewdness, 

Solon,  onis,  m.  the  laiv giver 
of  the  Athenia9iSy  and  one 
of  the  seven  wise  men  of 
Greece. 

Solstitium,  i,  n.  (sol  «fe  sisto,) 
the  solstice,  particularly 
the  summer  solstice,  in  dis- 
tinction from  brum  a,  the 
winter  solstice;  the  longest 
day. 

Solum,  i,  n.  the  earth;  the 
soil;  land. 

Solium,  adv.  alone;  only;  fr. 

Solus,  a,  um,  adj.  §20,4; 
alone, 

Solutus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Solvo,  solvere,  solvi,  solutum, 
tr.  to  loose;  to  dissolve;  to 
melt;  to  answer. 


31)6 


SOMNIO SPONSA. 


Sornn'o,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 

to  dream;  from 
Soinnium,  i,  n,  a  dream;  h. 
Somnus,  i,  m.  sleep. 
Soiiitiis,  us,    m.    a   sound;  a 

noise;  from 
Sono,  are,    ui,   Ttum,  intr.  to 

sound;  to  resound;  from 
Sonus,  i,  m.  «  sound, 
Sorbeo,  -ere,  -ui,  tr.  to  suck  in; 

to  absorb. 
Soror,  oris,  f.  a  sister, 
Sp.,  an  abbreviation  of  Spuri- 

us. 
Spargo,  spargere,  sparsi,  spar- 
sum,     tr.    to    sprinkle;     to 

strew;  to  scatter;  to  soiv. 
JSparsi.     See  Spargo. 
Sparsus,  a,  um,  part. 
Sparta,  as,  f.  Sparta  or  Lace- 

dmmon^  the  capital  of  ha- 

conia. 
Spartacus,  i,  m.   the  name  of 

a  celebrated  gladiator. 
Spartan  us,  i,  m.  a  Spartan. 
Sparti,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  race  of 

men  said   to  have  sprung 

from    the    dragon's    teeth 

sowed  by  Cadmus. 
Spartum,  i,  n.  Spanish  broom, 

a  plant  of  which  ropes  were 

made. 
Spatiosus,  a,  um,  adj.  large; 

spacious;  from 
Spatium,  i,  n,  a  race  ground; 

(stadium,)    a  space;  room; 

distance. 
Species,  ei,  f.  (specio,)  an  ap- 
pearance. 
Spcctaculum,  i,n.  a  spectacle; 

a  show;  from 


Specto,  are,  avi,  atum,  ti. 
freq.  (specio,)  to  behold;  to 
see;  tocoiisider;  to  regard; 
to  relate;  to  refer, 

Specus,  us,  m.  f.  &  n.  a  cave, 

Spelunca,  as,  f.  a  cave, 

Spero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
hope;  to  expect. 

Spes,  ei,  f.  hope;  expectation; 
projnise. 

Speusippus,  i,  m.  the  nephew 
and  successor  of  Plato. 

Sphinx,  gis,  f.  a  Sphinx.  The 
Egyptian  Sphinx  is  repre- 
sented as  a  monster  ^having 
a  loomanh  head  on  the  body 
of  a  lion. 

Spina,  ae,  f.  a  thorn;  a  sting; 
a  quill;  a  spine;  a  back- 
bone. 

Spiritus,  {is,  m.  a  breath;  fr. 

SpirOj'are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  ta 
breathe. 

Splendeo,  ere,  ui,  intr,  to 
shine;  to  be  co?upicuous; 
hence 

Splendidus,  a,  um,  adj.(comp.) 
sple7idid;  illustrious;    and 

Splendor,  oris,  m.  brightness; 
splendor. 

Spolio,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
despoil;  to  strip;  to  dc' 
prive-  from 

Spolium,  i,  n.  the  skin  of  an 
animal;  spoils;  booty. 

Spondeo,  spondere,  spopondi, 
sponsum,  tr.  to  pledge  oJit's 
word;  to  promise;  to  en- 
gage. 

Sponsa,  ae,  f.  (spondeo,)  a 
bride. 


SPONTIS — STUDKO. 


307 


Spoiitis,  gen.,  sponte,  abl. 
sing.,  f.  §  18,  11 ;  of  one's 
oion  accord;  voluntary; 
s'poiitaneously;  of  himself; 
of  itself 

Spurius,  i,  m.  a  prsenomen 
among  the  Romans. 

Squama,,  se,  L  the  scale  of  a 
fish. 

Stabulum,  i.  n.  (sto,)  a  stall; 
a  stable. 

Stadium,  i,  n.  a  stadium;  a 
furlong;  a  measure  of  125 
paces;  the  race  ground, 

Stannum,  i,  n.  tin. 

Stans,  stantis,  part,  (sto.) 

Statiiii,  adv.  (sto)  immediately. 

Statio,  onis,  f.  (sto,)  a  station; 
a  'picket  or  watch;  (by  day) 
navium,  roadstead;  an  an- 
choring place. 

Statua,  ae,  f.  (statuo,)  a  statue. 

Statuarius,  i,  m.  a  statuary; 
a  scupltor. 

Statuo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  tr. 
(statum,  fr.  sisto,)  to  cause 
to  stand;  to  set  up;  to  de- 
ter mi7ie;  to  resolve;  to  fix; 
to  judge;  to  decide;  to  be- 
lieve. 

Status,  a,  um,  adj.  (sto,)  fix- 
ed; stated;  appointed;  cer- 
tain. 

Statutus,  a,  um,  part,  (statuo,) 
placed;  resolved;  fixed;  set- 
tled. 

Stella,  SB,  f.  (sto,)  a  star;  a 
fixed  star. 

Sterllis,  e,  adj.(comp.)^^?^/T2^^Y- 
ful;  sterilcj  barren. 

Sterto,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  snore. 


Stipes,  itis,  m.  a  stake,  the 
trunk  of  a  tree. 

Stirps,  is,  f.  root;  a  stock;  a 
race;  a  family. 

Sto,  stare,  steti,  statum,  intr. 
to  stand;  to  be  stationary  : 
stare  a  partibus,  to  favor 
the  party. 

Stoicus,  i,  m.  a  Stoic^  one  of  a 
sect  of  Grecian  philoso- 
phers, V)hose  founder  was 
Zeno. 

Sto]iditas,atis,  f.  stupidity;  fr. 

StolTdus,  a,  um.  adj    (ior,  is- 
si  m  u  s , )  foolish;  silly ;    stu- 
pid. 

Strages,  is,  f.  (sterno,)  a7i 
overthrow;  slaughter. 

Strangiilo,  are,  avi,  alum,  tr. 
to  strangle. 

Strenue,  adv.  (ii^s  issime,) 
bravely;  actively;  vigo- 
rously; strenuously;    from 

Strenuus,  a,  um,  adj.(eomp.) 
bold;  strefnuofiis;  brave;  va- 
liant. 

Strophades,  um,  f.  pi.  two 
small  islands  in  the  Ionian 
sea. 

Struo,   struere,   struxi,  struc 
tum,  tr.  to  put  together;  to 
construct;  to  build  :  insidi- 
as,   to  prepare   an  ambus- 
cade;  to  lay  snares. 

Struthiocamelus,  i,  m.  an  os- 
trich. 

Strymon,  onis,  m.  a  river 
which  was  anciently  the 
boundary  betioeen  Macedo- 
nia and  Thrace. 

Studeo,  ere,  ui    intr.   to  fa^ 


t^os 


STUDIOSE feUCCEDO. 


vor;  to  study;  to  endeavor; 
to  attend  to;  to  pursue, 

Studiose,  adv.  (studiosus,  fr. 
siudium,)  studiously;  dili- 
gently, ^ 

Studium,  i,  n.  zeal;  study; 
diligence;  eagerness, 

Stultitia,  ae,  L  folly;  from 

Stultus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,) foolish :  stulti,  fools. 

Stupeo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  be  tor- 
pid or  he7iumhed;  to  he  as- 
tonished at;  to  be  amazed, 

St  urn  us,  i,  m.  a  siarlirig, 

Suadendus,  a,  um,  part,  (sua- 
deo.) 

Suadens,  tis,  part,  from 

Suadeo,  suadere,  suasi,  sua- 
sum,  tr.  &  intr.  to  advise; 
to  persuade;  to  urge, 

Suavitas,  atis,  f.  (suavis,) 
siveetness;  grace;  melody, 

Suaviter,  adv.  (vius  vissime,) 
(id.)  sweetly;  agreeably. 

Sub,  prep,  under;  near  to; 
near  the  time  of;  just  be- 
fore; at;   in  the  time  of, 

Subduco,  -duf-ere,  -duxi,  -duc- 
tum,  tr.  (sub  &  duco,)  to 
withdraw;  to  take  away;  to 
withhold;  hence, 

Subductus,  a,  um,  part. 

Subeo,  ire,  ivi,  &  ii,  itum, 
intr.  irr.  (sub  &;  eo,  ^  83, 
3,)  to  go  under;  to  submit 
to  :  onus,  to  take  up  or  sus- 
tain a  burden. 

Subigo,-igere,-egi, -actum,  tr. 
(sub  &  ago,)  to  subject;  to 
subdue;  to  conq^ier, 

Subito,  adv.  suddenly;  from 


Subitus,  a,  um,  adj.  (subeo.) 
sudden ;      unexpected. 

Sublatus:,  a,  um,  part,  (suife- 
ro,)  taken  away;  lifted  up, 

Sublevo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(sub  &  levo,)  to  lighten; 
to  relieve;  to  raise  up;  to 
assist, 

Sublimis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (sub. 
for  supra  &  limus,)  sub* 
lime;  high  in  the  air  :  in 
sublime,  aloft;  hence. 

Sublime,  adv.  aloft;  in  the  air. 

Submerge,  -mergere,  -mersi, 
mersum,  tr.  (sub  &  mer- 
ge,) to  sink;  to  overwhelm, 

Submergor,  -mergi,  -mersus 
sum,  pass,  to  be  overwhelm^ 
ed;  to  sink;  hence, 

Submersus,  a,  um.  part. 

Subridens,  tis,part.  smiling  at, 

Subrideo,  -rid ere,  -risi,  -ri- 
sum,  intr.  (sub  &  rideo,)  to 
smile. 

Subsilio,  -silire,  -silui  &  silii, 
intr.  (sub  &  salio,)  to  leap 
up;  to  jump. 

Substituo,  -stituere,  -stitui, 
stitutum,  tr.  (sub  &  statuo,) 
to  put  in  the  place  of  ano" 
then  to  substitute, 

Subter,  prep,  under. 

Subterraneus,  um,  adj. (sub  & 
terra,)  subterranean. 

Subvenio,  -venire,  -veni,  -ven- 
tum,  intr.  (sub  &  venio,) 
to  come  to  one's  assistance, 
to  succor;  to  help, 

Subvolo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr 
(sub  &  volo,)  to  fly  up, 

Succedo,  -cedere,  -cessi,  -ce? 


StJCCESSOa — SUPERVACUUS. 


809 


sum.  mtr.  (sub  &:  cedo,)  to 
succeed;  to  follow;  hence, 

Successor,  oris,  m.  a  successor. 

Succus,  i,  m.  (sucus  fr.  sago,) 
juice;  sap;  liquid. 

Suflero,  sufferre,  sustuli,  sub- 
latum,  tr.  irr.  (sub  &  fero,) 
to  take  away;  to  under- 
take; to  hear, 

Suffetius,  i,  m.  (Metins,)  an 
Allan  general,  put  to  death 
by  Tullus  Hostilius. 

SufFicio,  -ficere,  -feci,  -fectum, 
intr.  (sub  &  facio,)  to  suf- 
fice; to  he  sufficient. 

Suffodio,  -fodere,  -fodi,  -fos- 
sum,  tr.  (sub  &  fodio,)  to 
dig  undxr;  to  undermine, 

SufFossus,  a,  um,  part. 

Suffragium,  i,  n.  (sub  &  fran- 
go,)  a  hroken  piece;  a  shred; 
a  hallet ;  suffrage  ;  vote  ; 
choice, 

Sui,  pro.  gen.  §  28,  of  himself; 
of  herself;  of  itself :  duae 
sibi  similes,  two  like  one 
another, 

Sulla,  or  Sylla,  se,  m.  a  dis- 
tinguished Roraan  general, 

Sulpicius,  i,  m.  (Gall us,)  a 
Roman^  celehrated  for  his 
learning  and  eloquence^  and 
for  his  skill  in  astrology. 

Sum,  esse,  fui,  intr.  irr.  §  54, 
to  he;  to  exist :  terrori  es- 
se, to  excite  terror, 

Summus,  a,  um,  adj.  (see  Su- 
per us,)  the  highest;  great- 
est;  perfect:  in  sum  ma 
aqua,  on  the  surface  of  the 
water. 


Sumo,  sumere,  sumpsi,  surap- 
tum,  tr.  to  take, 

Sumptus,  a,  um,  part,  (sumo.) 

Sumptus,  us,  m.  (id.)  expeiise, 

Supellex,  supellectiiis,  i^fur^ 
niture;  household  goods. 

Super,  prep,  above;  upon. 

Superbe,adv  ius,  issime,(fr.  su- 
perbus,)  proudly;  haugh- 
tily, 

Superbia,  ae,  f.  (superbus,) 
pride;  haughtiness, 

Superbio,  Ire,  ivi,  itum,  intr. 
to  be  proud;  to  he  proud  of; 
from 

Superbus.  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
'proud;  the  Proud^  a  sur- 
name of  Tarquin,  the  last 
king  of  Rome, 

Superfluus,  a,  um,  adj.  (su- 
perfluo,)  supeifluous, 

Superjacio,  -jacere,-jeci,  -j ac- 
tum, tr.  (super  &  jacio,) 
to  throw  upon;  to  shoot  over, 

Superjacior,-jaci,  -j actus  sum, 
pass,  to  he  shot  over, 

Supero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(super,)  to  surpass;  to  con- 
quer; to  excel;  to  vanquish, 

SuperstitioFus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(superstitio  fr.  supersto,) 
superstitious, 

Supersum,-esse,  fui,  intr.  irr. 
(super  &  sum,)  to  he  over; 
to  remain;  to  siirvive. 

Superus,  a,  um,  adj.  (supe- 
rior ;  supremus  or  sum- 
mus, §26,  2,)  above;  high; 
upper, 

Supervacuus,  a,  um,  adj.  ^su- 
per &  vacuus,)  superjfluoiis. 


310 


SUPERVENIO TABESCO. 


Super  venio,  -venire,  -veni, 
-ventum,  intr.  (super  &c 
venio,)  to  come  uyon;  to 
come;  to  surprise  suddenly, 

Snpervolo,  are,  avi,  atum, 
Intr.  (super  &  volo,)  to  fly 
over, 

Suppeto,  ere,  ivi,  itum,  intr. 
(sub  &  peto,)  to  come  to;  to 
he  at  hand;  hence  to  suf- 
fice; to  remain;  to  serve; 
to  he  suflicient, 

Supplex,  icis,  adj.  (sub  &  pli- 
co,)  suppliant, 

Supplicium.  i,  n,  (id.)  a  pun- 
ishment. 

Suppono,  -ponei'e,  -posui,  -po- 
situm,  tr.  (sub.  &  pono,) 
to  put  under;  to  suhstitute. 

Supra,  prep.  &  adv.  ahavje;  he- 
fore, 

Surena,  ae,  m.  the  title  of  a 
Parthian  officer^  and  next 
in  authority  to  the  king. 

Surgo,  surgere,    surrexi,  sur- 

rectum,  intr.  (surrego,  fr.  sub, 
&  re  go,)  to  rise, 

Sus,  uis,  c.  swine;  a  hog. 

Suscipio,  -cipere,  -cepi,  -cep- 
lum,  tr.  (sub  &  capio,)  to 
take  or  lift  up;  to  under- 
take; to  take  upon;  to  en- 
gage in;  to  receive, 

Suspectus,  a,  um.  part,  &  adj. 
(suspicio,)  siupected;  7nis- 
tr  listed, 

Suspendo,  -pendere,  -pendi, 
-pensum,tr.  (sub  &pendo,) 
uj  suspend;  to  hang;  to 
hang  up. 

Suspensus,  a,  um,  part. 


Suspicio,  -spicere,  -spexi, 
-spectum,  tr.  (sub  &  spe- 
cio,)  to  look  at  secretly;  to 
look  up;   to  suspect, 

SuspTcor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr. 
dep.  to  suspect;  to  surmise, 

Sustento,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr 
freq.  to  sustain;  to  support , 
sustentare  vitam,  to  sicp- 
port  one'^s  self;  from 

Sustineo,  -tinere,  -tinui,  -Cen- 
tum, tr.  (sub  &  teneo,)  to 
hear  up;  to  carry;  to  sus- 
tain; to  support. 

Sustollo,  sustoUere,  sustuli, 
sublatum,  tr.  to  lift  up;  to 
take  away;  to  raise. 

Suus,  a,  um,  pro.  his;  hers; 
its;  theirs;  ^  28,  Obs.  3, 
Exc. 

Sylla.     See  Sulla. 

Syllaba,  ae,  f.  a  syllable* 

Sylva.     See  Silva. 

Syphax,  acis,  m.  a  king,  of 
Numidia, 

SyractisaB,  arum,  f.  pi.  Syra- 
cuse^ a  celebrated  city  of 
Sicily, 

Syria,  ae,  f.  a  large  country  of 
Asia,  at  the  eastern  extre- 
mity of  the  Mediterranean 
sea, 

Syriacus,  a,  um,  adj.  Syrian; 
belonging  to  Syria. 

T. 

T.,  an    abhreviatio7i  of  Titus. 
Tabesco,  tabescere,  tabui,  inc. 

(tabeo,)  to  co7isume;  to  pine 

away. 


TABULA TAURICA. 


311 


Tabula,  se,  f.  a  tahle;  a  tablet; 

a    pictitre;     a     yainfing  ; 

plumbea  tabuia,  a  plate  or 

sheet  of  lead. 
Taceo,  ere,  ui,  itum,  intr.  to 

he  silent. 
Tact  us,    us,    m.    (tango,)   the 

to2tch. 
Taedet,  taeduit,  taesum  est  or 

pertaesum     est,  imp.  to  be 

weary  of:  vitae  eos  tasdet, 

they  are  loeary  of  life, 
Taenarus,  i,  m.  &  um,  i,  n.  a 

promo7itory  in  Laconia^  now 

ca'pe  Matapan. 
Talent  um,    i,    n.    a  ialent;  a 

sum    variously     estimated 

from  $860  to  $1020. 
Talis,  e,  adj.  such. 
Talpa,  96,  c.  a  mole. 
Tam,  adv.  so;  so  much. 
Tamen,    conj.    yet;    notivith- 

St  andi7Lg;  still;  nevertheless. 
Tanais,  is,  m.  a  river  betiveen 

Europe  and  Asia,  now  the 

Bon. 
Tan aq nil,  ilis,  f.  the  loife  of 

Tarquinius  Priscus. 
Tandem,  adv.  (turn  &demura,) 

at  length;  at  last;  finally. 
Tango,    tangere,    tetigi,   tac- 

tum,  tr.  to  touch. 
Tanquam,  or  Tamquam,  adv. 

(tam  &  quam,)  as  well  as; 

as  if;  like. 
Tantalus,  i,  m.  a  son  of  Jupi- 
ter; the  father  of  Pelops, 

and  king  of  Fhrygia. 
Tanto  adv.  (tanius,)  so  much. 
Tantopere,    adv.     (tantas     & 

opus.)  so  much;  so  greatly. 


Tantiim,  adv.  only;  so  much; 
from 

Tantus,  a,  um,  adj.  so  great; 
such:  tanti.  of  so  much 
value  :  tanti  est,  it  is  worth 
thepai7is;  it  makes  amends, 

Tarde,  adv.  (iilis,  issime,j  (tar- 
dus,) slowly. 

Tarditas,  atis,  L  (tardus,)  slow^ 
ness;  dulness;  heaviness. 

Tardo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
make  slow;  to  retard;  to 
check;  to  stop;  from 

Tardus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior,  issi- 
mus,)  slow;  dull, 

Tarentlnus,  a,  um,  adj.  Tar- 
entine;  of  or  belonging  to 
Tarentu7?i :  Tarenimi,  Ta- 
rentines;  the  inhabitants 
of  Tare7itum, 

Tarentum,  i,  w.  a  celebrated 
city  i7i  the  south  of  Italy. 

Tarpeia,  ae,  f.  the  daughter  of 
Sp.  Tarpeius  :  she  betrayed 
the  Roman  citadel  to  the 
Sabi7ies. 

Tarpeius,  a,  um,  adj.  Tarpei- 
an  :  mons,  the  Tarpcian  oi 
Capitoline  mou7it. 

Tarquinii,  orum,  m.  rl.  a  city 
of  Etruria,  whence  the  fa- 
mily of  Tarquin  derived 
their  name. 

Tarquinius,  i,  m.  Tarquin; 
the  name  of  an  illustrious 
Roman  family;  Tarquinii, 
orum,  p].  the  Tarqui7is. 

Tartarus,  i,  m.,  &:  -a,  orum, 
pi.  n.  Tartarus;  the  iifer- 
7ial  regio7is. 

Taurica,  ae,  f.  a  large  pemnsu 


512 


TAURUS TERRA. 


la  of  the  Black  sea,  now 
called  the  Crimea,  or  Tau- 
rida, 

Taurus,  i,  m.  a  high  range  of 
mountains  in  Asia. 

Taurus,  i,  m.  a  hull. 

Taygetus,  i,  m.  &  -a,  5rum, 
pi.  a  mofiintain  of  haconia, 
near  Sparta. 

Tectum,  i,  n.  (tego,)  a  cover' 
i/ig;  a  roof;  a  house. 

Tectus,  a,  urn,  part,  (tego,) 
covered;  defended. 

Teges,  etis,  f.  a  mat;  a  rug; 
a  coverlet;  from 

Tego,  gere,  xi,  ctum,  tr.  to  co" 
ver;  to  defend;  hence, 

Tegumentum,  i,  n.  a  covering. 

Telum,  i,  n.  a  missile;  a  wea- 
pon; a  dart;  an  arrow. 

Temere,  adv.  at  random;  ac- 
cidentally; rashly. 

Tenipe,  n,  pi.  indec.  a  heduti- 
ful  vale  in  Thessaly.  thro* 
which  the  river  Peneus 
flows. 

Temperies,  iei,  f.  a  season  or 
space  of  time;  temperate- 
ness ;  mildness;  te7npera- 
ture. 

Tempestas,  atis,  f.  (tempus,) 
a  storm;  a  tem.pest. 

Templum,  i,  n.  a  consecrated 
place;  a  temple. 

Tempus,  oris,  n.  time;  a  sea- 
son :  ad  tempus,  at  the 
time  appointed  :  ex  tempo- 
re, ivithout   premeditation. 

Temulentus,  a,  um,  adj.  (tem- 
etum,)  drunken;  intoxi- 
cated. 


Tendo,  tendere,  tetendi,  ten- 
sum,  tr.  to  stretch;  to  stretch 
out;  to  extend;  intr.  to 
advance;  to  go, 

Tenebrae,  arum,  f.  pi.  dark* 
ness. 

Teneo,  tenere,  tenui,  tentum, 
tr.  to  hold;  to  have;  to  keep; 
to  possess;  to  know;  to  hold 
by  a  garrison  :  portum,  to 
reach  the  harbor. 

Tentatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Tento,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(teneo,)  to  attempt;  to 
try. 

Tentyritge,  arum,  c.  pi.  the  iii- 
habitants  of  Tentyra,  a 
town  and  island  in  Tipper 
Egypt. 

Tenuis,  e.  adj.  (comp.)  thin, 
slender;  light;  rare. 

Tenus,  prep,  up  to;  as  far  as. 

Tepesco,  escere,  ui,  intr.  inc. 
(tepeo,)  to  grow  warm  or 
cool;  to  become  tepid. 

Ter,  num.  adv.  thrice, 

Terentius,  i.  m.  a  Roman  pro- 
per name, 

Tergum,  i,  n.  the  back;  the 
farther  side :  a  tergo,f7'om 
behind :  ad   terga,  behind. 

Termino,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
to  hou7id;  to  limit;  to  ter- 
minate; from 

Terminus,  i,  m.  a  boundary; 
limit;  an  end;  bounds. 

Terni,  as,  a,  num,  adj.  pl.(tres,) 
three  by  three;  three. 

Terra,  a3,  f.  the  earth;  a  coun- 
try; the  land :  omnes  ter- 
ras, the  ivhole  ivorld. 


TERREO — THRASYBULUS. 


313 


Terreo,  ere,  uf,  itum,  tr.  to  ter- 
rify; to  scare;  to  frighten, 

Terrester,  terrestris,  terrestre, 
adj.  (terra,)  terrestrial: 
animal  terrestre,  a  land 
animal, 

Terribilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (ter- 
reo,) terrible, 

Territo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
freq.  (id.)  to  terrify;  to  af- 
fright. 

Territoriam,  i,  n.  (terra,)  ter- 
ritory, 

Territus,  a,  um,  part,  (terreo,) 

Terror,  oris,  m.  (id.)  terror; 
co7ister nation;  fear, 

Tertius,  a,  um,  num.  adj.  ord. 
(tres,)  the  third;  hence, 

Tertio,  num.  adv.  the  third 
time. 

Testa,  se,  f.  (tosta  fr.  torreo,) 
an  earthen  vessel;  a  shell. 

Testamentum,  i,  n.  (testor,)  a 
will;  a  testament, 

Testudo,  mis,  f.  (testa,)  a  tor- 
toise, 

TetTgi.     See  Tango. 

Teutones,  um,  &  Teuton!, 
orum,  m.  pi.  a  nation  in 
the  northern  yart  of  Germa- 
ny, near  the  Cimhri, 

Texo,  texere,  texui,  textum, 
tr.  to  iveave;  to  plait;  to 
for 771 ;  to  construct. 

Thalamus,  i,  m.  a  bed-cham- 
ber; a  divelliiig, 

T hales,  is  &  etis,  m.  a  Mile- 
sian^ one  of  the  seven  wise 
men  of  Greece. 

Thasus.  i,  f.  an  island  on  the 
coa^t  of  Thrace, 


Theatrum,  i,  n.  a  theatre, 

Thebae,  arum,  f.  pi.  Thebes 
the.  ca'pital  of  Bozotia : 
hence, 

Thebanus,  a,  um,  adj.  The- 
ban;  belonging  to  Thebes.. 

Thelesinus,  i,  m.  a  Roman 
proper  name, 

Themistocles,  is,  m.  a  cele^ 
brated  Athenian  general  in 
the  Persian  war, 

Theodorus,  i,  m.  a  philosoher 
of  Cyren^B. 

Thermodon,  ontis,  m.  a  river 
of  Pontus, 

Theseus,  i,  m.  a  king  of 
Atheiis,  and  son  of  Mgeus, 
and  one  of  the  most  cele- 
brated heroes  of  antiquity, 

Thessalia,  ae,  f.  Thessaly;  a 
country  of  Greece,  south  of 
Macedonia;  hence, 

Thessalus,  a,  um,  adj.  belongs 
ing  to  Thessaly;  Thessa- 
lian. 

Thestius,  i,  m.  the  father  of 
Ahhcea, 

Thetis,  idis  &  Tdos,  f.  one  of 
the  sea  nymphs;  the  wife 
of  Peleus,  and  mother  of 
Achilles, 

Theutobochiis,  i,  m.  a  king 
of  the  Cimbri, 

Thracia,  as.  f.  Thrace;  a  large 
country  east  of  Macedonia, 

Thracius,  a,  um,  adj.  belong- 
ing to  Thrace;  Thracian 

Thrasybulus,  i,  m.  an  Atheni- 
an general,  celebrated  for 
freeing  his  country  from 
the  thirty  tyrants. 


27 


314 


THUS TRAHO. 


Thus,   thuris,  n.,  frankincense. 
Tibttris,    is,   m.   §   15,  2,  the 

Tiber,  a  famous  river  of 

Italy, 
Tibi.  ■  See  Tu. 
Tibicen,  inis,  m.  (tibia  &  ca- 

no,)  one  who  plays  upon  the 
flute;  a  piper, 
Ticlnum,  i,  n.  a  town  of  Cis' 

alpine  Gaul^  where  the  Ro- 

mans  were  defeated  hy  Ha7i- 

nibaL 
Tigranes,  is,  m.  a  king  of  Ai'- 

menia  Major, 
Tigranocerta,  orum,  n.  a  city 

of  Armenia  Maj or ^  found- 
ed by  Tigrdnes. 
Tigris,  idis,  [seldom  is,)  c.  a 

tiger. 
Tigris,  idis  &  is,  m.  a  river  in 

Asia, 
Timens,  tis,  part,  from 
Timeo,  ere,  u',   intr.  &  tr.  to 

fear;  to  dreid;  to  be  afraid, 
Timidus,  a,   um,  adj.   comp. 

(timeo,)    tiinid;   cowardly. 
Timor,  oris,  m.  (lA.)  fear. 
Tinnitus,    us,    m.    (tinnio,)  a 

tinkling, 
Tintinnabulum,  i.  n.  (tintinno 

same  as  tix  nio,)  a  bell, 
Titio,  onis,  m.  a  brand;  afire- 
brand, 
Titus,  i,  m.  a  Roman  praeno- 

men. 
Tolero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

bear;  to  endure;  to  admit  of. 
Tollo,  toilere,  sustuli,  subla- 

tum,    tr.  to  raise;  to  pick 

up;  to  remove;  to  do  aiua.y 

with. 


Tondeo,  tondere,  totondi,  ton- 
sum,  tr.  to  clip;  to  shave; 
to  shear. 

Tonitru,  u,  n.  thunder:  from 

Tono,  are,  ui,  itum,  intr.  to 
thunder :  ton  at,  imp.  it 
thunders, 

Tormentum,  i,  n.  (torqueo,) 
an  engine  for  throwing 
stones  and  darts. 

Torquatus,  i,  m.,  a  surname 
given  to  T.  Manlius  and 
his  descendants, 

Torquis,  is,  d.  (torqueo,)  a  col- 
lar; a  chain. 

Tot,  ind.  adj.  so  many. 

Totidem,  ind.  adj.  (tot  itidem,) 
the  same  number;  as  many, 

Totus,  a,  um,  adj.  ^  20,  4, 
lahole;  eiitire;  all, 

Trabs,  is,  f.  a  beam, 

Tractatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Tracto,arc,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 
(traho,)  to  treat;  to  handle. 

Tractus,  us,  m.  (traho,)  a  tract; 
a  country;  a  region. 

Tractus,  a,  um,  part,  (traho.) 

Traditus,  a,  um,  part,  from 

Trado,  -dere,  -didi,  -ditum,  tr. 
(trans  &  do,)  to  give  over^ 
or  up;  to  deliver;  to  give; 
to  relate;  to  teach:  tradunt, 
they  report :  traditur,  it  is 
related;  it  is  reported  :  tra- 
duntur,  they  are  reported. 

Tragic  us,  a,  um,  adj.  tragic. 

TragCEdia,  ee,  f.  a  tragedy. 

Traho,  trahere,  traxi,  tractum, 
tr.  to  drag;  to  draw  :  hel- 
ium,  to   protract    or   pro' 

i       lo7ig    the    war :     liquTdas 


TRAJICIO TRIBUTUWL 


315 


aquas  trahere,  to  draw 
along  clear  waters;  to  flow 
with  a  clear  stream, 

Trajicio,  -jicere,  -jeci,  -jec- 
tum,  tr.  (trans  &  jacio,)  to 
convey  over;  to  'pass  or  cross 
over, 

Trames,  itis,  m.  (trameo,  i.  e. 
trans  meo,  to  go  aver  or 
along;)  a  path;  a  way. 

Trano,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr. 
(trans  &  no,)  to  swim  over. 

Tranquillus,  a,  um,  adj. 
(comp.)  tranquil;  calm;  se- 
rene. 

Trans,  prep,  over;  beyond;  on 
the  other  side. 

Transactus,  a,  um,  part.(trans- 
igo.) 

Transeo,  ire,  ii,  itum,.  intr. 
irr.  (trans  &  eo,)  to  pass  or 
g9  over. 

Transf  ero,-ferre,  -tuli,  -latum, 
tr.  irr.  (trans  &  fero,)  to 
transfer;  t9  carry  over :  se 
ad  aliquem,  to  go  over  to. 

Transf  rgo,-figere>-fixi,  -fixum, 
(trans  &  figo,)  to  mn 
through;  to  pierce;  to 
stab. 

Transfiiga,  se.  c.  (transfugio,) 
a  deserter. 

Transgredior,  -gredi,  -gressus 
sum,  intr.  dep.  (trans  & 
gradior,)  to  go  or  pass  over. 

Transigo,  -igere,  -egi,  -actum, 
tr.  (trans  &  ago,)  to  trans- 
act; to  finish;  to  spend. 

Transilio,  -siiire,  -silui  &  sili- 
vi,  intr.  (trans  &  salio,)  to 
leap  over. 


Transiturus,  a,  um,  part, 
(transeo,)  about  to  pass 
over;  to  pass  on. 

Translatus,  a,  um,  part,  (trans- 
fero.) 

Transmarmus,  a,  um.  adj. 
(trans  &  mare,)  beyond  the 
sea;  foreign;  transmarine, 

Transno.     See  Trano. 

Transveho,-vehere,-vexi,-vec- 
tum,  tr.  (trans  &  veho,)  to 
carry  over;  to  convey;  to 
transport. 

Trans volo,  are,  avi,  atum.  intr. 
(trans  &;  volo,)  to  fly  aver. 

Trasimenus.  i,  m.  a  lake  in 
Etruria,  near  which  the 
consul  Flaminius  was  de- 
feated by  Hannibal. 

Trebia,  ae,  f.  a  river  of  CisaU 
pine  Gaul,  emptying  int§ 
the  Pq. 

Trecenti,  ge,  a,  num.  adj.  pJ. 
three  hundred;  hence, 

Trecentesimus,  a,  um,  num. 
adj.  the  three  hundredth. 

Tredecim,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
(tres  &  decern,)  thirtee7i. 

Tres,  tria,  num.  adj.  pi.  ^  24, 
Qbs.  3,  thre\ 

Treviri,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 
of  Belgium. 

Triangularis,  e,  adj.  (triangu- 
lum,)  triangular;  three- 
cornered. 

Tribunus,  i,  m.  (tribus,)  a 
tribune. 

Tribuo,  uere,  ui,  utum,  tr.  to 
attribute;  to  give;  to  grant; 
to  bestow;  to  commit. 

Tributum,  i,  n   (tribuo,)  a  tri. 


316 


TRICESIMUS TURBATtrS. 


biite;  a  tax;  a  contribution; 
mi  assessment, 

TricesTmus,  a,  urn,  num.  adj. 
(triginta,)  the  thirtieth, 

Triduum,  i,  n.  (Ires  &  dies,)  the 
space  of  three  days  :  per 
triduum,  for  three  days. 

Triennium,  i,  n.  (tres-  &  an- 
nus,) the  space  of  three 
years. 

Trigemini,  orum,  m.  pi.  (tres 
&  gemini,)  three  brothers 
born  at  one  birth, 

Triginta,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 
thirty, 

Trinacria,  ae,  f.  one  of  the 
the  names  of  Sicily, 

Triptolemus,  i,  m.  the  son  of 
Celeus,  king  of  Eleusis, 

Tristitia,  ae,  f.  (tristis,  sad^) 
sorrow;  grief 

Triumphalis,  e,  adj.  (triumph- 
us,)  triumphal. 

Triumphans,  tis,  part,  from 

Triumpho,are,avi,  atum,  intr. 
to  triumph;  from 

Triumphus,  i,  m.  <2  triumph;  a 
triumphal  processimi. 

Triumvir,  viri,  m.  (tres  &  vir,) 
one  .of  three  joint  public 
officers;  a  triumvir. 

Troas,  adis,  f.  a  country  of 
Asia  Minor ^  bordering  up- 
on the  Hellespont. 

TrochTlus,  i,  m.  «  wreri. 

Troglodyta9,arum,c.  pi.  Trog- 
lodytes, a  people  of  Ethio- 
pia, who  dwelt  in  caves, 

Troja,  90,  f.  Troy,  the  capital 
of  Troas;  hence, 

Trujanus,  a,  nin,  adj.  Trojan. 


Trucido,  are,   avi,    atum,   tr. 

(trux  &  casdo,)  to  kill  in  a 

cruel  manner;  to  butcher;  to 

murder;  to  slay;  to  massu' 

ere. 
Trux,  ucis,  adj.  savage;  tru' 

el;  fierce;  stern;  grim. 
Tu,  subs.  pro.  thou;  ^  28. 
Tuba,  ae,  f.    (tubus,  a  tube^) 

a  trumpet. 
Tuber,    eris,    n.    (tumeo,)    a 

bunch;  a  tumor;  a  protU' 

berance. 
TubTcen,  in  is,  m.  (tuba  &  ca- 

no,)  « trumpeter. 
Tueor,  tueri,  tuitus  sum,  tr. 

to  see;  to  look  to;  to  care, 

for;  to  defeiid;  to  protect. 
Tugurium  i,  n.  (tego,)  a  hut; 

a  shed. 
Tuli.     See  Fero. 
Tullia,  se,  f.   the  daughter  of 

Servius  Tullius 
Tullius,  i,  m.  a  Roman. 
Tullus,  1,  m.  (Hostilius,)  the 

third  Roman  king. 
Tum,  adv.  then;  and;  so;  also : 

tum — tum,    as    well — as; 

both — and :    tum    demum, 

the?i  at  length. 
Tumultus,  us,  m,  (tumeo,)  a 

noise;  a  tumult. 
Tumulus,  i,  m.  (id.)  a  mound; 

a  tomb. 
Tunc,  adv.  then. 
Tunica,  ae,  f.  a  tunic;  a  clo^e 

ivoollen  garment,  7vorn  un^ 

der  the  toga. 
Turbatus,    a,    um,    part,  dis- 
turbed; confused;  t  ouhlcd, 

from 


TURBO UNDEVICESIMUS. 


317 


Turbo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr. 
(turba,)  to  disturb;  to  trcu- 
hle;  to  put  into  confusion. 

Turma,  £e,  f.  a  division  of  Ro- 
man cavalry  consisting  of 
thirty  men;  a  troop, 

Turpis,  e,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 
base;  disgraceful. 

Turpitudo,  inis,  f.  (turpis,) 
baseness;  ugliness. 

Turris,  is,  f.  a  tower. 

Tuscia,  ae,  f.  a  country  of  Ita- 
ly^ the  same  as  Etruria. 

Tusculum,  i,  n.  a  city  of  La- 
tium. 

Tuscus,  ii,  um,  adj.  Tuscan; 
belonging  to  Tuscany ; 
Etrurian. 

Tutor,  oris,  m.  (tueor,)  a  guar- 
dian; a  tutor. 

Tutus,  a,  um,  adj.  (ior  issi- 
mus,) (tueor,)  safe. 

Tuus,  a,  um,  adj.  pro.  ^  30, 
(tu,)  thy;  thine. 

Tyrarmis,  idis  &  idos,  f.  ty- 
ranny; arbitrary  povjer;  fr. 

Tyrannus,  i,  m.  a  king;  a  ty- 
rant; a  usurper. 

Tyrius,  a,  um,  adj.  Tyrian : 
Tyrii,  Tyrians ;  inhabit- 
ants of  Tyre. 

Tyrrhenus,  a,  um,  adj.  Tyr- 
rhenian or  Tuscan;  belong- 
ing to  Tuscany. 

Tyrus,  i,  f.  a  celebrated  mari- 
time  city  of  Phcenicia. 

u. 

Uber,  eris,  n.  an  udder;  a  teat. 
(Jbertas,  atis,  f.   (uber,  rich, 


fertile,)  fertility ,  fruitful 

ness. 
Ubi,    adv.   where;   when;    as 

soon  as. 
Ubique,  adv.  eyery  ivhere. 
Ulcisor,  ulcisci,  ultus  sum.  tr. 

dep.    to   take   revenge;    to 

aveiige, 
Ullus,  a,  um,  adj.  §  20, 4,  any; 

any  one. 
Ulterior,  us,   (ultimus,)  ^  26, 

4 ;  further;  hence, 
Ulterius,  ^^v.  farther;  beyond; 

longex. 
Ultimus,  a,  um,  adj.  (sup.  of 

ulterior,)  the  last. 
Ultra,    prep,    beyond ;    more 

than: — adv.  besides;  monrb' 

over;  further. 
Ultus,  a,  um,  part,  (ulciscor,) 

hamng  avenged, 
Ulysses,  is,  m.  a  distinguished 

king  of  Ithaca. 
Umbra,  as,  f.  a  shade;  a  shadow. 
Umbro,    are,    avi,    atum,    tr. 

( umbra,)  to  shade;to  darken. 
Una,  adv.  (unus,)  together. 
Unde,    adv.     whence;    from 

which. 
Undecim,  num.  adj.  pi.  ind. 

(unus  &  decem,)  eleven. 
Undenonagesimus,     a,     um 

num.    adj.    (unus,    de,    <fe 

nonagessimus,)  the  eighty^ 

nbith. 
Undequinquaginta,  num,  adj. 

pi.  ind.  forty-nine. 
Undetricesimus,  a,  um,  num. 

adj.  twenty-ninth. 
Undevicesimus,  a,  um,  num. 

adj.  nineteenth. 


318 


UNDEVIGINTI VALERIUS. 


Undeviginti,  num.  adj.  nine- 
teen, 
Undique,  adv.  on  all  sides. 
Unguis,  is,  in.  a   claw;  a  ta- 
lon; a  nail, 
TJngula,  ae,  f.  a  claw;  a  talon; 
a  hoof :  binis    ungiilis,  clo- 
ven-footed, 
Unicus,  a,    um,  adj.  (unus,) 

one  alone;  sole;  only, 
Unio,   onis,  m.  a  pearl, 
Universus,  a,  um,  adj.  (unus 
&  versus,)  whole;  universal; 

all, 
Unquam,  adv.  ever:  nee  un- 

quam,  and  never, 
Unus,  a,  um.  num.  adj.  §  20, 

4 ;  one;  only;  alone, 
Unusqiiisque,  unaquaeque,  un- 

numquodque,  adj .  each  one; 

each;  ^  37,  Obs.  2. 
Urbs,  is,  f.  a  city;  the  chief 

city;  Rome. 
Uro,  urere,  ussi,  ustum,  tr.  to 

hum. 
Ursus,  i,  m.  a  hear. 
Usque,  adv.  even;  as  far  as; 

till;  until, 
Usus,  a,  um,  part,  (utor.) 
Usus,  us,  m.  (id.)  use;  custom; 

profit;  advantage. 
Ut,  conj.  that;  in  order  that; 

so  that :  adv.  as;  as  soon 

as;  ivhen. 
Utcunque,adv.  (ut  &  cunque,) 

howsoever;    someiohat ;    in 

some  degree. 
Uter,  tra,  trum,  adj.  <5>  20,  4, 

which  ?  ivhich  of  the  two  ? 
Utcrque,  traque,  trumque,  adj. 

^  20,  4,  (uter  &  que),  both; 


(taken  separately,  see  am- 

bo,)  each;  each  of  the  two, 
Utilis,  e,    adj.    comp.   (utor,) 

useful, 
Utica,  aB,  f.  «  maritiine  city 

of  Africa,  near  Carthage. 
Utor,  uti,  usus  sum,  intr.  dep. 

to  use;  to  make  use  of 
Utrinque,  adv.  on  both  sides, 
Utrum,  adv.  whether, 
Uva,  ae,  f.  a  grape;  a  bunch 

of  grapes :  passa,  a  raisin. 
Uxor,  oris,  f.  (ungo,)  a  wife. 


Vaco,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 
be  free  from;  hence, 

Vacuus,  a,  um,  adj.  empty; 
unoccupied;  vacant;  free; 
exempt:  vacuus  viator,  the 
destitute  traveller, 

Vadosus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.) 
fordable;  shallow;  from 

Vadum,  i,  n.  (probably  from 
vado,  to  go;)  a  ford;  a 
shallow, 

Vagans,  tis,  part,  (vagor.) 

Vagina,  se,  f.  a  scabbard;  a 
sheath, 

Vagrtus,us,m.  loeepiiig;  crying 

Vagor,  ari,  atus  sum,  intr.  dep. 
to  wander  about;  to  stray, 

Valeo,  ere,  *  ui,  intr.  to  be 
well,  or  in  health;  to  be 
strong;  to  avail;  to  be  dis' 
tinguished;  to  be  emi7ie7it : 
multum  valere,  to  be  very 
powerful :  vale,  farewell, 

Valerius,  i,  m.  a  Roman  vra* 
per  name. 


VALLIS VENOR. 


319 


Vail  is,  is,  f,  a  valley;  a  vale. 
Varietas,  atis,  f.  (varius,)  va- 
riety; change* 
Vario,  are,   avi,   atum,  tr.  to 

change;  to  vary;  from 
Varius,  a,  um,   adj.  various; 

diverse. 
Varro,onis,  m.  (Marcus,)  aver  z/ 

learned   Roman:    P.    Te- 

rentius,  a  consul^  who  was 

defeated  hy  Hannibal, 
Vasto,  are,  avi,  atum,   tr.  to 

lay  waste;  to  ravage;  from 
Vastus,    a,    um,    adj.    waste; 

desert;  hence,  wide;  vast; 

great. 
Vates,  is,  m.  a  poet;  a  lard, 
Ve,  conj.  (enclitic,  ^39,  Obs. 

2.)  or;   also,    intensive  or 

negative   inseparable  p^ar- 

ticle,  ^  91,  Obs.  2. 
Vecordia,  ae,  f.  (vecors,  mad;) 

madness;  folly. 
Vectus,  a,  um,  part,  (veho.) 
Vehemens,  tis,  adj.  (ior  issi- 

mus,)  (ve  intens.  &  mens,) 

vehement  ;      immoderate  ; 

hence, 
Vehementer,  adv.    (ius,   issi- 

me,)  vehemently;  greatly; 

very;  much;  violently. 
Veho,  vehere,  vexi,  vectum, 

tr.   to  hear,    to   carry;    to 

convey. 
Veiens,  tis,   &  Veientanus,  i, 

m.  an  inhabitant  of  Veii. 
Veii,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  city  of 

Tuscany,    memorable    for 

the   defeat  of  the    Fabian 

family. 
Vei,  conj.  or;  also;  even:  vel 


lecta,  even  when  read  :  vel 

— vel,  either — or. 
Velio,  vellere,  velli,  or  vulsi, 

vulsum,  tr.  to  pluck. 
Vellus,  eris  n,  (^ello,)  a  fleece. 
Velox,  ocis,  adj.  (ior,  issimus,) 

(volo,   are,)   swift;   rapid; 

active. 
Velum,    i,    n.    (vexillum,)    a 

sail. 
Velut,  &  Veliiti,  adv.  (vel  & 

ut,)  as;  as  if. 
Venalis,  e,  adj.  (venus,  sale^) 

venal;  ?nercenary. 
Venans,  tis,  part,  (venor.) 
VenatTcus,  a,   um,    adj.   (id.) 

belonging  to  the  chase :  ca- 

nis,  «  hou?id. 
Venator,  oris,   m.   (venor,)  a 

huntsma7i. 
Vendito,  are,  avi,  atum,  freq. 

to  sell;  from 
Vendo,  vendere,  vendidi,  ven- 

duum,  tr.  (venum  &  do,) 

to  sell. 
Venenatus,  a,  um,  adj.   poi' 

soned;  poisonous;   from  ve- 

neno,  and  that  from 
Venenum,  i,  n.  poison. 
Veneo,  ire,  ii,   intr.  irr.    (for 

venum  eo,)    to  he  exposed 

for  sale;  to  be  sold. 
Venetus,   i,    m.,  or  Brigantl- 

nus,  a  lake  betweeit  Germa- 
ny and  Switzerland,  called 

the  Bodeii  sea,  or  take  of 

Constance. 
Venio,  venire,  veni,   ventum, 

intr.  to  come;  to  advance. 
Venor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr,  dep. 

to  hunt. 


H'^O 


VENTER — VETUS. 


Ventei,  tris,  m.  the  belly;  the 

stomach. 
Ventus,  i,  m.  a  wind, 
Venus,  us,  or  i,  m.  (used  only 

in  the  dat.  ace.  &  abl.)  sale. 
Venus,  eris,  f.  the  goddess  of 

love  and  beauty, 
Ver,  veris,  n.  the  spring. 
Verber,  eris,  n.  a  whip;  a  rod; 

a  blow;  a  stripe;  hence, 
Verbero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

strike. 
Verb  urn,  i,  n.  a  word. 
Vere  adv.   (ids,  issime,)  (ve- 

rus,)  truly. 
Vereor,  eri,  itus  sum,  intr.dep. 

to  fear;  to  be  cjoncerned  for. 
Vergo,    vergere,    versi,    intr. 

(also  tr.)  to  tend  to;   to  in- 

dine;   to  verge  towards;  to 

bend;  to  look. 
Verisimilis,  e,  adj.  comp.  (ve- 

rum    &  simTlis,)    like   the 

truth;  probable, 
Veritus,  a,  um,  part. (vereor.) 
Vero,   conj.    but  : — adv.    (ve- 

rus,)  i?ideed;  truly. 
Verona,  ae,  f.   Verona,  a  city 

i?i  the  north  of  Italy. 
Versatus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Versor,  ari,  atus  sum,  tr.  dep. 

freq.  (verto,)  to  turn;  to  re- 
volve; to  dwell;  to  live;  to 

reside;  to  be  employed. 
Versus,  a,  um,  part,  (vertor.) 
Versi\s,  prep,  towards. 
Vertex,   icis,   m.    (verto,)   the 

top;  the  su?n?nit;  the  crowii 

of  the  head. 
Verto,    tere,    ti,    sum,    tr.    to 

turn;  to  change. 


Veru,  u,  n.  §  16,  a  spit. 

Verum,  conj.  but;  but  yet;  fi 

Verus,  a,  um,  adj.  (comp.)  true, 

Vescor,  i,  intr.  dep.  (esoa,)  to 
live  upon;  to  feed  upon;  to 
eat;  to  subsist  upon. 

Vesperi,  or  -^,  adv.  at  everi' 
ing :  tam  vesperi,  so  latt 
at  evening. 

Vesta,  ae,  f.  a  goddess;  tht 
mother  of  Satur^i;  hence 

Vestalis,  is,  f.  (virgo,)  a  Ves- 
tal virgin;  a  priestess  con- 
secrated to  the  service  of 
Vesta,  and 

Vestibulum,  i,  n.  the  porch; 
the  vestibule. 

Vestigium,  i,  n.  a  footstep;  a 
vestige;  a  trace;  a  mark; 
a  track. 

Vestio,  ire,  ivi,  itum,  tr.  to 
clothe;  from 

Vestis,  is,  f.  a  garmmt; 
clothes. 

Vesulus,  i,  m.  a  high  moun- 
tairi  of  Liguria,  and  a  pari 
of  the  Cottian  Alps. 

Veteranus,  a,  um,adj.  (vetus,J 
old;  subs,  a  veteran. 

Veto,  are,  ui,  Ttum,  tr.  to  for* 
bid;  to  'prohibit. 

Veturia,  ae,  f.  the  mother  of 
Coriolanus. 

Veturius,  i.  m.  (Titus,)  a  Ro- 
man consul,  who  was  de- 
feated by  the  Samnites  at 
the  Caudine  Forks. 

Vetus,  eris,  adj.  (veterior  ve- 
terrimus,'^  26,  2,)  ancient, 
old  :  veteres,  the  a7icienis. 
hence 


VfiTUSTAS VmUM. 


321 


Vetustas,  atis,  f.  antiquity; 
age. 

Votustus,  a,  um,  adj.  comp. 
(id.)  old;  ancient, 

Vexi.     See  Velio. 

Via,  ae,  f.  a  way;  a  course;  a 
yath;  a  journey;  hence 

Viator,  oris,  m.  a  traveller, 

Viceni,  ae,  a,  distrib.  num.  adj. 
pi.  (viginti,)  every  twenty; 
twenty. 

Vicesimu^  a,  um.  num.  adj. 
(id.)  the  twentieth, 

Vici.     See  Vinco. 

Vicies  num.  adv.  twenty 
times, 

Vicinitas,  atis,  f.  the  neighbor- 
hood; vicinity;  from 

Vicinus,  a,  um,  (vicis,)  adj. 
near;  neighboring, 

Vicinus,  i,  m.  (vicus,)  a  neigh- 
bor. 

Vicis,  gen.  f.  §  18, 13,  change; 
reverse;  a  'place;  a  turn : 
in  vicem,  in  turn;  in  place 
of;  instead, 

Victima  as,  f.  (vinco,)  a  vie- 
titn;  a  sacrifice, 

Victor,  oris,  m.  (vinco.)  a  vic- 
tor; a  conqueror : — adj.  vic- 
torious; hence, 

Victoria,  ae,  f.  a  victory, 

Victtirus,  a,  um.  part,  (from 

VIVO.) 

Victus,  a,  um,  part,  (vinco.) 

Vicus,  i,  m.  a  village. 

Video,  videre,  vidi.  visum,  tr. 
to  see;  to  behold. 

Videor,  videri,  visus  sum,  pass. 
to  be  seen;  to  seem;  to  ap- 
pear; to  seem  proper. 


Viduus,  a,  um,  adj.  (viduo,  to 
bereave;)  bereaved;  widow 
ed :  mulier  vidua,  a  ividom 

Vigil,  ilis,  m.  (vigeo,)  a  watch' 
man, 

Vigilans,  tis,  adj.  (lor  issi- 
mus,)  (vigilo,)  watchful; 
vigilant, 

Vigilia,  ae,  f.  (vigil,)  a  watch- 
ing : — pi.  the  watch,  (by 
night.) 

Viginti,  num,  adj.  pi.  ind. 
twenty, 

Vilis,  e,  adj.  cheap;  vile;  bad; 
mean. 

Villa,  ae,  f.  (vicus,)  a  country- 
house  ;  a  country-seat ;  a 
villa;  hence, 

Villicus,  i,  m.  an  overseer  of 
art  estate;  a  steivard. 

Villus,  i,  m.  long  hair;  coarse 
hair, 

Vincio,  vincire,  vinxi,  vine- 
turn,  tr.  to  bind, 

Vinco,  vincere,  vici,  victum, 
tr.  to  conquer;  to  vanquish; 
to  .surpass. 

Vinctus,  a.  um,  part,  (vincio.) 

Vinculum,  i,  n.  (id.)  a  chain  • 
in  vincula  conjicere,  to 
throw  into  prison, 

Vindex,  icis,  c.  an  avenger;  a 
protector;  a  defender;  an 
asserter;   from 

Vindico,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 
claim;  to  avenge  :  in  liber- 
tatem,  to  rescue  from  slave- 
ry. 

Vindicta,  ae,  f.  (vlndico,)  veTi-' 
geance;  punishment. 

Vinum,  i,  n.  ivirie 


322 


VIOLA VOLUCER. 


V^'iola,  SB,  f.  fl  violet, 

Violo,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  (vis,) 
to  violate;  to  'pollute;  to 
corrupt, 

Vir,  viri,  m.  (vis,)  a  man, 

Vireo,  ere,  ui,  intr.  to  he  green; 
to  he  verdant;  to  flourish. 

Vires.     See  Vis. 

Virga,  8B,  f.  (vireo,)  a  rod;  a 
small  staff;  a  switch. 

Virgilius,  i,  m.  Virgil,  a  very 
celebrated  Latin  poet. 

Virginia,  ae,  f.  the  daughter 
of  Virginius. 

Virginius,  i,  m.  the  name  of  a 
distinguished  Roman  cen- 
turion. 

Virgo,  inis,  f.  (vireo,)  a  vir- 
gin; a  girl;  a  maid, 

Virgula,  86,  f,  (dim.  from  vir- 
ga,)  a  small  rod. 

Viriathus,  i,  m.  a  Lusitanian 
general  who  was  original- 
ly a  shepherd,  and  after- 
wards a  leader  of  rohhers. 

Viridomarus,  i,  m.  a  king  of 
the  Gauls,  slain  hy  Marcel- 
lus. 

Virtus,  titis,  f.  (vir,)  virtue; 
merit;  excellence;  power; 
valor;  faculty. 

Vis,  vis,  f.  ^  15,  12,  power; 
strength:  force:  vis  homi- 
num,  a  multitude  of  men : 
vim  facere,  to  do  violence : 
— pi.  vires,  ium,  power; 
strength. 

Viscus,    eris,    n.  an   entrail : 
viscera,  pi.  the  howels;  the 
flesh. 
Vistula   ae,  f.  a  river  of  Prus- 


sia,   which  still  hears  the 

same  name,  and  which  was 

anciently  the  eastern  houn- 

dary  of  Germany, 
Visurgis,  is,  m.  the   Wese-^    d 

large  river  of  Germany. 
Visus,  a,  um,  part,  (video.) 
Visus,    us,    m.    (video,)    the 

sight. 
Vita,  SB,  f.  life. 

Vitandus,  a,  um,    part,  (vito.) 
Vitifer,  era,  erum,  adj.  (vitis 

&  fero,)  vine-hearing, 
Vitis,  is,  f,  (vieo,)  a  vine, 
Vitium,  i,  n.  a  crime, 
Vito,    are,    avi,    atum,  tr.   to 

shun;  to  amid. 
Vitupero,    are,  avi,  atum,  tr 

(vitium  paro,)  to  find  fault 

with;  to  hlame. 
Vividus,  a.  um,  adj.  (comp.) 

lively;  vivid;  from. 
Vivo,    vivere,    vixi,    victum, 

intr.  to  live;  to  fare;  to  live 

upon;  hence 
Vivus,    a,   um,    adj.    living; 

alive. 
Vix,  adv.  scarcely. 
Vixi.     See  vivo. 
Voco,  are,  avi,  atum,tr.  (vox,) 

to  call;  to  invite;  to  name, 
Volo,  are,  avi,  atum,  intr.  to 

Volo,  velle,  volui,  tr.  irr.  ^  83, 

4,  to  wish;  to  desire;  to  ht 

willing. 
Volsci,  orum,  m.  pi.  a  people 

of  Latium. 
Volucer,  -cris,  -ere,  adj.  (volo 

are,)     winged  i  —  subs,     a 

bird. 


VOLUMNI A ZONE . 


323 


Volumnia,    ae,  f.  the  wife  of 

Corioldnus, 
Voluntas,   atis,   f.  (volo,)  the 

will, 
Voluptas,   atis,  f.  (voliipe,  fr. 

volo,)     'pleasure;     sensual 

pleasure. 
Vol  u  tat  us,  a,  um,  part,  from 
VolQto,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  freq. 

(volvo,)  to  roll. 
Volvo,    vere,  vi,  utum,  tr.  to 

roll;  to  turn, 
Votum,  i,  n.  (voveo,)  a  wish; 

a  vow, 
Vox,  vocis,  f.  a  voice;  a  word; 

an  expression;  an  exclama- 
tion, 
Vulcanus,    i,  m.   Vulcan,  the 

God  of  fire,  the  son  of  Ju- 
piter and  Juno, 
Vulgus,  i,  m.  or  n.  the  common 

people;    the  populace;    the 

vulgar, 
Vulneratus,  a,  um,  part,  from 
Vulnero,  are,  avi,  atum,  tr.  to 

wound;  from 
Vulnus,  eris,  n.  a  wound. 
Vulpecula,  ae,  f.  dim.  (vulpes,) 

a  little  fox, 
Vulpes,  is,  f.  a  fox, 
Vultur,  iiris,  m.  a  vulture. 
Vultus,    As,   m.    (volo,)    the 


ooninteTiance;  the  expression; 
the  look. 

X. 

Xanthippe,  es,  f  the  toife  oj 
Socrates, 

Xanthippus,  i,  m.  a  Lacedce- 
monian  general,  who  was 
sent  to  assist  the  Carthagi- 
nians in  the  first  Punic 
war. 

Xenocrates,  is,  m.  a  philoso- 
pher  of  Chalcedon;  the  suC' 
cessor  of  Speusippus  in  the 
Academia. 

Xerxes,  is,  m.  a  celebrated 
king  oj  Persia. 


Zama,  ae,  f.  c  city  of  Africa. 

Zeno,  onis,  m.  a  philosopher 
of  Citium,  a  tow7i  of  Cy- 
prus,  and  founder  of  the 
sect  of  the  Stoics, 

Zetes,  is,  m.  a  son  of  Boreas. 

Zona,  ae,  f.  a  girdle;  a  zone. 

Zone,  es,  f.  a  city  and  pro- 
montory in  the  western  part 
of  Thrace,  opposite  to  the 
island  of  Thasvs. 


EXERCISES 

IN  LATIN  COMPOSITION. 


Exercises  in  Latin  composition  for  beginners  cannot  be  too  sim- 
ple, nor  can  they  be  too  soon  commenced  They  are  capable,  also, 
under  proper  management,  of  being  made  one  of  the  most  excit- 
ing and  pleasing,  as  well  as  profitable  parts  of  study,  even  to 
young  pupils.  Exercises  in  considerable  variety,  and  in  the  sim 
plest  form,  are  furnished  in  the  Grammar  under  each  part  of  speech 
As  soon  as  the  p-upil  begins  to  read  and  translate,  suitable  exercises 
in  Syntax  may  be  dravs^n  from  every  lesson,  and  even  from  every 
sentence  in  which  he  maybe  drilled  orally  with  great  advantage,  by 
simply  changing  the  subject  from  the  singular  to  the  plural,  or  from 
the  plural  to  the  singular,  and  again  by  changing  the  mood  or  tense  of 
the  verb,  or  the  active  form  for  the  passive,  and  vice  versa.  These 
may  be  still  farther  v#ied  by  expressing  the  same  idea  in  the  inter- 
rogative or  negative  form,  through  ail  the  varieties  of  mood,  tense 
number  or  person,  as  before. 

When  the  learner  has  become  expert  in  this  exercise,  he  may  ad- 
vance a  step  farther,  and  select  from  several  sentences  of  his  les- 
son, or  from  the  stock  now  laid  up  in  his  memory,  such  words  as 
are  capa])le  of  forming  a  new  sentence;  and  this  again  may  be  va- 
ried ad  libitmn,  as  before.  To  illustrate  this — Suppose  that  the  les- 
son of  the  day  contains  the  following  simple  sentence,  ''  Terra  parit 
^ores,''  "The  earth  produces  flowers,"  and  the  class  has  become 
familiar  with  the  inflection  of  the  words  in  every  part,  then  let  them 
change  the  words  to  correspond  to  such  English  sentences  as  the  fol- 
lowing: 

The  earth  produced  flowers;  the  earth  has  produced — had  pro- 
duced— will  produce — ^may  produce — might  produce  &c.  flowers, — 
a  flower.  Flowers  are  produced — were  produced — have  been  pro- 
duced, he.  The  earth  does  not — did  not — will  not— can  not  &cc. 
produce  flowers.  Flowers  are  not — were  not  &cc.  produced  by  the 
earth.  Are  flowers  produced — were  flowers  produced — have  flow- 
ers beea  produced  &.c.  by  the  earth  ?  Are  not  flowers  produced— 
.  28 


326  EXERCISES   IN 

were  not  flowers  produced  by  the  earth?  &c.,  (as  before.)  Then 
again  it  may  be  noticed  to  the  pupil  that  terrce,  in  the  plural  means 
*'  lands'^  or  "  countries.'^  and  so  may  have  a  plural  adjective  and  a 
plural  verb,  thusj  Omnes,  multce,  qu(Bdam  terrce  pariunt  Jiores, 
*^  All,"  ''many,"  ''some,  lands  produce  flowers,"  &c.,  througb 
a  similar  variety  as  before.  In  this  manner,  and  in  many  othei 
ways  which  w^ill  occur  to  the  mind  of  an  active  teacher,  a  class  may 
be  kept  actively  and  even  intensely,  as  well  as  profitably  occupiea 
for  ten  or  fifteen  minutes,  with  a  few  words  which,  in  their  various 
forms  and  uses  will  be  indelibly  impressed  on  the  mind,  while  the 
memory  and  judgment  are  trained  to  prompt  and  accurate  exercise 
and  more  real  progress  made  in  the  study  of  the  language  than  by 
a  careless  reading  of  many  pages  extended  through  a  drawling  re. 
citation  of  several  days. 

As  a  weekly,  semi- weekly,  or  even  daily  exercise,  p^ipils  might 
be  encouraged  at  a  very  early  period  to  furnish  an  exercise  in  writ- 
ing, framed  by  themselves  from  the  lesson  of  the  preceding  dayj  or 
they  may  be  supplied  with  English  sentences  framed  from  the  lesson 
by  the  teacher  or  some  of  the  more  advanced  scholars,  to  be  render- 
ed into  Latin.  In  doing  this  they  require  no  dictionary,  and  are  not 
perplexed  to  know  what  words  to  choose,  as  the  words  are  all  be- 
fore them  in  the  lesson  fiom  which  the  exercise  is  drawn,  and  they 
have  only  to  make  the  necessary  changes  inlkimber,  mood,  tense, 
voice,  &c.,  requisite  to  express  the  ideas  contained  in  the  exercise 
to  be  turned  into  Latin,  in  which  also  they  are  assisted  by  the  mo- 
del before  them  in  the  lesson,  and  the  knowledge  obtained  in  its 
previous  study  and  recitation. 

The  following  are  framed  from  the  reading  lessons  at  the  places 
indicated,  as  specimens  of  the  kind  of  exercises  here  intended.  They 
rise  in  gradation  from  simple  unconnected  sentences  to  those  of  the 
nature  of  a  continued  narrative,  and  are  sufficient  to  furnish  a 
short  semi- weekly  exercise  of  this  kind  during  the  time  necessary 
to  go  through  the  Reader.  They  will  also  form  a  good  prepara* 
tion  for  a  systematic  work  on  Latin  composition 


LATIN    COMPOSITION. 


327 


EXERCISES  IN  SIMPLE  SENTENCES. 

Change  the  Latin  words  in  the  following  sentences  so  as  to  cor- 
nspond  to  the  English  following. 

1.  Fortes  laudabimtur,  igndvi  vitwperahuntur, 
"  Brave  men  will  be  praised,  cowardly  men  will  be  blamed." 

Biave  men  are  praised,  the  cowardly  are  blamed.  Bravo 
men  have  always  [semper)  been  praised,  cowardly  men 
blamed.  Men  praise  the  brave  and  blame  the  cowardly. 
Do  not  (nonne')  men  praise  the  brave  and  blame  the  cow- 
ardly ?  A  cowardly  man  will  not  be  praised.  A  brave  man 
will  not  be  blamed.  We  will  praise  the  good.  You  should 
blame  the  cowardly.  Let  us  praise  ^  the  brave  and  blame 
the  cowardly.  Let  the  brave  be  praised.  Blame  the  cowardly. 
2.  Honos  est  'prc&mium  virtutis, 
"  Honor  is  the  reward  of  virtue." 

Honor  will  be  the  reward  of  virtue.  Honor  was,  (has  been, 
had  been,)  the  reward  of  virtue.  Is  not  honor*  the  reward 
of  virtue  ?  Honors  will  be  the  rewards  of  virtue.  Will  not 
honor  always  be""  the  reward  of  virtue  ?  Let  honor  always 
be  *  the  reward  of  virtue. 

3.  Victi  PerscB  in  naves  confugerunt, 
"  The  Persians  being  conquered  fled  to  their  ships." 
The  Persians  were  conquered  and  fled  ^  to  their  ships. 
When  the  Persians  were  conquered  *^  they  fled  to  their  ships. 
We  have  conquered  the  Persians  and  they  have  fled  to  their 
ships.  If  we  conquer^  the  Persians  they  will  flee  to  their 
ships.  If  the  Persians  should  be  conquered  ^  they  will  flee 
to  their  ships.  They  say  that  the  Persians  were  conquered 
and  fied  to  their  ships. 

4.  JDelectavtrunt  me  epistolce  tiice. 
"  Your  letters  have  delighted  me." 
Your  letters  delight  me.  I  am  delighted  with  your  let- 
ters. Have  I  not  *  always  been  delighted  with  your  letters. 
Do  my  (mece)  letters  delight  you  (te).  His  {ejus)  letters  will 
always  give  us  pleasure.  Our  (Tiostrcs)  letters  do  not  deligUt 
him.     He  will  be  delighted  with  our  letters. 

»     56,  3.  «     115,  1.  •  §  140,  2. 

^  §  45,  1,1.  d  §  140,  Obs.  4.  '  §  77,  3. 


328  EXERCISEb    IN 

The  words  of  the  loUowmg  sentences  selected  from  the  Introduc- 
tory Exercises,  pp  60 — 79,  will  be  found  in  the  paragraphs  indica 
ted  by  the  numbers  prefixed.  As  a  further  exercise  these  may  be 
varied  as  in  the  preceding.     Nos.  1,  2,  3,  4. 

5.  (1.)  There  are  many  kin^s  in  Europe.  Europe  has 
many  kings.  There  have  been  many  good  kings.  There 
are  many  suns  and  more  stars.  Cicero  was  a  good  man 
and  a  distinguished  consul.  (2.)  A  brave  soldier  is  to  be 
praised.  (3.)  An  elephant  walks.  Many  sparrows  build 
nests.  The  partridge  runs.  (4.)  Black  sheep  are  not  found 
every  where.  Africa  produces  lions.  The  Eomans  often 
burned  their  dead.  A  brave  man  is  not  always  praised. 
The  Romans  overthrew  Carthage  and  Corinth. 

6.  (5.)  The  bear  wanders  in  the  forest.  A  parrot  imi- 
tates the  human  voice.  (6.)  A  day  has  been  lost.  Flow- 
ers are  produced  by  the  earth.  Athens  was  liberated  by 
Miltiades.  (7.)  Herds  of  wild  asses  roam  (erro)  in  the  forests 
(sylva)  of  Asia  and  Africa.  The  tracks  of  wild  beasts  are 
diligently  traced  out  by  dogs.  The  variety  of  languages  in 
the  army  of  Cyrus  was  very  great.  (8.)  Animals  covered 
with  wool  are  stupid,  but  (sed)  they  are  capable  of  bearing 
cold.  Foolish  people  are  not  happy.  The  Gauls  were  very 
brave.*     The  lion  is  the  bravest  of  animals.*^ 

7.  (9.)  Plato  and  Socrates  were  highly  esteemed.  It  is 
our  custom*'  to  value  the  good.*^  Good  men'^  forget  inju- 
ries and  remember  kindnesses.  It  is  the  custom  of  foolish 
men  to  forget  kindnesses.  (10.)  Good  men^  are  an  honor 
to  their  country;  they  are  just  and  benevolent  to  all.''  Nero 
was  an  enemy  to  the  human  race.  A  good  man  {^vir)  will 
be  dear  to  all,  a  wicked  man  {homo)  to  no  one. 

8.  (11.)  Various  coverings  have  been  given  to  animals. 
Nature  has  given  avarice  and  ambition  to  man  alone. 
(12.)  The  Romans  for  the  most  part  burned  their  dead. 
Homer  mentions  embroidered  garments.  (13.)  We  some- 
ti.nes  find  stags  of  a  white  color.  We  have  need  of  phi- 
losophy. Men  of  noble  birth  are  not  always  of  a  noble  dis- 
position. Men  of  depraved  disposition  are  never  happy 
(mi7iquam  felix).  Be  content  with  few  things  and  thou  wilt 
be  free  from  cares. 

»  2^1.  b  §  108.  R  XII,         M9  0  §  107,  R.  X 


LATIN   COMPOSITION.  329 

9.  (14.)  Lions  eat  flesh.  Silver  and  gold  are  found  m 
Spain.  Men  easily  want  gold  and  silver,  but  (sed)  not  food. 
Africa  abounds  in  lions.  (16.)  The  Romans  were  sent  un- 
der the  yoke.  The  year  was  divided  into  twelve  months  by 
Numa  Pompilius.  (17.)  Hunger  and  blows  tame  wild 
beasts.  Nightingales  change  their  color  in  autumn.  One 
oration  of  Socrates  was  sold  for  twenty  talents.  (18.)  Mi- 
thridates,  king  of  Pontus,  was  received  by  Tigranes,  king 
of  Armenia. 

10.  (19.)  1  desire  to  live  with  you.  They  wished  to 
sleep.  Why  do  men  desire  to  change  their  fortune  ?  We 
ought  to  learn  to  despise  wealth.  We  cannot  (we  are  not 
able)  to  suffer  poverty.  All  men '^  desire  to  be  loved.  (20.) 
Men  must  die.''  They  had  to  fight.''  The  art  of  writing  *" 
was  invented  by  the  Phoenicians.  Paper  is  useful  for  wri- 
ting. (21.)  Catiline  entered  into  a  scheme  for  raising  an 
army  and  destroying  the  city. 

11.  (22.)  The  sun  will  set  and  the  wolves  w^ill  come 
forth  {evenio)  to  plunder.*^  The  civil  wars  were  carried  on 
by  Marius  and  Sulla.  All  the  nations  of  men  have  been 
and  they  will  be  carried  off  by  the  power  of  death.  (23.) 
Your  letters  have  often  been  read  by  me.*^  The  crocodile 
lives  many  years.  Glory  is  thought  to  follow  virtue.  Great 
things  have  been  undertaken.  Our  strength  will  not  always 
remain. 

12.  (24.)  The  disposition  of  wild  beasts  is  sometimes 
more  gentle  than  that  of  men.  (25.)  This  is  the  four-horse 
chariot  which  was  made  of  ivory  and  covered  with  the  wings 
of  a  fiy.  Fruits  are  not  produced  by  every  field  that  is  sown. 
Words  are  repeated  by  the  parrots  ^  which  are  sent  from  In- 
dia. Men  who  are  mindful  of  favors  will  receive  (recipio) 
favors.  (27.)  The  fig  tree  is  so  large  that  it  conceals  troops 
of  horsemen  under  it.  Do  you  know  ^  (Nuin  scis,)  who 
painted^  Alexander.  Is  it  true  ^  {Verwmne  est)  that  bulls 
are  swallowed  whole  in  India  by  serpents  ?^  Do  you  knows 
how  many  [quot)  men  there  are  ^  in  the  w^orld  ?  Tell  us 
(Doce,)  when  the  world  was  made  ^,  and  how  many  worlds 
there  are.^ 

'"^      19^  d      102!  f  §  140,  5.  ' 

^     113.  «§126,  Obs.  2.  s     56,3. 

«     111 


330  EXERCISES   IN 

1*3  (29.)  There  are  some  who  live*  happy;  there  are 
others  who  are  never  happy.  Is  there  any  one  who  has  not 
read''  Demosthenes?  Who  is  there  that  has  not  heard* 
concerning  Cassar  ?  (30.)  It  is  related  that  in  Latmos  scor- 
pions do  not  hurt  strangers,  but  that  they  kill  the  natives. 
They  say  {narrant)  that  Virgil  in  his  will  ordered  his  po- 
ems to  be  burned,  and  that  Augustus  forbade  it  to  be  done. 
(31.)  The  approaching  day  is  announced  by  the  crowing  of 
the  cock.  The  city  built  by  Cecrops  was  called  Cecropia. 
It  is  now  called  Athens.  Many  when  dying  are  troubled 
with  the  care  of  burial. 

EXERCISES  IN  COMPOUND  AND  CONNECTED  SENTENCES. 

As  an  example  of  the  way  in  which  compound  and  connected  sen- 
tences may  be  varied,  the  first  fable,  p.  80  may  be  changed  into  the 
following  forms  and  translated  into  Latin  corresponding  to  the  Eng- 
lish in  each. 

14.  Through  fear  of  a  kite  a  hawk  was  asked  by  the 
doves  to  defend  ^  them.  When  he  assented  *^  and  was  re- 
ceived "^  into  the  dove-cote  greater  havoc  was  made  by  him 
in  one  day  than  could  have  been  done  ^  by  the  kite  in  many 
(muliis), 

15.  The  doves  were  led  [ductce  sunt)  by  fear  of  a  kite  to 
ask  *  a  hawk  that  he  would  defend  '^  them.  It  is  said  that 
he  assented  ^  and  that,  being  received  into  the  dove-cote  he 
caused  a  much  greater  slaughter  of  the  doves  in  one  day 
than  the  kite  could  have  caused'^  in  a  long  time. 

16.  The  doves  are  said  to  have  asked  a  hawk  whether  if 
received  into  the  dove-cote  he  would  defend^  them  from  the 
kite.  He  assented  and  was  received ;  but  the  slaughter 
made  in  one  day  by  the  hawk  was  greater  than  could  have 
been  committed  ^  by  the  kite  in  a  long  time. 

17.  It  is  related  [narrdtur)  that  when  the  doves  through 
fear  of  a  kite  requested  the  hawk  to  defend  ^  them,  he  as- 
sented ;  and  that  being  received  into  the  dove-cote  a  great 
havoc  was  made  of  the  doves  in  one  day. 


•  ^  141,  Obs.  1. 
b^  140,  l,3d& 
84. 

c§  140,  Obs.  4. 
d     88. 
•     86 

f     97,  1. 

f §  140.  5. 

t  §  146,  R.  LX. 

LATIN    COMPOSITION.  331 

IS.  (p.  99,  &;c.)  1.  A  serpent,  the  son''  of  Mars,  the  keep- 
er of  a  certain  fountain  in  Boeotia,  was  killed  by  Cadmus,** 
the  son  of  Agenor.  For  this  reason  [ob  hoc,)  all  his  offspring 
were  put  to  death,  and  he  himself  was  turned  into  a  serpent. 
2.  All  who  came  into  the  kingdom  of  Amycus,  the  son  of 
Neptune,  were  compelled  to  fight  with  him,  and  being  con- 
quered were  killed.  5.  Life  is  said  to  have  been  restored*^ 
to  Hippolytus,  the  son  of  Theseus,  by  j3isculapius,  the  son 
of  Apollo. 

19.  (p.  101,  &G.)  10.  It  is  said  that  Tantalus  ^  was  the  son 
of  Jupiter;  and  that  because  he  told  to  men  the  things  which 
he  heard  among  the  gods,  he  was  placed  in  water  in  the  in- 
fernal regions,  and  always  thirsts.  Others  say,  that  he  is 
tormented  with  perpetual  fear,  dreading  the  fall  of  a  stone 
which  hangs  over  his  head.®  15.  The  first  men  are  said  to 
have  been  formed  of  clay  by  Prometheus,''  the  son""  of  Ja- 
petus.  It  is  also  said  that  fire  was  brought  by  him  from 
heaven  in  a  reed,  and  that  he  pointed  out  how  it  might  be 
preserved  by  being  covered  ^  with  ashes. 

20.  (p.  105,  &c.)  19.  Europa,  the  daughter  of  Agenor,  was 
carried  by  Jupiter  from  Sidon  to  Crete.  When  Agenor  sent 
his  sons  to  bring  her  back,^  he  told  them  that  unless  theii 
sister  was  found  they  should  not  return.*"  21.  Atalanta,  the 
daughter  of  Schoeneus,  was  very  beautiful.  When  many 
sought  her  in  marriage,  the  condition  was  proposed  that  he 
should  take''  her  who  should  first  surpass'  her  in  running. 
23.  Niobe,  the  wife''  of  Amphion,  the  son""  of  Jupiter  and 
Antiope,  had  seven  sons  and  as  many  daughters,  who  were 
all  slain  by  the  arrows  of  Apollo  and  Diana;  and  Niobe  her- 
self was  changed  into  a  stone. 

21.  (p.  109,  &c.)  1.  Neither  the  actions  nor  the  thoughts 
of  men  are  concealed  from  the  gods.  2.  The  laws  of  the 
Athenians  are  said  to  have  been  written  by  Solon.  No  man 
can  be  esteemed  happy  in  this  life,  because  even  to  his  last 
day  he  is  exposed  to  uncertain  fortune.  5.  It  is  said  that 
Democritus,'  to  whom"'  great  riches  had  been  left  by  his 
father,  gave  nearly  all  his  patrimony  to  his  fellow-citizens. 

*§97,  R.  «§112,  R.  IV.  i  §  141,  Obs.  8. 

''§  126,Obs.  2.  f§146,Obs.  6.  Mill. 

•92.  g  §  140,  1,  2d.  1  §  145,  R.  LVIII 

*  §  145,  Obs.  4.  h  §  140.  1,  3d.  «>§  126,  R.  lU. 


332  EXERCISES   in 

22.  (p.  112,  &c.)  20.  They  say  that  Socrates,  who  was 
jiidoeJ  by  the  oracle  of  Apollo  to  be  the  wisest  of  all  meri,* 
was  the  son  of  a  midwife  ;  and  the  mother  of  Euripides, 
the  tragic  poet,  is  said  to  have  sold  herbs.  21.  A  question 
being  proposed  to  Homer  by  a  fisherman,  which  he  could 
not  answer,  he  is  said  to  have  died  of  vexation.  22.  Si- 
monides  when  eighty  years  *"  old  entered  into  a  musical  con- 
test, and  obtained  the  victory.  He  afterwards  {postea^)  lived 
at  Syracuse^  on  intimate  terms  with  Hiero  the  king. 

23.'  (p.  116,  &c.)  42.  When  certain  persons  warned 
Philip,  king  of  Macedon,  to  beware '^  of  one  Pythias,  a 
brave  soldier,'  but  displeased  with  him,^  he  is  said  to  have 
asked  whether,  (nu?n)  if  a  part  of  his  body  were  diseased,* 
he  should  cut  ^itolfor  take  care  of  it.  It  is  said  that  he  '  then 
called  Pythias  to  him,  supplied  him  with  money,  and  that 
after  that, none  of  the  king's  soldiers  were  more  faithful  than 
Pythias.''  52.  When  Dionysius  was  banished  from  Syra- 
cuse, it  is  said  that  he  went  (eo)  to  Corinth,^  where  he  taught 
boys  their  letters. 

24.  (p.  120,  k,c.)  65.  Corinth  was  taken  by  L.  Mummius. 
All  Italy  was  adorned  with  paintings  and  statues.  It  is  said 
that  of  so  great  spoils  he  converted  nothing  to  his  own  use; 
and  that  w4ien  he  died,  his  daughter  received  a  dowry  from 
the  public  treasury.  66.  A  statue  of  Ennius  the  poet  was 
ordered  by  Scipio  Africanus  to  be  placed  in  the  tomb  of  the 
Cornelian  gens,  because  the  exploits  of  the  Scipios  had 
been  rendered  famous  by  his  poems. 

25.  (123,  &c.)  1.  In  ancient  times  Saturn  came  to  Italy 
and  taught  the  Italians  agriculture.  A  fort  built  by  him 
near  Janiculum,  was  called  Saturnia.  2.  Troy  being  over- 
thrown, it  is  said  that  JEneas,  the  son  of  Anchises,  came 
into  Italy,  and  was  kindly  received"'  byLatinus,  king  of  those 
regions ;  and  that  having  received  the  daughter  of  Latinus 
in  marriage,  he  built  a  city  and  called  it  Lavinia.  Eomu- 
lus  and  Remus,  the  sons  of  Rhea  Sylvia  having  been  ex- 
posed by  the  order  of  Amulius,  were  taken  up  by  Faustu^'is, 
the  king's  shepherd,  and  given  to  his  wife  to  be  nursed. 

«  §  107,  R.  X.  «  §  97,  R.  i  §  145,  LVIII. 

b§  131,  R.  XLI.  f  §  111,  k§  J20,  R. 

c§130,  l,Exc.  g§140,  2.  i§130,  2. 

*  §  140,  1,  3d,  &  84.  h  §  140,  5  «     104 


LATIN    COMPOSITION.  333 

iL?G.  (p.  126,  &c.)  12.  Rome  was  built  by  Romulus  and 
divided  into  thirty  curiaB  cnlled  by  the  names  of  the  Sabine 
women  carried  off  by  the  Romans.  13.  Nuiria  Pompilius, 
rile  second  king  of  Rome,  was  born  at  Cures.  By  him* 
jaws  were  given  to  the  state, ^  many  sacred  rites  were  insti- 
tuted and  the  manners  of  the  people  were  softened.  He 
reigned  forty-three  years.^  14.  In  the  reign  of  TuUus  Hos- 
tiliiis,  who  succeeded  Numa,  war  was  declared  against  the 
Sabines,  which  was  terminated  by  the  battle  ^  of  the  Horatii 
and  the  Curiatii. 

27.  (p.  129,  &c.)  23.  Rome  was  governed  by  kings  two 
hundred  and  forty-three  years.*^  23.  After  that  the  peo- 
ple created  two  consuls,  who  should  hold  [teiieo^^)  the  gov- 
ernment for  a  year.^  Brutus,  by  whom  the  kings  had  been 
expelled,  and  Tarquinius  Collatinus,  were  the  first  consuls. 
24.  War*^  having  been  raised  against  the  city  by  Tarquin, 
Brutus  was  killed  in  the  first  battle. 

28.  (p.  132,  &c.)  1.  The  bravest  of  the  Romans  ^  was 
challenged  to  single  combat  by  a  certain  Gaul  of  extraor- 
dinary size  ^  of  body.  The  challenge  was  accepted  by  T. 
Maniius,  a  young  man  of  noble  family,  {genus^)  who  killed 
the  Gaul  and  stripped'  him  of  his  golden  chain.  It  is 
believed  (crediiur)  that  both  he  ^  and  his  posterity,  from  this 
circumstance,  were  called'  Torquati."^'  2.  In  a  new  war 
with  the  Gauls  it  is  related  [iiarrdtur)  that  another  Gaul  ^ 
of  remarkable  strength*"  challenged  the  bravest  of  the  Ro- 
mans ^  to  fight  with"  him  ;  that  M.  Valerius,  a  tribune  of 
the  soldiers,  offered  himself,  and  advanced  armed  ;  that  a 
crow,  which  had  perched  on  his  right  shoulder,  struck  at  the 
eyes  of  the  Gaul  with  his  wings  and  talons,  and  that  Vale- 
rius, the  Gaul,^  being  killed,  received  the  name  of  Corvinus. 

29.  (p.  138,  &;c.)  2.  Hannibal,  the  Carthaginian  general, 
when  nine  years  old  was  brought  by  his  father  to  the  altars  ^ 
to  swear"  eternal  hatred  towards  the  Romans.  3.  It  is  said 
that  having  left  his  brother  *"  in  Spain,  he  crossed  the  Alps 

*- — . 

»  §  128,  Ohs.  2.  f  §  146,  R.  LX.  ^  §  145,  R.  LVIII 

*§126,  R.  III.  r§107,  R.  X.  »      97,4. 

c  §  131.  R.  XLI,  h  §  106,  R.  VII.  °^§  103,  R.  V. 

«  §  129,  R.  i  §  125,  R.  n  §  137, R.  LIII.  &  84. 

«§  141,  R.  II 


334  EXERCISES    IN 

With  {mm)  a  large  army  and  thirty  elephants,  and  that  the 
Licfurians  joined  themselves  with  him  ;  that  he  conquered 
Scipio,  and  afterwards  Sempronius  Gracchus.  Soon  aftei 
he  advanced  to  Tuscia,  where  having  engaged  in  battle/^ 
near  the  lake  Trasimenus,  he  conquered  Flaminius  the  con- 
sul, and  slew  twenty-five  thousand  of  the  Romans.'' 

30.  (142,  &c.)  3.  After  Philip,  king  of  Macedonia,  died,  his 
son  Perseus  prepared  great  forces,  renewed  the  war  against 
the  Romans,  and  conquered  P.  Licinius,  the  Roman  gene- 
ral who  had  been  sent  against  him.  He  was  afterwards 
conquered  by  ^milius  Paulus,  the  consul,  near  Pydna,  and 
twenty  thousand  of  his  infantry  were  slain.  5.  Carthage, 
though  bravely  defended*^  by  its  citizens,  was  taken  and 
destroyed  by  Scipio,  in  the  seven  hundredth  year  after  it 
was  built,  and  in  the  six  hundred  and  eighth  year  from  the 
building  of  Rome. 

31.  (p.  145,  &c.)  1.  In  the  war  carried  on  against  Jugurtha, 
the  Romans  were  in  great  fear  that  ^  the  Gauls  would  again 
get  possession  of  the  city.  For  this  reason  Marius  waa 
made  consul  a  third  and  a  fourth  time.  In  two  battles  two 
hundred  thousand  of  the  enemy  were  slain,  and  eighty  thou- 
sand taken  prisoners.  For  this  meritorious  conduct  a  fifth  . 
consulship  was  conferred  on  Marius,  in  his  absence.'^  C. 
Marius  and  Qu.  Catulus  fought  against  the  Cimbri  and  the 
Teu tones,  who  had  passed  over  into  Italy,  slew  forty  thou- 
sand and  took  sixty    thousand  of  his  army  near  Verona. 

32.  (150,  &c.)  6.  Lucius  Sergius  Catiline  is  said  to  have 
been  a  man  of  a  very  noble  family,^  but  of  a  most  depraved 
disposition.®  It  is  related  [traditur)  that  he  and  certain  il- 
lustrious, but  daring  men,  entered  *^ '  into  a  conspiracy  for 
destroying  their  country  ;^  that  he  was  driven  from  the  city 
by  Cicero,  who  was  then  consul,  and  his  companions  seized 
and  strangled  in  prison.  7.  Nearly  all  Gaul  was  conquered 
by  CiBsar  in  the  space  of  nine  years.  The  war  was  after- 
wards carried  into  Britain,  and  the  Germans  were  conquered 
in  2:reat  battles. 


*  §  146,  R.  LX.  d  §  140,  Obs.  6.  f  §  102.  R.  J 

»>§107,  R.  X.  «§106.  R.  VII.  g§112,  3. 

c  §  146,  Obs.  6 


LATIN    COMPOSITION.  33/5 

33.  (p.  154,  &c.)  1.  The  three  parts  into  which  the  whole 
world  was  divided,  are  Europe,  Asia,  and  Africa.  The 
straits  of  Gibraltar  separate  Europe  from  Africa.  2.  The 
boundary  of  Europe  on  the  east  is  the  river  Tanais  and  the 
Euxine  sea;  on  the  south  the  Mediterranean  sea,  on  the 
west  the  Atlantic  ocean.  3.  Spain  lies  towards  the  west.  It 
is  rich  and  fertile.  In  the  region  of  Baetica,  men,  horses, 
iron,  lead,  brass,  silver  and  gold  abound.  4.  The  Pho- 
casi  having  left  Asia,*  sought  new  settlements  in  Europe. 

34.  (p.  157,  &c.)  11.  The  country  beyond  the  Rhine,  as 
far  as  the  Vistula,  is  inhabited  by  the  Germans,  who  are 
said  to  carry  on  war  with  their  neighbors,  not  that  they  may 
extend''  their  limits,  but  from  the  love""  of  war.  12.  It  is 
said  that  the  Germans'^  do  not  pay  much  attention  to  Agri- 
culture. Their  food  {cibus)  is  milk,  cheese,  and  flesh.  They 
erect  their  houses  near  {ad)  some  spring,  or  plain,  or  forest ; 
and  after  a  while  they  pass  on  to  another  place.  Sometimes 
also  they  pass  the  winter  in  caves. 

35.  (p.  161,  &c.)  24.  Greece  is  more  celebrated  than  any 
other  nation  in^  the  world,  both  for  the  genius  of  its  people, 
and  for  their  study  ^  of  the  arts  of  peace  and  of  war.  Many 
colonies  were  led  from  it  unto  all  parts  of  the  world.  25. 
Macedonia  was  rendered  illustrious  by  the  reign  of  Philip 
and  Alexander,  by  whom  both  Greece  and  Asia  w^ere  sub- 
dued to  a  very  great  extent;  and  the  government,  taken 
from  the   Persians,^  was  transferred  to  the    Macedonians. 

36.  (p.  162,  &;c.)  29.  No  region  in  Greece  is  more  re- 
nowned for  the  splendor*  of  its  fame  than  Attica.^  There 
Athens  is  built;  a  city*"  concerning  which  the  gods  are  said 
to  have  contended.  So  many  poets,  orators,  philosophers; 
so  many  men,  illustrious  in  every  species  of  excellence, 
were  produced  by  no  other  city  in  the  world.  There  the 
arts  of  peace  were  cultivated  to  such  a  degree,  that  her  re- 
nown from  these  was  even  more  conspicuous '  than  [qiiani) 
her  glory  in  war.  The  harbor  of  Piraeus,  connected  with 
the  city  by  long  walls,  was  fortified  by  Themistocles,  and 
affords  (prcBbet)  a  safe  anchorage  for  ships. 

»  §  104,  &  §  146,  d  §  145  R.  LVIII.  e  §  126.  R.  III. 

R.  LX.  «§  120,  R.  h^S  97,  R.  I. 

""§  140,  1.  f  §  128,  R.  i  §  140,  1,  1st. 
«  §  129,  R. 


336  EXERCISES. 

37.  (163,  &c.)  30.  It  is  said  that  Thebes,  a  most  cele^a- 
leJ  city,  was  surrounded  with  walls  by  Aniphion,  by  the" 
aid  *  of  music.  It  was  rendered  illustrious  by  the  genius  ^ 
of  Pindar  and  the  valor  of  Epaminondas.  31.  The  city  ot 
Delphi  was  renowned  for  the  oracle  of  Apollo,  which  had 
great  authority  aniono^  all  nations,  and  was  enriched  (made 
rich)  Avith  numerous  and  splendid  presents  from  all  parts  of 
the  world.  It  is  said  that  the  tops  of  Mount  Parnassus, 
which  hangs  over  the  city  *^  are  inhabited  by  the  Muses. 

38.  (170,  &c.)  48.  It  is  believed  that  Troy,  a  city^  re- 
nowned  for  the  war*'  which  it  carried  on  with  the  whole  of 
Greece  for  ten  years,^  was  situated  at  the  foot  of  Mount  Ida. 
From  this  mountain,  rendered  illustrious  by  the  judgment 
of  Paris  in  the  contest  of  the  goddesses,  flowed*"  the  rivers 
Scamander  and  Simois.  49  The  Carians  are  said  to  have 
been  so  fond  of  war,  that  they  carried  ^  on  the  wars  of  other 
people  for  hire.  50.  The  water  of  the  river  Cydnus  is  very 
clear  ^  and  very  cold.*" 

39.  (172,  &c.)  54.  Babylon,  the  capital  of  the  Chaldean 
nation,  was  built  by  Semiramis  or  Belus.  It  is  said  that 
its  walls,"  built  of  burnt  brick,'  are  thirty-two  feet^  broad, 
and  that  chariots  "  meeting  each  other  pass  without  danger  ; 
that  the  towers  are  ten  feet""  higher  than  the  walls.  The 
tower  of  Babylon  is  said  to  have  been  twenly  stadia  in  cir- 
cumference. 56.  India  produces  very  large  animals.  No 
dogs  are  so  large  as  those  which  are  produced  there.  The 
serpents  are  said  to  be  so  monstrous  that  elephants  are 
killed  ^  by  their  bite  ^  and  the  coiling  round  of  their  bodies. 

»  1  §  126,  Obs.  2.  «  §  131,  R.  XLI.  ^  §  129,  Obs.  2. 

b  §  129,  R.  f  §  102,  R.  I.  I  §  132,  R.  XLI. 

c  §  112,  R.  IV.  K  §  140   1,  1st.  »§  132,  R.  XLIII. 

<»  §  97,  R.  »>     24.  ^§  155,  R.  LVIII. 


[thx  end.] 


■r/.' 


YB  ©0^I^7 


U.C.BERKELEY  LIBRARIES 


CDMS^mbES 


_^   160 
51Z0f       B9J7 


THE  UNIVERSITY  OF  CALIFORNIA  LIBRARY 


v^  ii 


,..^""' 


■'/¥ 


-m 


:/«*■ 


M 


